Israel
4812
[not applicable]
(State or Other Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization)
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)
LIAT MENAHEMI STADLER
General Counsel Cellcom Israel Ltd. 10 Hagavish Street Netanya, Israel 42140 (972) 52-999-0052 |
CT CORPORATION SYSTEM
111 Eighth Avenue New York, New York 10011 (212) 894-8940 |
Copies to: | ||||||
MICHAEL P. KAPLAN
Davis Polk & Wardwell 450 Lexington Avenue New York, New York 10017 (212) 450-4000 |
ODED ERAN
ADAM M. KLEIN Goldfarb, Levy, Eran, Meiri & Co. Europe-Israel Tower 2 Weizmann Street Tel Aviv, Israel 64239 (972) 3-608-9999 |
AARON M. LAMPERT
Naschitz, Brandes & Co. 5 Tuval Street Tel-Aviv 67897, Israel (972) 3-623-5000 |
PHYLLIS G. KORFF
Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP Four Times Square New York, New York 10036 (212) 735-3000 |
Proposed Maximum | Proposed Maximum | |||||||||||
Title of Each Class of | Amount to be | Offering Price per | Aggregate Offering | Amount of | ||||||||
Securities to be Registered | Registered(1) | Unit(2) | Price(2) | Registration Fee | ||||||||
Ordinary Shares, par value NIS 0.01 per share
|
21,821,250 | $18.00 | $392,782,500 | $42,028 | ||||||||
(1) | Includes 2,846,250 shares which the underwriters have the right to purchase to cover over-allotments. |
(2) | Estimated solely for the purpose of computing the amount of the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(a) under the Securities Act of 1933. |
The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and we are not soliciting offers to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted. |
Per Share | Total | |||||||
Initial public offering price
|
$ | $ | ||||||
Underwriting discounts and commissions
|
$ | $ | ||||||
Proceeds, before expenses, to the selling shareholders
|
$ | $ |
Goldman, Sachs & Co. | Citigroup | Deutsche Bank Securities |
Jefferies & Company | William Blair & Company |
Page | ||||||||
ii | ||||||||
ii | ||||||||
ii | ||||||||
1 | ||||||||
10 | ||||||||
24 | ||||||||
25 | ||||||||
26 | ||||||||
26 | ||||||||
29 | ||||||||
30 | ||||||||
31 | ||||||||
35 | ||||||||
67 | ||||||||
71 | ||||||||
91 | ||||||||
101 | ||||||||
113 | ||||||||
116 | ||||||||
119 | ||||||||
124 | ||||||||
129 | ||||||||
132 | ||||||||
137 | ||||||||
137 | ||||||||
137 | ||||||||
137 | ||||||||
138 | ||||||||
F-1 | ||||||||
EX-3.1: ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION AND MEMORANDUM | ||||||||
EX-4.1: FORM OF ORDINARY SHARE CERTIFICATE | ||||||||
EX-5: OPINION OF GOLDFARB LEVY ERAN MEIRI & CO | ||||||||
EX-10.1: TERM AND REVOLVING FACILITIES AGREEMENT | ||||||||
EX-10.2: SERIES A INDENTURE | ||||||||
EX-10.3: SERIES B INDENTURE | ||||||||
EX-10.4: 2006 SHARE INCENTIVE PLAN | ||||||||
EX-10.5: REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT | ||||||||
EX-10.6: NON-EXCLUSIVE GENERAL LICENSE | ||||||||
EX-21: SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT | ||||||||
EX-23.1: CONSENT OF SOMEKH CHAIKIN A MEMBER OF KPMG INTERNATIONAL |
ii
1
2
3
4
Table of Contents
Unique combination of leading market position and strong
operational momentum.
In the last year, we have achieved
market-leading subscriber and revenue growth while steadily
strengthening our operating margins.
Strong and distinctive own brand.
Our established brand
enjoys strong recognition in Israel. Since 2004, we have made
the enhancement of our image among consumers a top priority and
have invested substantial resources to position Cellcom as a
local cellular company.
Transmission infrastructure and landline services.
We
have an advanced fiber-optic transmission infrastructure that
consists of approximately 1,300 kilometers of inland fiber-optic
cable, which, together with our complementary microwave-based
infrastructure, connects the majority of our cell sites and
provides for substantially all of our backhaul services. Our
transmission infrastructure significantly reduces our
operational reliance on Bezeq, the incumbent landline operator
in Israel, while also saving us substantial
infrastructure-leasing cash costs.
Strategic relationship with a leading group of local and
international shareholders.
Our ultimate parent company,
IDB, is one of the largest business groups in Israel. We enjoy
access, through our management services agreement, to the senior
management of the IDB group, who are some of the most
experienced managers in Israel. In 2006, our shareholder base
was broadened as a result of IDBs sale of minority stakes
to a series of highly regarded international and local financial
investors, including affiliates of Goldman Sachs, Bank Leumi,
Migdal Group and the First International Bank of Israel.
Strong management team.
Since IDB acquired control of us
in September 2005, we have put in place a team of seasoned
managers with significant experience and solid track records in
previous managerial positions.
Table of Contents
Strong cash flow generation.
We have a proven track
record of strong financial performance and profitability with
cash operating margins that have been higher than those of our
principal competitors. This performance has allowed us to
distribute dividends to our shareholders.
Maximize customer satisfaction, retention and growth.
Our
growth strategy is focused on retaining our subscribers and
expanding the selection of services and products we offer to our
subscribers in order to enhance customer satisfaction and
increase average revenues per user, or ARPU. In addition to
providing quality customer service, we also strive to retain our
subscribers and attract new subscribers by offering them
advanced handsets, handset upgrades, attractive calling plans
and value-added services. In 2006, we introduced a churn
lab that identifies subscribers at high risk of churn and
seeks to preemptively approach them with tailored solutions to
maintain their satisfaction with our services.
Grow and develop our Internet, content and data services.
The usage of cellular content and data services in Israel is
currently relatively low compared to western European countries
and we believe that we have significant growth potential in this
field. We intend to continue to invest in the deployment of our
high speed UMTS/ HSDPA network, which covered 80% of the
populated territory of Israel at the end of 2006. We also plan
to expand our content and data services, products and
capabilities through in-house expertise and strategic
relationships with leading cellular content providers.
Grow roaming revenues.
We have experienced steady growth
in roaming revenues since 2003 and believe that roaming presents
an important source of future revenue and profit growth for us.
We currently have GSM roaming agreements with over 450 operators
in 167 countries, of which 45 operators in 27 countries are
also 3G operators, and we aim to increase our number of
relationships.
Further develop and strengthen the Cellcom brand.
External market surveys that we have commissioned indicate that
brand recognition has become an increasingly important factor in
subscriber selection of, and loyalty to, a cellular operator.
Due to our extensive efforts in the past few years, we believe
that we have established the Cellcom brand as one of the most
recognized and respected consumer brands in Israel. We plan to
continually enhance our brand through maintaining our high
network quality, the provision of innovative products and
services, quality customer service and investments in
advertising and promotional campaigns.
Optimize our cost structure.
We intend to continue our
efforts to control costs so that we can improve profitability
while also improving the quality of our services. We intend to
continue to focus on identifying further opportunities to manage
our costs without reducing the quality of our service.
Capitalize on our existing infrastructure to selectively
provide landline telephony services.
Our
1,300 kilometer inland fiber-optic network and our
microwave infrastructure provide us with the ability to offer
cost-efficient landline telecommunications solutions. We hold a
license to operate a landline service in Israel and, since July
2006, we offer our landline telephony service to selected
businesses.
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
5
The offering
18,975,000 ordinary shares offered by the selling
shareholders.
Ordinary shares to be outstanding after this offering
97,500,000 ordinary shares
Over-allotment option
The selling shareholders have granted the underwriters a
30-day
option to
purchase up to 2,846,250 ordinary shares to cover over-
allotments.
Use of proceeds
We will not receive any proceeds from the offering.
Dividend policy
Our Board of Directors has adopted a dividend policy to
distribute each year at least 75% of our annual net income,
subject to applicable law, our license and our contractual
obligations (which currently limit distribution of dividends)
and provided that such distribution would not be detrimental to
our cash needs or to any plans approved by our Board of
Directors. Dividend payments are not guaranteed and our Board of
Directors may decide, in its absolute discretion, at any time
and for any reason, not to pay dividends. See Dividend
Policy. We currently expect that the quarterly dividend we
will declare for the first quarter of 2007, which may be funded
out of a combination of net income, existing retained earnings
and/or a portion of the approximately NIS 280 million
of retained earnings described under Operating and
Financial Review and
Prospects Overview New Israeli
accounting standard affecting measurement of fixed assets,
will be NIS 1.4 per share. Any dividends must be declared
by our Board of Directors, which will take into account the
factors set out above. The amount of dividends per share we will
pay for the first quarter does not necessarily reflect dividends
that will be paid for future quarterly periods, which can change
at any time in accordance with the policy described under
Dividend Policy.
New York Stock Exchange
symbol
CEL
Table of Contents
6
7
8
9
Year Ended December 31,
Nine Months Ended September 30,
2003
2004
2005
2005
2006
2006 (In $)
(In NIS millions, except per share data)
5,261
5,600
5,114
3,845
4,191
974
3,075
3,302
3,133
2,264
2,470
574
2,186
2,298
1,981
1,581
1,721
400
613
661
623
453
473
110
682
684
656
512
486
113
891
953
702
616
762
177
(216
)
(45
)
24
13
(128
)
(30
)
1
1
(11
)
(10
)
(1
)
0
245
292
232
201
243
56
431
617
483
418
390
91
4.42
6.33
4.95
4.29
4.00
0.93
97,500,000
97,500,000
97,500,000
97,500,000
97,500,000
97,500,000
34.87
4.41
1.03
441
620
491
460
374
87
4.52
6.36
5.04
4.72
3.84
0.89
Table of Contents
Year Ended December 31,
Nine Months Ended September 30,
2003
2004
2005
2005
2006
2006 (In $)
(In NIS millions, except per share data)
1,890
1,914
1,643
1,320
1,429
332
2,300
2,450
2,603
2,554
2,828
27.3
%
19.9
%
15.0
%
10.5
%
12.4
%
162
174
151
154
152
35
316
334
321
326
336
As of September 30, 2006
(In NIS millions)
118
180
5,014
184
9,085
4,018
(1)
All dividends declared were paid in cash in the first nine
months of 2006.
(2)
Under U.S. GAAP, DICs acquisition of our shares in
2005 is treated as a purchase that requires a revaluation of our
assets and liabilities, leading to increased amortization
expense of intangible assets, offset by decreased depreciation
expense of tangible assets under U.S. GAAP. In addition, we
were required to push down certain DIC debt and the interest
expense relating to such debt incurred to finance the
acquisition until it was repaid in early 2006, leading to
increased financial expense under U.S. GAAP. See
note 28 to our consolidated financial statements. As a
result of this accounting treatment, U.S. GAAP data
presented for the year ended and as at December 31, 2005
and for the nine months ended and as at September 30, 2006
are not comparable with the data presented for the previous
periods.
(3)
EBITDA is a non-GAAP measure and is defined as income before
financial income (expenses), net; other income (expenses), net;
income tax; depreciation and amortization. We present EBITDA as
a supplemental performance measure because we believe that it
facilitates operating performance comparisons from period to
period and company to company by backing out potential
differences caused by variations in capital structure (most
particularly affecting our interest expense given our recently
incurred significant debt), tax positions (such as the impact on
periods or companies of changes in effective tax rates or net
operating losses or, most recently, our provision for tax
expenses) and the age of, and depreciation expenses associated
with, fixed assets (affecting relative depreciation expense and,
until December 31, 2003, the effects of adjusting for
changes in the general purchasing power of the Israeli currency
as discussed above). EBITDA should not be considered in
isolation or as a substitute for operating income or other
statement of operations or cash flow data prepared in accordance
with GAAP as a measure of our profitability or liquidity. EBITDA
does not take into account our debt service requirements and
other commitments, including capital expenditures, and,
accordingly, is not necessarily indicative of amounts that may
be available for discretionary uses. In addition, EBITDA, as
presented in this prospectus, may not be comparable to similarly
titled measures reported by other companies due to differences
in the way that these measures are calculated.
Table of Contents
Nine Months
Year Ended
Ended
December 31,
September 30,
2003
2004
2005
2005
2006
(In NIS millions)
431
617
483
418
390
216
45
(24
)
(13
)
128
(1
)
(1
)
11
10
1
245
292
232
201
243
999
961
941
704
667
1,890
1,914
1,643
1,320
1,429
(4)
Subscriber data refer to active subscribers. Until June 30,
2006, we had a three-month method of calculating our subscriber
base, which means that we deduct subscribers from our subscriber
base after three months of no revenue generation or activity on
our network by or in relation to both the post-paid and pre-paid
subscriber. We now believe that waiting six months to deduct
subscribers is preferable since many subscribers that were
inactive for three months become active again before the end of
six months. As a result, commencing July 1, 2006, we
adopted a six-month method of calculating our subscriber base,
but have not restated our prior subscriber data presented in
this table to reflect this change. The six-month method is, to
the best of our knowledge, consistent with the methodology used
by other cellular providers in Israel. This change in
methodology resulted in an increase of our number of reported
subscribers by approximately 80,000 compared to the prior
methodology and affected our other key performance indicators
accordingly.
(5)
Churn rate is defined as the total number of voluntary and
involuntary permanent deactivations in a given period expressed
as a percentage of the number of subscribers at the beginning of
the period. Involuntary permanent deactivations relate to
subscribers who have failed to pay their arrears for the period
of six consecutive months. Voluntary permanent deactivations
relate to subscribers who terminated their use of our services.
(6)
Average monthly revenue per subscriber (ARPU) is calculated
by dividing revenues from cellular services for the period by
the average number of subscribers during the period and by
dividing the result by the number of months in the period.
Revenues from inbound roaming services are included even though
the number of subscribers in the equation does not include the
users of those roaming services. Inbound roaming services are
included because ARPU is meant to capture all service revenues
generated by a cellular network, including roaming services.
Revenues from sales of extended warranties are included because
they represent recurring revenues generated by subscribers, but
revenues from sales of handsets, repair services and
transmission services are not. We, and industry analysts, treat
ARPU as a key performance indicator of a cellular operator
because it is the closest meaningful measure of the contribution
to service revenues made by an average subscriber.
Nine Months Ended
Year Ended December 31,
September 30,
2003
2004
2005
2005
2006
2006 (In $)
(In NIS millions, except number of subscribers and months)
5,261
5,600
5,114
3,845
4,191
974
498
646
565
406
477
111
22
21
38
26
43
10
(62
)
4,803
4,933
4,511
3,413
3,671
853
2,477,316
2,368,919
2,489,453
2,467,596
2,675,807
2,675,807
12
12
12
9
9
9
162
174
151
154
152
35
*
Other revenues includes revenues from repair services and
transmission services.
Table of Contents
**
Pursuant to Israeli GAAP, until December 31, 2003, we
prepared our financial statements on the basis of historical
cost adjusted for the changes in the general purchasing power of
Israeli currency, the NIS, based upon changes in the Israeli
CPI. We reverse these adjustments in presenting ARPU.
(7)
Average monthly minutes of use per subscriber (MOU) is
calculated by dividing the total billable minutes (of outgoing
and incoming calls from other networks, excluding roaming usage)
during the month, by the average number of subscribers during
such month, and by dividing the sum of such results for all
months in the reported period by the number of months in the
period. If the methodology of calculating our subscriber base
had not changed in July 2006, MOU for the nine months ended
September 30, 2006 would have been 339 minutes, which
represents an increase of 4.0% compared with the corresponding
period in 2005.
Table of Contents
We operate in a heavily regulated industry, which can harm our results of operations. |
| reduce tariffs, including interconnect and roaming tariffs, limit our ability to vary charging units or otherwise intervene in the pricing policies for our products and services; | |
| regulate the termination of predefined term agreements, including requiring us to disconnect subscribers once the initial term expires; | |
| impose new safety or health-related requirements; | |
| impose additional restrictions on the construction and operation of cell sites; | |
| impose restrictions on the provision of content services; | |
| limit or otherwise intervene with the services or products that we may sell; or | |
| set higher service standards. |
10
We may face claims of being in violation of the law and our license requiring the implementation of number portability and the terms of our license governing the method of charging for SMS messages. |
We may not be able to obtain permits to construct and operate cell sites. |
11
We may be required to indemnify certain local planning and building committees in respect of claims against them. |
12
Alleged health risks relating to non-ionizing radiation generated from cell sites and cellular telecommunications devices may harm our prospects. |
We face intense competition in all aspects of our business. |
13
| the implementation of number portability, as it would eliminate one of the deterrents to switching between cellular operators; | |
| Pelephones offering of certain services jointly with its parent company, Bezeq, the incumbent landline operator; although Bezeq and Pelephone may not offer integrated or combined packages of cellular and landline telephone and other telecommunication services currently, the Ministry of Communications has stated that once Bezeqs share of the Israeli landline telephone market falls below 85% (Bezeq does not publish its market share), it would be permitted to offer certain services jointly with its subsidiaries subject to regulatory limitations; | |
| the entry into the Israeli cellular market by mobile virtual network operators, or MVNOs, could increase competition and thus may adversely affect our revenues; the government has authorized an examination of the desirability of introducing MVNO operation in Israel; the findings and recommendations are expected to be published in May 2007; and | |
| a proposed amendment to the Israeli Restrictive Trade Practices Law, 1988 to grant the Commissioner of Restrictive Trade Practices broader authority to take action against oligopolies where there is insufficient competition, including the authority to issue orders to remove or to ease entry or transfer barriers, should the Commissioner conclude that this would increase competition; if the Commissioner were to decide that the Israeli cellular market was oligopolistic and insufficiently competitive, this could limit our freedom to manage our business, increase the competitive pressures that we face and adversely affect our results of operations. |
We could be subject to legal claims due to the inability of our information systems to fully support our calling plans. |
14
We are exposed to, and currently are engaged in, a variety of legal proceedings, including class action lawsuits. |
We may be subject to increased regulation in respect of handset sales. |
We rely on interconnecting telecommunications providers and could be adversely affected if these providers fail to provide these services without disruption and on a consistent basis. |
15
There are certain restrictions in our license relating to the ownership of our shares. |
| our founding shareholder, DIC (or its transferee or transferees, if approved in advance by the Ministry of Communications as founding shareholders), must own at least 26% of each of our means of control; | |
| Israeli citizens and residents among our founding shareholders (or their approved transferees) must own at least 20% of our outstanding share capital and each of our other means of control (DIC has agreed to comply with this requirement); | |
| a majority of our directors must be Israeli citizens and residents; | |
| at least 20% of our directors must be appointed by Israeli citizens and residents among our founding shareholders; and | |
| we are required to have a committee of our Board of Directors that deals with matters relating to state security, which must be comprised of at least four directors (including an external director) having the requisite security clearance by Israels General Security Service. |
We may be adversely affected by the significant technological and other changes in the cellular communications industry. |
16
If we cannot obtain or maintain favorable roaming arrangements our services may be less attractive or less profitable. |
Our substantial debt increases our exposure to market risks, may limit our ability to incur additional debt that may be necessary to fund our operations and could adversely affect our financial stability. |
| increasing our vulnerability to adverse economic, industry or business conditions, including increases in prevailing interest rates, particularly because our debentures are linked to the Israeli CPI, and our credit facility bears interest at a variable rate; | |
| limiting our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our industry and the economy in general; | |
| requiring us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to service our debt, thus reducing the funds available for operations and future business development; and | |
| limiting our ability to obtain additional financing to operate, develop and expand our business. |
Our freedom to operate our business is limited as a result of certain restrictive covenants contained in our credit facility and our indentures. |
17
Our business results may be affected by currency fluctuations, by our currency hedging positions and by changes in the Israeli Consumer Price Index. |
We may not be able to fulfill our dividend policy in the future. |
18
We rely on a limited number of suppliers for key equipment and services. |
We are a member of the IDB group of companies, one of Israels largest business groups. This may limit our ability to expand our business, to acquire other businesses or to borrow money from Israeli banks. |
19
We conduct our operations in Israel and therefore our results may be adversely affected by political, economic and military instability in Israel. |
Our freedom and ability to conduct our operations may be limited during periods of national emergency. |
Provisions of Israeli law and our license may delay, prevent or impede an acquisition of us, which could prevent a change of control. |
20
It may be difficult to enforce a U.S. judgment against our officers, our directors and us or to assert U.S. securities law claims in Israel. |
We are controlled by a single shareholder who can significantly influence matters requiring shareholders approval. |
21
Our share price may be extremely volatile and you may not be able to resell your shares at or above the initial public offering price. |
A substantial number of our ordinary shares could be sold into the public market shortly after this offering, which could depress our share price. |
We will incur increased costs as a result of being a U.S. public company. |
22
We have not yet evaluated our internal control over financial reporting in compliance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. |
23
24
Month | High | Low | ||||||
(NIS) | (NIS) | |||||||
July 2006
|
4.521 | 4.378 | ||||||
August 2006
|
4.408 | 4.357 | ||||||
September 2006
|
4.394 | 4.297 | ||||||
October 2006
|
4.302 | 4.238 | ||||||
November 2006
|
4.331 | 4.247 | ||||||
December 2006
|
4.234 | 4.176 |
Year | Average | |||
(NIS) | ||||
2002
|
4.736 | |||
2003
|
4.512 | |||
2004
|
4.483 | |||
2005
|
4.503 | |||
2006
|
4.442 |
25
26
| we incur substantial non-cash depreciation and amortization expense that reduces our net income; and | |
| we have not typically required significant working capital; our customers generally pay us within 45 days of the end of each monthly billing cycle in which the service was provided, while most of our service providers accept payment on a delayed basis. |
Nine Months | |||||||||||||||||
Ended | |||||||||||||||||
Year Ended December 31, | September 30, | ||||||||||||||||
2003 | 2004 | 2005 | 2006 | ||||||||||||||
(In NIS millions) | |||||||||||||||||
Net cash provided by operating activities
|
1,393 | 1,471 | 1,272 | 1,067 | |||||||||||||
Net cash used in investing activities
|
(508 | ) | (852 | ) | (619 | ) | (511 | ) | |||||||||
Cash available for dividends(1)
|
885 | 619 | 653 | 556 | |||||||||||||
Dividend distribution pursuant to current policy(2)
|
323 | 463 | 362 | 293 |
(1) | We have not deducted cash used to make principal repayments of debt in determining cash available for dividends as we have been able to access the debt markets as needed in the past to refinance any existing debt coming due, and we anticipate that we will continue to be able to do so. |
(2) | Calculated as 75% of net income. Does not take into account contractual or other restrictions that may have been in effect at such times. |
27
28
September 30, 2006 | ||||
(In NIS millions) | ||||
Total debt
|
3,588 | |||
Shareholders equity:
|
||||
Ordinary shares, NIS 0.01 par value per share,
300,000,000 shares authorized, 97,500,000 issued and
outstanding
|
| |||
Capital reserve
|
(20 | ) | ||
Retained earnings
|
204 | |||
Total shareholders equity
|
184 | |||
Total capitalization
|
3,772 | |||
29
NIS | $ | |||||||
Assumed initial public offering price
|
73.13 | 17.00 | ||||||
Net tangible book value per share as of September 30, 2006
|
(2.88 | ) | (0.67 | ) | ||||
Dilution per share to new investors
|
70.25 | 16.33 |
Shares | Total Consideration | Average Price | ||||||||||||||||||
Purchased | Amount | per Share | ||||||||||||||||||
Number | NIS | $ | NIS | $ | ||||||||||||||||
(In millions) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Existing shareholders who are affiliated persons(1)
|
67,761,645 | 6,269 | (2) | 1,370 | 92.52 | 20.22 | ||||||||||||||
Purchasers in the offering
|
18,975,000 | 1,388 | 323 | 73.13 | 17.00 |
(1) | Does not reflect dividends of NIS 39.3 ($9.13) per share paid in 2006. |
(2) | DIC paid the consideration in U.S. dollars. The consideration amount in NIS was calculated according to the exchange rate at the transaction date. |
30
Year Ended December 31, | Nine Months Ended September 30, | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2006 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2001 | 2002 | 2003 | 2004 | 2005 | 2005 | 2006 | (In $) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
(In NIS millions, except per share data) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Income Statement Data:
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Revenues
|
4,960 | 5,135 | 5,261 | 5,600 | 5,114 | 3,845 | 4,191 | 974 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Cost of revenues
|
2,893 | 3,111 | 3,075 | 3,302 | 3,133 | 2,264 | 2,470 | 574 |
31
Year Ended December 31,
Nine Months Ended September 30,
2006
2001
2002
2003
2004
2005
2005
2006
(In $)
(In NIS millions, except per share data)
574
651
613
661
623
453
473
110
621
678
682
684
656
512
486
113
872
695
891
953
702
616
762
177
(15
)
(5
)
(216
)
(45
)
24
13
(128
)
(30
)
6
(5
)
1
1
(11
)
(10
)
(1
)
(0
)
288
266
245
292
232
201
243
56
575
419
431
617
483
418
390
91
5.90
4.30
4.42
6.33
4.95
4.29
4.00
0.93
97,500,000
97,500,000
97,500,000
97,500,000
97,500,000
97,500,000
97,500,000
97,500,000
34.87
4.41
441
620
491
460
374
87
4.52
6.36
5.04
4.72
3.84
0.89
1,704
1,652
1,890
1,914
1,643
1,320
1,429
332
1,727
1,073
658
739
747
360
313
73
1,325
1,285
1,393
1,471
1,272
1,000
1,067
248
(1,280
)
(1,557
)
(508
)
(852
)
(619
)
(445
)
(511
)
(119
)
(153
)
436
(603
)
(1,068
)
1,114
(536
)
(2,210
)
(514
)
2,262
2,468
2,300
2,450
2,603
2,554
2,828
10.5
%
11.2
%
27.3
%
19.9
%
15.0
%
10.5
%
12.4
%
177
166
162
174
151
154
152
35
December 31,
September 30,
2001
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
(In NIS millions)
6
171
454
5
1,772
118
(628
)
(67
)
(361
)
(138
)
1,909
180
5,639
6,047
5,907
5,311
7,016
5,014
1,694
2,114
2,545
3,161
3,649
184
5,610
11,100
9,085
3,312
4,490
4,018
32
(1) | All dividends declared were paid in cash in the first nine months of 2006. |
(2) | Under U.S. GAAP, DICs acquisition of our shares in 2005 is treated as a purchase that requires a revaluation of our assets and liabilities, leading to increased amortization expense of intangible assets, offset by decreased depreciation expense of tangible assets under U.S. GAAP. In addition, we were required to push down certain DIC debt and the interest expense relating to such debt incurred to finance the acquisition until it was repaid in early 2006, leading to increased financial expense under U.S. GAAP. See note 28 to our consolidated financial statements. As a result of this accounting treatment, U.S. GAAP data presented for the year ended and as at December 31, 2005 and for the nine months ended and as at September 30, 2006 are not comparable with the data presented for the previous periods. |
(3) | EBITDA is a non-GAAP measure and is defined as income before financial income (expenses), net; other income (expenses), net; income tax; depreciation and amortization. We present EBITDA as a supplemental performance measure because we believe that it facilitates operating performance comparisons from period to period and company to company by backing out potential differences caused by variations in capital structure (most particularly affecting our interest expense given our recently incurred significant debt), tax positions (such as the impact on periods or companies of changes in effective tax rates or net operating losses or, most recently, our provision for tax expenses) the age of, and depreciation expenses associated with, fixed assets (affecting relative depreciation expense and, until December 31, 2003, the effects of adjusting for changes in the general purchasing power of the Israeli currency as discussed above). EBITDA should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for operating income or other statement of operations or cash flow data prepared in accordance with GAAP as a measure of our profitability or liquidity. EBITDA does not take into account our debt service requirements and other commitments, including capital expenditures, and, accordingly, is not necessarily indicative of amounts that may be available for discretionary uses. In addition, EBITDA, as presented in this prospectus, may not be comparable to similarly titled measures reported by other companies due to differences in the way that these measures are calculated. |
Nine Months | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Ended | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Year Ended December 31, | September 30, | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2001 | 2002 | 2003 | 2004 | 2005 | 2005 | 2006 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
(In NIS millions) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net income
|
575 | 419 | 431 | 617 | 483 | 418 | 390 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Financial expense (income), net
|
15 | 5 | 216 | 45 | (24 | ) | (13 | ) | 128 | |||||||||||||||||||
Other expenses (income)
|
(6 | ) | 5 | (1 | ) | (1 | ) | 11 | 10 | 1 | ||||||||||||||||||
Income taxes
|
288 | 266 | 245 | 292 | 232 | 201 | 243 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Depreciation and amortization
|
832 | 957 | 999 | 961 | 941 | 704 | 667 | |||||||||||||||||||||
EBITDA
|
1,704 | 1,652 | 1,890 | 1,914 | 1,643 | 1,320 | 1,429 | |||||||||||||||||||||
(4) | Subscriber data refer to active subscribers. Until June 30, 2006, we had a three-month method of calculating our subscriber base, which means that we deduct subscribers from our subscriber base after three months of no revenue generation or activity on our network by or in relation to both the post-paid and pre-paid subscriber. We now believe that waiting six months to deduct subscribers is preferable since many subscribers that were inactive for three months become active again before the end of six months. As a result, commencing July 1, 2006, we adopted a six-month method of calculating our subscriber base, but have not restated our prior subscriber data presented in this table to reflect this change. The six-month method is, to the best of our knowledge, consistent with the methodology used by other cellular providers in Israel. This change in methodology resulted in an increase of our number of reported subscribers by approximately 80,000 compared to the prior methodology and affected our other key performance indicators accordingly. |
We also revised our subscriber calculation methodology in 2003 and 2005 but in each case have not restated prior subscriber data to conform to the new presentation. We estimate that the change in methodology in 2003 led to a decrease in our reported subscriber numbers of approximately 300,000 and the change in methodology in 2005 led to an increase in our reported subscriber numbers of approximately 84,000. |
(5) | Churn rate is defined as the total number of voluntary and involuntary permanent deactivations in a given period expressed as a percentage of the number of subscribers at the beginning of the period. Involuntary permanent deactivations relate to subscribers who have failed to pay their arrears for the period of six consecutive months. Voluntary permanent deactivations relate to subscribers who terminated their use of our services. |
(6) | Average monthly revenue per subscriber (ARPU) is calculated by dividing revenues from cellular services for the period by the average number of subscribers during the period and by dividing the result by the number of months in the period. Revenues from inbound roaming services are included even though the number of subscribers in the equation does not include the users of those roaming services. Inbound roaming services are included because |
33
ARPU is meant to capture all service revenues generated by a cellular network, including roaming services. Revenues from sales of extended warranties are included because they represent recurring revenues generated by subscribers, but revenues from sales of handsets, repair services and transmission services are not. We, and industry analysts, treat ARPU as a key performance indicator of a cellular operator because it is the closest meaningful measure of the contribution to service revenues made by an average subscriber. |
Nine Months Ended September 30, | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Year Ended December 31, | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2006 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2001 | 2002 | 2003 | 2004 | 2005 | 2005 | 2006 | (In $) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(In NIS millions, except number of subscribers and months) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Revenues
|
4,960 | 5,135 | 5,261 | 5,600 | 5,114 | 3,845 | 4,191 | 974 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
less revenues from equipment sales
|
286 | 502 | 498 | 646 | 565 | 406 | 477 | 111 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
less other revenues*
|
11 | 10 | 22 | 21 | 38 | 26 | 43 | 10 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
adjustments to the Israeli CPI**
|
226 | (32 | ) | (62 | ) | | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Revenues used in ARPU calculation (in NIS millions)
|
4,437 | 4,655 | 4,803 | 4,933 | 4,511 | 3,413 | 3,671 | 853 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Average number of subscribers
|
2,091,937 | 2,336,264 | 2,477,316 | 2,368,919 | 2,489,453 | 2,467,596 | 2,675,807 | 2,675,807 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Months during period
|
12 | 12 | 12 | 12 | 12 | 9 | 9 | 9 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
ARPU (in NIS, per month)
|
177 | 166 | 162 | 174 | 151 | 154 | 152 | 35 |
* | Other revenues includes revenues from repair services and transmission services. |
** | Pursuant to Israeli GAAP, until December 31, 2003, we prepared our financial statements on the basis of historical cost adjusted for the changes in the general purchasing power of Israeli currency, the NIS, based upon changes in the Israeli CPI. We reverse these adjustments in presenting ARPU. |
34
General |
35
36
37
New Israeli accounting standard affecting measurement of fixed assets |
Year Ended | Nine Months Ended | |||||||||||||||||||
December 31, | September 30, | |||||||||||||||||||
2003 | 2004 | 2005 | 2005 | 2006 | ||||||||||||||||
(Unaudited) | ||||||||||||||||||||
(In NIS millions) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Decrease in depreciation expense
|
46 | 46 | 52 | 39 | 38 | |||||||||||||||
Decrease (increase) in deferred tax expense
|
(17 | ) | (4 | ) | (2 | ) | 2 | 7 | ||||||||||||
Decrease in capital gain
|
| | (2 | ) | (2 | ) | (3 | ) | ||||||||||||
Increase in net income
|
29 | 42 | 48 | 39 | 28 | |||||||||||||||
Increase in basic and diluted earnings per ordinary shares
|
0.30 | 0.43 | 0.49 | 0.40 | 0.29 |
Adoption of International Financial Reporting Standards |
38
2006 Share Incentive Plan |
Revenues |
Cost of revenues |
Selling and marketing expenses |
39
General and administrative expenses |
Financial income and expenses |
Other income and expenses |
Income Tax |
40
Comparison of nine months ended September 30, 2005 and 2006 |
Nine Months Ended | ||||||||||||
September 30, | ||||||||||||
2005 | 2006 | Change* | ||||||||||
Subscribers at end of period(1) (in thousands)
|
2,554 | 2,828 | 10.7 | % | ||||||||
Period churn rate(1)(2)
|
10.5 | % | 12.4 | % | 1.9 | pp | ||||||
Average monthly usage per subscriber (MOU) (in minutes)(1)(3)
|
326 | 336 | 3.1 | % | ||||||||
Average monthly revenue per subscriber (ARPU)(1)(4) (in NIS)
|
154 | 152 | (1.3 | )% | ||||||||
Operating income (in NIS millions)
|
616 | 762 | 23.7 | % | ||||||||
Net income (in NIS millions)
|
418 | 390 | (6.7 | )% | ||||||||
EBITDA(5) (in NIS millions)
|
1,320 | 1,429 | 8.3 | % | ||||||||
Operating income margin(6)
|
16.0 | % | 18.2 | % | 2.2 | pp | ||||||
EBITDA margin(7)
|
34.3 | % | 34.1 | % | (0.2pp | ) |
* | pp denotes percentage points and this measure of change is calculated by subtracting the 2005 measure from the 2006 measure. |
(1) | Subscriber data refer to active subscribers. Until June 30, 2006, we had a three-month method of calculating our subscriber base, which means that we deduct subscribers from our subscriber base after three months of no revenue generation or activity on our network by or in relation to both the post-paid and pre-paid subscriber. We now believe that waiting six months to deduct subscribers is preferable since many subscribers that were inactive for three months become active again before the end of six months. As a result, commencing July 1, 2006, we adopted a six-month method of calculating our subscriber base, but have not restated our prior subscriber data presented in this table to reflect this change. The six-month method is, to the best of our knowledge, consistent with the methodology used by other cellular providers in Israel. This change in methodology resulted in an increase of our number of reported subscribers by approximately 80,000 compared to the prior methodology and affected our other key performance indicators accordingly. |
(2) | Churn rate is defined as the total number of voluntary and involuntary permanent deactivations in a given period expressed as a percentage of the number of subscribers at the beginning of the period. Involuntary permanent deactivations relate to subscribers who have failed to pay their arrears for the period of six consecutive months. Voluntary permanent deactivations relate to subscribers who terminated their use of our services. |
(3) | Average monthly minutes of use per subscriber (MOU) is calculated by dividing the total billable minutes (of outgoing and incoming calls from other networks, excluding roaming usage) during the month, by the average number of subscribers during such month, and by dividing the sum of such results for all months in the reported period by the number of months in the period. If the methodology of calculating our subscriber base had not changed in July 2006, the MOU for the nine months ended September 30, 2006 would have been 339 minutes, which represents an increase of 4.0% compared with the corresponding period in 2005. |
(4) | Average monthly revenue per subscriber (ARPU) is calculated by dividing revenues from cellular services for the period by the average number of subscribers during the period and by dividing the result by the number of months in the period. Revenues from inbound roaming services are included even though the number of subscribers in the equation does not include the users of those roaming services. Inbound roaming services are included because |
41
ARPU is meant to capture all service revenues generated by a cellular network, including roaming services. Revenues from sales of extended warranties are included because they represent recurring revenues generated by subscribers, but revenues from sales of handsets, repair services and transmission services are not. We, and industry analysts, treat ARPU as a key performance indicator of a cellular operator because it is the closest meaningful measure of the contribution to service revenues made by an average subscriber. |
Nine Months Ended September 30, | |||||||||||||
2005 | 2006 | 2006 (In $) | |||||||||||
(In NIS millions, except number of | |||||||||||||
subscribers and months) | |||||||||||||
Revenues
|
3,845 | 4,191 | 974 | ||||||||||
less revenues from equipment sales
|
406 | 477 | 111 | ||||||||||
less other revenues*
|
26 | 43 | 10 | ||||||||||
adjustments to the Israeli CPI**
|
| | | ||||||||||
Revenues used in ARPU calculation (in NIS millions)
|
3,413 | 3,671 | 853 | ||||||||||
Average number of subscribers
|
2,467,596 | 2,675,807 | 2,675,807 | ||||||||||
Months during period
|
9 | 9 | 9 | ||||||||||
ARPU (in NIS, per month)
|
154 | 152 | 35 |
* | Other revenues include revenues from repair services and transmission services. |
** | Pursuant to Israeli GAAP, until December 31, 2003, we prepared our financial statements on the basis of historical cost adjusted for the changes in the general purchasing power of Israeli currency, the NIS, based upon changes in the Israeli CPI. We reverse these adjustments in presenting ARPU. |
If the methodology of calculating our subscriber base had not changed in July 2006, ARPU for the nine months ended September 30, 2006 would have been NIS 154, which is equal to ARPU for the corresponding period in 2005. |
(5) | EBITDA is a non-GAAP measure and is defined as income before financial income (expenses), net; other income (expenses), net; income tax; depreciation and amortization. We present EBITDA as a supplemental performance measure because we believe that it facilitates operating performance comparisons from period to period and company to company by backing out potential differences caused by variations in capital structure (most particularly affecting our interest expense given our recently incurred significant debt), tax positions (such as the impact on periods or companies of changes in effective tax rates or net operating losses or, most recently, our provision for tax expenses) and the age of, and depreciation expenses associated with, fixed assets (affecting relative depreciation expense and, until December 31, 2003, the effects of adjusting for changes in the general purchasing power of the Israeli currency as discussed above). EBITDA should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for operating income or other statement of operations or cash flow data prepared in accordance with Israeli GAAP as a measure of our profitability or liquidity. EBITDA does not take into account our debt service requirements and other commitments, including capital expenditures, and, accordingly, is not necessarily indicative of amounts that may be available for discretionary uses. In addition, EBITDA, as presented in this prospectus, may not be comparable to similarly titled measures reported by other companies due to differences in the way these measures are calculated. |
Nine Months | ||||||||
Ended | ||||||||
September 30, | ||||||||
2005 | 2006 | |||||||
(In NIS | ||||||||
millions) | ||||||||
Net income
|
418 | 390 | ||||||
Financial expenses (income), net
|
(13 | ) | 128 | |||||
Other expenses (income), net
|
10 | 1 | ||||||
Income taxes
|
201 | 243 | ||||||
Operating income
|
616 | 762 | ||||||
Depreciation and amortization
|
704 | 667 | ||||||
EBITDA
|
1,320 | 1,429 | ||||||
(6) | Operating income margin is defined as operating income as a percentage of total revenues for each of the applicable periods. |
(7) | EBITDA margin is defined as EBITDA as a percentage of total revenues for each of the applicable periods. |
42
Nine Months | ||||||||
Ended | ||||||||
September 30, | ||||||||
2005 | 2006 | |||||||
Revenues
|
100.0 | % | 100.0 | % | ||||
Cost of revenues
|
58.9 | % | 58.9 | % | ||||
Gross profit
|
41.1 | % | 41.1 | % | ||||
Selling and marketing expenses
|
11.8 | % | 11.3 | % | ||||
General and administrative expenses
|
13.3 | % | 11.6 | % | ||||
Operating income
|
16.0 | % | 18.2 | % | ||||
Financial income (expenses), net
|
0.3 | % | (3.1 | )% | ||||
Other income (expenses), net
|
(0.2 | )% | (0.0 | )% | ||||
Income before taxes
|
16.1 | % | 15.1 | % | ||||
Income tax
|
5.2 | % | 5.8 | % | ||||
Net income
|
10.9 | % | 9.3 | % | ||||
Nine Months Ended | ||||||||||||
September 30, | ||||||||||||
2005 | 2006 | Change | ||||||||||
(In NIS millions) | ||||||||||||
Revenues
|
3,845 | 4,191 | 9.0 | % |
Nine Months Ended September 30, | ||||||||||||||||
2005 | 2006 | |||||||||||||||
Revenues | % of Total Revenues | Revenues | % of Total Revenues | |||||||||||||
(NIS in millions) | (NIS in millions) | |||||||||||||||
Voice services:
|
||||||||||||||||
Outgoing air time (including interconnect)
|
1,931 | 50.2 | % | 1,958 | 46.7 | % | ||||||||||
Incoming air time
|
815 | 21.2 | % | 846 | 20.1 | % | ||||||||||
Roaming
|
222 | 5.8 | % | 292 | 7.0 | % | ||||||||||
43
Nine Months Ended September 30,
2005
2006
Revenues
% of Total Revenues
Revenues
% of Total Revenues
(NIS in millions)
(NIS in millions)
2,968
77.2
%
3,096
73.9
%
471
12.2
%
618
14.7
%
3,439
89.4
%
3,714
88.6
%
406
10.6
%
477
11.4
%
3,845
100.0
%
4,191
100.0
%
* | Consists of fixed monthly subscription fees, content services, text messages, data services, extended warranty fees, transmission and others. |
Nine Months Ended September 30, | ||||||||||||||||
2005 | 2006 | |||||||||||||||
Revenues | % of Total Revenues | Revenues | % of Total Revenues | |||||||||||||
(NIS in millions) | (NIS in millions) | |||||||||||||||
Individual
|
2,112 | 54.9 | % | 2,280 | 54.4 | % | ||||||||||
Business
|
1,609 | 41.9 | % | 1,693 | 40.4 | % | ||||||||||
Other*
|
124 | 3.2 | % | 218 | 5.2 | % | ||||||||||
Total
|
3,845 | 100.0 | % | 4,191 | 100.0 | % | ||||||||||
* | Consists of revenues from inbound roaming services and other services. |
44
Nine Months Ended September 30, | ||||||||||||||||
2005 | 2006 | |||||||||||||||
Revenues | % of Total Revenues | Revenues | % of Total Revenues | |||||||||||||
(NIS in millions) | (NIS in millions) | |||||||||||||||
Pre-paid
|
523 | 13.6 | % | 530 | 12.6 | % | ||||||||||
Post-paid
|
3,198 | 83.2 | % | 3,443 | 82.2 | % | ||||||||||
Other*
|
124 | 3.2 | % | 218 | 5.2 | % | ||||||||||
Total
|
3,845 | 100.0 | % | 4,191 | 100.0 | % | ||||||||||
* | Consists of revenues from inbound roaming services and other services. |
Cost of revenues and gross profit |
Nine Months Ended | ||||||||||||
September 30, | ||||||||||||
2005 | 2006 | Change | ||||||||||
(In NIS millions) | ||||||||||||
Cost of revenues services
|
1,816 | 1,878 | 3.4 | % | ||||||||
Cost of revenues equipment
|
448 | 592 | 32.1 | % | ||||||||
Total cost of revenues
|
2,264 | 2,470 | 9.1 | % | ||||||||
Gross profit
|
1,581 | 1,721 | 8.9 | % | ||||||||
Selling and marketing expenses and general and administrative expenses |
Nine Months Ended | |||||||||||||
September 30, | |||||||||||||
2005 | 2006 | Change | |||||||||||
(In NIS | |||||||||||||
millions) | |||||||||||||
Selling and marketing expenses
|
453 | 473 | 4.4 | % | |||||||||
General and administrative expenses
|
512 | 486 | (5.1 | )% | |||||||||
Total
|
965 | 959 | (0.6 | )% | |||||||||
45
Financial and other income (expenses), net |
Nine Months | ||||||||
Ended | ||||||||
September 30, | ||||||||
2005 | 2006 | |||||||
(In NIS | ||||||||
millions) | ||||||||
Financial income (expenses), net
|
13 | (128 | ) | |||||
Other income (expenses), net
|
(10 | ) | (1 | ) |
Income tax |
Nine Months Ended | ||||||||||||
September 30, | ||||||||||||
2005 | 2006 | Change | ||||||||||
(In NIS | ||||||||||||
millions) | ||||||||||||
Income tax
|
201 | 243 | (20.9 | )% |
46
Net income |
Nine Months Ended | ||||||||||||
September 30, | ||||||||||||
2005 | 2006 | Change | ||||||||||
(In NIS | ||||||||||||
millions) | ||||||||||||
Net income
|
418 | 390 | (6.7 | )% |
Comparison of 2003, 2004 and 2005 |
Year Ended December 31, | Change* | |||||||||||||||||||
2003 | 2004 | 2005 | 2004 vs. 2003 | 2005 vs. 2004 | ||||||||||||||||
Subscribers at end of period(1) (in thousands)
|
2,300 | 2,450 | 2,603 | 6.5 | % | 6.2 | % | |||||||||||||
Period churn rate(1)(2)
|
27.3 | % | 19.9 | % | 15.0 | % | (7.4pp | ) | (4.9pp | ) | ||||||||||
Average monthly usage per subscriber (MOU) (in minutes)(1)(3)
|
316 | 334 | 321 | 5.7 | % | (3.9 | )% | |||||||||||||
Average monthly revenue per subscriber (ARPU)(1)(4) (in NIS)
|
162 | 174 | 151 | 7.4 | % | (13.2 | )% | |||||||||||||
Operating income (in NIS millions)
|
891 | 953 | 702 | 7.0 | % | (26.3 | )% | |||||||||||||
Net income (in NIS millions)
|
431 | 617 | 483 | 43.2 | % | (21.7 | )% | |||||||||||||
EBITDA(5) (in NIS millions)
|
1,890 | 1,914 | 1,643 | 1.3 | % | (14.1 | )% | |||||||||||||
Operating income margin(6)
|
16.9 | % | 17.0 | % | 13.7 | % | 0.1pp | (3.3pp | ) | |||||||||||
EBITDA margin(7)
|
35.9 | % | 34.2 | % | 32.1 | % | (1.7pp | ) | (2.1pp | ) |
* | pp denotes percentage points and this measure of change is calculated by subtracting the 2003 measure from the 2004 measure and the 2004 measure from the 2005 measure, respectively. |
(1) | Subscriber data refer to active subscribers. We revised our subscriber calculation methodology in 2003 and 2005 but in each case have not restated prior subscriber data to conform to the new presentation. We estimate that the change in methodology in 2003 led to a decrease in our reported subscriber numbers of approximately 300,000 and the change in methodology in 2005 led to an increase in our reported subscriber numbers of approximately 84,000. |
(2) | Churn rate is defined as the total number of voluntary and involuntary permanent deactivations in a given period expressed as a percentage of the number of subscribers at the beginning of such period. Involuntary permanent deactivations relate to subscribers who have failed to pay their arrears for the period of six consecutive months. Voluntary permanent deactivations relate to subscribers who terminated their use of our services. |
(3) | Average monthly minutes of use per subscriber (MOU) is calculated by dividing the total billable minutes (of outgoing and incoming calls from other networks, excluding roaming usage) during the month, by the average number of subscribers during such month, and by dividing the sum of such results for all months in the reported period by the number of months in the period. |
(4) | Average monthly revenue per subscriber (ARPU) is calculated by dividing revenues from cellular services for the period by the average number of subscribers during the period and by dividing the result by the number of months in the period. Revenues from inbound roaming services are included even though the number of subscribers in the |
47
equation does not include the users of those roaming services. Inbound roaming services are included because ARPU is meant to capture all service revenues generated by a cellular network, including roaming services. Revenues from sales of extended warranties are included because they represent recurring revenues generated by subscribers, but revenues from sales of handsets, repair services and transmission services are not. We, and industry analysts, treat ARPU as a key performance indicator of a cellular operator because it is the closest meaningful measure of the contribution to service revenues made by an average subscriber. |
We have set out below the calculation of ARPU for each of the periods presented: |
Year Ended December 31, | |||||||||||||
2003 | 2004 | 2005 | |||||||||||
(In NIS millions, except number | |||||||||||||
of subscribers and months) | |||||||||||||
Revenues
|
5,261 | 5,600 | 5,114 | ||||||||||
less revenues from equipment sales
|
498 | 646 | 565 | ||||||||||
less other revenues*
|
22 | 21 | 38 | ||||||||||
adjustments to the Israeli CPI**
|
(62 | ) | | | |||||||||
Revenues used in ARPU calculation (in NIS millions)
|
4,803 | 4,933 | 4,511 | ||||||||||
Average number of subscribers
|
2,477,316 | 2,368,919 | 2,489,453 | ||||||||||
Months during period
|
12 | 12 | 12 | ||||||||||
ARPU (in NIS, per month)
|
162 | 174 | 151 |
* | Other revenues include revenues from repair services and transmission services. |
** | Pursuant to Israeli GAAP, until December 31, 2003, we prepared our financial statements on the basis of historical cost adjusted for the changes in the general purchasing power of Israeli currency, the NIS, based upon changes in the Israeli CPI. We reverse these adjustments in presenting ARPU. |
(5) | EBITDA is a non-GAAP measure and is defined as income before financial income (expenses), net; other income (expenses), net; income tax; depreciation and amortization. We present EBITDA as a supplemental performance measure because we believe that it facilitates operating performance comparisons from period to period and company to company by backing out potential differences caused by variations in capital structure (most particularly affecting our interest expense given our recently incurred significant debt), tax positions (such as the impact on periods or companies of changes in effective tax rates or net operating losses or, most recently, our provision for tax expenses) and the age of, and depreciation expenses associated with, fixed assets (affecting relative depreciation expense and, until December 31, 2003, the effects of adjusting for changes in the general purchasing power of the Israeli currency as discussed above) and the impact of purchase accounting (affecting depreciation and amortization expense). EBITDA should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for operating income or other statement of operations or cash flow data prepared in accordance with Israeli GAAP as a measure of our profitability or liquidity. EBITDA does not take into account our debt service requirements and other commitments, including capital expenditures, and, accordingly, is not necessarily indicative of amounts that may be available for discretionary uses. In addition, EBITDA, as presented in this prospectus, may not be comparable to similarly titled measures reported by other companies due to differences in the way these measures are calculated. |
Year Ended | ||||||||||||
December 31, | ||||||||||||
2003 | 2004 | 2005 | ||||||||||
(In NIS millions) | ||||||||||||
Net income
|
431 | 617 | 483 | |||||||||
Financial expenses (income), net
|
216 | 45 | (24 | ) | ||||||||
Other expenses (income), net
|
(1 | ) | (1 | ) | 11 | |||||||
Income taxes
|
245 | 292 | 232 | |||||||||
Operating income
|
891 | 953 | 702 | |||||||||
Depreciation and amortization
|
999 | 961 | 941 | |||||||||
EBITDA
|
1,890 | 1,914 | 1,643 | |||||||||
(6) | Operating income margin is defined as operating income as a percentage of total revenues for each of the applicable periods. |
(7) | EBITDA margin is defined as EBITDA as a percentage of total revenues for each of the applicable periods. |
48
Year Ended December 31, | ||||||||||||
2003 | 2004 | 2005 | ||||||||||
Revenues
|
100.0 | % | 100.0 | % | 100.0 | % | ||||||
Cost of revenues
|
58.4 | % | 59.0 | % | 61.3 | % | ||||||
Gross profit
|
41.6 | % | 41.0 | % | 38.7 | % | ||||||
Selling and marketing expenses
|
11.7 | % | 11.8 | % | 12.2 | % | ||||||
General and administrative expenses
|
13.0 | % | 12.2 | % | 12.8 | % | ||||||
Operating income
|
16.9 | % | 17.0 | % | 13.7 | % | ||||||
Financial income (expenses), net
|
(4.1 | )% | (0.8 | )% | 0.5 | % | ||||||
Other income (expenses), net
|
0.0 | % | 0.0 | % | (0.2 | )% | ||||||
Income before taxes
|
12.8 | % | 16.2 | % | 14.0 | % | ||||||
Income tax
|
4.6 | % | 5.2 | % | 4.6 | % | ||||||
Net income
|
8.2 | % | 11.0 | % | 9.4 | % | ||||||
Revenues |
Year Ended December 31, | Change | |||||||||||||||||||
2003 | 2004 | 2005 | 2004 vs. 2003 | 2005 vs. 2004 | ||||||||||||||||
(In NIS millions) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Revenues
|
5,261 | 5,600 | 5,114 | 6.4 | % | (8.7 | )% |
2003 | 2004 | 2005 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
% of Total | % of Total | % of Total | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Revenues | Revenues | Revenues | Revenues | Revenues | Revenues | |||||||||||||||||||
(NIS in | (NIS in | (NIS in | ||||||||||||||||||||||
millions) | millions) | millions) | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Voice services:
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Outgoing air time (including interconnect)
|
2,818 | 53.6 | % | 2,773 | 49.5 | % | 2,535 | 49.6 | % | |||||||||||||||
Incoming air time
|
1,242 | 23.6 | % | 1,290 | 23.1 | % | 1,072 | 21.0 | % | |||||||||||||||
Roaming
|
143 | 2.7 | % | 230 | 4.1 | % | 300 | 5.8 | % | |||||||||||||||
Total voice services
|
4,203 | 79.9 | % | 4,293 | 76.7 | % | 3,907 | 76.4 | % | |||||||||||||||
Other services*
|
560 | 10.6 | % | 661 | 11.8 | % | 642 | 12.6 | % | |||||||||||||||
49
2003
2004
2005
% of Total
% of Total
% of Total
Revenues
Revenues
Revenues
Revenues
Revenues
Revenues
(NIS in
(NIS in
(NIS in
millions)
millions)
millions)
4,763
90.5
%
4,954
88.5
%
4,549
89.0
%
498
9.5
%
646
11.5
%
565
11.0
%
5,261
100.0
%
5,600
100.0
%
5,114
100.0
%
* | Consists of fixed monthly subscription fees, content services, text messages, data services, extended warranty fees, transmission services and others. |
2003 | 2004 | 2005 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
% of Total | % of Total | % of Total | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Revenues | Revenues | Revenues | Revenues | Revenues | Revenues | |||||||||||||||||||
(NIS in | (NIS in | (NIS in | ||||||||||||||||||||||
millions) | millions) | millions) | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Individual
|
2,998 | 57.0 | % | 3,140 | 56.1 | % | 2,805 | 54.8 | % | |||||||||||||||
Business
|
2,192 | 41.7 | % | 2,322 | 41.5 | % | 2,137 | 41.8 | % | |||||||||||||||
Other*
|
71 | 1.3 | % | 138 | 2.4 | % | 172 | 3.4 | % | |||||||||||||||
Total
|
5,261 | 100.0 | % | 5,600 | 100.0 | % | 5,114 | 100.0 | % | |||||||||||||||
* | Consists of revenues from inbound roaming services and other services. |
50
2003 | 2004 | 2005 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
% of Total | % of Total | % of total | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Revenues | Revenues | Revenues | Revenues | Revenues | revenues | |||||||||||||||||||
(NIS in | (NIS in | (NIS in | ||||||||||||||||||||||
millions) | millions) | millions) | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Pre-paid
|
713 | 13.5 | % | 773 | 13.8 | % | 682 | 13.3 | % | |||||||||||||||
Post-paid
|
4,477 | 85.1 | % | 4,689 | 83.7 | % | 4,260 | 83.3 | % | |||||||||||||||
Other*
|
71 | 1.4 | % | 138 | 2.5 | % | 172 | 3.4 | % | |||||||||||||||
Total
|
5,261 | 100.0 | % | 5,600 | 100.0 | % | 5,114 | 100.0 | % | |||||||||||||||
* | Consists of revenues from inbound roaming services and other services. |
Cost of revenues and gross profit |
Year Ended December 31, | Change | |||||||||||||||||||
2003 | 2004 | 2005 | 2004 vs. 2003 | 2005 vs. 2004 | ||||||||||||||||
(In NIS millions) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Cost of revenues-services
|
2,365 | 2,489 | 2,450 | 5.2 | % | (1.6 | )% | |||||||||||||
Cost of revenues-equipment
|
710 | 813 | 683 | 14.5 | % | (16.0 | )% | |||||||||||||
Total cost of revenues
|
3,075 | 3,302 | 3,133 | 7.4 | % | (5.1 | )% | |||||||||||||
Gross profit
|
2,186 | 2,298 | 1,981 | 5.1 | % | (13.8 | )% | |||||||||||||
51
Selling and marketing expenses and general and administrative expenses |
Year Ended December 31, | Change | ||||||||||||||||||||
2003 | 2004 | 2005 | 2004 vs. 2003 | 2005 vs. 2004 | |||||||||||||||||
(In NIS millions) | |||||||||||||||||||||
Selling and marketing expenses
|
613 | 661 | 623 | 7.8 | % | (5.7 | )% | ||||||||||||||
General and administrative expenses
|
682 | 684 | 656 | 0.3 | % | (4.1 | )% | ||||||||||||||
Total
|
1,295 | 1,345 | 1,279 | 3.9 | % | (4.9 | )% | ||||||||||||||
Financial and other income (expenses), net |
Year Ended | ||||||||||||
December 31, | ||||||||||||
2003 | 2004 | 2005 | ||||||||||
(In NIS millions) | ||||||||||||
Financial income (expenses), net
|
(216 | ) | (45 | ) | 24 | |||||||
Other income (expenses), net
|
1 | 1 | (11 | ) |
52
Income tax |
Year Ended | ||||||||||||||||||||
December 31, | Change | |||||||||||||||||||
2003 | 2004 | 2005 | 2004 vs. 2003 | 2005 vs. 2004 | ||||||||||||||||
(In NIS millions) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Income tax
|
245 | 292 | 232 | 19.2 | % | (20.5 | )% |
Net income |
Year Ended | ||||||||||||||||||||
December 31, | Change | |||||||||||||||||||
2003 | 2004 | 2005 | 2004 vs. 2003 | 2005 vs. 2004 | ||||||||||||||||
(In NIS millions) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Net income
|
431 | 617 | 483 | 43.1 | % | (21.7 | )% |
| Push-down accounting. Under U.S. GAAP, DICs acquisition of our shares is treated as a purchase that requires a revaluation of our assets and liabilities, leading to increased amortization expense of intangible assets, offset by decreased depreciation expense of tangible assets under U.S. GAAP. In addition, we were required to push down certain DIC debt and the interest expense relating to such debt incurred to finance the acquisition until it was repaid in early 2006, leading to increased financial expense under U.S. GAAP. Push-down accounting had a significant impact on our balance sheet under U.S. GAAP. | |
| Depreciation of property, plant and equipment. Under U.S. GAAP, each individual significant component is depreciated over its useful life, rather than depreciating all assets on the basis of the estimated useful life of the dominant asset. This leads to decreased depreciation expense under U.S. GAAP. We will adopt a similar policy under Israeli GAAP beginning in 2007. |
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
General
Dividend payments
Debt service
Public debentures
Table of Contents
Credit facility from bank syndicate
Table of Contents
Other credit facilities
Capital expenditures
Cash flows from operating activities
Cash flows from investing activities
Cash flows from financing activities
Table of Contents
Working capital
Trade receivables
Table of Contents
Total
2006
2007-2009
2010-2011
2012 and Beyond
4,299
78
1,408
1,413
1,400
1,768
67
630
291
780
242
16
186
40
6,309
161
2,224
1,744
2,180
(1)
Interest on our credit facilities is calculated using LIBOR plus
1.05% and TELBOR plus 0.17% plus 1.175 to 1.25%, depending on
the facility, using LIBOR and TELBOR in effect on
November 30, 2006. Because the interest rate under the
credit facility is variable, actual payments may differ.
Interest does not include (a) payments that could be
required under our interest-rate swap agreements, which payments
will depend upon changes in interest rates and could vary
significantly, or (b) any increase in interest that would
be required based on increases in the Israeli CPI.
Table of Contents
December 31, 2004
December 31, 2005
September 30, 2006
Par Value
Fair Value
Par Value
Fair Value
Par Value
Fair Value
(In NIS millions)
754
(12
)
654
1
486
(27
)
500
(4
)
1,639
12
925
4
796
1
887
(62
)
2,393
1,579
5
2,669
(92
)
Sensitivity information
an increase of 0.1% of the Israeli CPI would result in an
increase of approximately NIS 2.0 million in our financial
expenses;
a devaluation of the NIS against the U.S. dollar of 1.0%
would increase our financial expenses by approximately NIS
9.0 million; and
an increase in NIS interest rates of 100 basis points would
increase our annual interest expense by approximately NIS
6.2 million ($1.4 million). An increase in
U.S. dollar interest rates of 100 basis points would
increase our annual interest expense by approximately
$2 million.
Table of Contents
Revenue recognition
Nature of critical estimate items
Assumptions/approach used
Effect if different assumptions used
Table of Contents
Long-lived assets depreciation
Nature of critical estimate items
Assumptions/approach used
Effect if different assumptions used
Impairment of long-lived assets
Nature of critical estimate items
Assumptions/approach used
cash flows attributed to the asset group;
future cash flows for the asset group, including estimates of
residual values, which incorporate our views of growth rates for
the related business and anticipated future economic
conditions; and
period of time over which the assets will be held and used.
Table of Contents
Effect if different assumptions used
Accounts receivable bad debt and allowance for
doubtful accounts
Nature of critical estimate items
Assumptions/approach used
Effect if different assumptions used
Liabilities arising from litigation
Push-down accounting for U.S. GAAP
only
Table of Contents
Income taxes
Table of Contents
Israeli Accounting Standard No. 26,
Inventory
Israeli Accounting Standard No. 27, Property,
plant and equipment
Revaluation of assets
Asset retirement obligations
Components depreciation
Table of Contents
Asset retirement obligations
Components depreciation
Israeli Accounting Standard No. 29, Adoption of
International Financial Reporting Standards
(IFRS)
U.S. GAAP Accounting Standards
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
6.99
123.7
17,900
56.8
2.4
%
A
+
8.8
%
December 31,
September 30,
2003
2004
2005
2006
6.6
7.2
7.8
8.2
98
105
112
116
Source:
Reported by Cellcom, Partner and Pelephone. Cellcom estimates
for MIRS as MIRS does not disclose operating information.
Table of Contents
Bezeq and Motorola create a joint venture called
Pelephone, which becomes Israels first
cellular operator. Pelephone launches N-AMPS services
Cellcom awarded a license and launches TDMA services
Cellcom introduces first pre-paid plan to the market
Partner awarded a license and launches GSM services
Pelephone launches CDMA services
Ministry of Communications allocates additional 2G and 3G
cellular frequencies for existing cellular operators and for the
licensing of a new operator
MIRS becomes Israels fourth cellular operator with iDEN
services
Cellcom launches GSM/GPRS services
Cellcom launches EDGE services
Partner launches UMTS services
Pelephone launches EVDO services
Cellcom launches full scale UMTS/HSDPA services
Partner begins deploying HSDPA
Key characteristics of the Israeli cellular services
market
High cellular telephone penetration.
The estimated
penetration rate in Israel as of September 30, 2006 was
116%. Penetration rate is calculated by dividing the total
number of subscribers by the Israeli population. The Israeli
population does not include foreign workers and Palestinian
subscribers who are included in the number of subscribers. The
number of subscribers may also include subscribers to more than
one network including those in the process of switching
networks. As a result, the effective penetration rate after
adjustment for these factors is likely to be somewhat lower than
116%.
Favorable demographics.
Population growth is generally
high and the population is relatively younger than in other
developed economies.
Favorable geography and high population density around a few
urban centers.
Israel covers a small area of territory of
approximately 8,000 square miles (20,700 square
kilometers). In addition, Israel is relatively flat and dry.
Moreover, the population tends to be concentrated in a small
number of geographical locations. These characteristics
facilitate efficient network roll out.
Table of Contents
High cellular voice usage.
The average cellular voice
usage per subscriber in Israel is more than 300 minutes per
month, which is higher than the average cellular voice usage per
subscriber in most developed economies.
Low average voice revenue per minute.
Cellular operators
in Israel have lower average voice revenues per minute than in
most developed economies. This is a consequence, among other
things, of the importance given to low prices in the first five
years of our operation, in the awarding criteria during the
original licensing process for a second cellular operator.
Different cellular technologies.
We use TDMA, GSM/ GPRS/
EDGE and UMTS/ HSDPA networks. Partner uses GSM/ GPRS and UMTS/
HSDPA networks. Pelephone uses CDMA, CDMA1x and EVDO networks.
MIRS uses an iDEN network.
High potential for value-added services.
The contribution
of non-voice revenues to total revenues in the Israeli cellular
market is below the level of other developed markets such as the
European Union. This characteristic is attributable in part to
the low voice tariffs in Israel compared to the tariffs in other
markets, which has the effect of keeping text messaging usage
low. We believe that there is potential for narrowing this gap
by increasing marketing efforts of new content services and the
growth in our existing 3G subscriber base. Moreover, the
percentage of post-paid subscribers is relatively high when
compared to other developed economies, which we believe
facilitates the acceptance of value-added services.
Calling party pays.
In Israel, as in many western
European countries, the party originating the call pays for the
airtime. Cellular telephone network operators do not charge
subscribers for calls received on their handsets, except while
roaming abroad.
Low annual churn rates.
The average annual churn rate in
Israel was 12.6% in 2005, which is lower than the churn rates in
other developed economies.
2005 Data
Revenues as
Penetration
2005 MOU
2005 Yield per
2005 ARPU
% of Total
2005 Annual
(%)(1)
(min/month)
Minute ($c)
($)
Revenues (%)
Churn Rate (%)
112
%
304
10.6
35.3
9.7
%
12.6
%
113
%
144
20.5
41.0
21.6
%
32.5
%
79
%
224
17.7
46.2
14.0
%
20.7
%
96
%
83
23.0
29.4
18.6
%
19.6
%
69
%
739
6.0
51.3
6.8
%
28.4
%
99
%
143
25.7
42.0
12.7
%
23.3
%
120
%
130
23.7
36.3
14.9
%
17.1
%
79
%
181
18.0
38.8
21.1
%
30.8
%
87
%
211
11.2
24.1
5.3
%
28.4
%
Source:
Pyramid Research (except for Israeli penetration which is
based on data reported by Cellcom, Partner and Pelephone and
Cellcom estimates for MIRS as MIRS does not disclose operating
information).
(1)
As of December 2005.
(2)
Based on the 2005 Annual Reports of South Korean operators, LG
Telecom, KT Freetel and SK Telecom, and Goldman Sachs Research.
(3)
Based on the 2005 Annual Reports of Taiwanese operators,
Chunghwa Telecom, Far Eastone and Taiwan Mobile, and Goldman
Sachs Research.
Table of Contents
Voice Services
Broadband and Internet services
International voice services
Multichannel television
Table of Contents
71
Nine Months | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Ended | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Year Ended December 31, | September 30, | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2001 | 2002 | 2003 | 2004 | 2005 | 2005 | 2006 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Subscribers (end of period) (in thousands)(1)
|
2,261 | 2,468 | 2,300 | 2,450 | 2,603 | 2,554 | 2,828 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Revenues (in NIS millions)
|
4,960 | 5,135 | 5,261 | 5,600 | 5,114 | 3,845 | 4,191 |
(1) | Subscriber data refer to active subscribers. Until June 30, 2006, we had a three-month method of calculating our subscriber base, which means that we deduct subscribers from our subscriber base after three months of no revenue generation or activity on our network by or in relation to both the post-paid and pre-paid subscriber. We now believe that waiting six months to deduct subscribers is preferable since many subscribers that were inactive for three months become active again before the end of six months. As a result, commencing July 1, 2006, we adopted a six-month method of calculating our subscriber base, but have not restated our prior subscriber data presented in this table to reflect this change. The six-month method is, to the best of our knowledge, consistent with the methodology used by other cellular providers in Israel. This change in methodology resulted in an increase of our number of reported subscribers by approximately 80,000 compared to the prior methodology. |
We also revised our subscriber calculation methodology in 2003 and 2005 but in each case have not restated prior subscriber data to conform to the new presentation. We estimate that the change in methodology in 2003 led to a decrease in our reported subscriber numbers of approximately 300,000 and the change in methodology in 2005 led to an increase in our reported subscriber numbers of approximately 84,000. |
| Unique combination of leading market position and strong operational momentum. In the last year, we have achieved market-leading subscriber and revenue growth while steadily strengthening our operating margins. Leveraging a series of brand, customer service and content initiatives and a rationalization of our management structure, our new senior management team has managed to solidify Cellcoms leading market position as reflected in our subscriber base, revenues and EBITDA while controlling capital expenditures. | |
| Strong and distinctive own brand. Our established brand enjoys strong recognition in Israel. Since 2004, we have made the enhancement of our image among consumers a top priority and have invested substantial resources to position Cellcom as a local cellular company with a warm personal touch. Our focus on music and music-related content services, particularly our Cellcom Volume initiative, is our leading marketing theme and one that associates us with the important growth opportunity presented by advanced cellular content and data services. | |
| Transmission infrastructure and landline services. We have an advanced fiber-optic transmission infrastructure that consists of approximately 1,300 kilometers of inland fiber-optic cable, which, together with our complementary microwave-based infrastructure, connects the majority of our cell sites and provides for substantially all of our backhaul services. Our transmission infrastructure significantly reduces our operational reliance on Bezeq, the incumbent landline operator in Israel, while also saving us substantial infrastructure-leasing cash costs. As our transmission network has transmission and data |
72
capacity in excess of our own backhaul needs, and covers the majority of Israels business parks, we offer transmission and data services to business customers and telecommunications providers. In addition, since July 2006, following the receipt of a landline transmission, data and telephony services license, we offer landline telephony services to selected businesses. | ||
| Strategic relationship with a leading group of local and international shareholders. Our ultimate parent company, IDB, is one of the largest business groups in Israel. We enjoy access, through our management services agreement, to the senior management of the IDB group, who are some of the most experienced managers in Israel. These managers, including veterans of the Israeli telecommunications market, provide us with financial, managerial and strategic guidance. In 2006, our shareholder base was broadened as a result of IDBs sale of minority stakes to a series of highly regarded international and local financial investors, including affiliates of Goldman Sachs, Bank Leumi, Migdal Group and the First International Bank of Israel. | |
| Strong management team. Since IDB acquired control of us in September 2005, we have put in place a team of seasoned managers with significant experience and solid track records in previous managerial positions. Our Chairman, Mr. Ami Erel, is a veteran of the Israeli communications market and previously served as the chief executive officer of Bezeq. Our chief executive officer, Mr. Amos Shapira, has been chief executive officer of Kimberly-Clarks Israeli subsidiary and of El Al Airlines, where he was credited with its successful restructuring and improvements in customer service. Our chief financial officer, Mr. Tal Raz, has extensive experience in the Israeli cellular market, as he was involved in the formation of one of our main competitors, Partner, and served as a member of its board of directors. Under the leadership of Messrs. Erel, Shapira and Raz, we have demonstrated significant improvements in our operating results and believe that we are well positioned to continue this trend and to execute our business strategy. | |
| Strong cash flow generation. We have a proven track record of strong financial performance and profitability with cash operating margins that have been higher than those of our principal competitors. As a result, we have been able to invest in our business and deploy advanced network technology so that we can offer advanced services and applications, as well as distribute dividends to our shareholders. |
| Maximize customer satisfaction, retention and growth. Our growth strategy is focused on retaining our subscribers and expanding the selection of services and products we offer to our subscribers in order to enhance customer satisfaction and increase average revenues per user, or ARPU. We strive to continually improve and enhance the flexibility of our customer service to shorten the time required to fulfill subscriber requests. From September 2005 to September 2006, despite a reduction in our overall workforce, we increased our customer-facing staff by 2%. In addition to providing quality customer service, we also strive to retain our subscribers and attract new subscribers by offering them advanced handsets, handset upgrades, attractive calling plans and value-added services. In 2006, we introduced a churn lab that identifies subscribers at high risk of churn and seeks to preemptively approach them with tailored solutions to maintain their satisfaction with our services. | |
| Grow and develop our Internet, content and data services. The usage of cellular content and data services in Israel is currently relatively low compared to western European countries and we believe that we have significant growth potential in this field. We intend |
73
to continue to invest in the deployment of our high speed UMTS/ HSDPA network, which covered 80% of the populated territory of Israel at the end of 2006, in order to permit higher-quality and higher-speed multimedia content transmission. We also plan to expand our content and data services, products and capabilities through in-house expertise and strategic relationships with leading cellular content providers. For example, in 2006 we introduced Cellcom Heep, a Web 2.0 portal that permits cellular and PC users to upload, review and rate user-generated content and in 2004 we introduced our Cellcom Volume initiative that featured, among other things, the introduction of our cellular music portal. |
| Grow roaming revenues. We have experienced steady growth in roaming revenues since 2003 and believe that roaming presents an important source of future revenue and profit growth for us. We currently have GSM roaming agreements with over 450 operators in 167 countries, of which 45 operators in 27 countries are also 3G operators, and we aim to increase our number of relationships. In particular, we intend to pursue additional agreements with 3G operators, allowing our and their subscribers to benefit from advanced content and data services when traveling. | |
| Further develop and strengthen the Cellcom brand. External market surveys that we have commissioned indicate that brand recognition has become an increasingly important factor in subscriber selection of, and loyalty to, a cellular operator. Due to our extensive efforts in the past few years, we believe that we have established the Cellcom brand as one of the most recognized and respected consumer brands in Israel. We plan to continually enhance our brand through maintaining our high network quality, the provision of innovative products and services, quality customer service and investments in advertising and promotional campaigns. We believe these enhancements are key to maintaining our competitive advantage, differentiating our services from those of our competitors and establishing and maintaining a successful relationship with our subscribers. | |
| Optimize our cost structure. We intend to continue our efforts to control costs so that we can improve profitability while also improving the quality of our services. For example, from September 2005 to September 2006, we have reduced our non-customer facing positions by over 16%, including higher-cost temporary workers, while increasing our customer-facing positions. In addition, having already built our own fiber-optic and microwave infrastructure reduces our operating cash costs, as our network maintenance costs and microwave spectrum fees are lower than the lease costs to rent backhaul capacity from Bezeq. We intend to continue to focus on identifying further opportunities to manage our costs without reducing the quality of our service. | |
| Capitalize on our existing infrastructure to selectively provide landline telephony services. Our 1,300 kilometer inland fiber-optic network and our microwave infrastructure provide us with the ability to offer cost-efficient landline telecommunications solutions. We hold a license to operate a landline service in Israel and, since July 2006, we offer our landline telephony service to selected businesses. |
74
Basic cellular telephony services |
| Our principal service is basic cellular telephony. In addition we offer many other services with enhancements and additional features to our basic cellular telephony service. These services include voice mail, cellular fax, call waiting, call forwarding, caller identification, conference calling, Push-and-Talk service (which allows subscribers to initiate a call with one or more other persons using a designated button in their handset without having to dial a number), Talk 2 (two handsets sharing the same number, thus allowing our subscribers to own both a handset and a car phone), additional number service (enables our subscribers to add a second phone number to their handset) and collect call service (a unique service protected by our U.S. patent). | |
| We also offer both an outbound roaming service to our subscribers when traveling outside of Israel and an inbound roaming to visitors to Israel who can roam into our network. Roaming allows cellular subscribers, while using their own cell phone number (and handset, in most cases) and being billed by their provider, to place and receive calls and text messages while in the coverage area of a network to which they do not subscribe. Where available, subscribers can also benefit from other cellular services such as advanced data and content services. As of September 30, 2006, we had commercial roaming relationships with over 450 operators in 167 countries based on the standard agreements of the GSM organization (an umbrella organization in which all the cellular operators operating with GSM technology are members). This enables our subscribers to enjoy our services in almost the entire world. Most of our GSM subscribers who use these roaming services abroad can use their own handset and others can borrow or rent, depending upon the period of time, a suitable handset from us. In addition, as of September 30, 2006, we had 3G roaming arrangements with 45 of these operators, enabling our 3G roamers to participate in video calls and use high-speed data, video and audio content services in 27 countries. Roaming is an increasingly important revenue stream to us due to the large inbound tourism industry in Israel and extensive overseas travel by Israelis. |
Value-added services |
| In addition to basic cellular telephony services, we offer many value-added services. Value-added services are important to our business as they enable us to differentiate ourselves from our competitors, strengthen our brand and increase subscriber usage, ARPU and subscriber satisfaction. We offer those services that we believe are likely to be popular with subscribers and benefit our business. Some of the value-added services that we offer are available only to subscribers who have supporting handset models. The principal advanced value-added services that we currently offer, some of which are exclusive to us, are: |
Cellcom Volume. This music-related marketing initiative is focused not just on providing a rich downloadable content consisting of ringtones, video tones, true tones and songs in MP3 format through our popular cellular music portal, but also on promoting Israeli music and local musicians and supporting youth music centers. In addition, handsets supporting music content, as well as other merchandising, are marketed under |
75
the Cellcom Volume service. Complementary services provided through Cellcom Volume include Fun Dial, which enables our subscribers to have callers listen to our subscribers favorite music instead of the regular ringing tone while waiting to be connected, and Gift Song, which enables subscribers to send songs to friends with a personally recorded introduction. | |
Cellcom Heep. This innovative portal enables our subscribers and other cellular and landline Internet users to upload, review and rate user-generated content by using Web 2.0 technology. | |
SMS and MMS services. These messaging services enable subscribers to send and receive text (SMS), photos, multimedia and animation (MMS) messages. Additional applications enable our subscribers to send SMS messages to a large number of handsets simultaneously. | |
Cellcom i-mode. This is a cellular Internet service developed by NTT DoCoMo, a Japanese operator and developer of sophisticated cellular multimedia technology, that enables our subscribers with designated handsets to obtain information and content from designated Internet sites in a friendly, easy-to -use manner. | |
Access to third party application providers. We provide our subscribers with access to certain services offered by third party application providers. These services include: a service that allows subscribers to receive notification of roadway speed detectors in their vicinity; a service (using a cellular modem) that provides a comprehensive system for the management of vehicle fleets and a service that enables subscribers to remotely manage and operate time clocks and various controllers for industrial, agricultural and commercial purposes. | |
Video calls. This service enables our 3G users, using 3G handsets in our 3G coverage area, to communicate with each other through video conferences. | |
Zone services. This service provides discounts on airtime for calls initiated from a specific location, such as a university campus. Our network identifies the location from which the call is initiated in order to apply the discounted rate on the call. | |
Location-based services. We offer a number of location-based services. Where are you? is a location-based service that allows one subscriber to locate another subscriber, subject to the latters prior approval, such as a parent and child. Cellcom Navigator is a service provided through a third party that enables our subscribers to receive real-time travel directions and visual data regarding their position using global positioning system, or GPS, technology. | |
Other information and content services. We also provide other information and content services, some provided directly by us and some by third party content providers. For example, we provide voice-based information services through interactive voice response platforms, or IVR, including interactive information services and radio and TV programs. We also provide text-based information services and interactive information services including news headlines, sports results, and traffic and weather reports. Some of these services are provided through our MMS or video-based technologies, and are offered to subscribers with supporting handsets. |
76
Handsets |
Landline services |
General |
77
Infrastructure |
Network design |
78
Network performance |
Spectrum allocation |
Cell site construction and licensing |
Suppliers |
79
Transmission Network |
Information technology |
80
Sales |
Points of sale. We distribute our products and services through a broad network of physical points of sale providing us with nationwide coverage of our existing and potential subscriber base. | |
We operate directly, using our sales force and service personnel, approximately 40 physical points of sale and service, mostly located in shopping centers and other frequently visited locations to provide our subscribers with easy and convenient access to our products and services. We record approximately 175,000 subscriber applications per month in our direct points of sale and service. | |
We also distribute our products and services indirectly through a chain of dozens of dealers who operate in over 130 points of sale throughout Israel. Our dealers are compensated for each sale based on qualitative and quantitative measures. We closely monitor the quality of service provided to our subscribers by our dealers. In our efforts to penetrate certain sectors of our potential subscriber base, we select dealers with proven expertise in marketing to such sectors. | |
Telephonic sales. Telephonic sales efforts target existing and potential subscribers who are interested in buying or upgrading handsets and services. When approached by a customer, our sales representatives (both in-house and outsourced) offer such customer a variety of products and services. | |
Door-to -door sales. The door-to -door sales team is comprised of approximately 350 dealers sales representatives. All the members of our door-to -door sales team go through extensive training by us prior to commencing their work. We target the door-to -door subscribers based on market surveys that we regularly conduct. All information derived from our market surveys is uploaded into a database. Once a potential customer is identified, we |
81
contact the potential customer and schedule a meeting with a member of our door-to -door sales team. | |
Account managers. Our direct sales force for our business customers maintains regular, personal contact with our large accounts, focusing on sales, customer retention and tailor-made solutions for the specific needs of such customers, including advanced data services. |
Marketing |
82
Call centers. In order to provide quick and efficient responses to the different needs of our various subscribers, our call-center services are divided into several sub-centers: finance; network; international roaming; and data transfer. The call center services are provided in four languages: Hebrew, Arabic, English and Russian. We regularly monitor the performance of our call centers. Based on our internal reviews, the average waiting time for subscribers who contact our call center is well under a minute. If calls go unanswered for longer than our guidelines require, a flashing light is automatically activated in our corporate headquarters, alerting management to the delay. We currently operate call centers in four locations throughout Israel, one of which is outsourced. On average, we respond to one million calls every month. During peak hours our call centers have the capability to respond to 700 customer calls simultaneously. | |
Walk-in centers. We currently operate approximately 40 service and sales centers, covering almost all the populated areas of Israel. These centers provide a walk-in contact channel and offer the entire spectrum of services that we provide to our subscribers and potential subscribers, including handsets and accessories, sales upgrades, maintenance and other services, such as finance, calling-plan changes and subscriptions to new services. These stores are mostly located in central locations, such as popular shopping malls. Our walk-in centers also provide our subscribers with onsite express repair services, performed by highly skilled technicians, a concept rarely seen in most western European countries. This enables a subscriber to deposit a handset with our repair lab and receive the repaired handset, on average, within one hour. If a repair service is expected to take longer, we provide the subscriber with a substitute handset. | |
Self-services. We provide our subscribers and potential subscribers with various self-service channels, such as interactive voice response, or IVR, web-based services and service using SMS. These channels provide general and specific information, including calling plans, account balance, billing-related information and roaming tariffs. They also provide subscribers information regarding trouble shooting and handset-operation, and enable subscribers to activate and deactivate services and to download content. | |
Churn Lab. In 2006, we introduced an innovative churn lab, aimed at reducing churn. The churn lab is part of our call center operations. Based on various factors and analytical tools, we identify and analyze high-quality subscribers whom we consider to be at a high risk of churn. Then, in order to retain them, we preemptively approach these subscribers with specially trained customer care representatives and offer them solutions previously successfully tested on a sample group of subscribers with similar characteristics, such as enhanced services at attractive prices and handset upgrades. | |
Our business sales force and back office personnel also provide customer care to our business customers. |
83
All of our service channels are monitored and analyzed regularly in order to assure the quality of our services and to identify areas where we can improve. | |
Beeri Printers provides our printing supplies and invoices as well as the distribution, packaging and delivery of invoices and other mail to the postal service distribution centers. We entered into an agreement with Beeri Printers Limited Partnership and with Beeri Technologies (1977) Ltd., or together Beeri, for printing services in August 2003. Under the terms of the agreement, we committed to purchase from Beeri a minimum monthly quantity of production and distribution services which may be reduced if we modify our printed invoice delivery policy. The agreement is valid until 2008. |
Number of | ||||
Full-Time | ||||
Equivalent | ||||
Unit | Positions | |||
Management and headquarters
|
31 | |||
Human resources and administration
|
42 | |||
Marketing
|
69 | |||
Business customers
|
331 | |||
Sales and service
|
1,904 | |||
Operations and supply chain
|
411 | |||
Finance
|
115 | |||
Technologies
|
585 | |||
Total
|
3,488 | |||
84
Headquarters |
Real estate in Modiin |
85
Service centers, points of sale and cell sites |
Authorization agreement with land regulatory authorities |
86
| marketing and branding campaigns aimed at enhancing market leadership, perceived value, brand recognition and loyalty among our existing and potential subscriber base; | |
| investing resources in improving customer service and retention, as well as supporting information technology systems; | |
| introducing innovative value-added services and identifying popular niches among various subscriber groups; | |
| investing in improving our network technology to ensure our ability to offer quality services and advanced services; | |
| using innovative sales campaigns for attracting new subscribers by offering subsidies on handsets to new subscribers such as 1+1 (buy one, get one free) campaigns; and | |
| offering attractive calling plans to subscribers, adapted to their needs and preferences. |
General |
87
Purported class actions |
88
Commercial and other disputes |
89
90
| The license may be modified, cancelled, conditioned or restricted by the Ministry of Communications in certain instances, including: if required to ensure the level of services we provide; if a breach of a material term of the license occurs; if DIC (or a transferee or transferees, if approved by the Ministry of Communications), in its capacity as our founding shareholder, holds, directly or indirectly, less than 26% of our means of control; if our founding shareholders who are Israeli citizens and residents (the Ministry of Communications has informed us that it is considering certain amendments to our license in relation to the Israeli holding requirement, such as to impose a minimum holding requirement on individual Israeli persons in connection with this requirement; based on conversations to date, we do not expect this change to have a material impact on us) hold, directly or indirectly, less than 20% of our means of control (DIC, as founding shareholder, has undertaken to comply with this condition); if at least 20% of our directors are not appointed by Israeli citizens and residents from among our founding shareholders or if less than a majority of our directors are Israeli citizens and residents; if any of our managers or directors is convicted of a crime of moral turpitude and continues to serve; if we commit an act or omission that adversely affects or limits competition in the cellular communications market; or if we and our 10% or greater shareholders fail to maintain combined shareholders equity of at least $200 million. For the purpose of the license, means of control is defined as voting rights, the right to appoint a director or general manager, the right to participate in distributions, or the right to participate in distributions upon liquidation; | |
| It is prohibited to acquire (alone or together with relatives or with other parties who collaborate on a regular basis) or transfer our shares, directly or indirectly (including a |
91
transfer by way of foreclosing on a pledge), in one transaction or a series of transactions, if such acquisition or transfer will result in a holding or transfer of 10% or more of any of our means of control, or to transfer any of our means of control if as a result of such transfer, control over our company will be transferred from one party to another, without the prior approval of the Ministry of Communications. For the purpose of the license, control is defined as the direct or indirect ability to direct our operations whether this ability arises from our articles of association, from written or oral agreement or from holding any means of control or otherwise, other than from holding the position of director or officer; | ||
| It is prohibited for any of our office holders or anyone holding more than 5% of our means of control, to hold, directly or indirectly, more than 5% of the means of control in Bezeq or another cellular operator in Israel, or, for any of the foregoing to serve as an office holder of one of our competitors, subject to certain exceptions requiring the prior approval of the Ministry of Communications; | |
| We, our office holders or interested parties may not be parties to any arrangement whatsoever with Bezeq or another cellular operator that is intended or is likely to restrict or harm competition in the field of cellular services, cellular handsets or other cellular services. For the purpose of the license, an interested party is defined as a 5% or greater holder of any means of control; | |
| We are subject to the guidelines of Israels General Security Services, which may include requirements that certain office holders and holders of certain other positions be Israeli citizens and residents with security clearance. For example, our Board of Directors is required to appoint a committee to deal with matters concerning state security. Only directors who have the requisite security clearance by Israels General Security Services may be members of this committee. In addition, the Minister of Communications is entitled under our license to appoint a state employee with security clearance to act as an observer in all meetings of our Board of Directors and its committees; | |
| During the entire period of operation under the license, we are required to have agreements with a manufacturer of cellular network equipment which must include, among other things, a know-how agreement and an agreement guaranteeing the supply of spare parts for our network equipment for a period of at least seven years; | |
| We are required to interconnect our network to other public telecommunications networks in Israel, on equal terms and without discrimination, in order to enable subscribers of all operators to communicate with one another; | |
| We may not give preference in providing infrastructure services to a license holder that is an affiliated company over other license holders, whether in payment for services, conditions or availability of services or in any other manner, other than in specific circumstances and subject to the approval of the Ministry of Communications; | |
| The license sets forth the general types of payments that we may collect from our subscribers, the general mechanisms for setting tariffs, the reports that we must submit to the Ministry of Communications and the obligation to provide notice to the Ministry of Communications prior to changing tariffs. The Ministry of Communications is authorized to intervene in setting tariffs in certain instances; | |
| The license requires us to maintain a minimum standard of customer service, including, among other things, establishing call centers and service centers, maintaining a certain service level of our network, collecting payments pursuant to a certain procedure and protecting the privacy of subscribers; |
92
| The license or any part thereof may not be transferred, pledged or encumbered without the prior approval of the Ministry of Communications. The license also sets forth restrictions on the sale, lease or pledge of any assets used for implementing the license; | |
| We are required to obtain insurance coverage for our cellular activities. In addition, the license imposes statutory liability for any loss or damage caused to a third party as a result of establishing, sustaining, maintaining or operating our cellular network. We have further undertaken to indemnify the State of Israel for any monetary obligation imposed on the State of Israel in the event of such loss or damage. For the purpose of guaranteeing our obligations under the license, we have deposited a bank guarantee in the amount of $10 million with the Ministry of Communications, which may be forfeited in the event that we violate the terms of our license. |
Special general license for the provision of landline communication services |
93
Data and transmission license |
Cellular services in Judea and Samaria |
| The maximum interconnect tariff payable by a landline operator or a cellular operator for the completion of a call on another cellular network was decreased as of March 1, 2005 from NIS 0.45 to NIS 0.32 per minute; and as of March 2006, to NIS 0.29 per minute. This tariff will be reduced to NIS 0.26 per minute as of March 1, 2007, and it will be further reduced to NIS 0.22 per minute as of March 1, 2008. | |
| The maximum interconnect tariff payable by an international call operator for the completion of a call on a cellular network is NIS 0.25 per minute. This tariff will be reduced to NIS 0.22 per minute as of March 1, 2008. | |
| The maximum interconnect tariff payable by a cellular operator for sending an SMS message to another cellular network was decreased as of March 1, 2005 from NIS 0.285 to NIS 0.05 per message; and as of March 2006, to NIS 0.025 per message. |
94
General |
| building permits from the local planning and building committee or the local licensing authority (if no exemption is available); | |
| approvals for construction and operation from the commissioner of environmental radiation of the Ministry of Environmental Protection; | |
| permits from the Civil Aviation Authority (in most cases); | |
| permits from the Israel Defense Forces (in certain cases); and | |
| other specific permits necessary where applicable, such as for cell sites on water towers or agricultural land. |
National Building Plan 36 |
95
Site licensing |
96
Indemnification obligations |
Construction and operating permits from the commissioner of environmental radiation |
97
98
99
100
Name | Age | Position | ||||
Ami Erel(2),(3)
|
59 | Chairman of the Board | ||||
Nochi Dankner(3)
|
52 | Director | ||||
Isaac Manor
|
65 | Director | ||||
Shay Livnat(2),(3)
|
48 | Director | ||||
Raanan Cohen(1),(2)
|
39 | Director | ||||
Oren Lieder(1),(2)
|
58 | Director | ||||
Avraham Bigger(1)
|
60 | Director | ||||
Rafi Bisker(2)
|
55 | Director | ||||
Shlomo Waxe(2),(4)
|
60 | Director | ||||
Amos Shapira
|
57 | President and Chief Executive Officer | ||||
Tal Raz
|
44 | Chief Financial Officer | ||||
Eliezer (Lipa) Ogman
|
53 | Chief Technology Officer | ||||
Isaiah Rozenberg
|
46 | Vice President of Engineering and Network Operation | ||||
Itamar Bartov
|
44 | Vice President of Executive and Regulatory Affairs | ||||
Refael Poran
|
58 | Vice President of Business Customers | ||||
Meir Barav
|
49 | Vice President of Sales and Services | ||||
Ronit Ben-Basat
|
39 | Vice President of Human Resources | ||||
Amos Maor
|
42 | Vice President of Operations and Supply Chain | ||||
Adi Cohen
|
41 | Vice President of Marketing | ||||
Liat Menahemi-Stadler
|
40 | General Legal Counsel | ||||
Gil Ben-Itzhak
|
41 | Controller |
(1) | Member of our Audit Committee. |
(2) | Member of our Cost Analysis Committee. |
(3) | Member of our Option Committee. |
(4) | Elected as a member of our Audit Committee effective upon completion of the offering. |
101
102
103
104
105
Qualifications of external directors |
| an employment relationship; | |
| a business or professional relationship maintained on a regular basis; | |
| control; and | |
| service as an office holder, excluding service as a director in a private company prior to its initial public offering if such director was appointed in order to serve as an external director following the offering. |
106
Election of external directors |
| at least one-third of the shares of non-controlling shareholders voted at the meeting vote in favor of the election of the external director; or | |
| the total number of shares of non-controlling shareholders voted against the election of the external director does not exceed 1% of the aggregate voting rights in the company. |
Israeli-Appointed Directors |
Audit committee |
107
Cost analysis committee |
Option committee |
Security committee and observer |
108
Fiduciary duties of office holders |
| information on the appropriateness of a given action brought for his or her approval or performed by virtue of his or her position; and | |
| all other important information pertaining to these actions. |
| refrain from any conflict of interest between the performance of his or her duties in the company and his or her other duties or personal affairs; | |
| refrain from any activity that is competitive with the company; | |
| refrain from exploiting any business opportunity of the company to receive a personal gain for himself or herself or others; and | |
| disclose to the company any information or documents relating to the companys affairs which the office holder received as a result of his or her position as an office holder. |
Personal interests of an office holder |
| other than in the ordinary course of business; | |
| that is not on market terms; or | |
| that is likely to have a material impact on the companys profitability, assets or liabilities. |
109
Personal interests of a controlling shareholder |
| at least one-third of the shareholders who have no personal interest in the transaction and who vote on the matter must vote in favor of the transaction; or | |
| the shareholders who have no personal interest in the transaction who vote against the transaction may not represent more than 1% of the voting rights in the company. |
| an amendment to the articles of association; | |
| an increase in the companys authorized share capital; | |
| a merger; and | |
| approval of related party transactions that require shareholder approval. |
110
| the securities issued amount to 20% or more of the companys outstanding voting rights before the issuance; | |
| some or all of the consideration is other than cash or listed securities or the transaction is not on market terms; and | |
| the transaction will increase the relative holdings of a shareholder that holds 5% or more of the companys outstanding share capital or voting rights or that will cause any person to become, as a result of the issuance, a holder of more than 5% of the companys outstanding share capital or voting rights. |
111
2006 Share Incentive Plan |
Phantom compensation plan |
112
Original 1997 shareholders agreement |
Goldman Sachs 2006 share purchase agreement and shareholders agreement |
113
Migdal 2006 share purchase agreement |
Bank Leumi 2006 share purchase agreement and First International Bank 2006 share purchase agreement |
114
115
| each person, or group of affiliated persons, known to us to be the beneficial owner of 5% or more of our outstanding shares; | |
| each selling shareholder; | |
| each of our directors and executive officers; and | |
| all of our directors and executive officers as a group. |
Shares Beneficially | Shares Beneficially | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Owned Before the | Shares Offered in the | Owned After the | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Offering | Offering | Offering | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Name of Beneficial Owner | Number | Percent | Number | Percent | Number | Percent | ||||||||||||||||||
5% Shareholders and Selling Shareholders
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Discount Investment Corporation Ltd.(1)
|
81,900,000 | 84.0 | % | 18,000,000 | 18.5 | % | 63,900,000 | 65.5 | % | |||||||||||||||
Goldman Sachs International
|
4,875,000 | 5.0 | % | 975,000 | 1.0 | % | 3,900,000 | 4.0 | % | |||||||||||||||
Leumi & Co. Investment House Ltd.
|
4,875,000 | 5.0 | % | | | | | |||||||||||||||||
Directors and Officers
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Ami Erel(2)
|
| | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Nochi Dankner(3)
|
81,900,000 | 84.0 | % | 18,000,000 | 65.5 | % | 63,900,000 | 65.5 | % | |||||||||||||||
Isaac Manor(4)
|
| | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Shay Livnat(5)
|
| | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Raanan Cohen(6)
|
| | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Oren Lieder(7)
|
| | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Avraham Bigger
|
| | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Rafi Bisker(8)
|
| | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Shlomo Waxe
|
| | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Amos Shapira
|
| | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Tal Raz
|
| | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Eliezer (Lipa) Ogman
|
| | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Isaiah Rozenberg
|
| | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Itamar Bartov
|
| | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Refael Poran
|
| | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Meir Barav
|
| | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Ronit Ben-Basat
|
| | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Amos Maor
|
| | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Adi Cohen
|
| | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Liat Menahemi-Stadler
|
| | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Gil Ben-Itzhak
|
| | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Directors and officers as a group (21 persons)
|
81,900,000 | 84.0 | % | 18,000,000 | 18.5 | % | 63,900,000 | 65.5 | % |
116
(1) | Includes 24,375,855 ordinary shares held by two wholly-owned subsidiaries of DIC (namely, PEC Israel Economic Corporation, a Maine corporation, and DIC Communication and Technology Ltd., an Israeli company) and 5,362,500 ordinary shares, representing 5.5% of our issued and outstanding shares, held by four shareholders whose voting rights are vested in DIC. DIC is a majority-owned subsidiary of IDB Development Corporation Ltd., or IDB Development, which in turn is a majority-owned subsidiary of IDB. IDB, IDB Development and DIC are public Israeli companies traded on the Tel Aviv Stock Exchange. |
| Ganden Holdings Ltd., or Ganden, a private Israeli company controlled by Nochi Dankner (who is also the Chairman of IDB, IDB Development and DIC and one of our directors) and his sister Shelly Bergman, holds, directly and through a wholly-owned subsidiary, approximately 44.88% of the outstanding shares of IDB; | |
| Shelly Bergman, through a wholly-owned company, holds approximately 7.23% of the outstanding shares of IDB; | |
| Avraham Livnat Ltd., or Livnat, a private company controlled by Avraham Livnat (one of whose sons, Zvi Livnat, is a director and Executive Vice President of IDB, Deputy Chairman of IDB Development and a director of DIC, and another son, Shay Livnat, is one of our directors and a director of IDB Development) holds, directly and through a wholly-owned subsidiary, approximately 10.38% of the outstanding shares of IDB; and | |
| Manor Holdings BA Ltd., or Manor, a private company controlled by Ruth Manor (whose husband, Isaac Manor, is one of our directors and he and their son Don Manor are directors of IDB, IDB Development and DIC) holds, directly and through a majority-owned subsidiary, approximately 10.37% of the outstanding shares of IDB. |
(2) | Mr. Erel, the President and Chief Executive Officer of DIC, disclaims beneficial ownership of the ordinary shares owned by DIC. |
(3) | Represents the 81,900,000 ordinary shares owned by DIC, of which Mr. Dankner is the Chairman. Mr. Dankner is also the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of IDB and the Chairman of IDB Development. |
(4) | Mr. Manor, the Deputy Chairman of the board of directors of IDB and a member of the board of directors of IDB Development and DIC, disclaims beneficial ownership of the ordinary shares owned by DIC. |
(5) | Mr. Livnat, a member of the board of directors of IDB Development, disclaims beneficial ownership of the ordinary shares owned by DIC. |
(6) | Mr. Cohen, the Vice President of DIC, disclaims beneficial ownership of the ordinary shares owned by DIC. |
(7) | Mr. Lieder, the Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of DIC, disclaims beneficial ownership of the ordinary shares owned by DIC. |
(8) | Mr. Bisker, a member of the board of directors of IDB, IDB Development and DIC, disclaims beneficial ownership of the ordinary shares owned by DIC. |
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
| a citizen or resident of the United States; | |
| a corporation, or other entity taxable as a corporation, created or organized in or under the laws of the United States or any political subdivision thereof; or | |
| an estate or trust the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source. |
Taxation of Distributions |
124
Sale and Other Disposition of the Companys Shares |
Passive Foreign Investment Company Rule |
125
Information Reporting and Backup Withholding |
Taxation of Israeli Companies |
General Corporate Tax Structure |
Special Provisions Relating to Taxation under Inflationary Conditions |
| When the value of a companys equity, as calculated under the Inflationary Adjustments Law, exceeds the depreciated cost of its fixed assets (as defined in the Inflationary Adjustments Law), a deduction from taxable income is permitted equal to the product of |
126
the excess multiplied by the applicable annual rate of inflation. The maximum deduction permitted in any single tax year is 70% of taxable income, with the unused portion permitted to be carried forward, linked to the increase in the Israeli CPI. | ||
| If the depreciated cost of a companys fixed assets exceeds its equity, the product of the excess multiplied by the applicable annual rate of inflation is added to taxable income. | |
| Subject to certain limitations, depreciation deductions on fixed assets and losses carried forward are adjusted for inflation based on the increase in the Israeli CPI. |
Capital Gains Tax on Sales of Our Ordinary Shares |
Taxation of Israeli Residents |
Taxation of Non-Israeli Residents |
127
Taxation of Dividends Paid on Our Ordinary Shares |
Taxation of Israeli Residents |
Taxation of Non-Israeli Residents |
128
Number of Shares | Date | |
5,362,500(1)
|
On the date of this prospectus | |
73,162,500
|
After 180 days from the date of this prospectus (subject, in some cases, to volume limitations) |
(1) | Holders of these shares are restricted from transferring their shares without the prior consent of DIC. |
129
130
131
Number of | |||||
Ordinary | |||||
Underwriters | Shares | ||||
Goldman, Sachs & Co.
|
|||||
Citigroup Global Markets Inc.
|
|||||
Deutsche Bank Securities, Inc.
|
|||||
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated
|
|||||
Jefferies & Company, Inc.
|
|||||
William Blair & Company, LLC
|
|||||
Total
|
18,975,000 | ||||
No Exercise | Full Exercise | ||||||||
Per Share
|
$ | $ | |||||||
Total
|
$ | $ | |||||||
132
133
United Kingdom |
(a) it has not made or will not make an offer of ordinary shares to the public in the United Kingdom within the meaning of section 102B of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (as amended) (FSMA) except to legal entities which are authorised or regulated to operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorised or regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities or otherwise in circumstances which do not require the publication by us of a prospectus pursuant to the Prospectus Rules of the Financial Services Authority (FSA); | |
(b) it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of section 21 of FSMA) to persons who have professional experience in matters relating to investments falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005 or in circumstances in which section 21 of FSMA does not apply; and | |
(c) it has complied with, and will comply with all applicable provisions of FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the ordinary shares in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom. |
European Economic Area |
134
(a) to legal entities which are authorised or regulated to operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorised or regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities; | |
(b) to any legal entity which has two or more of (1) an average of at least 250 employees during the last financial year; (2) a total balance sheet of more than 43,000,000 and (3) an annual net turnover of more than 50,000,000, as shown in its last annual or consolidated accounts; or | |
(c) in any other circumstances which do not require the publication by the Issuer of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive. |
Hong Kong |
Singapore |
135
Israel |
Japan |
136
Amount | |||||
to be Paid | |||||
Registration fee
|
$ | 42,028 | |||
NASD filing fee
|
40,000 | ||||
NYSE listing fee
|
250,000 | ||||
Transfer agents fees
|
4,500 | ||||
Printing and engraving expenses
|
140,000 | ||||
Legal fees and expenses
|
745,000 | ||||
Accounting fees and expenses
|
950,000 | ||||
Blue Sky fees and expenses
|
0 | ||||
Miscellaneous
|
600,000 | ||||
Total
|
$ | 2,771,528 | |||
137
| the judgment is enforceable in the state in which it was given; | |
| adequate service of process has been effected and the defendant has had a reasonable opportunity to present his arguments and evidence; | |
| the judgment and the enforcement of the judgment are not contrary to the law, public policy, security or sovereignty of the State of Israel; | |
| the judgment was not obtained by fraud and does not conflict with any other valid judgment in the same matter between the same parties; and | |
| an action between the same parties in the same matter is not pending in any Israeli court at the time the lawsuit is instituted in the foreign court. |
138
139
F-2 | ||||
F-3 | ||||
F-4 | ||||
F-5 | ||||
F-6 | ||||
F-8 |
F-1
F-2
Convenience | Convenience | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Translation | Translation | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Into | Into | |||||||||||||||||||||||
U.S. Dollar | U.S. Dollar | |||||||||||||||||||||||
(Note 2C) | (Note 2C) | |||||||||||||||||||||||
December 31 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
December 31 | September 30 | September 30 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Note | 2004 | 2005 | 2005 | 2006 | 2006 | |||||||||||||||||||
NIS | NIS | US$ | NIS | US$ | ||||||||||||||||||||
(All amounts are in millions except for share and per share | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
data) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Current assets
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents
|
3 | 5 | 1,772 | 412 | 118 | 27 | ||||||||||||||||||
Trade receivables, net
|
4 | 1,190 | 1,237 | 288 | 1,259 | 293 | ||||||||||||||||||
Other receivables
|
5 | 140 | 224 | 52 | 121 | 28 | ||||||||||||||||||
Inventory
|
6 | 99 | 118 | 27 | 137 | 32 | ||||||||||||||||||
1,434 | 3,351 | 779 | 1,635 | 380 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Long-term receivables
|
7 | 433 | 433 | 101 | 515 | 120 | ||||||||||||||||||
Property, plant and equipment, net
|
8 | 2,948 | 2,739 | 637 | 2,399 | 558 | ||||||||||||||||||
Other assets, net
|
9 | 496 | 493 | 114 | 465 | 108 | ||||||||||||||||||
Total assets
|
5,311 | 7,016 | 1,631 | 5,014 | 1,166 | |||||||||||||||||||
Current liabilities
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Short-term bank credit
|
10 | 552 | 320 | 75 | 333 | 77 | ||||||||||||||||||
Trade payables
|
11 | 816 | 944 | 220 | 707 | 164 | ||||||||||||||||||
Other current liabilities
|
12 | 204 | 178 | 41 | 415 | 97 | ||||||||||||||||||
1,572 | 1,442 | 336 | 1,455 | 338 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Long-term liabilities
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Long-term loans from banks
|
13 | 391 | 31 | 7 | 1,238 | 288 | ||||||||||||||||||
Debentures
|
14 | | 1,752 | 407 | 2,017 | 469 | ||||||||||||||||||
Deferred taxes
|
25 | 155 | 140 | 33 | 118 | 28 | ||||||||||||||||||
Other long-term liabilities
|
16 | 32 | 2 | | 2 | | ||||||||||||||||||
578 | 1,925 | 447 | 3,375 | 785 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Commitments and contingent liabilities
|
17 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Shareholders equity
|
18 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Share capital:
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Ordinary shares of NIS 0.1 par value:
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Authorized 10,000,000 shares at
December 31, 2004 and 2005, respectively, and at
September 30, 2006; Issued and outstanding
114,000 shares at December 31, 2004 and 2005,
respectively, and at September 30, 2006
|
| | | | | |||||||||||||||||||
Capital surplus
|
| 5 | 1 | (20 | ) | (5 | ) | |||||||||||||||||
Retained earnings
|
3,161 | 3,644 | 847 | 204 | 48 | |||||||||||||||||||
Total shareholders equity
|
3,161 | 3,649 | 848 | 184 | 43 | |||||||||||||||||||
Total liabilities and shareholders equity
|
5,311 | 7,016 | 1,631 | 5,014 | 1,166 | |||||||||||||||||||
F-3
Convenience | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Convenience | Translation | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Translation | Into | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Into | U.S. Dollar | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
U.S. Dollar | (Note 2C) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(Note 2C) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Nine Month Period Ended | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Nine Month | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Year Ended December 31 | Year Ended | Period Ended | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
December 31 | September 30 | September 30 | September 30 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Note | 2003 | 2004 | 2005 | 2005 | 2005 | 2006 | 2006 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
(Unaudited) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
NIS (Note 2B) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
US$ | US$ | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
NIS (Note 2B) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(All amounts are in millions except for share and per share data) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Revenues
|
19 | 5,261 | 5,600 | 5,114 | 1,189 | 3,845 | 4,191 | 974 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Cost of revenues
|
20 | 3,075 | 3,302 | 3,133 | 728 | 2,264 | 2,470 | 574 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Gross profit
|
2,186 | 2,298 | 1,981 | 461 | 1,581 | 1,721 | 400 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Selling and marketing expenses
|
21 | 613 | 661 | 623 | 145 | 453 | 473 | 110 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
General and administrative expenses
|
22 | 682 | 684 | 656 | 153 | 512 | 486 | 113 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Operating income
|
891 | 953 | 702 | 163 | 616 | 762 | 177 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Financial income (expenses), net
|
23 | (216 | ) | (45 | ) | 24 | 6 | 13 | (128 | ) | (30 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Other income (expenses), net
|
24 | 1 | 1 | (11 | ) | (3 | ) | (10 | ) | (1 | ) | | ||||||||||||||||||||
Income before income tax
|
676 | 909 | 715 | 166 | 619 | 633 | 147 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Income tax
|
25 | 245 | 292 | 232 | 54 | 201 | 243 | 56 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net income
|
431 | 617 | 483 | 112 | 418 | 390 | 91 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Earnings per share
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Basic and diluted earnings per share in NIS (see Note 2T)
|
4.42 | 6.33 | 4.95 | 1.15 | 4.29 | 4.00 | 0.93 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Weighted-average number of shares used in the calculation of
basic and diluted earnings per share (in thousands)
|
97,500 | 97,500 | 97,500 | 97,500 | 97,500 | 97,500 | 97,500 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
F-4
Cash
Dividend
Convenience
Share Capital
Declared
Translation
Subsequent
Into
Number of
Capital
to Balance
Retained
U.S. Dollar
Shares
Amount
Reserve
Sheet Date
Earnings
Total
(Note 2C)
NIS 0.1
US$ Millions
par value
NIS Millions (Note 2B)
114,000
2,113
2,113
491
431
431
100
114,000
2,544
2,544
591
617
617
144
114,000
3,161
3,161
735
5
5
1
3,400
(3,400
)
483
483
112
114,000
5
3,400
244
3,649
848
(25
)
(25
)
(6
)
(3,400
)
(430
)
(3,830
)
(890
)
390
390
91
114,000
(20
)
204
184
43
114,000
3,161
3,161
5
5
1,700
(1,700
)
418
418
114,000
5
1,700
1,879
3,584
F-5
F-6
F-7
Convenience
Convenience
Translation
Translation
Into
Into
U.S. Dollar
U.S. Dollar
(Note 2C)
(Note 2C)
Nine Month Period Ended
Nine-Month
Year Ended December 31
Year Ended
Period Ended
December 31
September 30
September 30
September 30
2003
2004
2005
2005
2005
2006
2006
(Unaudited)
US$
US$
NIS (Note 2B)
NIS (Note 2B)
(All amounts are in millions)
431
617
483
112
418
390
91
962
854
789
184
582
677
157
1,393
1,471
1,272
296
1,000
1,067
248
(676
)
(725
)
(576
)
(134
)
(420
)
(501
)
(117
)
23
7
12
3
8
12
3
189
(44
)
(134
)
(55
)
(13
)
(33
)
(22
)
(5
)
(508
)
(852
)
(619
)
(144
)
(445
)
(511
)
(119
)
(25,616
)
(9,269
)
(4,953
)
(1,151
)
(4,817
)
(903
)
(210
)
25,168
9,328
4,894
1,138
4,758
1,166
271
2,155
501
(155
)
(1,127
)
(533
)
(124
)
(477
)
(1,088
)
(253
)
1,706
396
290
67
(3,830
)
(890
)
(603
)
(1,068
)
1,114
259
(536
)
(2,210
)
(514
)
282
(449
)
1,767
411
19
(1,654
)
(385
)
171
454
5
1
5
1,772
412
453
5
1,772
412
24
118
27
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial
statements.
Table of Contents
Convenience
Convenience
Translation
Translation
Into
Into
U.S. Dollar
U.S. Dollar
(Note 2C)
(Note 2C)
Nine Month Period Ended
Nine-Month
Year Ended December 31
Year Ended
Period Ended
December 31
September 30
September 30
September 30
2003
2004
2005
2005
2005
2006
2006
(Unaudited)
US$
US$
NIS (Note 2B)
NIS (Note 2B)
(All amounts are in millions)
999
961
941
219
704
667
155
54
(9
)
(6
)
(1
)
(11
)
(21
)
(5
)
16
6
(68
)
(16
)
(7
)
(1
)
2
2
1
6
(7
)
(1
)
6
4
1
4
1,074
950
941
219
698
579
134
(141
)
(234
)
(37
)
(9
)
(12
)
(80
)
(19
)
(15
)
133
(60
)
(14
)
(40
)
26
6
69
15
(19
)
(4
)
(47
)
(19
)
(4
)
(94
)
74
(15
)
(3
)
(19
)
(26
)
(6
)
69
(84
)
(21
)
(5
)
2
197
46
(112
)
(96
)
(152
)
(35
)
(116
)
98
23
962
854
789
184
582
677
157
259
165
314
73
105
94
22
46
11
211
277
275
64
205
206
48
177
109
51
12
44
95
22
Table of Contents
A. | Basis of presentation |
B. | Reporting principles |
F-8
December 31, | December 31, | December 31, | September 30, | September 30, | ||||||||||||||||
2003 | 2004 | 2005 | 2005 | 2006 | ||||||||||||||||
CPI (in points)
|
178.6 | 180.7 | 185.1 | 184.1 | 186.5 | |||||||||||||||
Exchange rate of U.S.$ in NIS
|
4.379 | 4.308 | 4.603 | 4.598 | 4.302 |
January 1 to | January 1 to | |||||||||||||||||||
September 30 | September 30 | |||||||||||||||||||
2003 | 2004 | 2005 | 2005 | 2006 | ||||||||||||||||
CPI
|
(1.9 | )% | 1.2 | % | 2.4 | % | 1.9 | % | 0.7 | % | ||||||||||
Exchange rate of U.S.$ in NIS
|
(7.6 | )% | (1.6 | )% | 6.9 | % | 6.7 | % | (6.5 | )% |
C. | Convenience translation into U.S. dollars (dollars or $) |
D. | Use of estimates |
F-9
E. | Principles of consolidation |
F. | Cash and cash equivalents |
G. | Allowance for doubtful accounts |
H. | Inventory |
I. | Property, plant and equipment |
F-10
%
15
15-25
(Mainly 25%)
15
15-33
(Mainly 25%)
6-15
(Mainly 7%)
J. | Impairment of assets |
K. | Other assets, net |
F-11
L. | Revenue recognition |
F-12
M. | Discounts from suppliers |
N. | Advertising expenses |
O. | Capitalization of financing costs |
P. | Deferred taxes |
F-13
Q. | Freestanding derivative financial instruments |
R. | Financial instruments and concentration of credit risk |
F-14
S. | Dividend declared subsequent to the balance sheet date |
T. | Earnings per share |
U. | Effects of new Israeli Accounting Standards not yet adopted |
F-15
Revaluation of assets |
Asset retirement obligations |
Component depreciation |
Asset retirement obligations |
Component depreciation |
F-16
Nine Month Period Ended | ||||||||||||||||||||
Year Ended December 31 | September 30 | |||||||||||||||||||
2003 | 2004 | 2005 | 2005 | 2006 | ||||||||||||||||
(Unaudited) | ||||||||||||||||||||
NIS millions | NIS millions | NIS millions | NIS millions | NIS millions | ||||||||||||||||
Decrease in depreciation expense
|
46 | 46 | 52 | 39 | 38 | |||||||||||||||
Decrease in capital gain
|
| | (2 | ) | (2 | ) | (3 | ) | ||||||||||||
Decrease (increase) in deferred tax expense
|
(17 | ) | (4 | ) | (2 | ) | 2 | (7 | ) | |||||||||||
Increase in net income
|
29 | 42 | 48 | 39 | 28 | |||||||||||||||
Increase in basic and diluted earnings per ordinary shares
|
0.30 | 0.43 | 0.49 | 0.40 | 0.29 | |||||||||||||||
Composition |
December 31 | ||||||||||||
September 30 | ||||||||||||
2004 | 2005 | 2006 | ||||||||||
NIS millions | NIS millions | NIS millions | ||||||||||
Israeli currency NIS
|
1 | 1,767 | 109 | |||||||||
Foreign currency
|
4 | 5 | 9 | |||||||||
5 | 1,772 | 118 | ||||||||||
Composition |
December 31 | ||||||||||||
September 30 | ||||||||||||
2004 | 2005 | 2006 | ||||||||||
NIS millions | NIS millions | NIS millions | ||||||||||
Open accounts and unbilled revenue
|
747 | 723 | 716 | |||||||||
Checks and credit cards receivables
|
153 | 149 | 171 | |||||||||
900 | 872 | 887 | ||||||||||
Current maturity of long-term receivables
|
461 | 519 | 556 | |||||||||
1,361 | 1,391 | 1,443 | ||||||||||
Less allowance for doubtful accounts
|
171 | 154 | 184 | |||||||||
1,190 | 1,237 | 1,259 | ||||||||||
F-17
Composition
December 31
September 30
2004
2005
2006
NIS millions
NIS millions
NIS millions
1
40
12
7
1
54
70
54
64
53
64
46
9
8
2
140
224
121
A.
Composition
December 31
September 30
2004
2005
2006
NIS millions
NIS millions
NIS millions
87
97
105
5
8
10
7
13
22
99
118
137
Composition |
December 31 | ||||||||||||
September 30 | ||||||||||||
2004 | 2005 | 2006 | ||||||||||
NIS millions | NIS millions | NIS millions | ||||||||||
Open accounts(a)
|
901 | 816 | 890 | |||||||||
Credit cards receivables(a)
|
46 | 155 | 176 | |||||||||
Other
|
24 | 33 | 57 | |||||||||
Total
|
971 | 1,004 | 1,123 | |||||||||
Less deferred interest income(b)
|
75 | 48 | 48 | |||||||||
896 | 956 | 1,075 | ||||||||||
Less Allowance for doubtful accounts
|
2 | 4 | 4 | |||||||||
894 | 952 | 1,071 | ||||||||||
Less current maturities
|
461 | 519 | 556 | |||||||||
433 | 433 | 515 | ||||||||||
F-18
December 31
September 30
2005
2006
NIS millions
NIS millions
279
350
120
130
34
35
433
515
(a) | The long-term trade receivables arise from the sale of handsets on a contractual installment basis (primarily 36 monthly payments). |
(b) | The deferred interest income constitutes the difference between the amount of the long-term receivables and their discounted value based on the relevant imputed interest rate at the date of the transaction. The annual interest rate used by the Company in 2006 is 5% (2005 3.5%-7%, 2004 9%). |
A. | Composition: |
Network | Computers, | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
and | Control and | Furniture | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Transmission | Testing | and Office | Leasehold | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Land* | Equipment | Equipment | Vehicles | Equipment | Improvements | Total | ||||||||||||||||||||||
NIS millions | NIS millions | NIS millions | NIS millions | NIS millions | NIS millions | NIS millions | ||||||||||||||||||||||
For the year ended December 31, 2005
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Cost
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Balance at January 1, 2005
|
33 | 6,830 | 239 | 92 | 1,507 | 160 | 8,861 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Additions
|
| 456 | 22 | 7 | 212 | 25 | 722 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Dispositions
|
| (52 | ) | | (30 | ) | (7 | ) | (1 | ) | (90 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Balance at December 31, 2005
|
33 | 7,234 | 261 | 69 | 1,712 | 184 | 9,493 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Accumulated depreciation
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Balance at January 1, 2005
|
| 4,691 | 154 | 51 | 916 | 95 | 5,907 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Depreciation for the year
|
| 635 | 32 | 12 | 219 | 14 | 912 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Dispositions
|
| (46 | ) | | (23 | ) | (6 | ) | | (75 | ) | |||||||||||||||||
Balance at December 31, 2005
|
| 5,280 | 186 | 40 | 1,129 | 109 | 6,744 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Provision for decline in value in land held for sale
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Balance at January 1, 2005
|
(6 | ) | | | | | | (6 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||
Additions
|
(4 | ) | | | | | | (4 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||
Balance at December 31, 2005
|
(10 | ) | | | | | | (10 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||
Net depreciated cost as at December 31, 2005
|
23 | 1,954 | 75 | 29 | 583 | 75 | 2,739 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Net depreciated cost as at December 31, 2004
|
27 | 2,139 | 85 | 41 | 591 | 65 | 2,948 | |||||||||||||||||||||
F-19
Network
Computers,
and
Control and
Furniture
Transmission
Testing
and Office
Leasehold
Land*
Equipment
Equipment
Vehicles
Equipment
Improvements
Total
NIS millions
NIS millions
NIS millions
NIS millions
NIS millions
NIS millions
NIS millions
33
7,234
261
69
1,712
184
9,493
204
99
10
313
(47
)
(31
)
(11
)
(89
)
33
7,391
261
38
1,800
194
9,717
5,280
186
40
1,129
109
6,744
437
19
6
168
12
642
(44
)
(23
)
(11
)
(78
)
5,673
205
23
1,286
121
7,308
(10
)
(10
)
(10
)
(10
)
23
1,718
56
15
514
73
2,399
* | Represents land that was leased from the Israel Lands Administration. |
B. Additional information |
F-20
Composition
December 31
September 30
2004
2005
2006
NIS millions
NIS millions
NIS millions
4
536
558
559
(40
)
(69
)
(94
)
496
493
465
December 31 | September 30 | |||||||
2005 | 2006 | |||||||
NIS millions | NIS millions | |||||||
2006
|
31 | 8 | ||||||
2007
|
31 | 31 | ||||||
2008
|
31 | 31 | ||||||
2009
|
31 | 31 | ||||||
2010
|
31 | 31 | ||||||
2011
|
31 | 31 |
Composition |
December 31 | ||||||||||||||||
September 30 | September 30 | |||||||||||||||
2006 | 2004 | 2005 | 2006 | |||||||||||||
Interest rate % | NIS millions | NIS millions | NIS millions | |||||||||||||
Short-term loans from banks
|
6.4 - 7.1 | 59 | | 263 | ||||||||||||
Current maturities of long-term loans from banks
|
6.9 - 7.3 | 493 | 320 | 75 | ||||||||||||
Total
|
552 | 320 | 338 | |||||||||||||
Less debt issuance cost
|
| | (5 | ) | ||||||||||||
552 | 320 | 333 | ||||||||||||||
F-21
Composition
December 31
September 30
2004
2005
2006
NIS millions
NIS millions
NIS millions
122
169
126
139
289
90
514
457
491
775
915
707
41
29
816
944
707
Composition
December 31
September 30
2004
2005
2006
NIS millions
NIS millions
NIS millions
100
71
94
20
16
100
38
41
95
26
39
29
13
3
93
7
8
4
204
178
415
A.
Composition
December 31
September 30
2004
2005
2006
NIS millions
NIS millions
NIS millions
107
777
351
1,325
884
351
1,325
(12
)
884
351
1,313
(493
)
(320
)
(75
)
391
31
1,238
F-22
B.
Maturity dates:
December 31
September 30
2005
2006
NIS millions
NIS millions
320
56
25
25
6
254
247
743
351
1,325
C. | Credit facility agreement |
F-23
D. | Credit facility |
A. | Composition |
December 31 | September 30 | |||||||||||
Interest Rate % | 2005 | 2006 | ||||||||||
NIS millions | NIS millions | |||||||||||
Debentures (Series A) linked to the CPI
|
5.0 | % | 1,037 | 1,080 | ||||||||
Debentures (Series B) linked to the CPI
|
5.3 | % | 715 | 939 | ||||||||
Unamortized premium on debentures
|
| 3 | ||||||||||
1,752 | 2,022 | |||||||||||
Less Deferred issuance expenses
|
| (5 | ) | |||||||||
1,752 | 2,017 | |||||||||||
B. | Maturity dates |
December 31 | September 30 | |||||||
2005 | 2006 | |||||||
NIS millions | NIS millions | |||||||
2006
|
| | ||||||
2007
|
| | ||||||
2008
|
115 | 120 |
F-24
December 31
September 30
2005
2006
NIS millions
NIS millions
230
240
230
240
1,177
1,422
1,752
2,022
C. | Issuance of debentures |
F-25
Composition:
December 31
September 30
2004
2005
2006
NIS millions
NIS millions
NIS millions
69
29
4
2
2
73
31
2
(41
)
(29
)
32
2
2
A. | Contingent liabilities |
F-26
F-27
F-28
F-29
B. | Effects of new legislation and standards |
(a) The Company estimates, based on the opinion of the Company legal advisors, that there are currently no legal grounds for approval of any indemnification with respect to sites established based on a permit issued under the NZP, prior to the entry of the aforementioned amendment. Presently, attempts, which have yet to be filed or decided, are being made to assert such grounds for legal claims. |
F-30
(b) As part of the Company considerations for establishment of new cell sites, the Company will also examine the potential for a claim under Section 197. To the best of managements knowledge, at this point no court decision has been made indicating a decline in the value of property due to the construction of a cell site. | |
(c) The need to dismantle and remove existing sites, and the difficulties in establishing alternative sites, could have an adverse effect on the Companys results of operations. | |
(d) The Company is unable to estimate the future impact of the indemnification requirement, as detailed in sections a and b. Despite this, if the Company shall be required to make substantial payments under the indemnity letters, it may have an adverse effect on the Companys financial results and trigger a default under the credit facility agreement (see Note 13C above). |
a. A gradual decline in the rate of interconnection tariffs received from other cellular networks or from landline network operators, as follows: as of March 1, 2005, the rate of NIS 0.45 per minute will decrease to a maximum rate of NIS 0.32 per minute; as of March 1, 2006, to a maximum rate of NIS 0.29 per minute; as of March 1, 2007, to a maximum rate of NIS 0.26 per minute, and as of March 1, 2008, to a maximum rate of NIS 0.22 per minute. | |
b. A decrease in the rate of interconnection tariffs received from international network operators, from the current rate of NIS 0.25 per minute, to a maximum rate of NIS 0.22 per minute, as of March 1, 2008. | |
c. A decrease, as of March 1, 2005, in the rate of SMS interconnection tariffs received from other cellular operators from the rate of NIS 0.285 per message, to a maximum rate of NIS 0.05 per message, and an additional decrease to a maximum rate of NIS 0.025 per message as of March 1, 2006. | |
d. The aforementioned tariffs in items a through c do not include Value Added Tax and linkage to the CPI, and they will be annually updated, based on the annual change in the CPI, as of March 1, 2005, in accordance with the provisions of the aforementioned regulations. |
F-31
C. | Commitments |
a. Not to pledge any of the assets used to execute the license without the advance consent of the Ministry of Communications. | |
b. To pay the State of Israel royalties equal to 3% of the Companys revenues generated from telecommunications services, less payments transferred to other license holders for interconnect fees or roaming services, sale of handsets and losses from bad debt. The rate of these royalties has decreased in recent years, from 4.5% in 2002, to 4% in 2003, and to |
F-32
3.5% in 2004 and 2005. In August 2006, the royalty rate was reduced to 3%, retroactively from January 1, 2006 and it will continue to be reduced by 0.5% per year, until reaching a rate of 1%. | |
c. The Companys shareholders joint equity, combined with the Companys equity, shall not amount to less than $200 million. Regarding this stipulation, a shareholder holding less than 10% of the rights to the Companys equity is not taken into account. |
a. Office buildings and warehouses there are lease agreements for periods of up to 23 years and four months. |
F-33
b. Switching stations there are lease agreements for switching station locations for periods of up to 10 years. | |
c. Cell sites there are lease agreements for cell sites for periods of up to 28 years and four months. | |
d. Service centers, retail stores and stands there are lease agreements for service and installation centers, stores and stands for periods of up to 15 years and six months. | |
e. Transmission services for cell sites and switches. | |
f. Motor vehicles lease for a period of 3 years. |
December 31 | September 30 | |||||||
2005 | 2006 | |||||||
NIS millions | NIS millions | |||||||
2006
|
213 | 67 | ||||||
2007
|
202 | 254 | ||||||
2008
|
174 | 199 | ||||||
2009
|
123 | 176 | ||||||
2010
|
115 | 158 | ||||||
2011 and thereafter
|
634 | 914 | ||||||
1,461 | 1,768 | |||||||
D. | Liens and guarantees |
a. To the Government of Israel (to guarantee performance of the License) U.S. $10 million. | |
b. To the Government of Israel (to guarantee performance of the License for Cellcom Fixed Line Communication L. P.) NIS 10 million. | |
c. To suppliers and government institutions NIS 14.7 million. |
At September 30, 2006 | ||||||||
and at December 31 2005 | ||||||||
and 2004 | ||||||||
Issued and | ||||||||
Authorized | Paid-up | |||||||
NIS | NIS | |||||||
Ordinary shares of NIS 0.1 par value each
|
1,000,000 | 11,400 | ||||||
F-34
1) To reorganize the share capital so that each ordinary share of NIS 0.1 par value would be split into 10 ordinary shares of NIS 0.01 par value. | |
2) To increase the authorized share capital from 100,000,000 ordinary shares of NIS 0.01 par value to 300,000,000 ordinary shares of NIS 0.01 par value. | |
3) To allot 96,360,000 fully paid share dividend of NIS 0.01 par value to all shareholders, pro rata. |
C. | Share Based Incentive Plan |
All per share data and ordinary share data below have been retroactively adjusted to reflect the increase in the authorized share capital, stock split and allotment of bonus shares, effected by the Company, subsequent to the balance sheet date, on October 12, 2006. | |
In September 2006, the Companys Board of Directors approved a share based incentive plan for employees, directors, consultants and sub-contractors and to those of the Companys affiliates and the shareholders affiliates. The plan has an initial pool of 2,500,000 shares over which options and restricted stock units may be granted. | |
In October and November 2006, subsequent to the balance sheet date, the Company granted options to purchase an aggregate of 2,414,143 ordinary shares at an exercise price of $12.60 per share. Among those grants were options to purchase up to 450,000 ordinary shares granted to the Chairman of the Companys Board of Directors and an additional 450,000 options to the Companys Chief Executive Officer. The remainder of the option grants was made to other Company employees. The options are exercisable only upon a successful public offering of the Companys ordinary shares. | |
In general, the options will vest in four equal installments on each of the first, second, third and fourth anniversary of the date of grant. As a result, the total value of the options granted in October and November 2006 will be expensed over a four-year period commencing on the date of the grant. However, the vesting of options and restricted stock units will be accelerated upon the occurrence of certain events, including a merger, a consolidation, a sale of all or substantially all of the Companys consolidated assets, or a sale of the Companys ordinary shares held by DIC and its affiliates to a third party resulting in IDB holding less than 50.01% of the Companys then outstanding share capital. | |
The total compensation expense related to the options granted during October-November 2006 is approximately NIS 53 million, which will be recognized over a period of four years commencing on the date of the grant (unaudited). |
F-35
The fair value of each option granted was estimated on the date of the grant using the Black-Scholes model, assuming a dividend yield of zero percent, due to a dividend adjustment mechanism, and using the following assumptions: |
| weighted average expected life of the options of 4.25 years; | |
| risk-free, annual interest rate of 5.01%, which represents the risk- free interest rate of zero-coupon U.S. Government Bonds; and | |
| expected average volatility of 26.69%, which represents a weighted average standard deviation rate for the stock prices of similar publicly traded companies. |
D. | Dividend policy |
F-36
Composition
Nine Month Period Ended
Year Ended December 31
September 30
2003
2004
2005
2005
2006
(Unaudited)
NIS millions
NIS millions
NIS millions
NIS millions
NIS millions
498
646
565
406
477
4,763
4,954
4,549
3,439
3,714
5,261
5,600
5,114
3,845
4,191
377
539
527
351
428
Composition
Nine Month Period Ended
Year Ended December 31
September 30
2003
2004
2005
2005
2006
(Unaudited)
NIS millions
NIS millions
NIS millions
NIS millions
NIS millions
710
813
683
448
592
2,365
2,489
2,450
1,816
1,878
3,075
3,302
3,133
2,264
2,470
640
798
649
476
611
44
1
(18
)
(47
)
(28
)
26
14
52
19
9
710
813
683
448
592
230
268
286
195
219
175
164
142
107
113
882
928
825
595
673
742
688
681
501
480
137
120
112
86
79
199
321
404
332
314
2,365
2,489
2,450
1,816
1,878
3,075
3,302
3,133
2,264
2,470
F-37
Composition
Nine Month Period Ended
Year Ended December 31
September 30
2003
2004
2005
2005
2006
(Unaudited)
NIS millions
NIS millions
NIS millions
NIS millions
NIS millions
252
232
236
175
192
109
140
122
84
110
116
138
118
91
65
13
12
9
7
5
123
139
138
96
101
613
661
623
453
473
Composition
Nine Month Period Ended
Year Ended December 31
September 30
2003
2004
2005
2005
2006
(Unaudited)
NIS millions
NIS millions
NIS millions
NIS millions
NIS millions
176
160
148
114
106
245
262
251
197
182
76
79
75
55
54
76
77
81
61
55
64
37
19
27
32
45
69
82
58
57
682
684
656
512
486
December 31 | September 30 | |||||||||||||||
2003 | 2004 | 2005 | 2006 | |||||||||||||
NIS millions | NIS millions | NIS millions | NIS millions | |||||||||||||
Balance at beginning of the period
|
176 | 151 | 173 | 158 | ||||||||||||
Write-offs
|
(89 | ) | (15 | ) | (34 | ) | (2 | ) | ||||||||
Additional allowance
|
64 | 37 | 19 | 32 | ||||||||||||
Balance at end of the period
|
151 | 173 | 158 | 188 | ||||||||||||
F-38
F-39
F-40
F-41
F-42
F-43
F-44
F-45
F-46
F-47
F-48
F-49
F-50
F-51
F-52
F-53
F-54
F-55
F-56
F-57
F-58
F-59
F-60
Composition
Nine Month Period Ended
Year Ended December 31
September 30
2003
2004
2005
2005
2006
(Unaudited)
NIS millions
NIS millions
NIS millions
NIS millions
NIS millions
(2
)
(98
)
(160
)
(94
)
(43
)
(36
)
(53
)
(160
)
(94
)
(45
)
(36
)
(151
)
(42
)
(5
)
(2
)
(2
)
(19
)
(85
)
(28
)
11
10
(16
)
50
70
62
48
38
21
12
(2
)
(7
)
20
(216
)
(45
)
24
13
(128
)
(23
)
(2
)
(3
)
(5
)
(5
)
Composition
Nine Month Period Ended
Year Ended December 31
September 30
2003
2004
2005
2005
2006
(Unaudited)
NIS millions
NIS millions
NIS millions
NIS millions
NIS millions
7
1
(2
)
(1
)
(1
)
(6
)
(9
)
(9
)
1
1
(11
)
(10
)
(1
)
(6
)
(4
)
(4
)
Table of Contents
D.
Reconciliation of income tax expense:
Nine Month Period Ended
Year Ended December 31
September 30
2003
2004
2005
2005
2006
(Unaudited)
NIS millions
NIS millions
NIS millions
NIS millions
NIS millions
676
909
715
619
633
36
%
35
%
34
%
34
%
31
%
243
318
243
210
196
39
8
4
4
4
4
Table of Contents
Nine Month Period Ended
Year Ended December 31
September 30
2003
2004
2005
2005
2006
(Unaudited)
NIS millions
NIS millions
NIS millions
NIS millions
NIS millions
2
3
(22
)
(16
)
(16
)
(6
)
(10
)
1
3
1
245
292
232
201
243
E.
Deferred taxes
December 31
September 30
2003
2004
2005
2006
NIS millions
NIS millions
NIS millions
NIS millions
8
4
1
1
54
59
49
54
(2
)
8
(162
)
(154
)
(135
)
(117
)
(100
)
(91
)
(87
)
(54
)
December 31
September 30
2003
2004
2005
2006
NIS millions
NIS millions
NIS millions
NIS millions
60
64
53
64
(160
)
(155
)
(140
)
(118
)
(100
)
(91
)
(87
)
(54
)
F.
Income tax in the income statement
Nine Month Period Ended
Year Ended December 31
September 30
2003
2004
2005
2005
2006
(Unaudited)
NIS millions
NIS millions
NIS millions
NIS millions
NIS millions
191
299
238
215
263
2
3
54
(9
)
(6
)
(14
)
(23
)
245
292
232
201
243
Table of Contents
G.
Taxes recorded to shareholders equity
Nine Month Period Ended
Year Ended December 31
September 30
2003
2004
2005
2005
2006
(Unaudited)
NIS millions
NIS millions
NIS millions
NIS millions
NIS millions
2
2
(10
)
H.
Losses for tax purposes
A.
Linkage terms of financial instrument
B.
Derivative Financial Instruments
Table of Contents
December 31, 2004
December 31, 2005
September 30, 2006
Par Value
Fair Value
Par Value
Fair Value
Par Value
Fair Value
NIS millions
NIS millions
NIS millions
NIS millions
NIS millions
NIS millions
754
(12
)
654
1
486
(27
)
500
(4
)
1,639
12
925
4
796
1
887
(62
)
2,393
1,579
5
2,669
(92
)
December 31
September 30
2004
2005
2006
NIS millions
NIS millions
NIS millions
5
(3
)
(1
)
8
(24
)
5
(20
)
Table of Contents
C.
Fair value of financial instruments
December 31, 2005
September 30, 2006
Book Value
Fair Value
Book Value
Fair Value
NIS millions
NIS millions
NIS millions
NIS millions
921
922
1,017
1,017
2,103
2,105
3,588
3,706
A.
Balance sheet
December 31
September 30
2004
2005
2006
NIS millions
NIS millions
NIS millions
5
1
136
119
B.
Transactions with related and interested parties are
executed in the ordinary course of business at regular
commercial terms:
Nine Month Period Ended
Year Ended December 31
September 30
2003
2004
2005
2005
2006
(Unaudited)
NIS millions
NIS millions
NIS millions
NIS millions
NIS millions
3
4
17
13
2
1
5
2
1
2
Table of Contents
C.
An agreement with DIC
Note 28
Material Differences between Israeli and US GAAP and their
Effect on the Financial Statements
A.
The effect of the differences between Israeli and US GAAP
on the financial statements
1.
Reconciliation of:
Nine Month Period Ended
Year Ended December 31
September 30
2003
2004
2005
2005
2006
(Unaudited)
NIS millions
NIS millions
NIS millions
NIS millions
NIS millions
431
617
483
418
390
(37
)
14
13
4
46
46
50
37
34
(28
)
(13
)
9
9
(2
)
(3
)
(3
)
(2
)
(1
)
(2
)
(10
)
25
3
80
(50
)
(5
)
(125
)
(43
)
(4
)
(17
)
Table of Contents
Nine Month Period Ended
Year Ended December 31
September 30
2003
2004
2005
2005
2006
(Unaudited)
NIS millions
NIS millions
NIS millions
NIS millions
NIS millions
(5
)
10
15
(10
)
12
441
620
491
460
374
December 31
December 31
September 30
2004
2005
2006
NIS millions
NIS millions
NIS millions
3,161
3,649
184
(37
)
(6
)
(2
)
296
346
380
(30
)
(21
)
(23
)
(6
)
(10
)
(9
)
3,652
3,652
(2,970
)
(22
)
(22
)
25
105
(50
)
(175
)
(43
)
(72
)
(60
)
(72
)
3,312
4,490
4,018
Table of Contents
Note 28
Material Differences between Israeli and US GAAP and their
Effect on the Financial Statements
B.
Condensed financial statements according to US GAAP
December 31
December 31
September 30
2004
2005
2006
(All amounts are in NIS millions)
5
1,772
118
1,190
1,237
1,259
140
225
121
99
118
137
1,434
3,352
1,635
460
456
537
3,220
2,384
2,159
496
1,625
1,471
3,283
3,283
5,610
11,100
9,085
552
3,333
333
816
944
707
271
205
440
1,639
4,482
1,480
391
31
1,238
1,752
2,017
227
333
318
41
12
14
659
2,128
3,587
3,312
4,490
4,018
5,610
11,100
9,085
Table of Contents
Year Ended
January 1
September 22
Nine Month Period
December 31
Through
through
Ended September 30
September 21
December 31
2003
2004
2005
2005
2005
2006
(Unaudited)
All amounts are in NIS millions except for share and per share data
5,261
5,563
3,713
1,405
3,858
4,195
3,034
3,263
2,141
972
2,232
2,480
2,227
2,300
1,572
433
1,626
1,715
613
661
434
189
453
473
681
683
502
167
524
491
933
956
636
77
649
751
(240
)
(55
)
21
(27
)
22
(145
)
693
901
657
50
671
606
250
281
205
11
211
232
443
620
452
39
460
374
(2
)
441
620
452
39
460
374
4.52
6.36
4.64
0.40
4.72
3.84
97,500
97,500
97,500
97,500
97,500
97,500
*
The period from September 22, 2005 through
September 30, 2005 is presented under the new basis of
accounting within the nine month period ended September 30,
2005.
Table of Contents
Share Capital
Additional
Number of
Paid-in
Retained
Shares
Amount
Capital
Earnings
Total
NIS 0.01
Pare Value
All amounts are in NIS millions except for share and per share
data
97,500,000
2,251
2,251
441
441
97,500,000
2,692
2,692
620
620
97,500,000
3,312
3,312
5
5
452
452
3,764
(3,764
)
3,652
3,652
(2,970
)
(2,970
)
39
39
97,500,000
4,451
39
4,490
(25
)
(25
)
(3,570
)
(260
)
(3,830
)
1
(1
)
Table of Contents
Share Capital
Additional
Number of
Paid-in
Retained
Shares
Amount
Capital
Earnings
Total
NIS 0.01
Pare Value
All amounts are in NIS millions except for share and per share
data
3,009
3,009
374
374
97,500,000
1
3,865
152
4,018
4.
Comprehensive income (loss)
January 1
September 22
Nine Month Period Ended
Year Ended December 31,
through
through
September 30
September 21,
December 31,
2003
2004
2005
2005
2005
2006
(Unaudited)
NIS millions
NIS millions
NIS millions
NIS millions
NIS millions
NIS millions
441
620
452
39
460
374
(1
)
(2
)
(1
)
(1
)
6
2
6
(24
)
441
620
457
39
465
349
Table of Contents
5.
Condensed Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows:
Year Ended
January 1
September 22
Nine Month Period
December 31
through
through
Ended September 30
September 21,
December 31,
2003
2004
2005
2005
2005
2006
(Unaudited)
All amounts are in NIS millions
441
620
452
39
460
374
956
920
645
269
668
677
59
(20
)
(3
)
(17
)
(1
)
(32
)
17
6
2
(68
)
43
4
17
(7
)
(2
)
3
(1
)
4
4
6
(7
)
(1
)
6
4
4
1,037
897
649
296
678
598
(141
)
(234
)
65
(102
)
(12
)
(80
)
(3
)
134
(41
)
(19
)
(40
)
26
69
15
(43
)
24
(47
)
(19
)
(94
)
74
(69
)
54
(19
)
(26
)
Table of Contents
Year Ended
January 1
September 22
Nine Month Period
December 31
through
through
Ended September 30
September 21,
December 31,
2003
2004
2005
2005
2005
2006
(Unaudited)
All amounts are in NIS millions
84
(34
)
6
(39
)
(20
)
194
(85
)
(45
)
(82
)
(82
)
(138
)
95
1,393
1,472
1,019
253
1,000
1,067
(508
)
(852
)
(444
)
(175
)
(445
)
(511
)
(603
)
(1,068
)
(536
)
1,650
(536
)
(2,210
)
282
(448
)
39
1,728
19
(1,654
)
171
453
5
44
5
1,772
453
5
44
1,772
24
118
C.
Differences between Israeli GAAP and US GAAP
1. Effect of inflation
In accordance with Israeli GAAP:
In accordance with US GAAP:
Table of Contents
2.
Push-down accounting
In accordance with Israeli GAAP:
In accordance with US GAAP:
a. New basis of
accounting:
September 21
2005
NIS millions
1,051
1,338
301
(1,098
)
346
714
468
Table of Contents
September 21
2005
NIS millions
3,283
(134
)
6,269
b. Primary changes to the
balance sheet
(1) The reduction of the carrying value of property, plant
and equipment, which have been recorded using the estimated
replacement cost fair market value;
(2) The recording of a value for brand name;
(3) The recording of a value for customer base;
(4) Adjustment to deferred tax assets resulting from the
above changes;
(5) The recording of a value for goodwill;
(6) The recording NIS 2,970 millions of push-down debt;
(7) The elimination of deferred revenue;
(8) An increase to the shareholders equity in respect of
these adjustments.
c. Primary changes to the
income statement
(1) A decrease in costs of revenue due to lower level of
depreciation from the reduced depreciable base of property,
plant and equipment;
(2) An increase in costs of revenue due to amortization of
the acquired customer base;
(3) An increase in interest expenses resulting from the
push-down debt;
(4) A decrease in the deferred tax expenses resulting from
the above adjustments.
d. Brand names and
goodwill
Table of Contents
e. Customer base
3.
Property, plant and equipment
In accordance with Israeli GAAP:
In accordance with US GAAP:
Table of Contents
4.
Embedded Derivatives
In accordance with Israeli GAAP:
In accordance with US GAAP:
5.
Revenue recognition free air time sold together
with a handset
In accordance with Israeli GAAP:
In accordance with US GAAP:
6.
Asset Retirement Obligations
In accordance with Israeli GAAP:
Table of Contents
In accordance with US GAAP:
7.
Deferred issuance expenses in respect of debentures
In accordance with Israeli GAAP:
In accordance with US GAAP:
D.
US GAAP (Supplementary Information)
1. Deferred taxes
December 31
September 30
2004
2005
2006
NIS millions
NIS millions
NIS millions
4
1
1
59
49
54
(2
)
8
3
3
3
66
51
66
(3
)
(3
)
(3
)
63
48
63
(249
)
(232
)
(221
)
Table of Contents
Reconciliation of income tax expense:
Nine Month Period Ended
Year Ended December 31
September 30
2003
2004
2005
2005
2006
(Unaudited)-
NIS millions
NIS millions
NIS millions
NIS millions
NIS millions
693
901
707
671
606
36
%
35
%
34
%
34
%
31
%
249
315
240
228
188
39
8
4
4
4
4
2
3
Table of Contents
Nine Month Period Ended
Year Ended December 31
September 30
2003
2004
2005
2005
2006
(Unaudited)-
NIS millions
NIS millions
NIS millions
NIS millions
NIS millions
(32
)
(27
)
(27
)
(7
)
(8
)
(1
)
6
(2
)
250
281
216
211
232
2.
Assets retirement obligations:
December 31
September 30
2004
2005
2006
NIS millions
NIS millions
NIS millions
6
9
10
(1
)
(2
)
(1
)
1
1
1
3
2
2
9
10
12
3.
Segment information
4.
New accounting standards
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
II-1
II-2
II-3
Item 6.
Indemnification of Directors and Officers.
a breach of his or her duty of care to us or to another person;
a breach of his or her duty of loyalty to us, provided that the
office holder acted in good faith and had reasonable grounds to
assume that his or her act would not prejudice our interests;
a financial liability imposed upon him or her in favor of
another person concerning an act performed in the capacity as an
office holder.
a financial liability imposed on or incurred by an office holder
in favor of another person by any judgment, including a
settlement or an arbitrators award approved by a court
concerning an act performed in the capacity as an office holder.
Such indemnification may be approved (i) after the
liability has been incurred or (ii) in advance, provided
that the undertaking is limited to types of events which our
Board of Directors deems to be foreseeable in light of our
actual operations at the time of the undertaking and limited to
an amount or criterion determined by our Board of Directors to
be reasonable under the circumstances, and further provided that
such events and amounts or criterion are set forth in the
undertaking to indemnify;
reasonable litigation expenses, including attorneys fees,
incurred by the office holder as a result of an investigation or
proceeding instituted against him or her by a competent
authority, provided that such investigation or proceeding
concluded without the filing of an indictment against him or her
and either (A) concluded without the imposition of any
financial liability in lieu of criminal proceedings or
(B) concluded with the imposition of a financial liability
in lieu of criminal proceedings but relates to a criminal
offense that does not require proof of criminal intent; and
reasonable litigation expenses, including attorneys fees,
incurred by the office holder or charged to him or her by a
court, in proceedings instituted by us or on our behalf or by
another person, or in a criminal indictment from which he or she
was acquitted, or a criminal indictment in which he or she was
convicted for a criminal offense that does not require proof of
intent, in each case relating to an act performed in his or her
capacity as an office holder.
Table of Contents
a breach by the office holder of his or her duty of loyalty
unless, with respect to insurance coverage or indemnification,
the office holder acted in good faith and had a reasonable basis
to believe that the act would not prejudice the company;
a breach by the office holder of his or her duty of care if the
breach was done intentionally or recklessly;
any act or omission done with the intent to derive an illegal
personal benefit; or
any fine or penalty levied against the office holder.
Item 7.
Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.
Since October 1, 2003, we have sold the following
securities without registration under the Securities Act of
1933, all of which were sold pursuant to Regulation S under
the Securities Act:
In May 2006, and in January 2006 and December 2005, we issued
NIS 1.065 billion and approximately NIS 925 million,
respectively, principal amount of Series A Debentures and
Series B Debentures. The securities were issued in
transactions exempt from registration under the Securities Act
pursuant to Regulation S promulgated thereunder and were
subsequently listed on the Tel Aviv Stock Exchange pursuant to a
prospectus filed with the Israel Securities Authority.
In October and November 2006, we granted options to purchase an
aggregate of 2,414,143 ordinary shares pursuant to our
2006 Share Incentive Plan. Following completion of this
offering, we intend to file a registration statement under the
Securities Act covering all ordinary shares subject to
outstanding options or issuable pursuant to our 2006 Share
Incentive Plan.
Item 8.
Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.
Exhibit
Number
Description
1
Form of Underwriting Agreement*
3
.1
Articles of Association and Memorandum
4
.1
Form of Ordinary Share Certificate
5
Opinion of Goldfarb, Levy, Eran, Meiri & Co.
10
.1
Term and Revolving Facilities Agreement dated March 6, 2006
and amendments thereto dated March 30, 2006, April 4,
2006, October 9, 2006 and January 17, 2007 among
Cellcom, Citibank, N.A. as lead arranger and agent and the
lenders party thereto
Table of Contents
Exhibit
Number
Description
10
.2
Series A Indenture dated December 21, 2005 and an
addendum dated February 27, 2006 between Cellcom and Aurora
Fidelity Trust Ltd.
10
.3
Series B Indenture dated December 21, 2005 and an
addendum dated February 27, 2006 between Cellcom and
Hermetic Trust (1975) Ltd.
10
.4
2006 Share Incentive Plan
10
.5
Registration Rights Agreement dated March 15, 2006 among
Cellcom, Goldman Sachs International, DIC, DIC Communication and
Technology Ltd. and PEC Israel Economic Corporation
10
.6
Non-Exclusive General License for the Provision of Mobile Radio
Telephone Services in the Cellular Method dated June 27,
1994
21
Subsidiaries of the Registrant
23
.1
Consent of Somekh Chaikin, a member of KPMG International
23
.2
Consent of Goldfarb, Levy, Eran, Meiri & Co. (included
in Exhibit 5)
24
.1
Power of Attorney (included on signature page)
*
To be filed by amendment.
Item 9.
Undertakings
(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the
Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of
prospectus filed as part of this Registration Statement in
reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of
prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to
Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act
shall be deemed to be part of this Registration Statement as of
the time it was declared effective.
(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the
Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that
contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new
Registration Statement relating to the securities offered
therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall
be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
Table of Contents
II-4
II-5
II-6
Cellcom Israel Ltd.
By:
/s/
Amos Shapira
Name: Amos Shapira
Title: President and Chief Executive Officer
Table of Contents
Signature
Title
Date
/s/
Amos Shapira
President and Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)
January 17, 2007
/s/
Tal Raz
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
January 17, 2007
/s/
Ami Erel
Chairman of the Board and Director
January 17, 2007
/s/
Nochi Dankner
Director
January 17, 2007
/s/
Issac Manor
Director
January 17, 2007
/s/
Shay Livnat
Director
January 17, 2007
/s/
Raanan Cohen
Director
January 17, 2007
/s/
Oren Lieder
Director
January 17, 2007
/s/
Avraham
Bigger
Director
January 17, 2007
/s/
Rafi Bisker
Director
January 17, 2007
/s/
Shlomo Waxe
Director
January 17, 2007
Table of Contents
PUGLISI & ASSOCIATES
By:
/s/
Donald J. Puglisi
Name: Donald J. Puglisi
Title: Managing Director
Authorized Representative in the United States
1. | Definitions |
a) | In these Articles the following terms shall bear the meaning ascribed to them below: |
b) | The captions in these Articles are for convenience only and shall not be deemed a part hereof or affect the construction of any provision hereof. | ||
c) | Unless the subject or the context otherwise requires, words and expressions not defined herein shall have the respective meanings set forth in the Companies Law in force on the date when these Articles or any amendment thereto, as the case may be, first became effective; words and expressions importing the singular shall include the plural and vice versa; and words and expressions importing the masculine gender shall include the feminine gender. |
2. | Object and Purpose of the Company |
3. | Limitation of Liability |
4. | Authorized Share Capital |
5. | Increase of Authorized Share Capital |
6. | Rights of the Ordinary Shares |
7. | Special Rights; Modifications of Rights |
8. | Consolidation, Subdivision, Cancellation and Reduction of Share Capital |
9. | Issuance of Share Certificates; Replacement of Lost Certificates |
10. | Allotment of Shares; Registered Holders of Shares |
11. | Calls on Shares |
12. | Forfeiture and Surrender |
13. | Lien |
14. | Sale after Forfeiture or Surrender or in Enforcement of Lien |
15. | Redeemable Shares |
16. | Effectiveness and Registration |
17. | Limitation on Transfer of Shares Held by Original Minority Shareholders |
18. | Contravening Holdings; Compliance with the Cellular License and the Other Licenses |
18A. Security Committee; Security Observer; Qualifications of Directors and Officers |
19. | Record Dates |
20. | Decedents Shares |
21. | Receivers and Liquidators |
22. | Annual General Meeting |
23. | Extraordinary General Meetings |
24. | Notice of General Meetings |
25. | Quorum |
26. | Chairman of Meetings |
27. | Adoption of Resolutions at General Meetings |
28. | Resolutions in Writing |
29. | Power to Adjourn |
30. | Voting Power |
31. | Voting Rights |
32. | Instrument of Appointment |
33. | Effect of Death of Appointer or Revocation of Appointment |
34. | Powers of Board of Directors |
35. | Exercise of Powers of Directors |
36. | Delegation of Powers |
37. | Number of Directors |
38. | Election and Removal of Directors |
39. | Qualification of Directors |
40. | Continuing Directors in the Event of Vacancies |
41. | Vacation of Office |
42. | Remuneration of Directors |
43. | Conflict of Interests |
44. | Alternate Directors |
45. | Meetings |
46. | Quorum |
47. | Chairman of the Board of Directors |
48. | Validity of Acts Despite Defects |
49. | General Manager |
50. | Minutes |
51. | Declaration and Payment of Dividends |
52. | Amount Payable by Way of Dividends |
53. | Interest |
54. | Form of Dividend |
55. | Retention of Dividends |
56. | Unclaimed Dividends |
57. | Mechanics of Payment |
58. | Financial Statements |
59. | Outside Auditor |
60. | Internal Auditor |
61. | Exculpation, Indemnity and Insurance |
62. | Notices |
63. | Rights of Signature |
64. | Winding Up |
1. | The name of the company is Cellcom Israel Ltd. | |
2. | The objects for which the company has been established are: |
a. | To engage in all types of industry, commerce, production, work, agriculture, professional services, business and all branches and areas of economic activity. | ||
b. | To advance trade, imports and exports. | ||
c. | To set up a mobile radio-telephone system based on the cellular method in Israel, to maintain and uphold it, to operate it and to provide radio-telephone services to the public in Israel through it. | ||
d. | Any other object as the Board of Directors shall determine from time to time. |
3. | The liability of the members is limited. | |
4. | The share capital of the company is NIS 3,000,000 (three million), divided into 300,000,000 (three hundred million) shares of NIS 0.01 par value each. | |
5. | Resolutions of the General Meeting of the Companys shareholders to amend the Memorandum of Association shall be deemed adopted if approved by a simple majority of the shareholders present and entitled to vote. |
STOCK CERTIFICATE CUSIP: M2196U 10 9 |
TEN COM
|
| as tenants in common | UNIF GIFT MIN ACTUniform Gifts to Minors Act | |||
|
||||||
TEN ENT
|
| as tenants by the entireties | UNIF TRAN MIN ACTUniform Transfers to Minors Act | |||
|
||||||
JT TEN
|
| as joint tenants with right of | CUSTCustodian | |||
|
survivorship and not as tenants in common |
NOTICE:
|
THE SIGNATURE TO THIS ASSIGNMENT MUST CORRESPOND WITH THE NAME AS WRITTEN UPON THE
FACE OF THE CERTIFICATE IN EVERY PARTICULAR, WITHOUT
ALTERATION OR ENLARGEMENT OR ANY CHANGE WHATEVER.
|
Very truly yours,
|
||||
/s/ Goldfarb, Levy, Eran, Meiri & Co. | ||||
Goldfarb, Levy, Eran, Meiri & Co. | ||||
1
Section 1 - Interpretation
|
5 | |||
|
||||
1 Definitions and interpretation
|
5 | |||
|
||||
Section 2 - The Facilities
|
17 | |||
|
||||
2 The Facilities
|
17 | |||
|
||||
3 Purpose
|
17 | |||
|
||||
4 Conditions of Utilisation
|
17 | |||
|
||||
Section 3 - Utilisation
|
19 | |||
|
||||
5 Utilisation
|
19 | |||
|
||||
Section 4 - Repayment, prepayment and cancellation
|
21 | |||
|
||||
6 Repayment
|
21 | |||
|
||||
7 Prepayment and cancellation
|
21 | |||
|
||||
Section 5 - Costs of Utilisation
|
24 | |||
|
||||
8 Interest
|
24 | |||
|
||||
9 Interest Periods
|
26 | |||
|
||||
10 Changes to the calculation of Interest
|
27 | |||
|
||||
11 Fees
|
28 | |||
|
||||
Section 6 - Additional payment obligations
|
30 | |||
|
||||
12 Tax gross up and indemnities
|
30 | |||
|
||||
13 Increased costs
|
32 | |||
|
||||
14 Other indemnities
|
33 | |||
|
||||
15 Mitigation by the Lenders
|
34 | |||
|
||||
16 Costs and expenses
|
35 | |||
|
||||
Section 7 - Representations, undertakings and Events of Default
|
36 | |||
|
||||
17 Representations
|
36 |
2
18 Information undertakings
|
39 | |||
|
||||
19 Financial covenants
|
43 | |||
|
||||
20 General undertakings
|
46 | |||
|
||||
21 Events of Default
|
52 | |||
|
||||
Section 8 - Changes to Parties
|
58 | |||
|
||||
22 Changes to the Lenders
|
58 | |||
|
||||
23 Assignments and transfer by the Borrower
|
62 | |||
|
||||
Section 9 - The Finance Parties
|
63 | |||
|
||||
24 Role of the Agent and the Mandated Lead Arranger
|
63 | |||
|
||||
25 Conduct of business by the Finance Parties
|
68 | |||
|
||||
26 Sharing among the Finance Parties
|
68 | |||
|
||||
Section 10 - Administration
|
71 | |||
|
||||
27 Payment mechanics
|
71 | |||
|
||||
28 Set-off
|
74 | |||
|
||||
29 Notices
|
74 | |||
|
||||
30 Calculations and certificates
|
76 | |||
|
||||
31 Partial Invalidity
|
77 | |||
|
||||
32 Remedies and waivers
|
77 | |||
|
||||
33 Amendments and waivers
|
77 | |||
|
||||
34 Counterparts
|
78 | |||
|
||||
Section 11 - Governing law and enforcement
|
79 | |||
|
||||
35 Governing law
|
79 | |||
|
||||
36 Enforcement
|
79 | |||
|
||||
Schedule 1 - The Original Lenders
|
80 | |||
|
||||
Schedule 2 - Conditions precedent
|
81 |
3
Schedule 3 - Requests
|
83 | |||
|
||||
Schedule 4 - Mandatory Cost formulae
|
85 | |||
|
||||
Schedule 5 Form of Transfer Certificate
|
88 | |||
|
||||
Schedule 6 - Form of Compliance Certificate
|
90 | |||
|
||||
Schedule 7 - LMA Form of Confidentiality Undertaking
|
91 | |||
|
||||
Schedule 8 - Timetables
|
96 |
4
(1) | Cellcom Israel Ltd. ( the Borrower ); | |
(2) | Citibank, N.A. as mandated lead arranger (the Mandated Lead Arranger ); | |
(3) | The Financial Institutions listed in Schedule 1 as lenders (the Original Lenders ); and | |
(4) | Citibank International plc as agent of the other Finance Parties (the Agent ). |
1 | Definitions and interpretation | |
1.1 | Definitions | |
In this Agreement: | ||
Additional Cost Rate has the meaning given to it in Schedule 4 ( Mandatory Cost formulae ). | ||
Affiliate means, in relation to any person, a Subsidiary of that person or a Holding Company of that person or any other Subsidiary of that Holding Company. | ||
Agents Spot Rate of Exchange means: |
(a) | prior to the Transfer Date on which Syndication takes place, the rate agreed between the Borrower, the Agent and the NIS Lenders; and | ||
(b) | at any other time, such rate to be agreed between the Borrower and the Agent, |
in each case for the purchase of NIS with Dollars or Dollars with NIS on a particular day. | ||
Authorisation means an authorisation, consent, approval, resolution, licence, exemption, filing, notarisation or registration. | ||
Availability Period means: |
(a) | in relation to Facility A, the period commencing on the date of this Agreement to and including the date falling one Month thereafter; and |
5
(b) | in relation to Facility B, the period commencing on the date of this Agreement to and including the date falling one Month prior to the Final Repayment Date. |
Available Commitment means, in relation to a Facility, a Lenders Commitment under that Facility minus: |
(a) | the amount of its participation in any outstanding Loans under that Facility; and | ||
(b) | in relation to any proposed Utilisation, the amount of its participation in any Loans that are due to be made under that Facility on or before the proposed Utilisation Date, other than, in relation to any proposed Utilisation under Facility B only, that Lenders participation in any Facility B Loans that are due to be repaid or prepaid on or before the proposed Utilisation Date. |
Available Facility means, in relation to a Facility, the aggregate for the time being of each Lenders Available Commitment in respect of that Facility. | ||
Break Costs means the amount (if any) by which: |
(a) | the interest which a Lender should have received for the period from the date of receipt of all or any part of its participation in a Loan or Unpaid Sum to the last day of the current Interest Period in respect of that Loan or Unpaid Sum, had the principal amount or Unpaid Sum received been paid on the last day of that Interest Period; |
exceeds: |
(b) | the amount which that Lender would be able to obtain by placing an amount equal to the principal amount or Unpaid Sum received by it on deposit with a leading bank in the Relevant Interbank Market for a period starting on the Business Day following receipt or recovery and ending on the last day of the current Interest Period. |
Business Day means a day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which banks are open for general business in London, Tel Aviv and New York. | ||
Change means, in relation to a Lender (or any company of which the Lender is a Subsidiary), the introduction, implementation, repeal, withdrawal or change in, or in the interpretation, administration or application of, (a) any law, regulation, practice or concession, or (b) any directive, requirement, request or guidance (whether or not having the force of law but if not having the force of law, one which applies generally to a class or category of financial institutions of which the Lender (or that company) forms part and compliance with which is In accordance with the general practice of those financial institutions) of the European Community, any central bank including the European Central Bank, the Financial Services Authority in the United Kingdom, the Bank of Israel, the Supervisor of Banks in Israel or any other fiscal, monetary, regulatory or other authority. | ||
Commitment means a Facility A Commitment or Facility B Commitment. |
6
Compliance Certificate means a certificate substantially in the form set out in Schedule 6 ( Form of Compliance Certificate ). | ||
Confidentiality Undertaking means a confidentiality undertaking substantially in a recommended form of the LMA as set out in Schedule 7 ( LMA Form of Confidentiality Undertaking ) or in any other form agreed between the Borrower and the Agent. | ||
Dangerous Materials means any element or substance (in any form) which is subject to regulatory control as being hazardous or dangerous or which is capable of causing harm or damage to the Environment. | ||
Default means an Event of Default or any event or circumstance specified in Clause 21 ( Events of Default ) which would (with the expiry of a grace period, the giving of notice, the making of any determination under the Finance Documents or any combination of any of the foregoing) be an Event of Default. | ||
Disruption Event means either or both of: |
(a) | a material disruption to those payment or communications systems or to those financial markets which are, in each case, required to operate in order for payments to be made in connection with the Facilities (or otherwise in order for the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents to be carried out) which disruption is not caused by, and is beyond the control of, any of the Parties; or | ||
(b) | the occurrence of any other event which results in a disruption (of a technical or systems-related nature) to the treasury or payments operations of a Party preventing that, or any other Party: |
(i) | from performing its payment obligations under the Finance Documents; or | ||
(ii) | from communicating with other Parties in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents, |
and which (in either such case) is not caused by, and is beyond the control of, the Party whose operations are disrupted. |
Environment means ecological systems, living organisms (including human beings) and all or any of the following media (whether alone or in combination): air (including air within buildings or other structures and whether above or below ground); land (including buildings and any other structures or erections in, on or under it or any soil and anything below the surface of the land); land covered with water; and water (including water under or within land or in pipe or sewerage systems and sea, ground and surface water). | ||
Environmental Law means all applicable laws and regulations in force at any time relating to Environmental Matters or the Environment. | ||
Environmental Matters means all or any of: |
(a) | waste; |
7
(b) | contaminated land; | ||
(c) | discharges to land, ground, surface and coastal waters and sewers; | ||
(d) | the abstraction of water; | ||
(e) | the extraction of natural resources; | ||
(f) | emissions to air; | ||
(g) | noise, vibration and light; | ||
(h) | Dangerous Materials; | ||
(i) | common law and nuisance, trespass and negligence; | ||
(j) | statutory nuisance; | ||
(k) | radiation, radioactive substances and materials; and | ||
(l) | the conservation or protection of species, habitats, biodiversity, flora and fauna. |
Event of Default means any event or circumstance specified as such in Clause 21 ( Events of Default ). | ||
Facility means Facility A or Facility B. | ||
Facility A means the term loan facility made available under this Agreement as described in Clause 2 ( The Facilities ). | ||
Facility A Commitment means: |
(a) | in relation to an Original Lender, the amount set opposite its name under the heading Facility A Commitment in Schedule 1 (The Original Lenders ) and the amount of any other Facility A Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement; and | ||
(b) | in relation to any other Lender, the amount of any Facility A Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement, |
to the extent not cancelled, reduced or transferred by it under this Agreement. | ||
Facility A Loan means a loan made or to be made under Facility A or the principal amount outstanding for the time being of that loan. | ||
Facility B means the revolving loan facility made available under this Agreement as described in Clause 2 ( The Facilities ). | ||
Facility B Commitment means: |
8
(a) | in relation to an Original Lender, the amount set opposite its name under the heading Facility B Commitment in Schedule 1 ( The Original Lenders ) and the amount of any other Facility B Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement; and | ||
(b) | in relation to any other Lender, the amount of any Facility B Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement, |
to the extent not cancelled, reduced or transferred by it under this Agreement. | ||
Facility B Loan means a loan made or to be made under Facility B or the principal amount outstanding for the time being of that loan. | ||
Facility Office means the office or offices notified by a Lender to the Agent in writing on or before the date it becomes a Lender (or, following that date, by not less than five Business Days written notice) as the office or offices through which it will perform its obligations under this Agreement. | ||
Fee Letter means any letter or letters dated on or about the date of this Agreement between the Mandated Lead Arranger and the Borrower (or the Agent and the Borrower) setting out any of the fees referred to in Clause 11 ( Fees ). | ||
Final Repayment Date means the 22nd December 2010. | ||
Finance Document means this Agreement, any Fee Letter, the Mandate Letter, any Transfer Certificate, any Hedging Agreement and any other document designated as such by the Agent and the Borrower. | ||
Finance Party means the Agent, the Mandated Lead Arranger or a Lender. | ||
Financial Indebtedness means, in relation to a person, its obligation (whether present or future, actual or contingent, as principal or surety) for the payment or repayment of money (whether in respect of interest, principal or otherwise) incurred in respect of: |
(a) | moneys borrowed or raised; | ||
(b) | any bond, note, loan stock, debenture or similar instrument; | ||
(c) | any acceptance credit, bill discounting, note purchase, factoring or documentary credit facility; | ||
(d) | the supply of any goods or services which is more than 90 days past the due date; | ||
(e) | any hire purchase agreement, conditional sale agreement or lease, where that agreement has been entered into primarily as a method of raising finance or financing the acquisition of an asset; | ||
(f) | any guarantee, bond, stand-by letter of credit or other similar instrument issued in connection with the performance of contracts; |
9
(g) | any interest rate or currency swap agreement or any other hedging or derivatives instrument or agreement; | ||
(h) | any arrangement pursuant to which any asset sold or otherwise disposed of by that person is or may be leased to or re-acquired by a member of the Group (whether following the exercise of an option or otherwise); | ||
(i) | any guarantee, indemnity or similar insurance against financial loss given in respect of the obligation of any person; | ||
(j) | all obligations to purchase, redeem, retire, defease or otherwise acquire for value any share capital of any person or any warrants, rights or options to acquire such share capital in respect of transactions which have the commercial effect of borrowing or which otherwise finance its or any of its Subsidiaries operations or capital requirements; or | ||
(k) | any other transactions having the commercial effect of borrowing entered into by any person to finance its operations or capital requirements. |
GAAP means generally accepted accounting principles in Israel. | ||
Group means the Borrower and its Subsidiaries. | ||
Hedging Agreement means any foreign exchange and interest rate hedging agreement entered into by the Borrower with any of Bank Leumi, Bank Hapoalim B.M., Israel Discount Bank Ltd., First International Bank of Israel or United Mizrahi Bank Ltd. or any bank or financial institution rated A or better by Standard and Poors after the date of this Agreement pursuant to which not less than 66 per cent. of any amounts in Dollars outstanding at any time under this Agreement are hedged. | ||
Holding Company means, in relation to a company or corporation, any other company or corporation in respect of which it is a Subsidiary. | ||
Information Memorandum means the document in the form approved by the Borrower concerning the Group which, at the Borrowers request and on its behalf, is being prepared in relation to this transaction and will be distributed by the Mandated Lead Arranger to selected financial institutions. | ||
Interest Period means, in relation to a Loan, each period determined in accordance with Clause 9 ( Interest Periods ) and, in relation to an Unpaid Sum, each period determined in accordance with Clause 8.3 ( Default interest ). | ||
Law means the Planning and Building Law, 1965 of Israel (as amended from time to time). | ||
Lender means: |
(a) | any Original Lender; and | ||
(b) | any bank, financial institution, trust, fund or other entity which has become a Party in accordance with Clause 22 ( Changes to the Lenders ), |
10
which in each case has not ceased to be a Party in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. | ||
Lending Rate means the lending rate of each NIS Lender as supplied to the Agent and agreed with the Borrower prior to such NIS Lender becoming a Party, such rate in any event not to exceed TELBOR plus 0.30 per cent. per annum. | ||
LIBOR means, in relation to any Loan (other than an NIS Loan): |
(a) | the applicable Screen Rate; or | ||
(b) | (if no Screen Rate is available for Dollars for the Interest Period of that Loan) the arithmetic mean of the rates (rounded upwards to four decimal places) as supplied to the Agent at its request quoted by the Reference Banks to leading banks in the London interbank market, |
as of the Specified Time on the Quotation Day for the offering of deposits in Dollars and for a period comparable to the Interest Period for that Loan. | ||
Loan means a Facility A Loan or a Facility B Loan (including, for the avoidance of doubt, each NIS Loan). | ||
LMA means the Loan Market Association. | ||
Majority Lenders means: |
(a) | if there are no Loans then outstanding, a Lender or Lenders whose Commitments aggregated more than 66 2 / 3 % of the Total Commitments (or, if the Total Commitments have been reduced to zero, aggregate more than 66 2 / 3 % of the Total Commitments immediately prior to the reduction); or | ||
(b) | at any other time, a Lender or Lenders whose participations in the Loans then outstanding aggregate more than 66 2 / 3 % of all the Loans then outstanding. For this purpose the amount of any NIS Loan shall be its Original Dollar Amount. |
Mandate Letter means the mandate letter dated 13 December 2005 pursuant to which the Borrower appointed the Mandated Lead Arranger to arrange the Facilities. | ||
Mandatory Cost means the percentage rate per annum calculated by the Agent in accordance with Schedule 4 ( Mandatory Cost formula ). | ||
Margin means, subject to Clause 8.4 ( Margin Adjustment ), 1.05 per cent. per annum. | ||
Material Adverse Effect means a material adverse effect on: |
(a) | the business, condition (financial or otherwise), operations or prospects of Borrower and/or the Group; or |
11
(b) | the ability of the Borrower to comply with any of its obligations under the Finance Documents; or | ||
(c) | the validity or enforceability of any Finance Document or the rights or remedies of any Finance Party thereunder. |
Material Subsidiary means any Subsidiary whose total revenues or total assets (as the case may be) represent 5 per cent. or more of the total revenues or total assets of the Group (as ascertained from the most recent financial statements delivered to the Agent pursuant to Clause 18.1 ( Financial statements )). | ||
Month means a period starting on one day in a calendar month and ending on the numerically corresponding day in the next calendar month, except that: |
(a) | (subject to paragraph (c) below) if the numerically corresponding day is not a Business Day, that period shall end on the next Business Day in that calendar month in which that period is to end if there is one, or if there is not, on the immediately preceding Business Day; | ||
(b) | if there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month in which that period is to end, that period shall end on the last Business Day in that calendar month; and | ||
(c) | if an Interest Period begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month, that Interest Period shall end on the last Business Day in the calendar month in which that Interest Period is to end. |
The above rules will only apply to the last Month of any period. | ||
NIS Lender means any bank, financial institution, trust, fund or other entity which has become a Party in accordance with Clause 22 ( Changes to the Lenders ) and which has notified the Agent prior to the date on which it becomes a Party hereunder that it agreed to make available its participation hereunder in NIS and which has not ceased to be a Party in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. | ||
NIS Loan means a Loan which is denominated and/or drawn in NIS pursuant to Clause 5.3.3 ( Currency and amount ). | ||
Original Dollar Amount means, in relation to a Loan, the amount specified in the Utilisation Request delivered by the Borrower for that Loan adjusted to reflect any repayment, prepayment, consolidation or division of the Loan. | ||
Original Financial Statements means in relation to the Borrower, the audited consolidated financial statements of the Group for the financial year ended 31 December 2004 together with any items reflected in the financial statements of the Group for the period ended 30 September 2005. | ||
Participating Member State means any member state of the European Communities that adopts or has adopted the euro as its lawful currency in accordance with legislation of the European Community relating to Economic and Monetary Union. |
12
Party means a party to this Agreement. | ||
Quotation Day means, in relation to any period for which an interest rate is to be determined, two Business Days before the first day of that period unless market practice differs in the Relevant Interbank Market, in which case the Quotation Day will be determined by the Agent in accordance with market practice in the Relevant Interbank Market (and if quotations would normally be given by leading banks in the Relevant Interbank Market on more than one day, the Quotation Day will be the last of those days). | ||
Reference Banks means the principal London offices of Citibank, N.A. or such other banks as may be appointed by the Agent in consultation with the Borrower. | ||
Relevant Interbank Market means the London interbank market or the Tel Aviv interbank market. | ||
Repeating Representations means each of the representations set out in Clause 17. | ||
Screen Rate means the British Bankers Association Interest Settlement Rate for Dollars for the relevant period displayed on the appropriate page of the Telerate screen. If the agreed page is replaced or service ceases to be available, the Agent may specify another page or service displaying the appropriate rate after consultation with the Borrower and the Lenders. | ||
Security means a mortgage, charge, pledge, lien or other security interest securing any obligation of any person or any other agreement or arrangement having a similar effect. | ||
Selection Notice means a notice substantially in the form set out in Part 2 of Schedule 3 ( Requests ) given in accordance with Clause 9 ( Interest Periods ) in relation to Facility A. | ||
Specified Time means a time determined in accordance with Schedule 8 ( Timetables ). | ||
Subsidiary means in relation to a company or corporation, a company or corporation: |
(a) | which is controlled, directly or indirectly, by the first-mentioned company or corporation; | ||
(b) | half or more of the issued share capital of which is beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by the first-mentioned company or corporation; or | ||
(c) | which is a Subsidiary of another Subsidiary of the first-mentioned company or corporation, |
and, for these purposes, a company or corporation shall be treated as being controlled by another if that company or corporation is able to direct its affairs and/or to control the composition of its board of directors or equivalent body. |
13
Syndication means the syndication of the Facility by the Agent to selected banks and financial institutions after the date of this Agreement. | ||
Tax and Taxes includes all present and future taxes, charges, imposts, duties, levies, deductions, withholdings or fees of any kind whatsoever, or any amount payable on account of or as security for any of the foregoing, by whomsoever on whomsoever and wherever imposed, levied, collected, withheld or assessed, together with any penalties, additions, fines, surcharges or interest relating thereto; and Tax and Taxation shall be construed accordingly. | ||
TELBOR means, in relation to any NIS Loan: |
(a) | the rate which appears on the Reuters screen page TELBOR01 (or if page TELBOR01 is replaced or the service ceases to be available, the Agent may specify another page or service displaying the appropriate rate after consultation with the Borrower and the NIS Lenders); or | ||
(b) | (if no screen rate is available for NIS for the Interest Period of that NIS Loan as set out in (a) above) the cost of funds of each NIS Lender as supplied to the Agent and agreed with the Borrower (rounded upwards to four decimal places), |
as of 13:00 p.m. Tel Aviv time on the Quotation Day for the offering of deposits in NIS and for a period comparable to the Interest Period for that NIS Loan. | ||
Telecommunications Licence means the Borrowers telecommunications licence dated 27 June 1994 (as amended from time to time) issued to it by the State of Israel. | ||
Total Commitments means the aggregate of the Total Facility A Commitments and the Total Facility B Commitments, being US$350,000,000 at the date of this Agreement. | ||
Total Facility A Commitments means the aggregate of the Facility A Commitments, being US$280,000,000 at the date of this Agreement. | ||
Total Facility B Commitments means the aggregate of the Facility B Commitments, being US$70,000,000 at the date of this Agreement. | ||
Transfer Certificate means a certificate substantially in the form set out in Schedule 5 ( Form of Transfer Certificate ) or any other form agreed between the Agent and the Borrower. | ||
Transfer Date means, in relation to a transfer, the later of: |
(a) | the proposed Transfer Date specified in the Transfer Certificate; and | ||
(b) | the date on which the Agent executes the Transfer Certificate. |
Unpaid Sum means any sum due and payable but unpaid by the Borrower under the Finance Documents. | ||
Utilisation means a utilisation of a Facility. |
14
Utilisation Date means the date of a Utilisation, being the date on which the relevant Loan is to be made. | ||
Utilisation Request means a notice substantially in the form set out in Part 1 of Schedule 3 ( Requests ). | ||
VAT means value added tax and any other tax of a similar nature. |
1.2 | Construction |
(a) | Unless a contrary indication appears, any reference in this Agreement to: |
(i) | the Agent , the Mandated Lead Arranger , any Finance Party , any Lender or any Party shall be construed so as to include its successors in title, permitted assigns and permitted transferees; | ||
(ii) | assets includes present and future properties, revenues and rights of every description; | ||
(iii) | a Finance Document or any other agreement or instrument is a reference to that Finance Document or other agreement or instrument as amended or novated; | ||
(iv) | indebtedness includes any obligation (whether incurred as principal or as surety) for the payment or repayment of money, whether present or future, actual or contingent; | ||
(v) | a person includes any person, firm, company, corporation, government, state or agency of a state or any association, trust or partnership (whether or not having separate legal personality) or two or more of the foregoing; | ||
(vi) | a regulation includes any regulation, rule, official directive, request or guideline (whether or not having the force of law) of any governmental, intergovernmental or supranational body, agency, department or regulatory, self-regulatory or other authority or organisation; | ||
(vii) | a provision of law is a reference to that provision as amended or re-enacted; and | ||
(viii) | a time of day is a reference to London time. |
(b) | Section, Clause and Schedule headings are for ease of reference only. | ||
(c) | Unless a contrary indication appears, a term used in any other Finance Document or in any notice given under or in connection with any Finance Document has the same meaning in that Finance Document or notice as in this Agreement. | ||
(d) | A Default (other than an Event of Default) is continuing if it has not been remedied or waived and an Event of Default is continuing if it has not been waived. |
15
1.3 | Third party rights |
(a) | Unless expressly provided to the contrary in a Finance Document, a person who is not a Party has no right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 (the Third Parties Act ) to enforce or to enjoy the benefit of any term of this Agreement. | ||
(b) | Notwithstanding any terms of any Finance Document, the consent of any person who is not a Party is not required to rescind or vary this Agreement at any time. |
1.4 | Currency Symbols |
1.4.1 | Dollar and US$ mean the lawful currency of the United States of America. | |
1.4.2 | NIS means the lawful currency of the State of Israel. |
16
2 | The Facilities | |
2.1 | The Facilities | |
2.1.1 | Subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Lenders make available to the Borrower: |
(a) | a Dollar term loan facility in an aggregate amount equal to the Total Facility A Commitments; and | ||
(b) | a Dollar revolving loan facility in an aggregate amount equal to the Total Facility B Commitments. |
2.1.2 | Without prejudice to Clause 2.1.1 above, the NIS Lenders shall make available their participations in the Loans only in MS at the Agents Spot Rate of Exchange. | |
2.2 | Finance Parties rights and obligations | |
2.2.1 | The obligations of each Finance Party under the Finance Documents are several. Failure by a Finance Party to perform its obligations under the Finance Documents does not affect the obligations of any other Party under the Finance Documents. No Finance Party is responsible for the obligations of any other Finance Party under the Finance Documents. | |
2.2.2 | The rights of each Finance Party under or in connection with the Finance Documents are separate and independent rights and any debt arising under the Finance Documents to a Finance Party from the Borrower shall be a separate and independent debt. | |
2.2.3 | A Finance Party may, except as otherwise stated in the Finance Documents, separately enforce its rights under the Finance Documents. | |
3 | Purpose | |
3.1 | Purpose | |
3.1.1 | The Borrower shall apply all amounts borrowed by it under Facility A towards its general corporate purposes (including, without limitation, refinancing indebtedness and distributions to its shareholders). | |
3.1.2 | The Borrower shall apply all amounts borrowed by it under Facility B towards its general corporate purposes (including, without limitation, refinancing existing indebtedness and distributions to its shareholders). | |
3.2 | Monitoring | |
No Finance Party is bound to monitor or verify the application of any amount borrowed pursuant to this Agreement. | ||
4 | Conditions of Utilisation |
17
4.1 | Initial conditions precedent | |
The Borrower may not deliver a Utilisation Request unless the Agent has received all of the documents and other evidence listed in Schedule 2 ( Conditions precedent ) in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent. The Agent shall notify the Borrower and the Lenders promptly upon being so satisfied. | ||
4.2 | Further conditions precedent | |
The Lenders will only be obliged to comply with Clause 5.4 ( Lenders participation ) if on the date of the Utilisation Request and on the proposed Utilisation Date: |
(a) | no Default is continuing or would result from the proposed Loan; and | ||
(b) | the Repeating Representations are true. |
18
5 | Utilisation | |
5.1 | Delivery of a Utilisation Request | |
The Borrower may utilise a Facility by delivery to the Agent of a duly completed Utilisation Request not later than the Specified Time. | ||
5.2 | Completion of a Utilisation Request | |
5.2.1 | Each Utilisation Request is irrevocable and will not be regarded as having been duly completed unless: |
(a) | it identifies the Facility to be utilised; | ||
(b) | the proposed Utilisation Date is a Business Day within the Availability Period applicable to that Facility; | ||
(c) | the currency and amount of the Utilisation comply with Clause 5.3 ( Currency and amount ); | ||
(d) | the proposed Interest Period complies with Clause 9 ( Interest Periods ); and | ||
(e) | it specifies the account into which the proceeds of the Loan requested should be credited. |
5.2.2 | Only one Loan may be requested in each Utilisation Request. | |
5.3 | Currency and amount | |
5.3.1 | The Borrower must specify in a Utilisation Request in relation to a proposed Facility A Loan the Original Dollar Amount for the Facility A Loan which must not exceed the Available Facility. | |
5.3.2 | The Borrower must specify in a Utilisation Request the Original Dollar Amount of a proposed Facility B Loan which must be an amount which must not exceed the Available Facility and which is a minimum of US$10,000,000 and integral multiples of US$1,000,000 or, if less, the Available Facility. | |
5.3.3 | Each NIS Lender shall: |
(a) | if a Facility A Loan has already been drawn prior to such NIS Lender becoming a Party, make available its participation in that Facility A Loan in Dollars to the Agent who shall then notionally convert the principal amount of such participation into NIS at the Agents Spot Rate of Exchange on the Transfer Date on which Syndication takes place. That Facility A Loan shall be deemed to be an NIS Loan made to the Borrower and shall be denominated in NIS for its duration; and |
19
(b) | in respect of all Facility B Loans, make available its participation in any Facility B Loan in NIS in accordance with Clause 5.4.2 ( Lenders participation ) at the Agents Spot Rate of Exchange on the Transfer Date on which Syndication takes place. |
5.3.4 | If the Agent and the proposed MS Lender do not agree the Lending Rate on or before the proposed Transfer Date on which Syndication takes place, that proposed NIS Lender shall be required to participate in the relevant Loan in Dollars and its participation will be treated as a separate Loan denominated in Dollars during each Interest Period in respect of that Loan. Each Lenders participation in that Loan will be determined in accordance with Clause 5.4 ( Lenders participation ). | |
5.4 | Lenders participation | |
5.4.1 | If the conditions set out in this Agreement have been met, each Lender shall make its participation in each Loan available by the Utilisation Date through its Facility Office. | |
5.4.2 | The amount of each Lenders participation in each Loan will be equal to the proportion borne by its Available Commitment to the Available Facility immediately prior to making the Loan. | |
5.4.3 | The Agent shall notify each Lender of the amount of each Loan, the Original Dollar Amount and the amount of its participation in that Loan, in each case by the Specified Time. | |
5.4.4 | The Agent shall also promptly notify the Borrower of the amount of the NIS Loan and the amount of each NIS Lenders participation in that NIS Loan. | |
5.5 | Cancellation of undrawn Commitments | |
Any amount of the Total Facility A Commitments and the Total Facility B Commitments which is undrawn at the end of the Availability Period applicable to that Facility shall be cancelled. |
20
6 | Repayment | |
6.1 | Repayment of Facility A Loans | |
6.1.1 | The Borrower shall repay the Facility A Loans by paying to the Agent (for the account of the Lenders) on each date set out in Column 1 below (each a Facility A Repayment Date ) the percentage of the aggregate amount of the Facility A Loans outstanding at the close of business on the final day of the Availability Period which is set out in Column 2 below opposite that date. |
Column 1 | Column 2 | |
Facility A Repayment Date
|
Percentage of the Original Dollar Amount of the Facility A Loans to be repaid | |
|
||
[ ] February 2008
|
10% | |
|
||
[ ] August 2008
|
10% | |
|
||
[ ] February 2009
|
10% | |
|
||
[ ] August 2009
|
10% | |
|
||
[ ] February 2010
|
15% | |
|
||
[ ] August 2010
|
20% | |
|
||
22nd December 2010
|
25% |
6.1.2 | The Borrower may not re-borrow any part of Facility A which is repaid. | |
6.2 | Repayment of Facility B Loans | |
The Borrower shall repay each Facility B Loan on the last day of its Interest Period. | ||
6.3 | Final Repayment of Facility B | |
All outstanding Facility B Loans shall be repaid in full on or before the Final Repayment Date. | ||
6.4 | NIS Loans | |
If a Loan is an NIS Loan, the Borrower shall repay an amount in NIS which is equal to the amount in NIS of that NIS Loan on its Utilisation Date to the Agent (for the account of the NIS Lenders) at the times specified in this Clause 6. | ||
7 | Prepayment and cancellation |
21
7.1 | Illegality | |
If it becomes unlawful in any applicable jurisdiction for a Lender to perform any of its obligations as contemplated by this Agreement or to fund or maintain its participation in any Loan: |
(a) | that Lender shall promptly notify the Agent upon becoming aware of that event; | ||
(b) | upon the Agent notifying the Borrower, the Commitment of that Lender will be immediately cancelled; and | ||
(c) | the Borrower shall repay that Lenders participation in the Loans on the last day of the Interest Period for each Loan occurring after the Agent has notified the Borrower or, if earlier, the date specified by the Lender in the notice delivered to the Agent (being no earlier than the last day of any applicable grace period permitted by law). |
7.2 | Voluntary cancellation | |
The Borrower may, if it gives the Agent not less than 5 Business Days (or such shorter period as the Majority Lenders may agree) prior notice, cancel the whole or any part (being a minimum amount of US$20,000,000 and an integral multiple of US$10,000,000) of an Available Facility. Any cancellation under this Clause 7.2 shall reduce the Commitments of the Lenders rateably under that Facility. | ||
7.3 | Voluntary prepayment of Loans | |
7.3.1 | The Borrower may, if it gives the Agent not less than 15 days (or such shorter period as the Majority Lenders may agree) prior notice, prepay the whole or any part of any Loan (but, if in part, being an amount that reduces the amount of the Loan by a minimum Original Dollar Amount of US$20,000,000 and integral multiples of US$10,000,000). | |
7.3.2 | A Facility A Loan may only be prepaid after the last day of the Availability Period (or, if earlier, the day on which the applicable Available Facility is zero). | |
7.3.3 | Any prepayment of a Facility A Loan under this Clause 7.3 shall satisfy the obligations under Clause 6.1 ( Repayment of Facility A Loans ) in inverse order of maturity taken in their Original Dollar Amount. | |
7.4 | Right of repayment and cancellation in relation to a single Lender | |
7.4.1 | If: |
(a) | any sum payable to any Lender by the Borrower is required to be increased under Clause 12.1 ( Tax Gross-up ); or | ||
(b) | any Lender claims indemnification from the Borrower under Clause 12.2 ( Tax indemnity ) or Clause 13 ( Increased costs ), |
the Borrower may, whilst the circumstance giving rise to the requirement or indemnification continues give the Agent notice of cancellation of the |
22
Commitment of that Lender and its intention to procure the repayment of that Lenders participation in the Loans. | ||
7.4.2 | On receipt of a notice referred to in Clause 7.4.1(a) above, the Commitment of that Lender shall immediately be reduced to zero. | |
7.4.3 | On the last day of each Interest Period which ends after the Borrower has given notice under Clause 7.4.1(a) above (or, if earlier, the date specified by the Borrower in that notice), the Borrower shall repay that Lenders participation in that Loan. | |
7.5 | Restrictions | |
7.5.1 | Any notice of cancellation or prepayment given by any Party under this Clause 7 shall be irrevocable and, unless a contrary indication appears in this Agreement, shall specify the date or dates upon which the relevant cancellation or prepayment is to be made and the amount of that cancellation or prepayment. | |
7.5.2 | Any prepayment under this Agreement shall be made together with accrued interest on the amount prepaid and, subject to any Break Costs, without premium or penalty. | |
7.5.3 | The Borrower may not re-borrow any part of Facility A which is prepaid. | |
7.5.4 | Unless a contrary indication appears in this Agreement, any part of Facility B which is prepaid may be re-borrowed in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. | |
7.5.5 | The Borrower shall not repay or prepay all or any part of the Loans or cancel all or any part of the Commitments except at the times and in the manner expressly provided for in this Agreement. | |
7.5.6 | No amount of the Total Commitments cancelled under this Agreement may be subsequently reinstated. | |
7.5.7 | If the Agent receives a notice under this Clause 7 it shall promptly forward a copy of that notice to either the Borrower or the affected Lender, as appropriate. |
23
8 | Interest | |
8.1 | Calculation of interest | |
8.1.1 | The rate of interest on each Loan (other than an NIS Loan) for each Interest Period is the percentage rate per annum which is the aggregate of the applicable: |
(a) | Margin; | ||
(b) | LIBOR; and | ||
(c) | Mandatory Cost, if any. |
8.1.2 | The rate of interest on each NIS Loan for each Interest Period is the percentage rate per annum which is the aggregate of the applicable: |
(a) | Margin; and | ||
(b) | Lending Rate. |
8.2 | Payment of interest | |
The Borrower shall pay accrued interest on each Loan on the last day of each Interest Period (and, if the Interest Period is longer than six Months, on the dates falling at six monthly intervals after the first day of the Interest Period). | ||
8.3 | Default interest | |
8.3.1 | If the Borrower fails to pay any amount payable by it under a Finance Document on its due date, interest shall accrue on the overdue amount from the due date up to the date of actual payment (both before and after judgment) at a rate which, subject to sub-clause 8.3.2 below, is one per cent higher than the rate which would have been payable if the overdue amount had, during the period of non-payment, constituted a loan in the currency of the overdue amount for successive Interest Periods, each of a duration selected by the Agent (acting reasonably). Any interest accruing under this Clause 8.3 shall be immediately payable by the Borrower on demand by the Agent. | |
8.3.2 | If any overdue amount consists of all or part of a Loan which became due on a day which was not the last day of an Interest Period relating to that Loan: |
(a) | the first Interest Period for that overdue amount shall have a duration equal to the unexpired portion of the current Interest Period relating to that Loan; and | ||
(b) | the rate of interest applying to the overdue amount during that first Interest Period shall be one per cent. higher than the rate which would have applied if the overdue amount had not become due. |
24
8.3.3 | Default interest (if unpaid) arising on an overdue amount will be compounded with the overdue amount at the end of each Interest Period applicable to that overdue amount but will remain immediately due and payable. | |
8.4 | Margin Adjustment | |
8.4.1 | The Margin shall be adjusted in accordance with the other provisions of this Clause 8.4. | |
8.4.2 | Subject to Clause 8.4.4 below and the other provisions of this Clause 8.4, the Margin shall be determined by reference to the most recent financial statements provided by the Borrower to the Agent pursuant to Clause 18.1 ( Financial statements ) before each Quotation Day for the Loans and shall apply to the Loans for the whole duration of the next following interest Period (notwithstanding the delivery of any further financial statements following the Quotation Day or during the next following Interest Period) such that where the ratio of Net Debt to EBITDA (each as defined in Clause 19.5 ( Definitions )) for the immediately preceding four quarters set out in Column A below meets the level set for that ratio in Column A below, the Margin for that Interest Period shall be the interest rate set out in Column B below: |
Column A | Column B | |
Net Debt:EBITDA | Margin | |
Equal to or greater than 2.5:1
|
1.35 per cent. per annum | |
|
||
Greater than or equal to 1.5:1 but lower than
2.5:1
|
1.05 per cent. per annum | |
|
||
Less than 1.5:1
|
0.80 per cent. per annum |
8.4.3 | For the purposes of Clause 8.4.2, any reduction or adjustment in the Margin shall be advised by the Agent promptly following receipt of the Borrowers financial statements and its Compliance Certificate. | |
8.4.4 | The Margin shall be 1.35 per cent. per annum (plus the amounts referred to in Clause 8.3 ( Default Interest )) if an Event of Default (whether waived by the Agent or otherwise) occurs. | |
8.4.5 | Any reduction or increase in the Margin shall, subject to the other provisions of this Clause 8.4, take effect in respect of the Loans on the first day of the immediately following Interest Period or, as the case may be, immediately if an Event of Default occurs. This Clause 8.4 shall be without prejudice to the rights of the Agent to increase the Margin upon the giving of any waiver of or consent to any amendment. | |
8.5 | Notification of rates of interest | |
The Agent shall promptly notify the Lenders and the Borrower of the determination of a rate of interest under this Agreement. |
25
9 | Interest Periods | |
9.1 | Selection of Interest Periods | |
9.1.1 | The Borrower may select an Interest Period for a Loan in the Utilisation Request for that Loan or (if the Loan has already been borrowed) in a Selection Notice. | |
9.1.2 | Each Selection Notice for a Facility A Loan is irrevocable and must be delivered to the Agent by the Borrower not later than the Specified Time. | |
9.1.3 | If the Borrower fails to deliver a Selection Notice to the Agent in accordance with Clause 9.1.2 above, the relevant Interest Period will be one Month. | |
9.1.4 | Subject to this Clause 9, the Borrower may select an Interest Period of 1, 2, 3 or 6 Months or any other period agreed between the Borrower and the Agent (acting on the instructions of all the Lenders). In addition the Borrower may select an Interest Period in relation to Facility A of less than one Month, if necessary to ensure that there are sufficient Facility A Loans (with an aggregate amount equal to or greater than the percentage of Facility A Loans required to be repaid pursuant to Clause 6.1.1 ( Repayment of Facility A Loans ) on the next Facility A Repayment Date to occur (a Repayment Instalment )) which have an Interest Period ending on a Facility A Repayment Date for the Borrower to make the repayment due on that date. | |
9.1.5 | An Interest Period for a Loan shall not extend beyond the Final Repayment Date. | |
9.1.6 | Each Interest Period for a Facility A Loan shall start on the Utilisation Date or (if already made) on the last day of its preceding Interest Period. | |
9.1.7 | A Facility B Loan has one Interest Period only. | |
9.1.8 | At any time prior to the earlier of: (i) the date on which the Agent notifies the Borrower and the other Finance Parties that Syndication has been completed; and (ii) three Months after the first Utilisation Date, the Borrower may only select Interest Periods of one Months duration. The Transfer Date of any transfer of a Loan being effected as part of Syndication may only be the last day of the then current Interest Period in relation that Loan. | |
9.2 | Changes to Interest Periods | |
9.2.1 | Prior to determining the interest rate for a Facility A Loan, the Agent may shorten an Interest Period for any Facility A Loan to ensure there are sufficient Facility A Loans (with an aggregate amount equal to or greater than the Repayment Instalment) which have an Interest Period ending on a Facility A Repayment Date for the Borrower to make the repayment due on that date. | |
9.2.2 | If the Agent makes any of the changes to an Interest Period referred to in this Clause 9.2, it shall promptly notify the Borrower and the Lenders. | |
9.3 | Non-Business Days |
26
If an Interest Period would otherwise end on a day which is not a Business Day, that Interest Period will instead end on the next Business Day in that calendar month (if there is one) or the preceding Business Day (if there is not). | ||
9.4 | Consolidation and division of Facility A Loans | |
9.4.1 | Subject to sub-clause 9.4.2 below, if two or more Interest Periods: |
(a) | relate to Facility A Loans which are in the same currency; and | ||
(b) | end on the same date, |
those Facility A Loans will, unless the Borrower specifies to the contrary in the Selection Notice for the next Interest Period, be consolidated into, and treated as, a single Facility A Loan on the last day of the Interest Period. | ||
9.4.2 | Subject to Clause 5.3 ( Currency and amount ), if the Borrower requests in a Selection Notice that a Facility A Loan be divided into two or more Facility A Loans, that Facility A Loan will, on the last day of its Interest Period, be so divided into the amounts specified in that Selection Notice, being an aggregate amount equal to the amount of the Facility A Loan immediately before its division. | |
10 | Changes to the calculation of Interest | |
10.1 | Absence of quotations | |
Subject to Clause 10.2 ( Market disruption ), if LIBOR is to be determined by reference to the Reference Banks but a Reference Bank does not supply a quotation by the Specified Time on the Quotation Day, the applicable LIBOR shall be determined on the basis of the quotations of the remaining Reference Banks. | ||
10.2 | Market disruption | |
10.2.1 | If a Market Disruption Event occurs in relation to a Loan for any Interest Period, then the rate of interest on each Lenders share of that Loan for the Interest Period shall be the percentage rate per annum which is the sum of: |
(a) | the Margin; | ||
(b) | the rate notified to the Agent by that Lender as soon as practicable and in any event before interest is due to be paid in respect of that Interest Period, to be that which expresses as a percentage rate per annum the cost to that Lender of funding its participation in that Loan from whatever source it may reasonably select; and | ||
(c) | the Mandatory Cost, if any, applicable to that Lenders participation in the Loan. |
10.2.2 | In this Agreement Market Disruption Event means: |
(a) | at or about noon on the Quotation Day for the relevant Interest Period the Screen Rate is not available and none or only one of the Reference |
27
Banks supplies a rate to the Agent to determine LIBOR for Dollars for the relevant Interest Period; or | |||
(b) | before close of business in London on the Quotation Day for the relevant Interest Period, the Agent receives notifications from a Lender or Lenders (whose participations in a Loan exceed 30 per cent. of that Loan) that the cost to it or them of obtaining matching deposits in the Relevant Interbank Market would be in excess of LIBOR. |
10.3 | Alternative basis of interest or funding | |
10.3.1 | If a Market Disruption Event occurs and the Agent or the Borrower so requires, the Agent and the Borrower shall enter into negotiations (for a period of not more than thirty days) with a view to agreeing a substitute basis for determining the rate of interest. | |
10.3.2 | Any alternative basis agreed pursuant to sub-clause 10.3.1 above shall, with the prior consent of all the Lenders and the Borrower, be binding on all Parties. | |
10.4 | Break Costs | |
10.4.1 | The Borrower shall, within five Business Days of demand by a Finance Party, pay to that Finance Party its Break Costs attributable to all or any part of a Loan or Unpaid Sum being paid by the Borrower on a day other than the last day of an Interest Period for that Loan or Unpaid Sum. | |
10.4.2 | Each Lender shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after a demand by the Agent, provide a certificate confirming the amount of its Break Costs for any interest Period in which they accrue. | |
11 | Fees | |
11.1 | Commitment fee | |
11.1.1 | The Borrower shall pay to the Agent (for the account of each Lender) a fee computed on a day-to-day basis at the rate of 40 per cent. of the then applicable Margin on that Lenders Available Commitment under Facility B for the Availability Period applicable to Facility B. | |
11.1.2 | The accrued commitment fee is payable on the last day of each successive period of three Months which ends during the relevant Availability Period, on the last day of that Availability Period and, if cancelled in full, on the cancelled amount of the relevant Lenders Commitment, up to the date of cancellation, at the time the cancellation is effective. | |
11.2 | Arrangement fee | |
The Borrower shall pay to the Mandated Lead Arranger an arrangement fee in the amount and at the times agreed in a Fee Letter. |
28
11.3 | Agency fee | |
The Borrower shall pay to the Agent (for its own account) an agency fee in the amount and at the times agreed in a Fee Letter. |
29
12 | Tax gross up and indemnities | |
12.1 | Tax Gross-up | |
All payments to be made by the Borrower to any Finance Party hereunder shall be made free and clear of and without deduction or withholding for or on account of Tax unless the Borrower is required to make such a payment subject to the deduction or withholding of Tax, in which case the sum payable by the Borrower in respect of which such deduction or withholding is required to be made shall be increased to the extent necessary to ensure that, after making the required deduction or withholding, such Finance Party receives and retains (free from any liability in respect of any such deduction or withholding) a net sum which it would have received and so retained had no such deduction or withholding been made or required to be made. | ||
12.2 | Tax indemnity | |
Without prejudice to Clause 12.1 ( Tax Gross-up ), if any Finance Party is required to make any payment of or on account of Tax or in relation to any sum received or receivable hereunder (including any sum deemed for purposes of tax to be received or receivable by such Finance Party whether or not actually received or receivable) or if any liability in respect of any such payment is asserted, imposed, levied or assessed against any Finance Party, the Borrower shall, upon demand of the Agent, promptly (and not later than seven Business Days) indemnify the Finance Party which suffers a loss or liability as a result against such payment or liability (together with any interest, penalties, costs and expenses payable or incurred in connection therewith (other than interest and penalties incurred due to the wilful failure of such Finance Party)) provided that this Clause 12.2 shall not apply to: |
(a) | any tax imposed on and calculated by reference to the overall net income of such Finance Party by the jurisdiction in which the Finance Party is incorporated; or | ||
(b) | any tax imposed on and calculated by reference to the net income of the Facility Office of such Finance Party by the jurisdiction in which its Facility Office is located. |
12.3 | Tax Notification | |
If, at any time, the Borrower is required by law to make any deduction or withholding from any sum payable by it hereunder (or if thereafter there is any change in the rates at which or the manner in which such deductions or withholdings are calculated), the Borrower shall promptly notify the Agent and the Agent shall promptly notify the other parties to this Agreement. | ||
12.4 | Evidence of Payment of Tax | |
If the Borrower makes any payment hereunder in respect of which it is required to make any deduction or withholding, it shall pay the full amount required to be deducted or withheld to the relevant taxation or other authority within the time |
30
12.5 | Tax and Other Affairs |
12.6 | Stamp taxes | |
The Borrower shall pay and, within five Business Days of demand, indemnify each Finance Party against any cost, loss or liability that Finance Party incurs in relation to all stamp duty, registration and other similar Taxes payable in respect of any Finance Document. | ||
12.7 | Value added tax |
12.7.1 | All amounts set out, or expressed to be payable under a Finance Document by any Party to a Finance Party which (in whole or in part) constitute the consideration for VAT purposes shall be deemed to be exclusive of any VAT which is chargeable on such supply, and accordingly, subject to Clause 12.7.3 below, if VAT is chargeable on any supply made by any Finance Party to any Party under a Finance Document, that Party shall pay to the Finance Party (in addition to and at the same time as paying the consideration) an amount equal to the amount of the VAT (and such Finance Party shall promptly provide an appropriate VAT invoice to such Party). | |
12.7.2 | If VAT is chargeable on any supply made by any Finance Party (the Supplier ) to any other Finance Party (the Recipient ) under a Finance Document, and any Party (the Relevant Party ) is required by the terms of any Finance Document to pay an amount equal to the consideration for such supply to the Supplier (rather than being required to reimburse the Recipient in respect of that consideration), such Party shall also pay to the Supplier (in addition to and at the same time as paying such amount) an amount equal to the amount of such VAT. The Recipient will promptly pay to the Relevant Party an amount equal to any credit or repayment from the relevant tax authority which it reasonably determines relates to the VAT chargeable on that supply. | |
12.7.3 | Where a Finance Document requires any Party to reimburse a Finance Party for any costs or expenses, that Party shall also at the same time pay and indemnify the Finance Party against all VAT incurred by the Finance Party in respect of the costs or expenses to the extent that the Finance Party reasonably determines that neither it nor any other member of any group of which it is a member for VAT purposes is entitled to credit or repayment from the relevant tax authority in respect of the VAT. |
31
13 | Increased costs | |
13.1 | Increased costs | |
13.1.1 | Subject to Clause 13.3 ( Exceptions ) the Borrower shall, within five Business Days of a demand by the Agent, pay for the account of a Finance Party the amount of any Increased Costs incurred by that Finance Party or any of its Affiliates as a result of (i) any Change and/or or (ii) compliance with any law or regulation made or coming into force after the date of this Agreement. | |
13.1.2 | In this Agreement Increased Costs means: |
(a) | a reduction in the rate of return from the Facility or on a Finance Partys (or its Affiliates) overall capital; | ||
(b) | an additional or increased cost; | ||
(c) | a reduction of any amount due and payable under any Finance Document; or | ||
(d) | any costs attributable to the implementation or application of or compliance with the International Convergence of Capital Measurement and Capital Standards, a Revised Framework published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in June 2004 in the form existing on the date of this Agreement ( Basel II ) or any other law or regulation which implements Basel II (whether such implementation, application or compliance is by a government, regulator, Finance Party or any of its Affiliates), |
which is incurred or suffered by a Finance Party or any of its Affiliates to the extent that it is attributable to that Finance Party having entered into its Commitment or funding or performing its obligations under any Finance Document. | ||
13.2 | Increased cost claims | |
13.2.1 | A Finance Party intending to make a claim pursuant to Clause 13.1 ( Increased costs ) shall notify the Agent of the event giving rise to the claim, following which the Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower. | |
13.2.2 | Each Finance Party shall, as soon as practicable after a demand by the Agent, provide a certificate confirming the amount of its increased Costs. | |
13.3 | Exceptions | |
Clause 13.1 ( Increased costs ) does not apply to the extent any Increased Cost is: |
(a) | attributable to a deduction or withholding for or on account of Tax from a payment under a Finance Document required by law to be made by the Borrower; | ||
(b) | compensated for by Clause 12.2 ( Tax indemnity ) (or would have been compensated for under Clause 12.2 ( Tax indemnity ) but was not so |
32
compensated solely because any of the exclusions in Clause 12.2 ( Tax indemnity ) applied); |
(c) | compensated for by the payment of the Mandatory Cost; | ||
(d) | attributable to the wilful breach by the relevant Finance Party or its Affiliates of any law or regulation; or | ||
(e) | attributable to any change in the rate of, or change in the basis of calculating taxes on, the overall net income of a Finance Party or any of its Affiliates imposed in the jurisdiction in which it is established or its Facility Office is situated. |
14 | Other indemnities | |
14.1 | Currency indemnity | |
14.1.1 | If any sum due from the Borrower under the Finance Documents (a Sum ), or any order, judgment or award given or made in relation to a Sum, has to be converted from the currency (the First Currency ) in which that Sum is payable into another currency (the Second Currency ) for the purpose of: |
(a) | making or filing a claim or proof against the Borrower; | ||
(b) | obtaining or enforcing an order, judgment or award in relation to any litigation or arbitration proceedings, |
the Borrower shall as an independent obligation, within five Business Days of demand, indemnify each Finance Party to whom that Sum is due against any cost, loss or liability arising out of or as a result of the conversion including any discrepancy between (A) the rate of exchange used to convert that Sum from the First Currency into the Second Currency and (B) the rate or rates of exchange available to that person at the time of its receipt of that Sum. | ||
14.1.2 | The Borrower waives any right it may have in any jurisdiction to pay any amount under the Finance Documents in a currency or currency unit other than that in which it is expressed to be payable. | |
14.2 | Other indemnities | |
14.2.1 | The Borrower shall, within five Business Days of demand, indemnify each Finance Party against any cost, loss or liability incurred by that Finance Party as a result of: |
(a) | the occurrence of any Event of Default; | ||
(b) | a failure by the Borrower to pay any amount due under a Finance Document on its due date, including without limitation, any cost, loss or liability arising as a result of Clause 26 ( Sharing among the Finance Parties ); | ||
(c) | funding, or making arrangements to fund, its participation in a Loan requested by the Borrower in a Utilisation Request but not made by |
33
reason of the operation of any one or more of the provisions of this Agreement (other than by reason of default or negligence by that Lender alone); or |
(d) | a Loan (or part of a Loan) not being prepaid in accordance with a notice of prepayment given by the Borrower. |
14.2.2 | The Borrower hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold harmless each of the Finance Parties and in each case each of its and their affiliates and each of their respective officers, directors, employees, agents, advisors and representatives (each, an Indemnified Party ) from and against any and all claims, damages, losses, liabilities, costs, legal expenses and expenses (altogether Losses ), joint or several, that may be incurred by or asserted or awarded against any Indemnified Party, in each case arising out of or in connection with or relating to any claim, investigation, litigation or proceeding (or the preparation of any defence with respect thereto) commenced or threatened in relation to the Finance Documents (or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby) or any use made or proposed to be made with the proceeds of the Facility. This indemnity shall apply whether or not such claims, investigation, litigation or proceeding is brought by any member of the Group, any shareholders or creditors, an Indemnified Party or any other person, or an Indemnified Party is otherwise a party thereto, except to the extent such Losses are found in a final, non-appealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from such Indemnified Partys gross negligence or wilful misconduct. | |
14.3 | Indemnity to the Agent | |
The Borrower shall promptly indemnify the Agent against any cost, loss or liability incurred by the Agent (acting reasonably) as a result of: |
(a) | investigating any event which it reasonably believes is a Default; or | ||
(b) | acting or relying on any notice, request or instruction which it reasonably believes to be genuine, correct and appropriately authorised. |
15 | Mitigation by the Lenders | |
15.1 | Mitigation | |
15.1.1 | Each Finance Party shall, in consultation with the Borrower, take all reasonable steps to mitigate any circumstances which arise and which would result in any amount becoming payable under or pursuant to, or cancelled pursuant to, any of Clause 7.1 ( Illegality ), Clause 12 ( Tax gross-up and indemnities ), Clause 13 ( Increased costs ) or paragraph 3 of Schedule 4 ( Mandatory Cost formulae ) including (but not limited to) transferring its rights and obligations under the Finance Documents to another Affiliate or Facility Office. | |
15.1.2 | Clause 15.1.1 above does not in any way limit the obligations of the Borrower under the Finance Documents. | |
15.2 | Limitation of liability |
34
15.2.1 | The Borrower shall indemnify each Finance Party for all costs and expenses reasonably incurred by that Finance Party as a result of steps taken by it under Clause 15.1 ( Mitigation ). | |
15.2.2 | A Finance Party is not obliged to take any steps under Clause 15.1 ( Mitigation ) if, in the opinion of that Finance Party, to do so might be prejudicial to it. | |
16 | Costs and expenses | |
16.1 | Transaction expenses | |
The Borrower shall promptly on demand pay the Agent and the Mandated Lead Arranger the amount of all documented costs and expenses (including legal fees) reasonably incurred by any of them in connection with the negotiation, preparation, printing, execution and syndication of: |
(a) | this Agreement and any other documents referred to in this Agreement; and | ||
(b) | any other Finance Documents executed after the date of this Agreement. |
16.2 | Amendment costs |
16.3 | Enforcement costs |
35
17 | Representations | |
The Borrower makes the representations and warranties set out in this Clause 17 to each Finance Party on the date of this Agreement. | ||
17.1 | Status |
(a) | It is a corporation, duly incorporated and validly existing under the law of its jurisdiction of incorporation. | ||
(b) | It and each of its Subsidiaries has the power to own its assets and carry on its business as it is being conducted. |
17.2 | Binding obligations | |
The obligations expressed to be assumed by it in each Finance Document are, subject to any general principles of law limiting its obligations which are specifically referred to in any legal opinion delivered pursuant to Clause 4 ( Conditions of Utilisation ), legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligations. | ||
17.3 | Non-conflict with other obligations | |
The entry into and performance by it of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Finance Documents do not and will not conflict with: |
(a) | any law or regulation applicable to it (including, without limitation. Environmental Law); | ||
(b) | its or any of its Material Subsidiaries constitutional documents; or | ||
(c) | any agreement or instrument binding upon it or any of its Subsidiaries or any of its or any of its Material Subsidiaries assets. |
17.4 | Power and authority | |
It has the power to enter into, perform and deliver, and has taken all necessary action to authorise its entry into, performance and delivery of, the Finance Documents to which it is a party and the transactions contemplated by those Finance Documents. | ||
17.5 | Validity and admissibility in evidence | |
All Authorisations required or desirable: |
(a) | to enable it lawfully to enter into, exercise its rights and comply with its obligations in the Finance Documents to which it is a party; and | ||
(b) | to make the Finance Documents to which it is a party admissible in evidence in its jurisdiction of incorporation, |
36
17.6 | Governing law and enforcement | |
17.6.1 | The choice of English law as the governing law of the Finance Documents will be recognised and enforced in its jurisdiction of incorporation. | |
17.6.2 | Any judgment obtained in England in relation to a Finance Document will be recognised and enforced in its jurisdiction of incorporation. | |
17.7 | Deduction of Tax | |
It is not required under the law of the State of Israel to make any deduction for or on account of Tax from any payment it may make under any Finance Document to Citibank, NA, Tel Aviv Branch or, to the extent that any relevant exemption(s) and/or reliefs have been granted to the Borrower by the relevant Israeli authority in respect of such payment, to any other Lender. | ||
17.8 | No filing or stamp taxes | |
Under the law of its jurisdiction of incorporation it is not necessary that the Finance Documents be filed, recorded or enrolled with any court or other authority in that jurisdiction or that any stamp, registration or similar tax be paid on or in relation to the Finance Documents or the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents. | ||
17.9 | No default | |
17.9.1 | No Default is continuing or might reasonably be expected to result from the making of any Utilisation. | |
17.9.2 | No other event or circumstance is outstanding which constitutes a default under any other agreement or instrument which is binding on it or any of its Subsidiaries or to which its (or any of its Subsidiaries) assets are subject which might have a Material Adverse Effect. | |
17.10 | No misleading information | |
17.10.1 | The financial projections contained in the Information Memorandum have been prepared on the basis of recent historical information and on the basis of reasonable assumptions. | |
17.10.2 | All information (as supplemented from time to time and including, without limitation, the Information Memorandum) that has been or will hereafter be made available to the Finance Parties by the Borrower or any of its representatives in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby is and will at all times (subject to any information being supplemented by the Borrower to ensure that the representation and warranty contained in this Clause 17.10 remains correct) be complete and correct in all material respects and does not and will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements contained therein not misleading in light of the circumstances under which such statements were or are made. |
37
17.11 | Financial statements | |
17.11.1 | Its Original Financial Statements were prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied. | |
17.11.2 | Its Original Financial Statements fairly represent its financial condition and operations during the relevant financial year. | |
17.11.3 | There has been no material adverse change in its business, condition (financial or otherwise), prospects or operations of the Borrower and/or the Group since the date of the Original Financial Statements (other than the matters referred to in the financial statements dated 30 September 2005). | |
17.12 | Pari passu ranking | |
Its payment obligations under the Finance Documents rank at least pari passu with the claims of all its other unsecured and unsubordinated creditors, except for obligations mandatorily preferred by law applying to companies generally. | ||
17.13 | No proceedings pending or threatened | |
No litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings of or before any court, arbitral body or agency (including, but not limited to, investigative proceedings) which, if adversely determined, might reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect have (to the best of its knowledge and belief) been started or threatened against it or any of its Subsidiaries. | ||
17.14 | Solvency | |
There is no (a) corporate action, legal proceeding or other procedure or step described in paragraph (a) of Clause 21.7 ( Insolvency proceedings ); or (b) creditors process described in Clause 21.8 ( Creditors process ). | ||
17.15 | Security | |
17.15.1 | its execution of this Agreement and its exercise of its rights and performance of its obligations hereunder will not result in the existence of nor oblige any member of the Group to create any Security over all or any of its present or future revenues or assets. | |
17.15.2 | No Security prohibited under Clause 20.3 ( Negative pledge ) exists over all or any of its present or future revenues or assets. | |
17.16 | Material Adverse Effect | |
There has been no occurrence of any event or series of events since the date of the Original Financial Statements (other than the matters referred to in the financial statements dated 30 September 2005) which might have a Material Adverse Effect. | ||
17.17 | Telecommunications Licence |
38
The Telecommunications Licence is in full force and effect and has not been revoked or repudiated. | ||
17.18 | Immunity | |
It will not be entitled to claim immunity from suit, execution, attachment or the legal process in any proceedings taken in Israel in connection with the Finance Documents. | ||
17.19 | Taxes | |
Except as detailed in the Original Financial Statements and the financial statements of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries provided pursuant to Clause 18.1 ( Financial statements ) (but only to the extent that failure to comply with Taxation laws and/or pay such Taxes would have a Material Adverse Effect), the Borrower and to the best of the Borrowers knowledge and belief each member of the Group has complied with Taxation laws in all jurisdictions in which it is subject to Taxation and has paid all Taxes due and payable by it and no claims are being asserted against it in respect of Taxes except for assessments in relation to the ordinary course of its business or claims contested in good faith and in respect of which adequate provision has been made and disclosed in the latest financial statements or information delivered to the Agent under this Agreement. | ||
17.20 | Repetition | |
The Repeating Representations are deemed to be made by the Borrower by reference to the facts and circumstances then existing on the date of this Agreement, the date of each Utilisation Request and the first day of each Interest Period. | ||
18 | Information undertakings | |
The undertakings in this Clause 18 remain in force from the date of this Agreement for so long as any amount is outstanding under the Finance Documents or any Commitment is in force. | ||
18.1 | Financial statements | |
The Borrower shall supply to the Agent in sufficient copies for all the Lenders: |
(a) | as soon as the same become available, but in any event within 90 days after the end of each of its financial years: |
(i) | its audited consolidated financial statements for that financial year; and | ||
(ii) | the audited financial statements of each Subsidiary for that financial year; and |
(b) | as soon as the same become available, but in any event within 60 days after the end of each quarter of each of its financial years: |
(i) | its consolidated financial statements for that quarter; and |
39
(ii) | the financial statements for that quarter of any Material Subsidiary. |
18.2 | Compliance Certificate | |
18.2.1 | The Borrower shall supply to the Agent, with each set of financial statements delivered pursuant to paragraph (a)(i) or (b)(i) of Clause 18.1 ( Financial statements ), a Compliance Certificate setting out (in reasonable detail) computations as to compliance with Clause 19 ( Financial covenants ) as at the date as at which those financial statements were drawn up. | |
18.2.2 | Each Compliance Certificate shall be signed by two directors of the Borrower and, if required to be delivered with the financial statements delivered pursuant to paragraph (a)(i) of Clause 18.1 ( Financial statements ), shall be reported on by the Borrowers auditors. | |
18.3 | Requirements as to financial statements | |
18.3.1 | Each set of financial statements delivered by the Borrower pursuant to Clause 18.1 ( Financial statements ) shall be certified by a director of the relevant company as fairly representing its financial condition as at the date as at which those financial statements were drawn up. | |
18.3.2 | The Borrower shall procure that each set of financial statements delivered pursuant to Clause 18.1 ( Financial statements ) is prepared using GAAP, accounting practices and financial reference periods consistent with those applied in the preparation of the Original Financial Statements unless, in relation to any set of financial statements, it notifies the Agent that there has been a change in GAAP, the accounting practices or reference periods and its auditors (or, if appropriate, the auditors of the Borrower) deliver to the Agent: |
(a) | a description of any change necessary for those financial statements to reflect the GAAP, accounting practices and reference periods upon which the Original Financial Statements were prepared; and | ||
(b) | sufficient information, in form and substance as may be reasonably required by the Agent, to enable the Lenders to determine whether Clause 19 ( Financial covenants ) has been complied with and make an accurate comparison between the financial position indicated in those financial statements and the Original Financial Statements. |
Any reference in this Agreement to those financial statements shall be construed as a reference to those financial statements as adjusted to reflect the basis upon which the Original Financial Statements were prepared. | ||
18.4 | Information: miscellaneous | |
The Borrower shall supply to the Agent (in sufficient copies for all the Lenders, if the Agent so requests): |
(a) | all documents dispatched by the Borrower to its shareholders (or any class of them) or its creditors generally at the same time as they are dispatched; |
40
(b) | promptly upon becoming aware of them, the details of any litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings which are current, threatened or pending against any member of the Group, and which might, if adversely determined, have a Material Adverse Effect; and | ||
(c) | promptly, such further information regarding the financial condition, business and operations of any member of the Group as any Finance Party (through the Agent) may reasonably request. |
18.5 | Notification of default | |
18.5.1 | The Borrower shall notify the Agent of any Default (and the steps, if any, being taken to remedy it) promptly upon becoming aware of its occurrence. | |
18.5.2 | Promptly upon a request by the Agent, the Borrower shall supply to the Agent a certificate signed by two of its directors or senior officers on its behalf certifying that no Default is continuing (or if a Default is continuing, specifying the Default and the steps, if any, being taken to remedy it). | |
18.6 | Use of websites | |
18.6.1 | The Borrower may satisfy its obligation under this Agreement to deliver any information in relation to those Lenders (the Website Lenders ) who accept this method of communication by posting this information onto an electronic website designated by the Borrower and the Agent (the Designated Website ) if: |
(a) | the Agent expressly agrees (after consultation with each of the Lenders) that it will accept communication of the information by this method; | ||
(b) | both the Borrower and the Agent are aware of the address of and any relevant password specifications for the Designated Website; and | ||
(c) | the information is in a format previously agreed between the Borrower and the Agent. |
If any Lender (a Paper Form Lender ) does not agree to the delivery of information electronically then the Agent shall notify the Borrower accordingly and the Borrower shall supply the information to the Agent (in sufficient copies for each Paper Form Lender) in paper form. In any event the Borrower shall supply the Agent with at least one copy in paper form of any information required to be provided by it. | ||
18.6.2 | The Agent shall supply each Website Lender with the address of and any relevant password specifications for the Designated Website following designation of that website by the Borrower and the Agent. | |
18.6.3 | The Borrower shall promptly upon becoming aware of its occurrence notify the Agent if: |
(a) | the Designated Website cannot be accessed due to technical failure; | ||
(b) | the password specifications for the Designated Website change; |
41
(c) | any new information which is required to be provided under this Agreement is posted onto the Designated Website; | ||
(d) | any existing information which has been provided under this Agreement and posted onto the Designated Website is amended; or | ||
(e) | the Borrower becomes aware that the Designated Website or any information posted onto the Designated Website is or has been infected by any electronic virus or similar software. |
If the Borrower notifies the Agent under paragraph (a) or paragraph (e) above, all information to be provided by the Borrower under this Agreement after the date of that notice shall be supplied in paper form unless and until the Agent and each Website Lender is satisfied that the circumstances giving rise to the notification are no longer continuing. | ||
18.6.4 | Any Website Lender may request, through the Agent, one paper copy of any information required to be provided under this Agreement which is posted onto the Designated Website. The Borrower shall comply with any such request within ten Business Days. | |
18.7 | Know your customer checks | |
18.7.1 | If: |
(a) | the introduction of or any change in (or in the interpretation, administration or application of) any law or regulation made after the date of this Agreement; | ||
(b) | any change in the status of the Borrower after the date of this Agreement; or | ||
(c) | a proposed assignment or transfer by a Lender of any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to a party that is not a Lender prior to such assignment or transfer, |
obliges the Agent or any Lender (or, in the case of paragraph (c) above, any prospective new Lender) to comply with know your customer or similar identification procedures in circumstances where the necessary information is not already available to it, the Borrower shall promptly upon the request of the Agent or any Lender supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Agent (for itself or on behalf of any Lender) or any Lender (for itself or, in the case of the event described in paragraph (c) above, on behalf of any prospective new Lender) in order for the Agent, such Lender or, in the case of the event described in paragraph (c) above, any prospective new Lender to carry out and be satisfied it has complied with all necessary know your customer or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents. | ||
18.7.2 | Each Lender shall promptly upon the request of the Agent supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Agent (for itself) in order for the Agent to carry out and be satisfied it has |
42
18.8 | Access to Books and Records | |
Upon the request of the Agent (on the instructions of any Finance Party) the Borrower shall provide the Agent and any of its or their representatives, professional advisors and contractors with access to and permit inspection of books and records of any member of the Group, in each case at reasonable times and upon reasonable notice. | ||
19 | Financial covenants | |
19.1 | Debt Cover | |
The ratio of Net Debt to EBITDA, calculated as of each Quarter Date in respect of the four immediately preceding financial quarters of Borrower ending on that Quarter Date, will not: |
(a) | exceed 3:1 at any time prior to the date falling three years after the date of this Agreement; and | ||
(b) | exceed 2.5:1 at any time thereafter. |
19.2 | Interest Cover | |
The ratio of EBITDA to Net Interest Expense, calculated as of each Quarter Date in respect of the four immediately preceding financial quarters of the Borrower ending on that Quarter Date, will not be less than 5:1. | ||
19.3 | Amendments | |
19.3.1 | If as a result of any change in the relevant GAAP pursuant to Clause 18.3 ( Requirements as to financial statements ) or any event which, in the reasonable opinion of the Borrower or the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders), will have a material effect on the financial covenants above, the Borrower or, as the case may be, the Agent believes that the financial undertakings set out in this Clause 19 need to be amended as a result of any such change, determination or requirement, the Borrower shall negotiate with the Agent in good faith to amend the existing financial undertakings so as to provide the Lenders with substantially the same protections as the financial undertakings set out in this Clause 19 (but which are not materially more onerous). | |
19.3.2 | If the Borrower and the Agent cannot agree such amended financial undertakings within 30 days of that notice, the Borrower and the Agent shall jointly nominate a firm of chartered accountants to settle the amended financial undertakings, or in default of such nomination the Agent shall request the Chairman for the time being of the Institute of Chartered Accountants in England to nominate a firm of chartered accountants for that purpose. Such accountants shall act as experts and not arbitrators and their decision shall be final and binding on the parties. The costs of such accountants shall be paid by the Borrower, an estimate of such |
43
costs having been presented to and approved by the Borrower prior to the engagement of such accountants. |
(a) | cash in hand or on deposit with any acceptable bank; | ||
(b) | certificates of deposit, maturing within one year after the relevant date of calculation, issued by an acceptable bank; | ||
(c) | any investment in marketable obligations: |
(i) | issued or guaranteed by the government of the United States of America, Israel, the United Kingdom, The Netherlands, France, Germany or any investment in marketable obligations issued or guaranteed by any agency or department of any of those governments which has an equivalent credit rating; | ||
(ii) | issued or guaranteed by a government other than as set out in (c)(i) where those marketable obligations are rated AAA by Standard & Poors or FitchIBCA or Aaa by Moodys Investor Services or any investment in marketable obligations issued or guaranteed by any agency or department of any of those governments which has an equivalent credit rating; |
(d) | open market commercial paper: |
(i) | for which a recognised trading market exists; | ||
(iii) | which is issued in the United States of America, the United Kingdom, The Netherlands, France or Germany; |
44
(iv) | which matures within one year after the relevant date of calculation; and | ||
(v) | which has a credit rating of either A-1 from Standard & Poors or FitchIBCA or P-1 by Moodys Investor Services, or, if no rating is available in respect of the commercial paper, the issuer of which has, in respect of its long-term debt obligations, an equivalent rating; or |
(e) | any other instrument, security or investment approved by the Majority Lenders, |
in each case, to which any member of the Accounting Group is beneficially entitled at that time and which, or the proceeds of which, is capable of being applied against Senior Debt. In this definition, an acceptable bank is (i) Bank Leumi, Bank Hapoalim B.M., Israel Discount Bank Ltd., First International Bank of Israel, Union Bank of Israel Ltd. or United Mizrahi Bank Ltd. and their respective subsidiaries, (ii) a commercial bank, financial institution or trust company which has a rating of A or higher by Standard & Poors or FitchIBCA or A2 or higher by Moodys Investor Services or a comparable rating from a nationally recognised credit rating agency for its long-term debt obligations or has been approved by the Majority Lenders. | ||
Consolidated Net Financing Expense means net financing expense for the Accounting Group on a consolidated basis, calculated in accordance with GAAP. | ||
Consolidated Net Income means, in relation to any period, the net income (or loss) of the Accounting Group for such period (taken as a cumulative whole), as determined in accordance with GAAP, after eliminating all offsetting debits and credits between the Accounting Group and all other items required to be eliminated in the course of the preparation of consolidated financial statements of the Accounting Group in accordance with GAAP. | ||
Debt means, with respect to any person, without duplication, |
(a) | its liabilities for money borrowed or raised; | ||
(b) | its liabilities for the deferred purchase price of property acquired by such person (excluding accounts payable arising in the ordinary course of business but including, without limitation, all liabilities created or arising under any conditional sale or other title retention agreement with respect to any such property); | ||
(c) | its Capital Lease obligations; and | ||
(d) | not more than 50 per cent. of each guarantee or indemnity against financial loss of such person with respect to liabilities of a type described in any of paragraphs (a) to (c) above. |
45
(a) | adding back Consolidated Net Financing Expense for such period; | ||
(b) | excluding any exceptional or extraordinary item; | ||
(c) | deducting any amount attributable to minority interests; and | ||
(d) | adding back taxes, depreciation and amortisation. |
Net Debt means at any time (without double counting) the aggregate amount of all obligations of the Accounting Group for or in respect of Debt but: |
(a) | including, in the case of finance leases, only the capitalised value therefor; and | ||
(b) | deducting the aggregate amount of Cash and Cash Equivalents held by any member of the Accounting Group at such time. |
Net Interest Expense means, in relation to any period, the sum (without double counting but in each case, eliminating all offsetting debits and credits between the Accounting Group and all other items required to be eliminated in the course of the preparation of consolidated financial statements of the Accounting Group in accordance with GAAP) of: |
(a) | all interest in respect of Debt of the Accounting Group (including imputed interest on Capital Lease obligations) deducted in determining Consolidated Net Income for such period, together with all interest capitalised or deferred during such period and not deducted in determining Consolidated Net income for such period; and | ||
(b) | all debt discount and expense amortised or required to be amortised in the determination of Consolidated Net Income for such period, |
less interest income of the Accounting Group. | ||
Quarter Date means the last day of each quarter in a financial year of the Borrower. | ||
Senior Debt means any Debt of any member of the Accounting Group other than any Debt that is fully subordinated to the Facility. | ||
20 | General undertakings | |
The undertakings in this Clause 20 remain in force from the date of this Agreement for so long as any amount is outstanding under the Finance Documents or any Commitment is in force. | ||
20.1 | Authorisations | |
The Borrower shall promptly: |
46
(a) | obtain, comply with and do all that is necessary to maintain in full force and effect; and | ||
(b) | supply certified copies to the Agent of, |
any Authorisation required under any law or regulation of its jurisdiction of incorporation to enable it to perform its obligations under the Finance Documents and to ensure the legality, validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence in its jurisdiction of incorporation of any Finance Document. | ||
20.2 | Compliance with laws | |
The Borrower shall comply in all respects with all laws to which it may be subject (including, without limitation, Environmental Laws) where non-compliance might have a Material Adverse Effect. | ||
20.3 | Negative pledge | |
20.3.1 | The Borrower shall not (and shall ensure that no other member of the Group will) create or permit to subsist any Security over any of its assets. | |
20.3.2 | The Borrower shall not (and shall ensure that no other member of the Group will): |
(a) | sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its assets on terms whereby they are or may be leased to or re-acquired by any other member of the Group; | ||
(b) | sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its receivables on recourse terms (other than credit card receivables where the maximum aggregate recourse against the Borrower in any financial year does not exceed the lower of: (i) 4 per cent. of the aggregate amount of all credit card receivables sold, transferred or disposed of in that financial year; and (ii) US$10,000,000 (or its equivalent in another currency or currencies)); | ||
(c) | enter into any arrangement under which money or the benefit of a bank or other account may be applied, set-off or made subject to a combination of accounts; or | ||
(d) | enter into any other preferential arrangement having a similar effect, |
in circumstances where the arrangement or transaction is entered into primarily as a method of raising Financial Indebtedness or of financing the acquisition of an asset. | ||
20.3.3 | Sub-clauses 20.3.1 and 20.3.2 above do not apply to: |
(a) | any netting or lien or set-off arrangement or charge over deposited assets entered into by any member of the Group in the ordinary course of opening bank accounts for the purpose of netting debit and credit balances; | ||
(b) | any lien arising by operation of law and in the ordinary course of trading; |
47
(c) | any Security over or affecting any asset acquired by a member of the Group after the date of this Agreement if: |
(i) | the Security was not created in contemplation of the acquisition of that asset by a member of the Group; | ||
(ii) | the principal amount secured has not been increased in contemplation of, or since the acquisition of that asset by a member of the Group; and | ||
(iii) | the Security is removed or discharged within 45 days of the date of acquisition of such asset; |
(d) | any Security over or affecting any asset of any company which becomes a member of the Group after the date of this Agreement, where the Security is created prior to the date on which that company becomes a member of the Group, if: |
(i) | the Security was not created in contemplation of the acquisition of that company; | ||
(ii) | the principal amount secured has not increased in contemplation of or since the acquisition of that company; and | ||
(iii) | the Security is removed or discharged within 45 days months of that company becoming a member of the Group; |
(e) | any Security created by a member of the Group after the date hereof in favour of: |
(i) | a financial institution; or | ||
(ii) | a seller of an asset, |
in respect of the acquisition of any asset by such member of the Group and the Security is created in respect of such asset only and is limited to the principal amount of Financial Indebtedness provided by such financial institution or owing to such seller in respect of such acquisition; | |||
(f) | any Security securing indebtedness the principal amount of which (when aggregated with the principal amount of any other indebtedness which has the benefit of Security given by any member of the Group other than any permitted under paragraphs (a) to (f) above) does not exceed US$25,000,000 (or its equivalent in another currency or currencies). |
20.4 | Disposals | |
20.4.1 | The Borrower shall not (and shall ensure that no other member of the Group will), enter into a single transaction or a series of transactions (whether related or not) and whether voluntary or involuntary to sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any asset. |
48
20.4.2 | Sub-clause 20.4.1 above does not apply to any sale, lease, transfer or other disposal: |
(a) | made in the ordinary course of trading of the disposing entity; | ||
(b) | of assets in exchange for other assets comparable or superior as to type, value and quality; | ||
(c) | between the Borrower and its Subsidiaries or between two Subsidiaries of the Borrower; or | ||
(d) | where the higher of the market value or consideration receivable (when aggregated with the higher of the market value or consideration receivable for any other sale, lease, transfer or other disposal, other than any permitted under paragraphs (a) and (c) above) does not exceed US$150,000,000 (or its equivalent in another currency or currencies) in aggregate. |
20.5 | Merger | |
The Borrower shall not (and shall ensure that no other member of the Group will) enter into any amalgamation, demerger, merger or corporate reconstruction. | ||
20.6 | Change of business | |
The Borrower shall procure that no substantial change is made to the general nature of the business of the Borrower or the Group from that carried on at the date of this Agreement. | ||
20.7 | Insurance | |
The Borrower shall effect and maintain insurances at its own expense in respect of all its assets and business of an insurable nature with reputable insurers of good standing. Such Insurances must provide cover on terms and against all risks which are normally insured against by other persons owning or possessing similar assets or carrying on similar businesses. | ||
20.8 | Loans and Guarantees | |
The Borrower shall not without the prior written consent of the Majority Lenders: |
(a) | grant any credit save: (i) in the ordinary course of business; or (ii) to Material Subsidiaries where such credit does not exceed in aggregate US$20,000,000 (or its equivalent in another currency or currencies); or | ||
(b) | give any other guarantee or indemnity other than guarantees or indemnities in an amount which, when aggregated with all other guarantees and indemnities given by the Borrower will not exceed at any time, US$50,000,000 (or its equivalent in other currencies as determined by the Agent). |
20.9 | Acquisitions |
49
The Borrower shall not (and shall procure that no member of the Group shall) without the prior written consent of all the Lenders make any acquisition of shares or securities where the aggregate consideration payable in connection with that acquisition (including any deferred element) is greater than or equal to US$50,000,000. The provisions of this Clause 20.9 shall not apply to the acquisition of any shares or securities that: (i) fall within the definition of Cash and Cash Equivalents in Clause 19.5 ( Definitions ); or (ii) form part of the portfolio investments of the Borrower and do not represent more than five per cent. of the issued share capital of the issuing company and in any event not more than US$20,000,000 in aggregate at any time. | ||
20.10 | Maintenance of Corporate Existence | |
The Borrower shall ensure at all times that it is a corporation, duly incorporated and validly existing under the law of Israel. | ||
20.11 | Payment of Tax | |
The Borrower shall pay and discharge all Taxes and governmental charges payable by or assessed upon it prior to the date on which the same become overdue unless, and only to the extent that, such Taxes and charges are material to the Borrower or are contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, pending determination of which payment may lawfully be withheld, and there shall (if the auditors so advise) be set aside adequate reserves with respect to any such Taxes or charges so contested in accordance with GAAP. | ||
20.12 | Transactions with Affiliates | |
The Borrower shall conduct, and shall use its best endeavours to cause each member of the Group to conduct, all transactions otherwise permitted under this Agreement with any of their Affiliates and interested parties in accordance with laws applicable to Israeli public companies (if such member of the Group is an Israeli public company) and (for any member of the Group which is not an Israeli public company) on terms that are fair and reasonable and no less favourable to such member of the Group than it would obtain in a comparable arms length transaction with a person not an Affiliate unless the transaction has been approved by the Borrower in compliance with the laws applicable to it. | ||
20.13 | Dividends | |
20.13.1 | The Borrower may make payments by way of dividend in any financial year in an aggregate amount not exceeding the balance of its retained earnings as detailed in its financial statements for the financial year ended 31 December 2005 and delivered to it by the Borrower pursuant to Clause 18.1(a) ( Financial statements ). | |
20.13.2 | In addition to Clause 20.13.1 above and at any time after 1 January 2006, the Borrower may make interim or advanced payments by way of dividend in respect of any financial year provided that the aggregate amount of all dividends paid in respect of the period commencing on 1 January 2006 and ending on the proposed date of payment of the dividend shall not exceed the lower of: |
(a) | the aggregate Eligible Dividend Amount for the period commencing 1 January 2006; and |
50
(b) | 75 per cent. of the aggregate of the Borrowers net profit in respect of the period commencing on 1 January 2006 and ending on the proposed date of payment of the dividend (as detailed in its financial statements for the same period and delivered to the Agent by the Borrower pursuant to Clause 18.1(a) ( Financial statements )). |
20.13.3 | Prior to the final approval of the audited consolidated financial statements for any financial year, the Borrower may pay interim dividends in the same financial year provided that: |
(a) | the aggregate amount of such interim dividends paid in that financial year shall not exceed 75 per cent. of the net profit already reported in the Borrowers most recent quarterly statements delivered pursuant to Clause 18.1(b) ( Financial statements ) for such financial year; and | ||
(b) | the Borrower will be in full compliance with the provisions of Clause 20.13.2 at the time of final approval of the audited consolidated financial statements for that financial year. |
20.13.4 | The Eligible Dividend Amount and Free Cash Flow shall be determined and tested by the Agent once in respect of each financial year from the financial statements for the relevant financial year delivered to it by the Borrower pursuant to Clause 18.1(a) ( Financial statements ). | |
20.13.5 | As an alternative to Clauses 20.13.1 to Clause 20.13.3 at any time after the Borrower has made the repayment due to be made by it on the fifth Facility A Repayment Date, the Borrower shall be entitled to make payments by way of dividend in an amount not exceeding the amount by which: |
(a) | the aggregate of Its Cash and Cash Equivalents (as defined in Clause 19.5 ( Definitions )) and Free Cash Flow forecasted for the period ending on the Final Repayment Date (such forecast to be approved by the Agent prior to the payment of any dividend and in any event not to exceed the amount of the Borrowers Free Cash Flow for the equivalent period of the previous financial year); |
(b) | 110 per cent. of Total Debt Service for the period commencing on the date of the proposed dividend and ending on (and including) the Final Repayment Date. |
20.13.6 | In this Clause 20.13: | |
Eligible Dividend Amount means the lower of: |
(a) | the Borrowers net profit in that financial year as detailed in its financial statements for that financial year and delivered to it by the Borrower pursuant to Clause 18.1(a) ( Financial statements ); and | ||
(b) | the amount (if any) by which Free Cash Flow for the same financial year exceeds 110 per cent. of Total Debt Service for the same financial year. |
51
(a) | EBITDA; | ||
(b) | plus or minus any changes in working capital; | ||
(c) | minus any items treated as capital expenditure in accordance with GAAP; and | ||
(d) | minus any amounts paid or payable by the Borrower in that financial year in respect of Tax. |
Total Debt Service means the amount of all repayments or prepayments of principal accrued and payable in a financial year of the Borrower plus the gross amount of all interest, commissions, periodic fees and other financing charges accrued and payable by the Borrower during that period without counting any principal amount repaid and redrawn In the same financial year under Facility B other than repayments under Facility B which are due on the Final Repayment Date and excluding any indebtedness of a maturity which is equal to or greater than one year listed in the Borrowers financial statements for the period ending on 31 December 2005. | ||
20.14 | Other Financial Indebtedness of the Borrower | |
20.14.1 | The Borrower shall ensure that the repayment terms of the Facility shall not be inferior in any material respect to the repayment terms of any other Financial Indebtedness of the Borrower of a maturity which is equal to or greater than one year. | |
20.14.2 | The Borrower shall not prepay or cancel any Financial Indebtedness of the Borrower without prepaying or cancelling (as the case may be) an equal proportion of the Facility under the terms of this Agreement. | |
20.15 | The Law | |
The Borrower shall promptly notify the Agent of each demand made under any letter of indemnification issued by it pursuant to section 202B(b) of the Law in respect of potential damages claims under section 197 of the Law (an Indemnity ). | ||
21 | Events of Default | |
Each of the events or circumstances set out in Clause 21 is an Event of Default. | ||
21.1 | Non-payment | |
The Borrower does not pay on the due date any amount payable pursuant to a Finance Document at the place at and in the currency in which it is expressed to be payable unless: |
(a) | its failure to pay is caused by a Disruption Event; and | ||
(b) | payment is made within 3 Business Days of its due date. |
52
21.2 | Financial covenants | |
Any requirement of Clause 19 ( Financial covenants ) is not satisfied. | ||
21.3 | Other obligations | |
21.3.1 | The Borrower does not comply with any provision of the Finance Documents (other than those referred to in Clause 21.1 ( Non-payment )). | |
21.3.2 | No Event of Default under sub-clause 21.3.1 above will occur if the failure to comply is capable of remedy and is remedied within 10 Business Days of the Agent giving notice to the Borrower or the Borrower becoming aware of the failure to comply. | |
21.4 | Misrepresentation | |
Any representation or statement made or deemed to be made by the Borrower in the Finance Documents or any other document delivered by or on behalf of the Borrower under or in connection with any Finance Document is or proves to have been incorrect or misleading in any material respect when made or deemed to be made. | ||
21.5 | Cross default | |
21.5.1 | Any Financial Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary is not paid when due nor within any originally applicable grace period. | |
21.5.2 | Any Financial Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary is declared to be or otherwise becomes due and payable prior to its specified maturity as a result of an event of default (however described). | |
21.5.3 | Any commitment for any Financial Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary is cancelled or suspended by a creditor of the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary as a result of an event of default (however described). | |
21.5.4 | Any creditor of the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary becomes entitled to declare any Financial Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary due and payable prior to its specified maturity as a result of an event of default (however described). | |
21.5.5 | No Event of Default will occur under this Clause 21.5 if the aggregate amount of Financial Indebtedness or commitment for Financial Indebtedness falling within sub-clauses 21.5.1 to 21.5.4 above is less than US$10,000,000 (or its equivalent in any other currency or currencies). | |
21.6 | Insolvency | |
21.6.1 | The Borrower or any Material Subsidiary is unable or admits inability to pay its debts as they fall due, suspends making payments on any of its debts or, by reason of actual or anticipated financial difficulties, commences negotiations with one or more of its creditors with a view to rescheduling any of its indebtedness. |
53
21.6.2 | The value of the assets of the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary is less than its liabilities (taking into account contingent and prospective liabilities). | |
21.6.3 | A moratorium is declared in respect of any indebtedness of the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary. | |
21.7 | Insolvency proceedings | |
Any corporate action, legal proceedings or other procedure or step is taken in relation to: |
(a) | the suspension of payments, a moratorium of any indebtedness, winding-up, dissolution, administration, stay of proceedings order or reorganisation (by way of voluntary arrangement, scheme of arrangement or otherwise) of the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary other than a solvent liquidation or reorganisation of any Material Subsidiary; | ||
(b) | a composition, compromise, assignment or arrangement with any creditor of the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary; | ||
(c) | the appointment of a liquidator or temporary liquidator (other than in respect of a solvent liquidation of a Material Subsidiary), receiver, administrative receiver, administrator, compulsory manager or other similar officer in respect of the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary or any of their assets; or | ||
(d) | enforcement of any Security over any assets of the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary, |
or any analogous procedure or step is taken in any jurisdiction provided that no Event of Default shall occur under this Clause 21.7 to the extent that the relevant proceedings are commenced by a third party, are dismissed within 30 days after their commencement and in any event prior to the appointment of any person referred to in (c) above (other than in the case of a temporary liquidator or other person appointed on an ex parte application, provided that such appointment is revoked within 30 days). | ||
21.8 | Creditors process | |
21.8.1 | Any expropriation, attachment, sequestration, distress or execution affects any asset or assets of a member of the Group having an aggregate value of US$5,000,000 and is not discharged within 45 days. | |
21.8.2 | By or under the authority of the Government of Israel (a) the management of the Borrower or of any Subsidiary is wholly or partially curtailed; or (b) the whole or any part (the aggregate value of which is fifteen per cent. or more of the value of the whole) of its revenues or its assets is seized, expropriated or compulsorily acquired; or (c) any action is taken to prevent, postpone or otherwise adversely affect the obligations of the Borrower hereunder. | |
21.9 | Ownership of the Group |
54
Any Material Subsidiary is not or ceases to be a Subsidiary of the Borrower. | ||
21.10 | Unlawfulness | |
It is or becomes unlawful for the Borrower to perform any of its obligations under the Finance Documents. | ||
21.11 | Repudiation | |
The Borrower repudiates a Finance Document or evidences an intention to repudiate a Finance Document. | ||
21.12 | Material adverse change | |
The occurrence of any event or series of events since the publication of the Original Financial Statements (other than the matters referred to in the financial statements dated 30 September 2005) which in the opinion of the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders) might reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. | ||
21.13 | Failure to Pay Final Judgments | |
A member of the Group fails to comply with or pay any sum due from it under any final judgement or any final order made or given by any court of competent jurisdiction. | ||
21.14 | Telecommunications Licence | |
The Telecommunications Licence ceases to be in full force and effect or is revoked or repudiated or amended in a manner which in the opinion of the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders) might reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. | ||
21.15 | Corporate Bond Prospectus | |
The Borrower fails to publish its corporate bond prospectus on or before 1 June 2006 and register such bonds for trading on the Tel-Aviv Stock Exchange on or before 15 June 2006. | ||
21.16 | Hedging | |
The Borrower has not entered into a Hedging Agreement on or before the date falling 90 days after the date of this Agreement, and provided the Agent with a certificate of the CFO of the Borrower confirming the validity of the Hedging Agreement and the principal terms thereof. | ||
21.17 | Indemnities issued under the Law | |
21.17.1 | The aggregate amount of any and all demands made from the Borrower under all Indemnities (as defined in Clause 20.15 ( The Law )) at any time exceeds US$50,000,000 (or its equivalent in other currencies as determined by the Agent). |
55
21.17.2 | The Agent receives notification pursuant to Clause 20.15 ( The Law ) of a demand which either alone or in aggregate equals or exceeds US$50,000,000 (or its equivalent in other currencies as determined by the Agent). | |
21.17.3 | There is a provision made or note in any financial statements delivered pursuant to Clause 18.1 ( Financial statements ) in respect of an anticipated demand which either alone or in aggregate with all other demands is in an amount equal to or exceeding US$50,000,000 (or its equivalent in other currencies as determined by the Agent). | |
21.18 | Change of control | |
21.18.1 | If Discount Investment Corporation Ltd., IDB Holding Corporation Ltd. and IDB Development Corporation Ltd. cease to hold or control together at least 51 per cent. of the entire Issued share capital of the Borrower and/or any person or group of persons acting in concert has or obtains any right to block or veto any shareholder resolution or other decision of Discount Investment Corporation Ltd. in relation to the Borrower (excluding customary minority protection rights applying to companies generally): |
(a) | the Borrower shall promptly notify the Agent upon becoming aware of that event; | ||
(b) | a Lender shall not be obliged to fund a Utilisation; | ||
(c) | if the Majority Lenders so require, the Agent shall, by not less than 5 days notice to the Borrower, cancel the Total Commitments and declare all outstanding Loans, together with accrued interest, and all other amounts accrued under the Finance Documents immediately due and payable, whereupon the Total Commitments will be cancelled and all such outstanding amounts will become immediately due and payable. |
21.18.2 | For the purpose of sub-clause 21.18.1 above control means directly holding voting share capital (or the right to appoint management or direct policies by virtue of ownership of share capital, contract or otherwise) of the Borrower. | |
21.18.3 | For the purpose of sub-clause 21.18.1 above acting in concert means acting together pursuant to an agreement or understanding (whether formal or informal). | |
21.19 | Acceleration | |
On and at any time after the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing (other than pursuant to Clause 21.18 ( Change of control )) the Agent may, and shall if so directed by the Majority Lenders, by notice to the Borrower: |
(a) | cancel the Total Commitments whereupon they shall immediately be cancelled; | ||
(b) | declare that all or part of the Loans, together with accrued interest, and all other amounts accrued or outstanding under the Finance Documents be immediately due and payable, whereupon they shall become immediately due and payable; and/or |
56
(c) | declare that all or part of the Loans be payable on demand, whereupon they shall immediately become payable on demand by the Agent on the instructions of the Majority Lenders. |
57
22 | Changes to the Lenders | |
22.1 | Assignments and transfers by the Lenders | |
Subject to this Clause 22, a Lender (the Existing Lender ) may: |
(a) | assign any of its rights; or | ||
(b) | transfer by novation any of its rights and obligations, |
(i) | an entity incorporated in a country or whose Facility Office is in a country which does not have diplomatic ties with the State of Israel or which is wholly controlled (within the meaning of Clause 7.2.2 ( Change of control )) by an entity incorporated in such a country, or | ||
(ii) | any New Lender in respect of which payments by the Borrower in respect of interest are subject to withholding tax rate greater than 20 per cent., |
(a) | receipt by the Agent of written confirmation from the New Lender (in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent) that the New Lender will assume the same obligations to the other Finance Parties as it would have been under if it was an Original Lender; and | ||
(b) | performance by the Agent of all necessary know your customer or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to |
58
such assignment to a New Lender, the completion of which the Agent shall promptly notify to the Existing Lender and the New Lender. |
22.2.2 | A transfer will only be effective if the procedure set out in Clause 22.5 ( Procedure for transfer ) is complied with. | |
22.2.3 | If: |
(a) | a Lender assigns or transfers any of its rights or obligations under the Finance Documents or changes its Facility Office; and | ||
(b) | as a result of circumstances existing at the date the assignment, transfer or change occurs, the Borrower would be obliged to make a payment to the New Lender or Lender acting through its new Facility Office under Clause 12 ( Tax gross-up and indemnities ) or Clause 13 ( Increased Costs ), |
22.3 | Assignment or transfer fee | |
The New Lender shall, on the date upon which an assignment or transfer takes effect, pay to the Agent (for its own account) a fee of US$2,000. | ||
22.4 | Limitation of responsibility of Existing Lenders | |
22.4.1 | Unless expressly agreed to the contrary, an Existing Lender makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility to a New Lender for: |
(a) | the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of the Finance Documents or any other documents; | ||
(b) | the financial condition of the Borrower; | ||
(c) | the performance and observance by the Borrower of its obligations under the Finance Documents or any other documents; or | ||
(d) | the accuracy of any statements (whether written or oral) made in or in connection with any Finance Document or any other document, |
and any representations or warranties implied by law are excluded. | ||
22.4.2 | Each New Lender confirms to the Existing Lender and the other Finance Parties that it: |
(a) | has made (and shall continue to make) its own independent investigation and assessment of the financial condition and affairs of the Borrower and its related entities in connection with its participation in this Agreement |
59
and has not relied exclusively on any information provided to it by the Existing Lender in connection with any Finance Document; and |
(b) | will continue to make its own independent appraisal of the Creditworthiness of the Borrower and its related entities whilst any amount is or may be outstanding under the Finance Documents or any Commitment is in force. |
22.4.3 | Nothing in any Finance Document obliges an Existing Lender to: |
(a) | accept a re-transfer from a New Lender of any of the rights and obligations assigned or transferred under this Clause 22; or | ||
(b) | support any losses directly or indirectly incurred by the New Lender by reason of the non-performance by the Borrower of its obligations under the Finance Documents or otherwise. |
22.5 | Procedure for transfer | |
22.5.1 | Subject to the conditions set out in Clause 22.2 ( Conditions of assignment or transfer ) a transfer is effected in accordance with sub-clause 22.5.3 below when the Agent executes an otherwise duly completed Transfer Certificate delivered to it by the Existing Lender and the New Lender. The Agent shall, subject to paragraph (b) below, as soon as reasonably practicable after receipt by it of a duly completed Transfer Certificate appearing on its face to comply with the terms of this Agreement and delivered in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, execute that Transfer Certificate. | |
22.5.2 | The Agent shall only be obliged to execute a Transfer Certificate delivered to it by the Existing Lender and the New Lender once it is satisfied it has complied with all necessary know your customer or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to the transfer to such New Lender. | |
22.5.3 | On the Transfer Date: |
(a) | to the extent that in the Transfer Certificate the Existing Lender seeks to transfer by novation its rights and obligations under the Finance Documents the Borrower and the Existing Lender shall be released from further obligations towards one another under the Finance Documents and their respective rights against one another under the Finance Documents shall be cancelled (being the Discharged Rights and Obligations ); | ||
(b) | the Borrower and the New Lender shall assume obligations towards one another and/or acquire rights against one another which differ from the Discharged Rights and Obligations only insofar as the Borrower and the New Lender have assumed and/or acquired the same in place of the Borrower and the Existing Lender; | ||
(c) | the Agent, the Mandated Lead Arranger, the New Lender and other Lenders shall acquire the same rights and assume the same obligations between themselves as they would have acquired and assumed had the New Lender been an Original Lender with the rights and/or obligations |
60
acquired or assumed by it as a result of the transfer and to that extent the Agent, the Mandated Lead Arranger and the Existing Lender shall each be released from further obligations to each other under the Finance Documents; and |
(d) | the New Lender shall become a Party as a Lender. |
22.6 | Copy of Transfer Certificate to the Borrower | |
The Agent shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after it has executed a Transfer Certificate, send to the Borrower a copy of that Transfer Certificate. | ||
22.7 | Disclosure of information | |
22.7.1 | Each Finance Party must keep confidential any information supplied to it by or on behalf of any Obligor in connection with the Finance Documents. However, a Finance Party is entitled to disclose information: |
(a) | which is publicly available, other than as a result of a breach by that Finance Party of this Clause; | ||
(b) | in connection with any legal or arbitration proceedings to the parties to such proceedings and their counsel or other advisors and to the court or arbitrators in such proceedings; | ||
(c) | if required or requested to do so under any law or regulation; | ||
(d) | to a governmental, official banking, taxation or other regulatory authority; | ||
(e) | to its professional advisers; | ||
(f) | to the extent allowed under Clause 22.7.2 below; | ||
(g) | to its officers, employees and directors; | ||
(h) | with the agreement of the Borrower. |
22.7.2 | A Finance Party may disclose to: (i) an Affiliate; or (ii) any person with whom it may enter, or has entered Into, any kind of transfer, participation or other agreement in relation to this Agreement (a participant ): |
(a) | a copy of any Finance Document; and | ||
(b) | any information which that Finance Party has acquired under or in connection with any Finance Document including, without limitation, any information about the Borrower or the Group. |
61
23 | Assignments and transfer by the Borrower | |
The Borrower may not assign any of its rights or transfer any of its rights or obligations under the Finance Documents. |
62
24 | Role of the Agent and the Mandated Lead Arranger | |
24.1 | Appointment of the Agent | |
24.1.1 | Each other Finance Party appoints the Agent to act as its agent under and in connection with the Finance Documents. | |
24.1.2 | Each other Finance Party authorises the Agent to exercise the rights, powers, authorities and discretions specifically given to the Agent under or in connection with the Finance Documents together with any other incidental rights, powers, authorities and discretions. | |
24.2 | Duties of the Agent | |
24.2.1 | The Agent shall promptly forward to a Party the original or a copy of any document which is delivered to the Agent for that Party by any other Party. | |
24.2.2 | Except where a Finance Document specifically provides otherwise, the Agent is not obliged to review or check the adequacy, accuracy or completeness of any document it forwards to another Party. | |
24.2.3 | If the Agent receives notice from a Party referring to this Agreement, describing a Default and stating that the circumstance described is a Default, it shall promptly notify the Finance Parties. | |
24.2.4 | If the Agent is aware of the non-payment of any principal, interest, commitment fee or other fee payable to a Finance Party (other than the Agent or the Mandated Lead Arranger) under this Agreement it shall promptly notify the other Finance Parties. | |
24.2.5 | The Agents duties under the Finance Documents are solely mechanical and administrative in nature. | |
24.3 | Role of the Mandated Lead Arranger | |
Except as specifically provided in the Finance Documents, the Mandated Lead Arranger has no obligations of any kind to any other Party under or in connection with any Finance Document. | ||
24.4 | No fiduciary duties | |
24.4.1 | Nothing in this Agreement constitutes the Agent or the Mandated Lead Arranger as a trustee or fiduciary of any other person. | |
24.4.2 | Neither the Agent nor the Mandated Lead Arranger shall be bound to account to any Lender for any sum or the profit element of any sum received by it for its own account. | |
24.5 | Business with the Group |
63
The Agent and the Mandated Lead Arranger may accept deposits from, lend money to and generally engage in any kind of banking or other business with any member of the Group. | ||
24.6 | Rights and discretions of the Agent | |
24.6.1 | The Agent may rely on: |
(a) | any representation, notice or document believed by it to be genuine, correct and appropriately authorised; and | ||
(b) | any statement made by a director, authorised signatory or employee of any person regarding any matters which may reasonably be assumed to be within his knowledge or within his power to verify. |
24.6.2 | The Agent may assume (unless it has received notice to the contrary in its capacity as agent for the Lenders) that: |
(a) | no Default has occurred (unless it has actual knowledge of a Default arising under Clause 21.1 ( Non-payment )); | ||
(b) | any right, power, authority or discretion vested in any Party or the Majority Lenders has not been exercised. |
24.6.3 | The Agent may engage, pay for and rely on the advice or services of any lawyers, accountants, surveyors or other experts. | |
24.6.4 | The Agent may act in relation to the Finance Documents through its personnel and agents. | |
24.6.5 | The Agent may disclose to any other Party any information it reasonably believes it has received as agent under this Agreement. | |
24.6.6 | Notwithstanding any other provision of any Finance Document to the contrary, neither the Agent nor the Mandated Lead Arranger is obliged to do or omit to do anything if it would or might in its reasonable opinion constitute a breach of any law or regulation or a breach of a fiduciary duty or duty of confidentiality. | |
24.7 | Majority Lenders instructions | |
24.7.1 | Unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document, the Agent shall (i) exercise any right, power, authority or discretion vested in it as Agent in accordance with any instructions given to it by the Majority Lenders (or, if so instructed by the Majority Lenders, refrain from exercising any right, power, authority or discretion vested in it as Agent) and (ii) not be liable for any act (or omission) if it acts (or refrains from taking any action) in accordance with an instruction of the Majority Lenders. | |
24.7.2 | Unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document, any instructions given by the Majority Lenders will be binding on all the Finance Parties. | |
24.7.3 | The Agent may refrain from acting in accordance with the instructions of the Majority Lenders (or, if appropriate, the Lenders) until it has received such |
64
security as it may require for any cost, loss or liability (together with any associated VAT) which it may incur in complying with the instructions. | ||
24.7.4 | In the absence of instructions from the Majority Lenders, (or, if appropriate, the Lenders) the Agent may act (or refrain from taking action) as it considers to be in the best interest of the Lenders. | |
24.7.5 | The Agent is not authorised to act on behalf of a Lender (without first obtaining that Lenders consent) in any legal or arbitration proceedings relating to any Finance Document. | |
24.8 | Responsibility for documentation | |
Neither the Agent nor the Mandated Lead Arranger: |
(a) | is responsible for the adequacy, accuracy and/or completeness of any information (whether oral or written) supplied by the Agent, the Mandated Lead Arranger, the Borrower or any other person given in or in connection with any Finance Document or the Information Memorandum; or | ||
(b) | is responsible for the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of any Finance Document or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of or in connection with any Finance Document. |
24.9 | Exclusion of liability | |
24.9.1 | Without limiting sub-clause 24.9.2 below (and without prejudice to the provisions of sub-clause 27.10(e) ( Disruption to Payment Systems etc )), the Agent will not be liable including, without limitation, for negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever) for any action taken by it under or in connection with any Finance Document, unless directly caused by its gross negligence or wilful misconduct. | |
24.9.2 | No Party (other than the Agent) may take any proceedings against any officer, employee or agent of the Agent in respect of any claim it might have against the Agent or in respect of any act or omission of any kind by that officer, employee or agent in relation to any Finance Document and any officer, employee or agent of the Agent may rely on this Clause. | |
24.9.3 | The Agent will not be liable for any delay (or any related consequences) in crediting an account with an amount required under the Finance Documents to be paid by the Agent if the Agent has taken all necessary steps as soon as reasonably practicable to comply with the regulations or operating procedures of any recognised clearing or settlement system used by the Agent for that purpose. | |
24.9.4 | Nothing in this Agreement shall oblige the Agent or the Mandated Lead Arranger to carry out any know your customer or other checks in relation to any person on behalf of any Lender and each Lender confirms to the Agent and the Mandated Lead Arranger that it is solely responsible for any such checks it is required to carry out and that it may not rely on any statement in relation to such checks made by the Agent or the Mandated Lead Arranger. |
65
24.10 | Lenders indemnity to the Agent | |
Each Lender shall (in proportion to its share of the Total Commitments or, if the Total Commitments are then zero, to its share of the Total Commitments immediately prior to their reduction to zero) indemnify the Agent, within five Business Days of demand, against any cost, loss or liability (including, without limitation, for negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever) incurred by the Agent (otherwise than by reason of the Agents gross negligence or wilful misconduct) (or, in the case of any cost, loss or liability pursuant to Clause 27.10 ( Disruption to Payment Systems etc. ) notwithstanding the Agents negligence, gross negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever but not including any claim based on the fraud of the Agent) in acting as Agent under the Finance Documents (unless the Agent has been reimbursed by the Borrower pursuant to a Finance Document). | ||
24.11 | Resignation of the Agent | |
24.11.1 | The Agent may resign and appoint one of its Affiliates acting through an office in the United Kingdom as successor by giving notice to the other Finance Parties and the Borrower. | |
24.11.2 | Alternatively the Agent may resign by giving notice to the other Finance Parties and the Borrower, in which case the Majority Lenders (after consultation with the Borrower) may appoint a successor Agent. | |
24.11.3 | If the Majority Lenders have not appointed a successor Agent in accordance with sub-clause 24.11.2 above within 30 days after notice of resignation was given, the Agent (after consultation with the Borrower) may appoint a successor Agent (acting through an office in the United Kingdom). | |
24.11.4 | The retiring Agent shall, at its own cost, make available to the successor Agent such documents and records and provide such assistance as the successor Agent may reasonably request for the purposes of performing its functions as Agent under the Finance Documents. | |
24.11.5 | The Agents resignation notice shall only take effect upon the appointment of a successor. | |
24.11.6 | Upon the appointment of a successor, the retiring Agent shall be discharged from any further obligation in respect of the Finance Documents but shall remain entitled to the benefit of this Clause 24. Its successor and each of the other Parties shall have the same rights and obligations amongst themselves as they would have had if such successor had been an original Party. | |
24.11.7 | After consultation with the Borrower, the Majority Lenders may, by notice to the Agent, require it to resign in accordance with sub-clause 24.11.2 above. In this event, the Agent shall resign in accordance with sub-clause 24.11.2 above. | |
24.12 | Confidentiality | |
24.12.1 | In acting as agent for the Finance Parties, the Agent shall be regarded as acting through its agency division which shall be treated as a separate entity from any other of its divisions or departments. |
66
24.12.2 | If information is received by another division or department of the Agent, it may be treated as confidential to that division or department and the Agent shall not be deemed to have notice of it. | |
24.13 | Relationship with the Lenders | |
24.13.1 | The Agent may treat each Lender as a Lender, entitled to payments under this Agreement and acting through its Facility Office unless it has received not less than five Business Days prior notice from that Lender to the contrary in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. | |
24.13.2 | Each Lender shall supply the Agent with any information required by the Agent in order to calculate the Mandatory Cost in accordance with Schedule 4 ( Mandatory Cost formula ). | |
24.14 | Credit appraisal by the Lenders | |
Without affecting the responsibility of the Borrower for information supplied by it or on its behalf in connection with any Finance Document, each Lender confirms to the Agent and the Mandated Lead Arranger that it has been, and will continue to be, solely responsible for making its own independent appraisal and investigation of all risks arising under or in connection with any Finance Document including but not limited to: |
(a) | the financial condition, status and nature of each member of the Group; | ||
(b) | the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of any Finance Document and any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document; | ||
(c) | whether that Lender has recourse, and the nature and extent of that recourse, against any Party or any of its respective assets under or in connection with any Finance Document, the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document; and | ||
(d) | the adequacy, accuracy and/or completeness of the Information Memorandum and any other information provided by the Agent, any Party or by any other person under or in connection with any Finance Document, the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document. |
24.15 | Reference Banks | |
If a Reference Bank (or, if a Reference Bank is not a Lender, the Lender of which it is an Affiliate) ceases to be a Lender, the Agent shall (in consultation with the Borrower) appoint another Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender to replace that Reference Bank. |
67
24.16 | Agents Management Time | |
Any amount payable to the Agent under Clause 14.3 ( Indemnity to the Agent ), Clause 16 ( Costs and expenses ) and Clause 24.10 ( Lenders indemnity to the Agent ) shall include the cost of utilising the Agents management time or other resources and will be calculated on the basis of such reasonable daily or hourly rates as the Agent may notify to the Borrower and the Lenders, and is in addition to any fee paid or payable to the Agent under Clause 11 ( Fees ). | ||
24.17 | Deduction from amounts payable by the Agent | |
If any Party owes an amount to the Agent under the Finance Documents the Agent may, after giving notice to that Party, deduct an amount not exceeding that amount from any payment to that Party which the Agent would otherwise be obliged to make under the Finance Documents and apply the amount deducted in or towards satisfaction of the amount owed. For the purposes of the Finance Documents that Party shall be regarded as having received any amount so deducted. | ||
25 | Conduct of business by the Finance Parties | |
No provision of this Agreement will: |
(a) | interfere with the right of any Finance Party to arrange its affairs (tax or otherwise) in whatever manner it thinks fit; | ||
(b) | oblige any Finance Party to investigate or claim any credit, relief, remission or repayment available to it or the extent, order and manner of any claim; or | ||
(c) | oblige any Finance Party to disclose any information relating to its affairs (tax or otherwise) or any computations in respect of Tax. |
26 | Sharing among the Finance Parties | |
26.1 | Payments to Finance Parties | |
If a Finance Party (a Recovering Finance Party ) receives or recovers any amount from the Borrower other than in accordance with Clause 27 ( Payment mechanics ) and applies that amount to a payment due under the Finance Documents then: |
(a) | the Recovering Finance Party shall, within five Business Days, notify details of the receipt or recovery, to the Agent; | ||
(b) | the Agent shall determine whether the receipt or recovery is in excess of the amount the Recovering Finance Party would have been paid had the receipt or recovery been received or made by the Agent and distributed in accordance with Clause 27 ( Payment mechanics ), without taking account of any Tax which would be imposed on the Agent in relation to the receipt, recovery or distribution; and |
68
(c) | the Recovering Finance Party shall, within five Business Days of demand by the Agent, pay to the Agent an amount (the Sharing Payment ) equal to such receipt or recovery less any amount which the Agent determines may be retained by the Recovering Finance Party as its share of any payment to be made, in accordance with Clause 27.5 ( Partial payments ). |
26.2 | Redistribution of payments | |
The Agent shall treat the Sharing Payment as if it had been paid by the Borrower and distribute it between the Finance Parties (other than the Recovering Finance Party) in accordance with Clause 27.5 ( Partial payments ). | ||
26.3 | Recovering Finance Partys rights | |
26.3.1 | On a distribution by the Agent under Clause 26.2 ( Redistribution of payments ), the Recovering Finance Party will be subrogated to the rights of the Finance Parties which have shared in the redistribution. | |
26.3.2 | If and to the extent that the Recovering Finance Party is not able to rely on its rights under sub-clause 26.3.1 above, the Borrower shall be liable to the Recovering Finance Party for a debt equal to the Sharing Payment which is immediately due and payable. | |
26.4 | Reversal of redistribution | |
If any part of the Sharing Payment received or recovered by a Recovering Finance Party becomes repayable and is repaid by that Recovering Finance Party, then: |
(a) | each Finance Party which has received a share of the relevant Sharing Payment pursuant to Clause 26.2 ( Redistribution of payments ) shall, upon request of the Agent, pay to the Agent for account of that Recovering Finance Party an amount equal to the appropriate part of its share of the Sharing Payment (together with an amount as is necessary to reimburse that Recovering Finance Party for its proportion of any interest on the Sharing Payment which that Recovering Finance Party is required to pay); and | ||
(b) | that Recovering Finance Partys rights of subrogation in respect of any reimbursement shall be cancelled and the Borrower will be liable to the reimbursing Finance Party for the amount so reimbursed. |
26.5 | Exceptions | |
26.5.1 | This Clause 26 shall not apply to the extent that the Recovering Finance Party would not, after making any payment pursuant to this Clause, have a valid and enforceable claim against the Borrower. | |
26.5.2 | A Recovering Finance Party is not obliged to share with any other Lender any amount which the Recovering Finance Party has received or recovered as a result of taking legal or arbitration proceedings, if: |
69
(a) | it notified that other Finance Party of the legal or arbitration proceedings; and | ||
(b) | the other Finance Party had an opportunity to participate in those legal or arbitration proceedings but did not do so as soon as reasonably practicable having received notice and did not take separate legal or arbitration proceedings. |
26.6 | Waiver of Consequential Damages | |
In no event shall any Finance Party be liable on any theory of liability for any special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages and the Borrower hereby waives, releases and agrees (for itself and on behalf of its Subsidiaries) not to sue upon any such claim for any such damages, whether or not accrued and whether or not known or suspected to exist in their favour. |
70
27 | Payment mechanics | |
27.1 | Payments to the Agent | |
27.1.1 | On each date on which the Borrower or a Lender is required to make a payment under a Finance Document, the Borrower or Lender shall make the same available to the Agent (unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document) for value on the due date at the time and in such funds specified by the Agent as being customary at the time for settlement of transactions in the relevant currency in the place of payment. | |
27.1.2 | Payment shall be made to such account in the principal financial centre of the country of that currency with such bank as the Agent specifies. | |
27.2 | Distributions by the Agent | |
Each payment received by the Agent under the Finance Documents for another Party shall, subject to Clause 27.3 ( Distributions to the Borrower ) and Clause 27.4 ( Clawback ) be made available by the Agent as soon as practicable after receipt to the Party entitled to receive payment in accordance with this Agreement (in the case of a Lender, for the account of its Facility Office), to such account as that Party may notify to the Agent by not less than five Business Days notice with a bank in the principal financial centre of the country of that currency. | ||
27.3 | Distributions to the Borrower | |
The Agent may (with the consent of the Borrower or in accordance with Clause 28 ( Set-off )) apply any amount received by it for the Borrower in or towards payment (on the date and in the currency and funds of receipt) of any amount due from the Borrower under the Finance Documents or in or towards purchase of any amount of any currency to be so applied. | ||
27.4 | Clawback | |
27.4.1 | Where a sum is to be paid to the Agent under the Finance Documents for another Party, the Agent is not obliged to pay that sum to that other Party (or to enter into or perform any related exchange contract) until it has been able to establish to its satisfaction that it has actually received that sum. | |
27.4.2 | If the Agent pays an amount to another Party and it proves to be the case that the Agent had not actually received that amount, then the Party to whom that amount (or the proceeds of any related exchange contract) was paid by the Agent shall on demand refund the same to the Agent together with interest on that amount from the date of payment to the date of receipt by the Agent, calculated by the Agent to reflect its cost of funds. | |
27.5 | Partial payments |
71
27.5.1 | If the Agent receives a payment that is insufficient to discharge all the amounts then due and payable by the Borrower under the Finance Documents, the Agent shall apply that payment towards the obligations of the Borrower under the Finance Documents in the following order: |
(a) | first , in or towards payment pro rata of any unpaid fees, costs and expenses of the Agent under the Finance Documents; | ||
(b) | secondly , in or towards payment pro rata of any accrued interest, fee or commission due but unpaid under this Agreement; | ||
(c) | thirdly , in or towards payment pro rata of any principal due but unpaid under this Agreement; and | ||
(d) | fourthly , in or towards payment pro rata of any other sum due but unpaid under the Finance Documents. |
27.5.2 | The Agent shall, if so directed by the Majority Lenders, vary the order set out in sub-clauses 27.5.1(b) to (d) above. | |
27.5.3 | Clauses 27.5.1 and 27.5.2 above will override any appropriation made by the Borrower. | |
27.5.4 | For the avoidance of doubt, the proportion due to any: |
(a) | Lender (other than an NIS Lender) shall be the proportion which the Original Dollar Amount of its participation in the relevant Loans (other than NIS Loans) bears to the Original Dollar Amount of the relevant Loans; and | ||
(b) | NIS Lender shall be the proportion which the amount in NIS of its participation in the relevant NIS Loan bears to the amount in NIS of the relevant NIS Loan. |
27.6 | No set-off by the Borrower | |
All payments to be made by the Borrower under the Finance Documents shall be calculated and be made without (and free and clear of any deduction for) set-off or counterclaim. | ||
27.7 | Business Days | |
27.7.1 | Any payment which is due to be made on a day that is not a Business Day shall be made on the next Business Day in the same calendar month (if there is one) or the preceding Business Day (if there is not). | |
27.7.2 | During any extension of the due date for payment of any principal or Unpaid Sum under this Agreement Interest is payable on the principal or Unpaid Sum at the rate payable on the original due date. | |
27.8 | Currency of account |
72
27.8.1 | Subject to sub-clauses 27.8.2 and 27.8.5 below, Dollars is the currency of account and payment for any sum due from the Borrower under any Finance Document other than in respect of an NIS Loan, in which case NIS shall be the currency of account and payment for any sum due from the Borrower in connection with that NIS Loan. | |
27.8.2 | Each payment in respect of costs, expenses or Taxes shall be made in the currency in which the costs, expenses or Taxes are incurred. | |
27.8.3 | Any amount expressed to be payable in a currency other than Dollars shall be paid in that other currency. | |
27.8.4 | A repayment of a Loan or Unpaid Sum or a part of a Loan or Unpaid Sum shall be made in the currency in which that Loan or Unpaid Sum is denominated on its due date. | |
27.8.5 | Each payment of interest shall be made in the currency in which the sum in respect of which the interest is payable was denominated when that interest accrued. | |
27.9 | Change of currency | |
27.9.1 | Unless otherwise prohibited by law, if more than one currency or currency unit are at the same time recognised by the central bank of any country as the lawful currency of that country, then: |
(a) | any reference in the Finance Documents to, and any obligations arising under the Finance Documents in, the currency of that country shall be translated into, or paid in, the currency or currency unit of that country designated by the Agent (after consultation with the Borrower); and | ||
(b) | any translation from one currency or currency unit to another shall be at the official rate of exchange recognised by the central bank for the conversion of that currency or currency unit into the other, rounded up or down by the Agent (acting reasonably). |
27.9.2 | If a change in any currency of a country occurs, this Agreement will, to the extent the Agent (acting reasonably and after consultation with the Borrower) specifies to be necessary, be amended to comply with any generally accepted conventions and market practice in the Relevant Interbank Market and otherwise to reflect the change in currency. | |
27.10 | Disruption to Payment Systems etc. | |
If either the Agent determines (in its discretion) that a Disruption Event has occurred or the Agent is notified by the Borrower that a Disruption Event has occurred: |
(a) | the Agent may, and shall if requested to do so by the Borrower, consult with the Borrower with a view to agreeing with the Borrower such changes to the operation or administration of the Facilities as the Agent may deem necessary in the circumstances; |
73
(b) | the Agent shall not be obliged to consult with the Borrower in relation to any changes mentioned in paragraph (a) if, in its opinion, it is not practicable to do so in the circumstances and, in any event, shall have no obligation to agree to such changes; | ||
(c) | the Agent may consult with the Finance Parties in relation to any changes mentioned in paragraph (a) but shall not be obliged to do so if, in its opinion, it is not practicable to do so in the circumstances; | ||
(d) | any such changes agreed upon by the Agent and the Borrower shall (whether or not it is finally determined that a Disruption Event has occurred) be binding upon the Parties as an amendment to (or, as the case may be, waiver of) the terms of the Finance Documents notwithstanding the provisions of Clause 33 (Amendments and waivers); | ||
(e) | the Agent shall not be liable for any damages, costs or losses whatsoever (Including, without limitation for negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever but not including any claim based on the fraud of the Agent) arising as a result of its taking, or failing to take, any actions pursuant to or in connection with this Clause 27.10; and | ||
(f) | the Agent shall notify the Finance Parties of all changes agreed pursuant to paragraph (d) above. |
28 | Set-off | |
A Finance Party may set off any matured obligation due from the Borrower under the Finance Documents (to the extent beneficially owned by that Finance Party) against any matured obligation owed by that Finance Party to the Borrower, regardless of the place of payment, booking branch or currency of either obligation. If the obligations are in different currencies, the Finance Party may convert either obligation at a market rate of exchange in its usual course of business for the purpose of the set-off. | ||
29 | Notices | |
29.1 | Communications in writing | |
Any communication to be made under or in connection with the Finance Documents shall be made in writing and, unless otherwise stated, may be made by fax or letter. | ||
29.2 | Addresses | |
29.2.1 | The address and fax number (and the department or officer, if any, for whose attention the communication is to be made) of each Party for any communication or document to be made or delivered under or in connection with the Finance Documents is: |
(a) | in the case of the Borrower, that identified with its name below; | ||
(b) | in the case of each Lender, that notified in writing to the Agent on or prior to the date on which it becomes a Party; and |
74
(c) | in the case of the Agent, that identified with its name below, |
or any substitute address or fax number or department or officer as the Party may notify to the Agent (or the Agent may notify to the other Parties, if a change is made by the Agent) by not less than five Business Days notice. | ||
29.2.2 | The addresses referred to in Clause 29.2.1 are as follows: |
(a) | The Borrower |
Attention:
|
Chief Financial Officer and General Counsel | |
Fax:
|
+972 52 998 9701 |
(b) | The Agent |
Attention:
|
Loans Agency | |
Fax:
|
+44 (0)20 8636 3824 |
29.3 | Delivery | |
29.3.1 | Any communication or document made or delivered by one person to another under or in connection with the Finance Documents will only be effective: |
(a) | if by way of fax, when received in legible form; or | ||
(b) | if by way of letter, when it has been left at the relevant address or five Business Days after being deposited in the post postage prepaid in an envelope addressed to it at that address; or |
and, if a particular department or officer is specified as part of its address details provided under Clause 29.2 ( Addresses ), if addressed to that department or officer. | ||
29.3.2 | Any communication or document to be made or delivered to the Agent will be effective only when actually received by the Agent and then only if it is expressly marked for the attention of the department or officer identified with the Agents signature below (or any substitute department or officer as the Agent shall specify for this purpose). |
75
29.3.3 | All notices from or to the Borrower shall be sent through the Agent. | |
29.3.4 | Any communication or document made or delivered to the Borrower in accordance with this Clause will be deemed to have been made or delivered to the Borrower. | |
29.4 | Notification of address and fax number | |
Promptly upon receipt of notification of an address or fax number or change of address or fax number pursuant to Clause 29.2 ( Addresses ) or changing its own address or fax number, the Agent shall notify the other Parties. | ||
29.5 | Electronic communication | |
29.5.1 | Any communication to be made between the Agent and a Lender under or in connection with the Finance Documents may be made by electronic mail or other electronic means, if the Agent and the relevant Lender: |
(a) | agree that, unless and until notified to the contrary, this is to be an accepted form of communication; | ||
(b) | notify each other in writing of their electronic mail address and/or any other information required to enable the sending and receipt of information by that means; and | ||
(c) | notify each other of any change to their address or any other such information supplied by them. |
29.5.2 | Any electronic communication made between the Agent and a Lender will be effective only when actually received in readable form and in the case of any electronic communication made by a Lender to the Agent only if it is addressed in such a manner as the Agent shall specify for this purpose. | |
29.6 | English language | |
29.6.1 | Any notice given under or in connection with any Finance Document must be in English. | |
29.6.2 | All other documents provided under or in connection with any Finance Document must be: |
(a) | in English; or | ||
(b) | if not in English, and if so required by the Agent, accompanied by a certified English translation within 30 days of the Agent so requiring and, in this case, the English translation will prevail unless the document is the Telecommunications Licence or a constitutional, statutory or other official document. |
30 | Calculations and certificates | |
30.1 | Accounts |
76
In any litigation or arbitration proceedings arising out of or in connection with a Finance Document, the entries made in the accounts maintained by a Finance Party are prima facie evidence of the matters to which they relate. | ||
30.2 | Certificates and Determinations | |
Any certification or determination by a Finance Party of a rate or amount under any Finance Document is, in the absence of manifest error, conclusive evidence of the matters to which it relates. | ||
30.3 | Day count convention | |
Any interest, commission or fee accruing under a Finance Document will accrue from day to day and is calculated on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed and a year of 360 days (or, in the case of an NIS Loan, the actual number of days in that calendar year) or in any case where the practice in the Relevant Interbank Market differs, in accordance with that market practice. | ||
31 | Partial Invalidity | |
If, at any time, any provision of the Finance Documents is or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any respect under any law of any jurisdiction, neither the legality, validity or enforceability of the remaining provisions nor the legality, validity or enforceability of such provision under the law of any other jurisdiction will in any way be affected or impaired. | ||
32 | Remedies and waivers | |
No failure to exercise, nor any delay in exercising, on the part of any Finance Party, any right or remedy under the Finance Documents shall operate as a waiver, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right or remedy prevent any further or other exercise or the exercise of any other right or remedy. The rights and remedies provided in this Agreement are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law. | ||
33 | Amendments and waivers | |
33.1 | Required consents | |
33.1.1 | Subject to Clause 33.2 ( Exceptions ) any term of the Finance Documents may be amended or waived only with the consent of the Majority Lenders and the Borrower and any such amendment or waiver will be binding on all Parties. | |
33.1.2 | The Agent may effect, on behalf of any Finance Party, any amendment or waiver permitted by this Clause. | |
33.2 | Exceptions | |
33.2.1 | An amendment or waiver that has the effect of changing or which relates to: |
(a) | the definition of Majority Lenders in Clause 1.1 ( Definitions ); |
77
(b) | an extension to the date of payment of any amount under the Finance Documents; | ||
(c) | a reduction in the Margin or a reduction in the amount of any payment of principal, interest, fees or commission payable; | ||
(d) | an increase in or an extension of any Commitment; | ||
(e) | a change to the Borrower; | ||
(f) | any provision which expressly requires the consent of all the Lenders; or | ||
(g) | Clause 2.2 ( Finance Parties rights and obligations ), Clause 22 ( Changes to the Lenders ), Clause 26 ( Sharing among the Finance Parties ) or this Clause 33, |
shall not be made without the prior consent of all the Lenders. | ||
33.2.2 | An amendment or waiver which relates to the rights or obligations of the Agent or the Mandated Lead Arranger may not be effected without the consent of the Agent or the Mandated Lead Arranger. | |
34 | Counterparts | |
Each Finance Document may be executed in any number of counterparts, and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of the Finance Document. |
78
35 | Governing law | |
This Agreement is governed by English law. | ||
36 | Enforcement | |
36.1 | Jurisdiction | |
36.1.1 | The courts of England have non-exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement (including a dispute regarding the existence, validity or termination of this Agreement) (a Dispute ). | |
36.1.2 | The Parties agree that the courts of England are the most appropriate and convenient courts to settle Disputes and accordingly no Party will argue to the contrary. | |
36.1.3 | This Clause 36.1 is for the benefit of the Finance Parties only. As a result, no Finance Party shall be prevented from taking proceedings relating to a Dispute in any other courts with jurisdiction. To the extent allowed by law, the Finance Parties may take concurrent proceedings in any number of jurisdictions. | |
36.2 | Service of process | |
Without prejudice to any other mode of service allowed under any relevant law, the Borrower: |
(a) | irrevocably appoints Capita Trust Secretaries Ltd. of Phoenix House, 18 King William Street, London EC4N 7HE (Reference CELMEN 4542434-0) as its agent for service of process in relation to any proceedings before the English courts in connection with any Finance Document; and | ||
(b) | agrees that failure by a process agent to notify the Borrower of the process will not invalidate the proceedings concerned. |
79
Name of Original Lender | Facility A Commitment | Facility B Commitment | ||||||
(US$) | (US$) | |||||||
Citibank, N.A.
|
280,000,000 | 70,000,000 |
80
1 | The Borrower | |
1.1 | A copy of the constitutional documents of the Borrower. | |
1.2 | A copy of a resolution of the board of directors of the Borrower: |
(a) | approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Finance Documents and resolving that it execute the Finance Documents; | ||
(b) | authorising a specified person or persons to execute the Finance Documents on its behalf; and | ||
(c) | authorising a specified person or persons, on its behalf, to sign and/or despatch all documents and notices (including, if relevant, any Utilisation Request and Selection Notice) to be signed and/or despatched by it under or in connection with the Finance Documents. |
1.3 | A specimen of the signature of each person authorised by the resolution referred to in sub-clause 1.2 above. | |
1.4 | A certificate of the Borrower (signed by a director) confirming that borrowing the Total Commitments would not cause any borrowing or similar limit binding on it to be exceeded. | |
1.5 | A certificate of an authorised signatory of the Borrower certifying that each copy document relating to it specified in this Part 1 of Schedule 2 is correct, complete and in full force and effect as at a date no earlier than the date of this Agreement. | |
2 | Legal opinions | |
2.1 | A legal opinion of Denton Wilde Sapte, legal advisers to the Mandated Lead Arranger and the Agent in England, substantially in the form distributed to the Original Lenders prior to signing this Agreement. | |
2.2 | A legal opinion of Yigal Amon & Co, legal advisers to the Mandated Lead Arranger and the Agent in Israel, substantially in the form distributed to the Original Lenders prior to signing this Agreement. | |
2.3 | A legal opinion of Herzog Fox Neeman, legal advisers to the Borrower in Israel, substantially in the form distributed to the Original Lenders prior to signing this Agreement. | |
3 | Other documents and evidence | |
3.1 | Evidence that any process agent referred to in Clause 36.2 ( Service of process ) has accepted its appointment. |
81
3.2 | A copy of any other Authorisation or other document, opinion or assurance which the Agent considers to be necessary or desirable (if it has notified the Borrower accordingly) in connection with the entry into and performance of the transactions contemplated by any Finance Document or for the validity and enforceability of any Finance Document. | |
3.3 | The Original Financial Statements. | |
3.4 | Evidence that the fees, costs and expenses then due from the Borrower pursuant to Clause 11 ( Fees ) and Clause 16 ( Costs and expenses ) have been paid or will be paid by the first Utilisation Date. | |
3.5 | The Information Memorandum. | |
3.6 | A copy of the Telecommunications Licence. | |
3.7 | Evidence that the Borrower has appointed legal advisers in Israel to prepare the prospectus required under Israeli law to register its local bonds as public bonds. |
82
From:
|
CeIlcom Israel Ltd. | |
To:
|
Citibank International plc |
1 | We refer to the Agreement. This is a Utilisation Request. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Utilisation Request unless given a different meaning in this Utilisation Request. | |||
|
||||
2 | We wish to borrow a [Loan]/[NIS Loan] on the following terms: | |||
|
||||
|
Proposed Utilisation Date: | [** ] (or, if that is | ||
|
not a Business Day, the | |||
|
next Business Day) | |||
|
||||
|
Facility to be utilised: | [Facility A]/[Facility B] | ||
|
||||
|
Original Dollar Amount: | [** ] or, if less, the | ||
|
Available Facility | |||
|
||||
|
Interest Period: | [** ] | ||
|
||||
3 | We confirm that each condition specified in Clause 4.2 ( Further conditions precedent ) is satisfied on the date of this Utilisation Request. | |||
|
||||
4 | The proceeds of this Loan should be credited to [ account ]. | |||
|
||||
5 | This Utilisation Request is irrevocable. |
Yours faithfully
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
Cellcom Israel Ltd.
|
83
From:
|
Cellcom Israel Ltd. | |
To:
|
Citibank International plc |
1 | We refer to the Agreement. This is a Selection Notice. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Selection Notice unless given a different meaning in this Selection Notice. | |
2. | We refer to the following Facility A Loan[s] with an Interest Period ending on [** ]. | |
3 | [We request that the above Facility A Loan[s] be divided into [** ] Facility A Loans with the following amounts and Interest Periods:] | |
or | ||
[We request that the next Interest Period for the above Facility A Loan[s] is [** ]]. | ||
4 | This Selection Notice is Irrevocable. |
Yours faithfully
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
Cellcom Israel Ltd.
|
84
1 | The Mandatory Cost is an addition to the interest rate to compensate Lenders for the cost of compliance with (a) the requirements of the Bank of England and/or the Financial Services Authority (or, in either case, any other authority which replaces all or any of its functions) or (b) the requirements of the European Central Bank in relation to the cost of complying with the minimum reserve requirements. | |
2 | On the first day of each Interest Period (or as soon as possible thereafter) the Agent shall calculate, as a percentage rate, a rate (the Additional Cost Rate ) for each Lender, in accordance with the paragraphs set out below. The Mandatory Cost will be calculated by the Agent as a weighted average of the Lenders Additional Cost Rates (weighted in proportion to the percentage participation of each Lender in the relevant Loan) and will be expressed as a percentage rate per annum. | |
3 | The Additional Cost Rate for any Lender lending from a Facility Office in a Participating Member State will be the percentage notified by that Lender to the Agent. This percentage will be certified by that Lender in its notice to the Agent to be its reasonable determination of the cost (expressed as a percentage of that Lenders participation in all Loans made from that Facility Office) of complying with the minimum reserve requirements of the European Central Bank in respect of loans made from that Facility Office. | |
4 | The Additional Cost Rate for any Lender lending from a Facility Office in the United Kingdom will be calculated by the Agent as follows: |
|
E x 0.01 | per cent per annum | ||
|
|
Where: |
E | is designed to compensate Lenders for amounts payable under the Fees Rules and is calculated by the Agent as being the average of the most recent rates of charge supplied by the Reference Banks to the Agent pursuant to paragraph 7 below and expressed In pounds per £1,000,000. |
5 | For the purposes of this Schedule: |
(a) | Special Deposits has the meaning given to it from time to time under or pursuant to the Bank of England Act 1998 or (as may be appropriate) by the Bank of England; | ||
(b) | Fees Rules means the rules on periodic fees contained in the FSA Supervision Manual or such other law or regulation as may be in force from time to time in respect of the payment of fees for the acceptance of deposits; | ||
(c) | Fee Tariffs means the fee tariffs specified in the Fees Rules under the activity group A.1 Deposit acceptors (ignoring any minimum fee or zero |
85
rated fee required pursuant to the Fees Rules but taking into account any applicable discount rate); and | |||
(d) | Tariff Base has the meaning given to it in, and will be calculated in accordance with, the Fees Rules. |
6 | If requested by the Agent, each Reference Bank shall, as soon as practicable after publication by the Financial Services Authority, supply to the Agent, the rate of charge payable by that Reference Bank to the Financial Services Authority pursuant to the Fees Rules in respect of the relevant financial year of the Financial Services Authority (calculated for this purpose by that Reference Bank as being the average of the Fee Tariffs applicable to that Reference Bank for that financial year) and expressed in pounds per £1,000,000 of the Tariff Base of that Reference Bank. | |
7 | Each Lender shall supply any information required by the Agent for the purpose of calculating its Additional Cost Rate. In particular, but without limitation, each Lender shall supply the following information on or prior to the date on which it becomes a Lender: |
(a) | the jurisdiction of its Facility Office; and | ||
(b) | any other information that the Agent may reasonably require for such purpose. |
Each Lender shall promptly notify the Agent of any change to the information provided by it pursuant to this paragraph. | ||
8 | The rates of charge of each Reference Bank for the purpose of E above shall be determined by the Agent based upon the information supplied to it pursuant to paragraphs 6 and 7 above and on the assumption that, unless a Lender notifies the Agent to the contrary, each Lenders obligations in relation to cash ratio deposits and Special Deposits are the same as those of a typical bank from its jurisdiction of incorporation with a Facility Office in the same jurisdiction as its Facility Office. | |
9 | The Agent shall have no liability to any person if such determination results in an Additional Cost Rate which over or under compensates any Lender and shall be entitled to assume that the Information provided by any Lender or Reference Bank pursuant to paragraphs 3, 6 and 7 above is true and correct in all respects. | |
10 | The Agent shall distribute the additional amounts received as a result of the Mandatory Cost to the Lenders on the basis of the Additional Cost Rate for each Lender based on the information provided by each Lender and each Reference Bank pursuant to paragraphs 3, 6 and 7 above. | |
11 | Any determination by the Agent pursuant to this Schedule in relation to a formula, the Mandatory Cost, an Additional Cost Rate or any amount payable to a Lender shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive and binding on all Parties. | |
12 | The Agent may from time to time, after consultation with the Borrower and the Lenders, determine and notify to all Parties any amendments which are required to be made to this Schedule in order to comply with any change in law, regulation |
86
or any requirements from time to time imposed by the Bank of England, the Financial Services Authority or the European Central Bank (or, In any case, any other authority which replaces all or any of its functions) and any such determination shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive and binding on all Parties. |
87
1 | We refer to the Agreement. This is a Transfer Certificate. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Transfer Certificate unless given a different meaning in this Transfer Certificate. | |
2 | We refer to Clause 22.5 ( Procedure for transfer ): |
(a) | The Existing Lender and the New Lender agree to the Existing Lender transferring to the New Lender by novation all or part of the Existing Lenders Commitment, rights and obligations referred to in the Schedule in accordance with Clause 22.5 ( Procedure for transfer ). | ||
(b) | The proposed Transfer Date is [** ]. | ||
(c) | The Facility Office and address, fax number and attention details for notices of the New Lender for the purposes of Clause 29.2 ( Addresses ) are set out in the Schedule. |
3 | The New Lender expressly acknowledges the limitations on the Existing Lenders obligations set out in sub-clause 22.4.3 of Clause 22.4 ( Limitation of responsibility of Existing Lenders ). | |
4 | This Transfer Certificate may be executed in any number of counterparts and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of this Transfer Certificate. | |
5 | The New Lender confirms that it is an NIS Lender.* 1 | |
6 | This Transfer Certificate is governed by English law. |
* 1 | delete if not applicable |
88
**
|
[insert relevant details] | |
**
|
[Facility Office address, fax number and attention details for notices and account details for payments] |
[Existing Lender]
|
[New Lender] | |
By:
|
By. |
89
To:
|
Citibank International plc as Agent | |
From:
|
Cellcom Israel Ltd. |
|
||
[
name of auditors of the Borrower
]
|
90
|
|||
|
Letterhead of Lender |
Borrower:
|
Cellcom Israel Ltd. | |
|
||
Amount:
|
US$350,000,000 | |
|
||
Agent:
|
Citibank International plc |
1. | Confidentiality Undertaking | |
You undertake: |
(c) | to keep the Confidential Information confidential and not to disclose it to anyone except as provided for by paragraph 2 below and to ensure that the Confidential Information is protected with security measures and a degree of care that would apply to your own confidential information; | ||
(d) | to keep confidential and not disclose to anyone the fact that the Confidential Information has been made available or that discussions or negotiations are taking place or have taken place between us in connection with the Facility. | ||
(e) | to use the Confidential Information only for the Permitted Purpose; | ||
(f) | to use all reasonable endeavours to ensure that any person to whom you pass any Confidential Information (unless disclosed under paragraph 2(b) below) acknowledges and complies with the provisions of this letter as if that person were also a party to it; and | ||
(g) | not to make enquiries of any member of the Group or any of their officers, directors, employees or professional advisers relating directly or indirectly to the Facility. |
91
2. | Permitted Disclosure | |
We agree that you may disclose Confidential Information: |
(a) | to members of the Participant Group and their officers, directors, employees and professional advisers to the extent necessary for the Permitted Purpose and to any auditors of members of the Participant Group; | ||
(b) | where: |
(i) | requested or required by any court of competent jurisdiction or any competent judicial, governmental, supervisory or regulatory body; | ||
(ii) | required by the rules of any stock exchange on which the shares or other securities of any member of the Participant Group are listed; or | ||
(iii) | required by the laws or regulations of any country with jurisdiction over the affairs of any member of the Participant Group; or |
(c) | with the prior written consent of us and the Borrower. |
3. | Notification of Required or Unauthorised Disclosure | |
You agree (to the extent permitted by law) to inform us of the full circumstances of any disclosure under paragraph 2(b) or upon becoming aware that Confidential Information has been disclosed in breach of this letter. | ||
4. | Return of Copies | |
If we so request in writing, you shall return all Confidential Information supplied to you by us and destroy or permanently erase all copies of Confidential Information made by you and use all reasonable endeavours to ensure that anyone to whom you have supplied any Confidential Information destroys or permanently erases such Confidential Information and any copies made by them, in each case save to the extent that you or the recipients are required to retain any such Confidential Information by any applicable law, rule or regulation or by any competent judicial, governmental, supervisory or regulatory body or in accordance with internal policy, or where the Confidential Information has been disclosed under paragraph 2(b) above. | ||
5. | Continuing Obligations | |
The obligations in this letter are continuing and, in particular, shall survive the termination of any discussions or negotiations between you and us. Notwithstanding the previous sentence, the obligations in this letter shall cease (a) if you become a party to or otherwise acquire (by assignment or sub participation) an interest, direct or indirect in the Facility or (b) twelve months after you have returned all Confidential Information supplied to you by us and destroyed or permanently erased all copies of Confidential Information made by |
92
you (other than any such Confidential Information or copies which have been disclosed under paragraph 2 above (other than sub-paragraph 2(a)) or which, pursuant to paragraph 2 above, are not required to be returned or destroyed). |
6. | No Representation; Consequences of Breach, etc | |
You acknowledge and agree that: |
(d) | neither we nor any of our officers, employees or advisers (each a Relevant Person ) (i) make any representation or warranty, express or implied, as to, or assume any responsibility for, the accuracy, reliability or completeness of any of the Confidential Information or any other information supplied by us or any member of the Group or the assumptions on which it is based or (ii) shall be under any obligation to update or correct any inaccuracy in the Confidential Information or any other information supplied by us or any member of the Group or be otherwise liable to you or any other person in respect to the Confidential Information or any such information; and | ||
(e) | we or members of the Group may be irreparably harmed by the breach of the terms of this letter and damages may not be an adequate remedy; each Relevant Person or member of the Group may be granted an injunction or specific performance for any threatened or actual breach of the provisions of this letter by you. |
93
10.1.2 | Notwithstanding any provisions of this letter, the parties to this letter do not require the consent of any Relevant Person or any member of the Group to rescind or vary this letter at any time. | |
11. | Governing Law and Jurisdiction | |
This letter (including the agreement constituted by your acknowledgement of its terms) shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of England and the parties submit to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the English courts. | ||
12. | Definitions | |
In this letter (including the acknowledgement set out below): | ||
Confidential Information means any information relating to the Borrower, the Group, and the Facility provided to you by us or any of our affiliates or advisers, in whatever form, and includes information given orally and any document, electronic file or any other way of representing or recording information which contains or is derived or copied from such information but excludes information that (a) is or becomes public knowledge other than as a direct or indirect result of any breach of this letter or (b) is known by you before the date the information is disclosed to you by us or any of our affiliates or advisers or is lawfully obtained by you after that date, other than from a source which is connected with the Group and which, in either case, as far as you are aware, has not been obtained in violation of, and is not otherwise subject to, any obligation of confidentiality; | ||
Facility Agreement means the agreement dated [ ] March 2006 pursuant to which the Facility has been made available; | ||
Group means the Borrower end its Subsidiaries (as defined in the Facility Agreement); | ||
Participant Group means you, each Holding Company and Subsidiaries and each Subsidiary of any Holding Company (as each such term is defined in the Facility Agreement); and | ||
Permitted Purpose means considering and evaluating whether to enter into the Facility. |
Yours faithfully
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
**
|
To:
|
** | |
|
The Borrower and each other member of the Group |
94
|
||
** [Potential Lender]
|
95
Delivery of a duly completed Utilisation
|
3:00 p.m. London time 4 Business Days | |
Request (Clause 5.1 (
Delivery of a
|
prior to the proposed Utilisation Date | |
Utilisation Request
) or a Selection Notice
|
||
(Clause 9.1 (
Selection of interest Periods
))
|
||
LIBOR is fixed
|
Quotation Day as of 11:00 a.m. London time | |
|
||
Agent notifies the Lenders of the Loan in
|
9.00 a.m. London time 2 Business | |
accordance with Clause 5.4 (
Lenders
|
Days prior to the proposed Utilisation Date | |
participation
)
|
96
By:
|
/s/ Oren Lieder
|
By: |
/s/ Tal Raz
|
|||||||
|
Oren Lieder | Tal Raz |
By:
|
/s/ Monica Ugido
|
By:
|
/s/ Monica Ugido
|
97
Attention:
|
Chief Financial Officer and General Counsel | |
Fax No.:
|
+972 52 998 9701 |
Dear Sirs
|
30 th March 2006 |
1 | In this letter, references to Clauses shall be references to clauses of the Facility Agreement. | |
2 | We hereby agree that with effect from the date on which you return to us a signed copy of this letter, Clause 6.1.1 of the Facility Agreement shall be deleted and replaced with the following: | |
6.1.1 | The Borrower shall repay the Facility A Loans by paying to the Agent (for the account of the Lenders) on each date set out in Column 1 below (each a Facility A Repayment Date ) the percentage of the aggregate amount of the Facility A Loans outstanding at the close of business on the final day of the Availability Period which is set out in Column 2 below opposite that date. |
Column 1 | Column 2 | |
Facility A Repayment Date
|
Percentage of the Original Dollar Amount of the Facility A Loans to be repaid | |
|
||
9 March 2008
|
10% | |
|
||
9 September 2008
|
10% | |
|
||
9 March 2009
|
10% | |
|
||
9 September 2009
|
10% | |
|
||
9 March 2010
|
15% | |
|
||
9 September 2010
|
20% | |
|
||
22
nd
December 2010
|
25% |
3 | The Facility Agreement shall continue in full force and effect in accordance with its terms save as amended by this letter. |
4 | This letter may be signed in any number of counterparts and this shall have the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of this letter. | |
5 | This letter shall be governed by and construed in accordance with English law. |
/s/ Adi Khambata
|
/s/ Howard David Batson
|
|||||
authorised signatory of
|
||||||
Citibank International plc as Agent
|
/s/ Amos Shapira
|
/s/ Tal Raz
|
|||||
for and on behalf of
|
||||||
Cellcom Israel Ltd. as Borrower
|
Attention:
|
Chief Financial Officer and General Counsel | |
Fax No.:
|
+972 52 998 9701 |
Dear Sirs
|
4 th April 2006 |
1 | In this letter, references to Clauses shall be references to clauses of the Facility Agreement. | |
2. | Notwithstanding the provisions of Clause 5.3(a) of the Facility Agreement, the Borrower agrees that it will make available to the Agent in Dollars an amount equal to the Commitment of each NIS Lender on 10 April 2006 (being the proposed Transfer Date on which Syndication is to take place) (the Dollar Amount ). Eighty per cent. of the Dollar Amount is to be applied by the Agent against the Facility A Loans currently outstanding and the twenty per cent. of the Dollar Amount is to be applied by the Agent against the Facility B Loans currently outstanding. | |
3 | Subject to receipt of the Dollar Amount as contemplated in 2 above, the Agent shall make available to the Borrower, on 10 April 2006, an amount in NIS which the Agent has received from the NIS Lenders and which is equal to the Dollar Amount at the prevailing Dollar NIS Bank of Israel representative rate at the commencement of business in Tel Aviv on Monday 10 April 2006 (the NIS Amount). Eighty per cent. of the NIS Amount shall be made available to the Borrower as a Facility A Loan and twenty per cent. of the NIS Amount shall be made available to the Borrower as a Facility B Loan. | |
4 | The Facility Agreement shall continue in full force and effect in accordance with its terms save as amended by this letter. | |
5 | This letter may be signed in any number of counterparts and this shall have the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of this letter. This letter shall be a Finance Document. | |
6 | This letter shall be governed by and construed in accordance with English law. |
Yours faithfully
|
||
|
||
/s/ Adi Khambata
|
||
authorised signatory of
|
||
Citibank International plc as Agent
|
/s/ Oren Lieder
|
/s/ Tal Raz
|
|||||
for and on behalf of
|
||||||
Cellcom Israel Ltd. as Borrower
|
Attention:
|
Chief Financial Officer and General Counsel | |
Fax No.:
|
+972 52 998 9701 |
1 | In this letter, references to Clauses shall be references to clauses of the Facility Agreement. | |
2 | We hereby agree that with effect from the date on which you return to us a signed copy of this letter, the definition of Total Debt Service in Clause 20.13.6 of the Facility Agreement shall be deleted and replaced with the following: | |
Total Debt Service means the amount of all repayments or prepayments of principal accrued and payable in a financial year of the Borrower plus the gross amount of all interest, commissions, periodic fees and other financing charges accrued and payable by the Borrower during that period without counting any principal amount repaid and redrawn in the same financial year under Facility B other than repayments under Facility B which are due on the Final Repayment Date and excluding any indebtedness of a maturity which is less than one year listed in the Borrowers financial statements for the period ending on 31 December 2005. | ||
3 | The Facility Agreement shall continue in full force and effect in accordance with its terms save as amended by this letter. | |
4 | This letter may be signed in any number of counterparts and this shall have the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of this letter. | |
5 | This letter shall be governed by and construed in accordance with English law. |
Yours faithfully
|
||
|
||
/s/ Adi Khambata
|
||
authorised signatory of
|
||
Citibank International plc as Agent
|
/s/ Tal Raz
|
/s/ Oren Lieder
|
|||||
for and on behalf of
|
||||||
Cellcom Israel Ltd. as Borrower
|
To: |
Cellcom Israel Ltd.
10 Hagavish Street Israel 42140 |
Attention: | Chief Financial Officer and General Counsel | ||
Fax No.: | +972 52 998 9701 |
1 | In this letter, references to Clauses shall be references to clauses of the Facility Agreement. | |
2 | We hereby agree that with effect from the date on which you return to us a signed copy of this letter, Clause 20.13.1 of the Facility Agreement shall be deleted and replaced with the following: | |
20.13.1 |
(a) | The Borrower may make payments by way of dividend in any financial year in an aggregate amount not exceeding the balance of its retained earnings as detailed in its financial statements for the financial year ended 31 December 2005 and delivered to it by the Borrower pursuant to Clause 18.1(a) (Financial statements); | ||
(b) | In addition to Clause 20.13.1(a) above, the Borrower may make a one-off payment by way of dividend in respect of the year ending 31 December 2005 in an amount not exceeding the lower of: |
(i) | the increase (if any) in the balance of the Borrowers retained earnings for the year ending 31 December 2005 following the restatement of the Borrowers comparative figures for the year ending 31 December 2005 as published in the financial statements for the first Quarter Date of 2007 and which is permitted by the introduction of Israeli accounting standard 27 (the Accounting Standard ); and | ||
(ii) | NIS 270,000,000 (or its equivalent in any other currency). |
(c) | in addition to Clauses 20.13.1(a) and (b) above and provided that the conditions set out in Clause 20.13.2 and 20.13.3 below would not be breached following the payment of such dividend, the Borrower may make a one-off payment by way of dividend in respect of the year ending 31 December 2006 in an amount not exceeding the lower of: |
(i) | the increase (if any) in the balance of the Borrowers retained earnings for the year ending 31 December 2006 following the restatement of the Borrowers financial statements for the year ending 31 December 2006 as published in the financial statements for the first Quarter Date of 2007 and which is permitted by the Accounting Standard; and | ||
(ii) | NIS 40,000,000 (or its equivalent in any other currency). |
3 | We also hereby agree that with effect from the date on which you return to us a signed copy of this letter, Clause 19.1 of the Facility Agreement shall be deleted and replaced with the following: | |
19.1 Debt Cover | ||
The ratio of Net Debt to EBITDA, calculated as of each Quarter Date in respect of the four immediately preceding financial quarters of the Borrower ending on that Quarter Date, will not exceed 2.5:1 until all Loans have been repaid in full. | ||
4 | The Facility Agreement shall continue in full force and effect in accordance with its terms save as amended by this letter. | |
5 | This letter may be signed in any number of counterparts and this shall have the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of this letter. | |
6 | This letter shall be governed by and construed in accordance with English law. |
Yours faithfully
/s/ Adi Khambata |
|||
authorised signatory of
Citibank International plc as Agent |
|||
We accept and agree the terms of the letter set out above. | |||
/s/ Tal Raz | /s/ Amos Shapira | ||
for and on behalf of
Cellcom Israel Ltd. as Borrower |
Between:
|
Cellcom Israel Ltd. | |||||
|
P.C. 511930125 | |||||
|
10 Hagavish St., Netanya 42140 | |||||
|
||||||
|
(the Company) | of the one part | ||||
|
||||||
|
||||||
A n d:
|
Aurora Fidelity Trust Ltd. | |||||
|
Company no. 513605576 | |||||
|
6 Harakon St., Ramat Gan 52521 | |||||
|
(the Trustee ) | of the other part | ||||
|
Whereas
|
the Company decided to hold a private issue of a series of registered debentures unlimited in amount (series A), of NIS 1 principal amount each; and | |
|
||
Whereas
|
the Trustee is a company limited by shares, incorporated in Israel, whose principal purpose is to engage in trusts; and | |
|
||
Whereas
|
the Trustee declared that there is no legal impediment to its entering into an engagement with the Company under this Trust Deed, and that it meets the requirements and qualifying conditions set in the Securities Law, as hereinafter defined, for acting as a trustee under this Trust Deed; and | |
|
||
Whereas
|
the Company requested the Trustee to act as trustee on behalf of the holders of Debentures (Series A), and the Trustee agreed thereto, all subject to and in accordance with the terms of this Trust Deed. |
1. | Preamble, Interpretation and Definitions |
1.1 | The preamble to this Trust Deed and the appendices attached hereto form an integral part hereof. | ||
1.2 | The division of this Trust Deed into clauses and assigning of clause headings is done solely for convenience and as a means of reference, and may not be used for purposes of interpretation. | ||
1.3 | Words stated in this Deed in the plural form import the singular form as well, and vice versa; words stated in the masculine gender import the feminine gender as well, and vice versa; and a person imports a corporation as well, wherever this |
Deed does not provide explicitly and/or implicitly otherwise and/or the context or content does not dictate otherwise. | |||
1.4 | Terms defined in the debenture certificate and not defined in this Trust Deed shall have the meaning assigned to them in the debenture certificate. | ||
1.5 | In this Trust Deed the following terms shall have the meaning appearing alongside them, unless implied differently by the context or content: | ||
1.6 | the Trust Deed or this Deed this Trust Deed, including the appendices attached hereto and forming an integral part thereof; | ||
1.7 | the Debentures (Series A) or the debentures a series of registered debentures (series A) unlimited in amount, of NIS 1 principal amount each, which are to be issued by the Company under this Trust Deed; | ||
1.8 | sum of net financial Indebtedness known on any date (a) the sum of the Companys indebtedness in respect of credit taken from financial institutions, institutional investors and other holders of debentures of the Company, less (b) short-term investments of the Company, including its cash balances and its deposits with financial institutions, all as stated in the Companys last financial statements, audited or reviewed by the Companys auditors and certified by the Companys board of directors prior to that date; | ||
1.9 | financial debt the Companys debt in respect of credit from a financial institution or institutional investor or in respect of a debenture of the Company; | ||
1.10 | the Trustee the Trustee mentioned at the head of this Deed and/or anyone acting from time to time as trustee of the holders of the debentures under this Deed; | ||
1.11 | register the register of holders of Debentures (Series A); | ||
1.12 | debenture holder or holder the person whose name is written at the time in question in the register as the holder of the debenture, and in the case of several joint holders, the joint holder whose name is written first in the register; | ||
1.13 | debenture certificate certificate of a Debenture (Series A), including the appended Terms set forth in the back of the page set forth in the back of the page the wording of which appears in Addendum A to this Deed; | ||
1.14 | the Securities Law the Securities Law, 5728-1968, and its regulations as in force from time to time; | ||
1.15 | principal of the debentures the principal amount of the unpaid Debentures in circulation; |
- 2 -
1.16 | Consumer Price Index or index the price index known as the Consumer Price Index including fruits and vegetables, published by the Central Bureau of Statistic and Economic Research, including the same index even if published by another official organization or institution replacing it, and whether built on the same data as the existing index or not. If the index is replaced by another index published by an organization or institution as aforesaid and such organization or institution has not set the ratio between such index and the replaced index, said ratio shall be set by the Central Bureau of Statistics. If such ratio is not set as aforesaid, then the Trustee in consultation with economic experts to be chosen by it will set the ratio between the other index and the replaced index; | ||
1.17 | business day any day on which most of the big banks in Israel as well as the Stock Exchange clearinghouse are open to the public for the execution of transactions; | ||
1.18 | special resolution as defined in Addendum B to this Deed; | ||
1.19 | calendar month according to the Gregorian calendar; | ||
1.20 | the Stock Exchange the Tel Aviv Stock Exchange Ltd. | ||
1.21 | EBITDA in any period the Companys earnings before depreciation expenses, financing, taxes and other deductions, all as stated in the Companys financial statements for that period, audited or reviewed by the Companys auditors and certified by the Companys board of directors. |
2. | Issuance of the Debentures |
2.1 | The Company will issue a series of registered debentures (series A) unlimited in amount, of NIS 1 principal amount each, payable in nine equal semi annual installments, on July 5 of each of the years 2008 to 2012 (inclusive) and on January 5 of each of the years 2009 to 2012 (inclusive), bearing interest at a rate of 5.0% per annum and linked, principal and interest, to the Consumer Price Index published for the month of November 2005. | ||
2.2 | The terms of the debentures will be as set out in this Deed and in the debenture certificate (including the Terms set forth in the back of the page attached to the certificate). The wording of the debenture certificate will be as set out in Addendum A to this Deed. | ||
2.3 | The debenture certificates will be ready at the Companys offices for delivery to those entitled to them within three months from the date of the allotment of the debentures, and they will be handed over against the return of the relevant allotment letter to the Company. |
- 3 -
2.4 | Subject to the provisions of clause 2.5 below, the Debentures (Series A) will not be listed on any stock exchange. Subject to the provisions of the law and to the Stock Exchange rules, the Company will register the debentures in the name of the Registration Company of Israel Discount Bank Ltd, and within 30 days from the date of their issuance they will be registered at the Stock Exchange clearinghouse, which will provide clearing services for the debentures, and they will also be listed in the computerized trading system for institutional investors operated by the Stock Exchange ( listing in the institutional continuous trading system ). Failure to list the debentures in the institutional continuous trading system as aforesaid owing to an act or omission of the Company shall be deemed a fundamental breach by the Company. It is hereby clarified that subject to the provisions of the law and the Stock Exchange rules, other than an institutional investor as defined in the First Schedule to the Securities Law, 5728-1968, no one may trade in the debentures in the framework of the computerized trading system for institutional investors as stated. | ||
2.5 | The Company undertakes, subject to the provisions of any law and the Stock Exchange rules, to list the debentures on the Stock Exchange on the basis of a prospectus not later than June 30, 2006 (the determining date for listing ). If the debentures are not listed on the Stock Exchange by the determining date for listing, then |
2.5.1 | The Company will notify the holders not later than July 5, 2006 that the Debentures (Series A) were not listed as stated. The debentures will continue to be traded in the computerized trading system for institutional investors, and the debenture holders will have the right (the option ), as a sole relief, to sell to the Company the Debentures (Series A) held by them, as set out in this clause 2.5. | ||
2.5.2 | Any holder wanting to exercise the option (the exerciser ) will notify the Company in writing ( exercise notice ), not later than July 31, 2006, of his wish to exercise the option, specifying the total principal amount of the Debentures (Series A) which he wishes to sell to the Company within the exercise (the value sold ), and if he is a holder whose name is not listed in the register, he will attach to his notice a confirmation by the Stock Exchange member attesting to his ownership of the value sold. The exerciser will attach to the exercise notice a certificate of exemption from deduction of tax at source, if such exists. | ||
2.5.3 | Not later than one business day before September 28, 2006 ( the first exercise date ), each exerciser will sell to the Company, in an off-floor transaction, one-half of the value sold indicated in his exercise notice, and where said one-half is not a sum of principal amount in whole new shekels, the aforesaid total sum of principal amount will be rounded up to the nearest new shekel ( the half ). In return, the Company will pay the |
- 4 -
exerciser, on the first exercise date, within the off-floor transaction, the outstanding balance of the unpaid principal of the half, plus linkage differences, as well as the unpaid interest (together with linkage differences), to which the exerciser is entitled for the half up to the first exercise date according to the terms of the Debentures (Series A), and which was not paid by then | |||
2.5.4 | Not later than one business day before March 29, 2007 (the second exercise date ), each exerciser will sell to the Company, in an off-floor transaction, the value sold indicated in his exercise notice less the half (the balance of the value sold ). In return, the Company will pay to the exerciser, on the second exercise date, within the off-floor transaction, the outstanding balance of the unpaid principal of the balance of the value sold, plus linkage differences, as well as the unpaid interest (together with linkage differences), to which the exerciser is entitled for the balance of the value sold up to the second exercise date according to the terms of the Debentures (Series A) and which was not paid by then. | ||
2.5.5 | Tax at source will be deducted from the amounts paid by the Company under this clause, where this is required by law. | ||
2.5.6 | The exercise notice submitted to the Company may not be canceled or modified. It is hereby clarified that the interest which the Company shall pay under the terms of the Debentures (Series A) during the period between July 31, 2006 and the first exercise date and the second exercise date, as the case may be, will be paid to whoever are the holders of Debentures (Series A) on the determining date for the payment of said interest. | ||
2.5.7 | The Company will notify the holders concerning the manner in which the half and the balance of the value sold should be transferred to it, not later than September 15, 2006. | ||
2.5.8 | If the sum of the value sold by all the exercisers according to the exercise notices received by the Company will not be less than 90% of the total principal amount of the Debentures (Series A) in circulation on July 31, 2006, then subject to the provisions of the law and the Stock Exchange rules, the Company will be entitled to serve notice of the early redemption of the Debentures (Series A) to take place on April 1, 2007 (the early redemption date ). Where the Company so chose |
2.5.8.1 | The debenture holders will be served a notice in this regard not later than March 1, 2007, but not earlier than October 1, 2006. On the date of service of the notice the Company will submit a report to the Stock Exchange in which it indicates the exact rate |
- 5 -
of interest to be paid to the holders on the early redemption date, calculated on the basis of 365 days in a year. | |||
2.5.8.2 | On the early redemption date the Company will pay the holders the balance of the unpaid principal and interest (together with linkage differences) to which the holders are entitled up to the early redemption date according to the terms of the Debentures (Series A). |
2.6 | The Debentures (Series A) will stand pari passu among themselves, without any priority or preference the one over the other. | ||
2.7 | The Company undertakes not to create liens on its assets, of any nature or kind, for as long as the Debentures (Series A) have not been fully paid, excluding a fixed lien on assets to secure credit enabling the purchase of those assets. | ||
2.8 | The Company undertakes to pay at the times appointed for this purpose in the debentures the amounts of the principal, the interest and the linkage differences payable under the debentures, and to comply with all the other conditions and obligations imposed on it by the terms of the debentures and this Deed. |
3. | The Right to Issue Additional Debentures and Other Securities | |
The Company reserves the right to issue at any time additional debentures series or other securities, with preferred, equal or inferior rights to the Debentures (Series A), whether they confer or do not confer a right of conversion into shares of the Company and upon such redemption, interest, linkage terms and other terms as the Company deems fit and subject to the provision of clause 2.7 above, all as the Company deems fit, at its discretion, without need of the consent of the Trustee or of the holders of Debentures (Series A) then in circulation. | ||
4. | The Right to Issue Additional Debentures (Series A) | |
The Company will be entitled, from time to time, at its sole discretion, to issue additional Debentures (Series A), without need of the consent of the Trustee or of the holders of Debentures (Series A) then in circulation ( the additional Debentures (Series A) ). Without derogating from the generality of the above, the Company will be entitled to issue the additional Debentures (Series A) at the same price or at a higher or lower price than the price at which earlier debentures from series A were issued. | ||
All the terms and provisions applying to the Debentures (Series A) will apply also to the additional Debentures (Series A); to remove doubt, it is clarified that: (a) the principal of the additional Debentures (Series A) will be paid, on every date of payment on account of the principal, proportionally to the remaining number of principal payments; and (b) the holders of the additional Debentures (Series A) will not be entitled to interest for interest periods that ended prior to their allotment date. |
- 6 -
The Company will notify the Trustee, and the Trustee will notify the debenture holders, concerning the issuance of additional Debentures (Series A). | ||
5. | Purchase of Debentures by the Company and Related Bodies | |
The Company reserves the right to purchase at any time debentures from this series, at any price deemed appropriate by it, without derogating from the duty of payment of the balance of the unpaid debentures in circulation. The purchase of the debentures by the Company will be deemed as the redemption of those debentures, which will lapse; and if they were listed, then they will also be canceled and delisted from trade trading system for institutional investors or on the Stock Exchange, as the case may be, and the Company will not be allowed to reissue them. It is hereby clarified that if such debentures are purchased by a subsidiary or by an included company or by a related company of the Company (as this term is defined in the Securities Law) controlling shareholder in the Company, this shall not be deemed as the redemption of the debentures that were purchased by the subsidiary, the included company or the controlling shareholders in the company as aforesaid; however, for as long as the debentures are held by the subsidiary, the included company, the related company or the controlling shareholders as aforesaid, they will not confer on their holders the right to vote in general meetings of the debenture holders or taken into account for the purpose of determining the presence of a quorum, except if any one of the above is an investor from among those enumerated in the First Schedule to the Securities Law (in the matter of section 15A(b)(1) of the law), who is not investing on its own behalf ( related institutional investor ), in which case its vote will be taken into account. It is hereby clarified that a subsidiary, an included company, a related company or the controlling shareholder as aforesaid not being related institutional investors will be entitled to participate in such meetings, without a voting right. | ||
The Company will notify the Trustee in any case of the purchase of debentures from this series by it or by a subsidiary or by an included company or by the controlling shareholder in the Company (upon learning thereof). | ||
6. | No Collateral | |
The debentures are not secured by any collateral. The Company undertakes not to create liens as provided in clause 2.7 above. | ||
7. | Immediate payment on the Debentures | |
Subject to the provisions of clause 8 below, the Trustee will be entitled to make call for the immediate payment on all or any of the unpaid balance of the debentures, and shall be obligated to do so if required by a special resolution (as defined in Addendum B to this Deed) passed by the general meeting of the debenture holders, or in a written demand signed by the holders of more than 50% of the unpaid balance of the principal of the debentures in circulation, all the aforesaid upon the occurrence of one or more of the circumstances enumerated below: |
- 7 -
7.1 | The Company does will not pay any amount (whether principal, interest or linkage differences) due under the terms of the debentures, within seven days from the due date of that amount according to the terms of the debentures. | ||
7.2 | A permanent liquidator is appointed to the Company by a court, or the court issues a final liquidation order in respect of the Company, or a valid resolution is passed for the voluntary liquidation of the Company. | ||
7.3 | An application is filed for the Company to make an arrangement with its creditors under section 350 of the Companies Law, 5759-1999, or a stay of proceedings order is issued against the Company under the aforesaid section, and where the application is not filed by the Company the application or the order is not withdrawn or canceled within 45 days from when it was filed or issued, as the case may be. | ||
7.4 | The Company is dissolved or expunged for any reason whatsoever, including expunction or dissolution for the purpose of a merger or in the framework of a share swap, unless the Trustee is satisfied that the rights of the holders of Debentures (Series A) will not be prejudiced by such merger or share swap transaction. | ||
7.5 | If any of the cases enumerated below take place, according to the determination by the Trustee or in a special resolution passed by the general meeting of the debenture holders that this may to prejudice or endanger the rights of the debenture holders: |
7.5.1 | A temporary liquidator or temporary receiver is appointed to the Company by a court, or if the court issues a temporary liquidation order against the Company, and such appointment or order is not revoked within 30 days from when it was issued. | ||
7.5.2 | An attachment is imposed on material assets of the Company, and such attachment is not lifted within 45 days from when it was imposed. | ||
7.5.3 | An execution act is executed against material assets of the Company, and such act is not annulled within 45 days from when it was executed. | ||
7.5.4 | A permanent receiver is appointed to the Company and/or over all or a material part of its assets, and such appointment is not revoked within 45 days. | ||
7.5.5 | The Company discontinues payments and/or gives notice of its intention to discontinue payments and/or there is, in the Trustees opinion, a real danger that it will discontinue payments and/or cease carrying on its business and/or it is probable that it will cease carrying on its business. | ||
7.5.6 | The Company breaches or defaults on any material condition or obligation imposed on it by the terms of the debentures and this Deed, |
- 8 -
and fails to remedy such breach within 14 business days from when it received a written warning from the Trustee to remedy the breach. | |||
7.5.7 | The holders of liens on the Companys assets exercise their liens on material assets of the Company. | ||
7.5.8 | A call for an immediate payment is made on another debenture series that was issued by the Company, not in accordance with a resolution of the Company. | ||
7.5.9 | So long as the debentures have not been listed on the Stock Exchange if 10 business days have elapsed from when a call for an immediate payment was made upon a financial debt by a creditor, consequent on a breach of the Companys obligations toward such creditor; however, if in the course of those 10 business days any of the circumstances listed below occurs, no call for an immediate payment will be made on the Debentures (Series A): (1) an order is issued for the stay or cancellation of the call for an immediate payment on the financial debt; (2) the Company and the creditor arrive at an arrangement in which the call for an immediate payment is canceled, in such manner that it does not advance the original payment times that were fixed between such creditor and the Company. | ||
In this regard, financial debt excluding existing indebtedness of the Company to banks in their amount on December 31, 2005. | |||
7.5.10 | Up to the listing of the debentures on the Stock Exchange the transfer of control in the Company. In this regard, control as defined in the Securities Law, except if the identity of the new holder of the controlling shareholder was approved by a meeting of the holders of Debentures (Series A). | ||
7.5.11 | Up to the listing of the debentures on the Stock Exchange any other event which, in the Trustees reasonable opinion, constitutes a material injury and/or gives rise to a real concern of material injury to the rights of the holders of Debentures (Series A), including due to events as aforementioned in the beginning of this clause 7.5.11, coming to the Trustees attention pursuant to notices of the Company served as provided in clause 15.13 below. |
8. | Prior Notice Before a Call for Immediate Payment |
8.1 | Notwithstanding the aforesaid in clause 7 above, the Trustee will not make a call for an immediate payment on the debentures unless the Trustee served the Company prior written notice of its intention to do so, and the Company failed to comply with the contents of such notice within 15 days from the receipt thereof ( the curing period ). |
- 9 -
8.2 | In the prior notice as aforesaid the Company will be required to pay the amount in arrears, and/or to comply with the other provisions of this Trust Deed or terms of the debentures the breach of which or noncompliance with which constitute cause for making a call for an immediate payment, and/or to restore the status quo according to the event set forth in clause 7 above constituting cause for a call for an immediate payment, in respect of which the aforesaid notice was served. | ||
8.3 | Notwithstanding the provisions of clause 8.1 above, if the Trustee is of the opinion that a delay in making a call for an immediate payment on the Companys debt, as stated in clause 8.1 above, will materially endanger the rights of the debenture holders, it will be entitled to shorten the curing period up to 3 business days, in order to prevent such danger to the rights of the debenture holders, provided it affirms this to the Company in a notice served to it simultaneously with the call for an immediate payment on the debentures. |
9. | Claims and Proceedings by the Trustee |
9.1 | Whenever a call for an immediate payment is made on the debentures, the Trustee will be entitled, at its discretion and without further notice, to institute such proceedings, including legal proceedings, as it deems fit for protecting the rights of the debenture holders. | ||
9.2 | The Trustee shall be obligated to act as provided in clause 9.1 above, if so required by a special resolution passed by the general meeting of the debenture holders, or in a written demand signed by the holders of more than 75% of the unpaid balance of the principal of the debentures in circulation, and in accordance with such resolution or demand, unless the Trustee deems it unjustified and/or unreasonable to do so in the circumstances of the case and applies to the appropriate court for instructions in the matter. | ||
9.3 | The Trustee may, before instituting any proceedings to convene a meeting of the debenture holders to issue a special resolution as to which proceedings should be instituted, and the Trustee will be entitled to reconvene meetings of the debenture holders for the purpose of receiving instructions in respect of the conduct of such proceedings. | ||
9.4 | The stated above shall not prejudice and/or derogate from the Trustees right to initiate legal and/or other proceedings including the receipt of instructions from the court, even if no call for payment was made on the debentures, all for the protection of the debenture holders and subject to the provisions of any law. | ||
9.5 | Subject to the provisions of this Deed, the Trustee is entitled, but not obligated, to convene a general meeting of the debenture holders at any time, in order to consider any matter relating to this Deed and/or to obtain its instructions in that regard. |
- 10 -
9.6 | The Trustee is entitled, but not obligated, at its sole discretion, to delay the performance of any action under this Deed, for the purpose of applying to the general meeting of the debenture holders and/or to the court, until it receives instructions from the general meeting of the debenture holders and/or from the court on how to proceed. | ||
9.7 | The application to the general meeting of the debenture holders and/or to the court will be made in such cases without delay and at the earliest possible and reasonable date. |
10. | Trusteeship of the Receipts |
10.1 | All the receipts received by the Trustee, including as a result of proceedings, if any, instituted by it against the Company, will be held by it in trust and used by it for the purposes and according to the order or priorities detailed below: | ||
First, for defraying the reasonable costs, the payments, the imposts and the obligations that were expended by the Trustee, imposed on it, or that were incurred incidentally to or in consequence of the trust execution acts or otherwise in connection with the terms of this Deed, including the Trustees fee (provided it was not paid by the Company, and without derogating from its obligation to pay the Trustees fee). Subject to the provisions of the law, the balance will be used by the Trustee, unless the general meeting of the debenture holders directs otherwise in a special resolution, for the following: first, to pay the debenture holders all the interest due to them under the terms of the debentures, subject to the linkage conditions in the debentures, pari passu and pro rata to the amount of the arrears interest due to each of them, without preference or priority to any of them and without any preference due to precedence in the time of issuance of the debentures by the Company or otherwise; second, to pay the debenture holders the principal amounts due to them under the debentures held by them, whether the time of payment of the principal has arrived or not, subject to the linkage conditions in the debentures, pari passu and pro rata to the amounts due to them, without any preference due to precedence in the time of issuance of the debentures by the Company or otherwise, and the surplus, if any, will be paid by the Trustee to the Company or its substitutes, as the case may be. Withholding tax will be deducted from the payments to the debenture holders, insofar as there is a requirement in law to do so. | |||
The payment of the amounts by the Trustee to the debenture holders as stated above, from the receipts received by it, is subject to prior or equal rights of other creditors of the Company with respect to said receipts, should there be any such and in accordance with any law. |
- 11 -
11. | Authority to Delay the Distribution of Moneys |
11.1 | Notwithstanding the provisions of clause 10 above, if the monetary amount received as a result of the institution of proceedings as stated above and becoming distributable at any time as stated in said clause, is less than ten percent (10%) of the unpaid balance of the principal of the debentures in circulation (subject to the linkage conditions), the Trustee will not be obligated to distribute it and will be entitled to invest such amount, wholly or partly, in the permissible investments under this Deed and to replace such investments from time to time with other permissible investments, all as he deems appropriate. | ||
11.2 | When the aforesaid investments with their earnings, together with other moneys, if any, received by the Trustee for payment to the debenture holders, reach an amount sufficient for paying at least ten percent (10%) of the unpaid balance of the principal of the debentures in circulation (subject to the linkage conditions), the Trustee will pay them to the debenture holders in the manner provided in clause 10 above. That stated will not apply if a special resolution is passed by the general meeting of holders of Debentures (Series A) according to which the Trustee is required to distribute such amount. | ||
11.3 | If within a reasonable amount of time the Trustee is not in possession of an amount sufficient for paying at least ten percent of the unpaid balance of the principal of the debentures as stated, it will be entitled to distribute to the debenture holders the moneys in his possession. |
12. | Distribution Notice | |
The Trustee will notify the debenture holders of the day and place of execution of any payment from among those referred to in clauses 10 and 11 above, by a prior notice of 14 days to be served in the manner specified in clause 24 below. | ||
After the day specified in the notice, the debenture holders will be entitled to interest at the rate specified in the debentures, only on the balance of the principal (should there be any such) after deduction of the amount that was paid or proposed for payment to them as aforesaid. | ||
13. | Receipts from the Debenture Holders |
13.1 | A receipt issued by a debenture holder for the amounts of the principal, the interest and the linkage differences paid to him by the Trustee in respect of the debenture will release the Trustee absolutely with respect to the actual execution of payment of the amounts specified therein. | ||
13.2 | A receipt issued by the Trustee for the amounts of the principal, the interest and the linkage differences deposited with it in favor of the debenture holders in accordance with the terms of this Deed or the debentures, will be deemed vis-à-vis |
- 12 -
the Company as a receipt from the debenture holder regarding the receipt of the amounts specified therein. |
14. | Presentation of a Debenture to the Trustee and Recording of a Partial Payment |
14.1 | A debenture holder will be obligated to present to the Trustee, at the time of a payment on account of principal, interest or linkage differences under clauses 10, 11 and 12 above, the debenture in respect of which the payment is being made. | ||
14.2 | The Trustee will record on the debenture certificate a note concerning the amounts that were paid as aforesaid, and the payment date. | ||
14.3 | The Trustee will be entitled, in any special case, at its discretion, to waive the presentation of the debenture, after the debenture holder provided it with an indemnity letter and/or a security deemed adequate by the Trustee for damages that may be caused by the non-recording of a note as aforesaid, all as the Trustee deems fit, or it may maintain records in another manner, at its discretion. |
15. | Companys Undertakings Toward the Trustee | |
The Company hereby undertakes toward the Trustee, up to the date of full payment of the debentures, as follows: |
15.1 | To persist and conduct its business in an orderly and proper manner, including making the mandatory payments applying by law to its assets. It is hereby clarified that the Companys failure to make such a mandatory payment due to a disagreement in good faith shall not be deemed a breach of this undertaking. | ||
15.2 | To notify the Trustee in writing, directly and not later than 2 business days after learning of the imposition of any attachment on all or a material part of its assets, and of the appointment of a receiver and/or special administrator and/or temporary or permanent liquidator over all or a material part of its assets, and of an action by a holder of a lien on any asset of the Company for the exercise of the lien registered in its favor, and to take, at its expense, all the necessary steps for removing such attachment or for canceling such receivership, liquidation or administration or for annulling the lien exercise actions, as the case may be. | ||
15.3 | To notify the Trustee in writing, directly and not later than 2 business days after learning of the occurrence of any of the circumstances enumerated in clause 7 above. | ||
15.4 | To comply with any other reasonable instruction of the Trustee that is intended to protect the rights of the debenture holders, all in accordance with the provisions of this Deed. | ||
15.5 | To manage its books in accordance with the provisions of any law and generally accepted accounting principles, and to allow the Trustee or its authorized representative, upon its demand, to inspect the Companys books and the |
- 13 -
documents serving as references therefor, subject to the Trustees undertaking to keep the information in confidence, except for the conveyance of relevant information only, at the Trustees reasonable discretion, to a meeting of the debenture holders that was convened for the purpose of receiving a report and/or passing an ordinary and/or special resolution. The holders undertake toward the Trustee and the Company to keep in confidence any information brought before them, for as long as it has not been made public by the Company. In this regard, the Trustees authorized representative denotes anyone appointed by the Trustee for the purpose of such inspection in a written notice to be served by the Trustee to the Company prior the aforesaid inspection, said notice to include also the Trustees confirmation that such representative is obligated toward the Trustee and toward the Company to keep in confidence any information coming to his knowledge in the course of his activity on the Trustees behalf. The Trustee will keep in confidence any information contained in a book and/or in a document inspected by the Trustees representative as stated. | |||
15.6 | To furnish to the Trustee a copy of every report which it is obligated to submit to the Securities Authority, simultaneously with the submission thereof to the authority, as well as a copy of every document transmitted by the Company to the debenture holders. In addition the Company will transmit to the Trustee additional information relating to the Company, upon the Trustees reasonable demand, and any information transmitted to the Trustee will be kept in confidence by it. | ||
15.7 | To issue to the Trustee, once a year as well as upon demand, a confirmation that all the payments coming due were made to the debenture holders. | ||
15.8 | To cause the debentures to be rated by a rating agency throughout the term of the debentures. In this regard, rating agency as this term is defined in the Second Schedule to the Securities Regulations (Details of the Prospectus, Its Structure and Form), 5729-1969. | ||
15.9 | To enable the Trustee to participate in meetings of the Companys shareholders, without a voting right. | ||
15.10 | For as long as the debentures have not been listed on the Stock Exchange to notify the Trustee in writing in the event that a call for an immediate payment is made on a financial debt of the Company by a creditor pursuant to a breach of the Companys obligations toward that creditor, directly and not later than 2 business days after the Company learned thereof. In this regard, financial debt excluding existing indebtedness of the Company to banks in their amount on December 13, 2005. | ||
15.11 | For as long as the debentures have not been listed on the Stock Exchange the Company will not distribute a dividend if the Companys known net financial indebtedness on the distribution date exceed three times the accumulated EBITDA |
- 14 -
in the four last calendar months included in the Companys financial statements certified by its board of directors prior to the distribution date. The Company undertakes to present to the Trustee a written confirmation from the Companys accountant, not later than 3 business days before the date of the announcement of a dividend distribution, concerning its absolute compliance with the above condition. | |||
15.12 | Up to the listing of the debentures on the Stock Exchange to notify the Trustee in writing, directly and not later than 2 business days after learning of any case in which following the first issue of the debentures under this Deed, the Company is to assume a new or additional financial debt in a manner that increases by more than NIS 500 million its known net financial Indebtedness on the date of assumption of such financial debt. | ||
15.13 | For as long as the debentures have not been listed on the Stock Exchange, the Company undertakes to notify the Trustee in writing, directly and not later than two business days after learning of any occurrence or matter being outside the ordinary course of the Companys business in view of their nature, scope or potential consequence, and which have or could have a material effect on the Company. |
16. | Additional Undertakings | |
After a call for an immediate payment is made on the debentures, the Company will perform, from time to time and whenever so required by the Trustee, all reasonable actions to enable the exercise of all the powers vested in the Trustee and specifically, the Company will perform the following actions, insofar as they are reasonable: |
16.1 | Make any declaration and/or sign all documents and/or perform and/or cause the performance of all actions as necessary and/or required for validating the exercise of the authorities, the powers and the authorizations of the Trustee and/or its representatives. | ||
16.2 | Issue all notices, orders and instructions as the Trustee deems practicable and which it requires. | ||
16.3 | For the purposes of this clause a written notice signed by the Trustee, confirming that an action required by it, within the framework of its powers, is a reasonable action, shall be prima facie evidence thereof. |
17. | Attorneys |
17.1 | The Company hereby irrevocably appoints the Trustee as its attorney for implementing and performing in its name and stead all the actions which it is obligated to perform by the explicit terms of this Deed, and in general to act in the Companys name in the exercise of all or a part of the powers vested in the Trustee, and to appoint any other person as the Trustee deems fit for the |
- 15 -
performance of the Trustees duties under this Deed of Trust, provided the Company has not performed the actions which it is obligated to perform by the terms of this Deed within a reasonable time from the Trustees demand. | |||
17.2 | The appointment under clause 17.1 above shall not obligate the Trustee to perform any action, and the Company hereby discharges the Trustee in advance in the event that it does not perform some action as aforesaid in clause 17.1 and/or in the event it is not performed on time. Additionally, the Company hereby waives in advance any contention against the Trustee and/or its agents for any damage caused and/or may be caused to the Company, directly and/or indirectly, due to actions in good faith that were performed by the Trustee as stated in this clause, excluding negligence and/or mala fides on the part of the Trustee. |
18. | Other Agreements | |
Subject to the provisions of the Securities Law and to the restrictions imposed on the Trustee in the Securities Law, the fulfillment of the Trustees function under this Deed or its status per se as a trustee shall not prevent the Trustee and/or its parent company and/or any related company from entering into various contracts with the Company or from executing any transaction with any third party in the ordinary course of its business, including any contract or transaction relating to the underwriting, distribution or sale of shares, debentures or other securities of the Company, provided this does not affect the fulfillment of the Trustees undertakings in this Deed or the Trustees competency. | ||
19. | Reports by the Trustee | |
The Trustee will prepare by the end of the second quarter in each calendar year an annual report concerning the affairs of the trust ( the annual report ). The annual report will set out the following matters: |
19.1 | Current details of the course of the affairs of the trust during the past calendar year. | ||
19.2 | Exceptional events connected with the trust that occurred during the past calendar year. | ||
19.3 | The holders may inspect the annual report at the Trustees offices during regular business hours, and they may receive a copy of the report upon demand. | ||
19.4 | The Trustee will notify the holders of the date of submission of the report by it, as provided in clause 23 below. | ||
19.5 | If the Trustee learns of a material breach of the Trust Deed on the Companys part, it will notify the holders of the breach and of the steps it has taken for the prevention thereof or for the fulfillment of the Companys undertakings, as the case may be. |
- 16 -
20. | Trustees Fee | |
The Trustees fee will be as specified in Addendum C to this Deed. | ||
21. | Powers and Activities |
21.1 | The Trustee is not obligated to inform any part of the signing of this Deed and may not interfere in any manner in the conduct of the Companys business or affairs. | ||
21.2 | The Trustee will exercise in trust the powers, authorizations and authorities vested in it by this Deed, at its reasonable discretion, and it shall not be liable for any damage caused due to an error in such discretion, unless it acted negligently or mala fides. | ||
21.3 | The Trustee will keep in confidence any information conveyed to it by the Company and will not make any use thereof save for the purpose of fulfilling its obligations under the terms of this Deed, including for the purpose of conveying relevant information only, at its reasonable discretion, to a meeting of the debenture holders convened to receive a report and/or pass an ordinary and/or special resolution. The holders undertake toward the Trustee and the Company to keep in confidence the information brought before them, for as long as it has not been made public by the Company. | ||
21.4 | The Trustee may in the course of executing the trust affairs under this Deed act on the opinion and/or advice of any lawyer, accountant, appraiser, assessor, surveyor, broker or other expert, whether such opinion and/or advice was prepared at the Trustees request and/or by the Company, and the Trustee will not be liable for any loss or damage caused as a result of any action and/or omission done by it on the basis of such advice or opinion, unless the Trustee acted negligently or not in good faith. The Trustee will allow the Company and the debenture holders to peruse such opinion upon demand. | ||
21.5 | Any such advice and/or opinion may be given, sent or received by letter, cable, facsimile and/or any other electronic means for the transmission of information, and the Trustee shall not be liable for actions done by it on the basis of any advice and/or opinion and/or knowledge conveyed by one of the methods mentioned above, even if it contained errors and/or was inauthentic, unless it was possible to discover such errors in a reasonable examination. | ||
21.6 | The Trustee will be entitled to appoint an agent/s to act in its stead, be it a lawyer or someone else, for the purpose of performing or participating in the performance of special actions that are required in connection with the trust and without derogating from the above generalities, the institution of legal proceedings or representation in merger or spin-off processes of the Company and to pay any such agent a fee. The Company shall be entitled to object to such |
- 17 -
appointment for any reasonable reason, including in case the agent is competing, directly and indirectly, with the companys business. | |||
21.7 | Subject to the provisions in this Deed, the Trustee will act toward the debenture holders in accordance with the provisions of the Securities Law, even before the listing of the Debentures (Series A) on the Stock Exchange. |
22. | Indemnification of the Trustee |
22.1 | The Trustee will be entitled to indemnity from the debenture holders and/or from the Company, as the case may be, for reasonable costs which it incurred and/or will incur, as the case may be, in connection with actions which it performed and/or will be required to perform by virtue of its obligation under the terms of the Trust Deed and/or by law and/or statute and/or by order of a competent authority and/or by demand of the debenture holders, in the manner specified in the Trust Deed, or by demand of the Company, but it: will not be entitled to demand indemnity in advance in a matter that does not brook delay; and where the Trustee is satisfied with an indemnity undertaking such indemnity undertaking may include indemnity in respect of liability in torts that is imposed on the Trustee in a final judgment or in a compromise vis-à-vis a third party not being a debenture holder, provided that such indemnity undertaking is subject to the following conditions: 1) the costs in respect of the liability in torts are reasonable; 2) the Trustee acted in good faith and with appropriate care, and such action was done during the fulfillment of its function and without negligence. | ||
22.2 | Without derogating from the rights to compensation granted to the Trustee by law, but subject to the provisions of clause 22.1 above, the Trustee and any receiver, representative, manager, agent or other person appointed by the Trustee under this Deed, will be entitled to be indemnified from the moneys received by the Trustee in proceedings instituted by it or in another manner under this Deed, with respect to obligations which they assumed, with respect to costs which they incurred incidentally to the execution of the trust under this Deed, or in connection with such actions as in their opinion were required for such execution, or in connection with the exercise of the powers and authorities vested in them by virtue of this Deed, and in connection with all kinds of legal proceedings, opinions and advice of lawyers and other experts, negotiations, deliberations, expenses, claims and demands relating to any law or any thing that was done or not done in any manner in such regard, and the Trustee will be entitled to withhold the moneys in its possession and to pay out of them the amounts required as indemnity, provided it did not act negligently. | ||
Whenever the Trustee is obligated by the terms of the Trust Deed and/or by law and/or statute and/or by order of a competent authority and/or by demand of the debenture holders (Series A) and/or by demand of the Company to perform any action, including but not only the initiation of proceedings or filing of claims at the |
- 18 -
demand of the owners of Debentures (Series A), as stated in the Trust Deed, the Trustee will be entitled to abstain from any such action until it receives an indemnity letter, to its satisfaction, from the owners of Debentures (Series A) or any of them, and where the action is performed pursuant to the Companys demand from the Company, in respect of any liability for damages and/or costs that could be caused to the Trustee, to the Company or to either of them due to the performance of such action. All the foregoing, except in circumstances in which an urgent action was required, and abstention from the performance thereof before the receipt of an indemnity letter as stated would cause damage and/or loss to the holders of Debentures (Series A). |
23. | Notices |
23.1 | Any notice served by the Company and/or the Trustee to the debenture holders will be sent by registered post to the address of the debenture holders last recorded in the register, and any notice sent as stated will be deemed to have been served to the debenture holders at the end of three days from the date of delivery thereof at the post office. | ||
The Trustee will send the Company copies of notices and invitations served by it to the debenture holders. | |||
The Company will send the Trustee copies of notices and invitations served by it to the debenture holders. | |||
However in the event that the debentures are listed on the Stock Exchange or in the computerized system for trade in institutional securities operated by the Stock Exchange, a notice by the Company and/or the Trustee to the debenture holders may, instead of being sent by registered post, be served to the registration company and by publication in at least two widely circulated daily newspapers published in Israel in the Hebrew language, and in such case, the day of publication will be deemed as the day of receipt of the notice by the debenture holders. | |||
23.2 | Any notice or demand by the Trustee to the Company or by the Company to the Trustee may be served in a registered letter sent to the address detailed in this Deed, or to another address of which one party will inform the other in writing, or by a fax transmission or by messenger, and every such notice or demand will be deemed to have been received by the addressee as follows: (a) if sent by registered post at the end of three business days from the day of its delivery at the post office; (b) if transmitted by fax (together with verification of receipt by telephone) at the end of one business day from the day of its transmission; and (c) if sent by messenger upon delivery of the notice or offering thereof to the addressee, as the case may be. |
- 19 -
24. | Alterations to the Trust Deed; Waiver and Compromise; Modification of Rights |
24.1 | Subject to the provisions of any law, the Company and the Trustee will be entitled to alter the terms of the Trust Deed (including an alteration in the terms of the debentures), upon the fulfillment of any of the following: |
24.1.1 | The Trustee is satisfied that the alteration does not prejudice the rights of the debenture holders. Notwithstanding the aforesaid, no alteration may be made to the terms of the Trust Deed and/or the debentures in regards with the amounts and times of payment, the causes for making a call for an immediate payment for payment and/or the reports which the Company is required to submit to the Trustee, except as provided in clause 24.1.2 below. | ||
24.1.2 | The debentures holders have agreed to the alteration in a special resolution (as defined in Addendum B to this Deed) passed in a meeting of the debenture holders. |
24.2 | The Trustee will be entitled, where he is satisfied that this does not prejudice the rights of the debenture holders, to waive any nonmaterial breach or nonmaterial compliance by the Company with any condition of the Deed of Trust (or condition of the debentures), excluding a breach and/or noncompliance with conditions as stated relating to the payment of amounts to debenture holders and/or times of payment and /or reports the Company has to deliver to the Trustee. | ||
24.3 | Furthermore, the Trustee will be entitled, subject to the provisions of the law, with prior approval by a special resolution passed in the general meeting of the debenture holders, whether before or after a call for an immediate payment has been made on the debentures, to compromise with the Company in connection with any right or claim of the debenture holders or any of them and to agree with the Company on any settlement of rights of the debenture holders under the Trust Deed and according to the terms of the debentures, and inter alia to waive any right or claim of the debenture holders against the Company. | ||
24.4 | Notwithstanding the aforesaid, the Trustee will be entitled, at the Companys request, from time to time and at any time, until the listing of the debentures on the Stock Exchange, to make alterations in the Trust Deed and/or in the debentures as required by the Securities Authority and/or the Stock Exchange and/or any other governmental authority, insofar as such alterations are necessary for listing on the Stock Exchange, provided such alterations do not, in the Trustees opinion, prejudice the rights of the debenture holders and/or change the causes for immediate payment and the amounts and times of payment of the debentures. Up to the listing of the debentures on the Stock Exchange, the Company will serve the debenture holders written notice of any such alteration as soon as possible after it was made. |
- 20 -
24.5 | Starting from the date of listing of the debentures on the Stock Exchange, the Company will issue an immediate report concerning any alteration as stated above in this clause 24 (including all its sub-clauses) immediately after it was made. So long as the debentures have not been listed on the Stock Exchange, the Company will serve the holders notice of any alteration as stated above in this clause 24 (including all its sub-clauses) immediately after it was made. | ||
24.6 | Whenever the Trustee exercises its right under this clause, it will be entitled to require the debenture holders to deliver the debenture certificates to it or to the Company, for the purpose of recording thereon a note concerning any compromise, waiver, alteration or amendment as stated, and upon the Trustees demand the Company will record a note as aforesaid. Whenever the Trustee exercises its right under this clause, it will notify the debenture holders in writing in that regard within a reasonable time. |
25. | Register of the Debenture Holders |
25.1 | The Company will maintain and manage in its registered office a register of the debenture holders, in which will be recorded the names of the debenture holders, their address and the number and principal amount of the debentures registered in their name. All transfers of title to the debentures in accordance with the provisions of this Deed and the debentures will be registered in the register. The Trustee and any debenture holder will be entitled to inspect the register at any reasonable time. The Company may close the register from time to time for a period or periods not exceeding 30 days in the aggregate in a year. | ||
25.2 | The Company will not be obligated to record in the register of the debenture holders any notice concerning an explicit, implicit or presumed trust, or any pledge or lien of any kind, or any equitable right, claim or offset or other right in connection with the debentures. The Company will recognize solely the title of the person in whose name the debentures were registered, provided the legal heirs, administrators or executors of the registered owner and any person becoming entitled to the debentures by reason of the bankruptcy of the registered owner (and in the case of a corporation by reason of its liquidation), will be entitled to be registered as the owner thereof after providing adequate proof to the Companys satisfaction of their right to be so registered. |
26. | Release | |
Upon proof to the Trustees satisfaction that all the debentures were fully paid and redeemed (including principal, interest and linkage differences), and upon proof to the Trustees satisfaction that all the obligations or costs incurred by the Trustee in connection with this Deed were fully defrayed, the Trustee will be obligated, upon the Companys first demand, to act with any unredeemed moneys deposited in regard of the debenture in accordance with the conditions specified in this Deed. |
- 21 -
27. | Termination of the Trustees Office |
27.1 | The Trustee and any trustee replacing it will be entitled to resign from their office whenever they so desire, after serving the Company a written notice setting out the reason for the resignation. If the debentures have not been listed on the Stock Exchange, the Company will convene a meeting of the holders of Debentures (Series A) to appoint a new trustee, and the Trustees resignation will take effect upon the appointment of the new trustee. The new trustee will be a trust company of one of the six big banks in Israel or another trustee whose appointment has been approved by a meeting of the debenture holders. | ||
If the debentures have been listed on the Stock Exchange, the Trustees resignation will take effect only after it has been approved by the court and from the day specified in the approval. Upon the resignation of the Trustee, the court will appoint a new trustee in its place. | |||
27.2 | The Trustee will transfer to the new trustee all its records concerning holders of Debentures (Series A), if there are any such, information concerning the payments that were executed by the Trustee until then, if any such were executed, any report that was submitted according to the terms of the Trust Deed and any information reasonably required by the new trustee, and the Trustee will transfer as well to the new trustee any amount held by it at the time in connection with the Debentures (Series A). | ||
27.3 | The holders of ten percent (10%) of the balance of the principal amount of the Debentures (Series A) may convene a general meeting of the debenture holders, which may resolve, upon a vote of the holders of at least fifty percent (50%) of the balance of the principal amount of the Debentures (Series A), to dismiss the Trustee. | ||
27.4 | Without derogating from the aforesaid, the Trustees office will expire or terminate, as the case may be, in the circumstances enumerated in section 35N of the Securities Law. | ||
27.5 | Prior to the appointment of a new trustee not being a trust company of a bank, the Company will provide to the holders details of such trustees equity and insurance arrangements in connection with the fulfillment of its function as trustee. | ||
27.6 | Without derogating from the aforesaid, the Trustees office will terminate if it becomes apparent that the Trustee is precluded from continuing in office due to a change in the provisions of the law or the statute applying to its competence to serve as trustee, including where such preclusion is created in connection with the listing of the debentures on the Stock Exchange. For this purpose preclusion is deemed also a demand by the Securities Authority to terminate the Trustees office. In such case the Company will appoint a new trustee. |
- 22 -
27.7 | Any new trustee appointed will have the same powers, authorities and other authorizations and will be able to act, in all respects, as if it had to begin with been appointed as the Trustee. | ||
27.8 | The Company will notify the holders upon learning of any event and/or circumstance by reason of which the Trustee is precluded from continuing in office. |
28. | Meetings of the Debenture Holders | |
Meetings of the debenture holders will be conducted as set forth in Addendum B to this Deed. |
29. | Financial Statements | |
The Company will submit to the Trustee, for as long as all the debentures have not been fully paid (including interest and linkage differences): |
29.1 | Audited financial statements of the Company for the fiscal year ended December 31 of the past year, immediately upon the presentation thereof to the Companys shareholders and not later than the date on which a public company is required to publish these statements. | ||
29.2 | Any semi-annual and quarterly interim report, immediately upon the presentation thereof to the Companys shareholders and not later than the date on which a public company is required to publish these reports, together with the review thereof of the Companys accountant. | ||
29.3 | Certification of the Companys accountant and/or controller concerning the payment of any interest and/or principal and the date of payment thereof to the debentures holders, and the balance of the principal amount of the debentures in circulation, pursuant to the Trustees written request to the Company for such a certification. | ||
29.4 | Any immediate report submitted by the Company, immediately upon its publication. | ||
29.5 | In the event that the debentures are delisted from trade following the listing thereof, and for as long as all the Debentures (Series A) have not been fully redeemed, the Company will continue submitting to the Trustee the reports detailed in clauses 29.1 and 29.2 above, at the times when a public company is required to publish these reports. | ||
29.6 | Reports concerning any change in the rating of the debentures. | ||
29.7 | The Trustee will allow the holders to inspect the reports, subject to their undertaking to maintain confidentiality as set out in clause 21.3 above. |
- 23 -
30. | Investments of Moneys | |
All the moneys which the Trustee is entitled to invest under this Deed, will be invested by the Trustee, in a bank/s, in its name or to its order, in investments which under the laws of the State of Israel are permissible with trust moneys, as it deems appropriate, subject to the terms of this Trust Deed and provided that any investment in securities is limited to securities with a rating of not less than AA. If the Trustee does so, it will owe the persons entitled to those amounts only the proceeds obtained from the realization of the investments, less related costs, management costs of the trust accounts, commissions and other mandatory payments applying to the trust account. From such moneys the Trustee will transfer amounts to the debenture holders who are entitled thereto, as soon as possible after proofs and certifications are submitted to the Trustees complete satisfaction concerning their right to these amounts, and less the Trustees costs and commissions at its customary rate for the same time. | ||
31. | Miscellaneous | |
Disagreements between the parties to this Trust Deed will be adjudicated exclusively by the court in Tel Aviv-Jaffa, which is vested with material jurisdiction. | ||
32. | Addresses | |
The parties addresses are as set out in the preamble to this Deed, or any other address of which appropriate written notice is served by one party to the other. | ||
33. | Stamping | |
Stamping of this Deed, if and to the extent required by law, will be done by the Company, at its expense. |
( - )
Cellcom Israel Ltd. |
( - )
Aurora Fidelity Trust Ltd. |
( - ) | ||
| ||
Erez Yitzhaki, Adv. | ||
License No. 22443 |
- 24 -
1. | This certificate witnesses that Cellcom Israel Ltd. ( the Company ) will pay on July 5 of each of the years 2008 to 2012 (inclusive) and on January 5 of each of the years 2009 to 2012 (inclusive), to whoever is registered in the Companys register of debenture holders as the holder of the debentures in this certificate, 11.11% of the principal amount of this debenture. The unpaid principal of the debenture will be linked to the Consumer Price Index for November 2005 and will bear 5.0% annual interest, all in accordance with the terms of the Trust Deed, the debenture certificate and the terms set forth in the back of the page. | |
2. | The debentures of this series are issued in accordance with a trust Deed dated December 21, 2005, drawn up and signed between the Company of the one part and Aurora Fidelity Trust Company Ltd. , as the Trustee, of the other part ( the Trust Deed ). | |
3. | The debenture is issued subject to the terms set forth in the back of the page and to the terms of the Trust Deed. |
Date:
|
|||
|
- 25 -
1. | General | |
In this Debenture (Series A), the terms below will have the meanings below, unless another meaning is implied by the context: |
the Company -
|
Cellcom Israel Ltd. | |
|
||
the Trust Deed -
|
The Trust Deed dated December 21, 2005 between the Company and Aurora Fidelity Trust Ltd. in connection with the issue of the Debentures (Series A). | |
|
||
debentures or
Debentures (Series A)
-
|
A series of registered debentures (series A) unlimited in amount, of NIS 1 principal amount each, issued by the Company pursuant to the Trust Deed. | |
|
||
the Trustee
|
Aurora Fidelity Trust Company Ltd. or any trustee replacing it, in accordance with the terms of the Trust Deed. | |
|
||
principal or
principal amount or debenture principal - |
The unpaid principal amount of the debentures in circulation. | |
|
||
the register -
|
The register of holders of debentures of the Company, in which will be recorded all the holders of the debentures. | |
|
||
debenture holder -
|
The person whose name is written at the time in question in the register as the holder of the debenture, and in the case of several joint holders the joint holder whose name is written first in the register. | |
|
||
the Securities Law -
|
The Securities Law, 5728-1968 and the regulations thereto as in force from time to time. | |
|
||
the known index -
|
The last known index. | |
|
||
the base index -
|
The index published on December 15, 2005 for the month of November 2005. | |
|
||
the payment index -
|
The known index on the date of any payment on account of the principal or the interest. | |
|
||
Consumer Price Index
or index -
|
The price index known as the Consumer Price Index including fruits and vegetables, published by the Central Bureau of Statistic and Economic Research, including the same index even if published by another official organization or institution, and including any other index replacing it, whether built on the same data as the existing |
- 26 -
|
index or not. If the index is replaced by another index published by an organization or institution as aforesaid, and such organization or institution has not set the ratio between such other index and the replaced index, said ratio shall be set by the Central Bureau of Statistics. If such ratio is not set as stated, then the Trustee in consultation with economic experts to be chosen by it will set the ratio between the other index and the replaced index; | |
|
||
the issue date -
|
December 22, 2005. | |
|
||
business day -
|
Any day on which most of the big banks in Israel as well as the Stock Exchange clearinghouse are open to the public for the execution of transactions. | |
|
||
the Stock Exchange -
|
The Tel Aviv Stock Exchange Ltd. | |
|
||
sum of net financial
Indebtedness
known on
any date
|
(a) the sum of the Companys indebtedness in respect of credit taken from financial institutions, institutional investors and other holders of debentures of the Company, less (b) short-term investments of the Company, including its cash balances and its deposits with financial institutions, all as stated in the Companys last financial statements, audited or reviewed by the Companys auditors and certified by the Companys board of directors prior to that date; | |
|
||
EBITDA
in any period
|
The Companys earnings before depreciation expenses, financing, taxes and other deductions, all as stated in the Companys financial statements for that period, audited or reviewed by the Companys auditors and certified by the Companys board of directors. |
The debentures form an integral part of the Trust Deed, and in case of a contradiction between them, the provisions of the Trust Deed shall prevail. | ||
2. | Pari Passu and No Liens | |
The debentures will stand pari passu with respect to the amounts payable on them, without any priority of one debenture from this series over another. | ||
The Company undertakes not to create liens on its assets, of any nature or kind, for as long as the Debentures (Series A) have not been fully paid, excluding a fixed lien on assets to secure credit enabling the purchase of those assets. | ||
The debentures are not secured by any collateral. |
- 27 -
3. | Payment of the Debenture Principal | |
The principal will be paid in nine equal semi-annual installments, on July 5 of each of the years 2008 to 2012 (inclusive) and on January 5 of each of the years 2009 to 2012 (inclusive), plus index-linkage differences, as provided in clause 5 below. If the principal payment date falls on a non-business day, the payment date will be deferred to the first business day thereafter, and no interest will be paid in respect of such deferral. | ||
4. | Payment of the Interest | |
The unpaid balance of the debenture principal will bear interest at a rate of 5.0% per annum ( the interest ). The interest will be linked to the Consumer Price Index, in accordance with the linkage conditions, as provided in clause 5 below. | ||
Interest will be paid on January 5 of each of the years 2007 to 2012 (inclusive) and on July 5 of each of the years 2006 to 2012 (inclusive), for the six-month period ended on the last day before every such date ( the interest period ), except for the first interest period, in respect of which interest (calculated on the basis of 365 days) will be paid pro rata for the period beginning on the issue date and ending on July 4, 2006. | ||
It is hereby clarified that the first interest payment will be made on July 5, 2006. Accordingly, the first interest will be at a rate of 2.671%. | ||
The last interest payment will be made on July 5, 2012, together with the last payment of the unpaid principal of the debentures in circulation and against the return of the debenture certificate to the Company. | ||
If the interest payment date falls on a non-business day, the payment date will be deferred to the first business day thereafter, and no interest will be paid in respect of such deferral. | ||
The Company will deduct from the interest payment any amount it is required to deduct at source, if at all, in accordance with any law. | ||
Subject as provided in clause 7 below, if the Company delays more than five business days after the appointed day for paying any amount on account of the principal and/or interest as aforesaid ( the amount in arrears ), such amount will bear, in respect of the entire period of arrears from the day appointed for payment, arrears interest at the interest rate on Debentures (Series A) specified at the head of this clause plus 2%, all on an annual basis ( the arrears interest ). To remove doubt, it is hereby clarified that during the arrears period, arrears interest will be paid alone (and not in addition to the interest as defined above). In such case, the Company will notify the holders and will submit to the Stock Exchange without delay a report indicating the exact interest rate including the arrears interest. | ||
5. | Principal and Interest Linkage Conditions | |
The debenture principal and the interest thereon will be linked to the Consumer Price Index in the following manner: If it becomes apparent on the date of any payment on |
- 28 -
account of the debenture principal and/or the interest thereon that the payment index has increased compared to the base index, the Company will pay such amount of the principal and/or interest increased in proportion to the rate of increase of the payment index over the base index; however, if it becomes apparent that the payment index is the same as or lower than the base index, the payment index will be the base index. | ||
6. | Persons Entitled to Principal and Interest Payments |
6.1 | Any payment on account of the principal and/or interest will be paid to the debenture holders whose names are recorded in the register at the end of the day of December 24 or June 23, as the case may be, immediately preceding the due date of any principal and/or interest payment (hereinabove and hereinafter: the determining day ), except for the final payment which will be made against the delivery of the debenture certificate to the Company at least five business days before the date set for the final payment, at the Companys registered office and/or at any other place of which the Company will give notice. | ||
6.2 | The payment will be made to the entitled persons by check or bank transfer, crediting the bank account of the persons whose names appear in the register as the holders of the debentures, the details of which will be provided in writing to the Company in good time, and in any case not later than 12 days before the date of the payment on account of the principal and/or interest. | ||
6.3 | If the person entitled to a payment from the Company fails to provide the details of the bank account in good time, as aforesaid, the Company will send a check by registered post to his last address written in the register. The sending of a check to the entitled person by registered post as stated will be deemed in all respects as payment of the amount specified in the check on the date of dispatch thereof by post, provided it is paid upon proper presentation for collection. | ||
6.4 | A holder wishing to change his instructions concerning the manner of payment, as stated above, may do so in a notice sent by registered letter to the Company, However, the Company will comply with such instruction only if it reached its registered office at least 15 days before the due date of any payment under the debenture. If the notice is received by the Company after such time, the Company will act in accordance therewith only with respect to payments with a due date after the payment date immediately following the day of receipt of the notice. |
7. | Non-Payment for a Reason Not Dependent on the Company |
7.1 | Any amount due to the debenture holder which is not actually paid on the date set for its payment for a reason not dependent on the Company, whereas the Company was prepared to make the payment, will stop bearing interest and linkage differences from the time set for its payment, and the debenture holder will be entitled solely to the amounts to which he would have been entitled on the day set for making that payment on account of the principal, interest and linkage. |
- 29 -
7.2 | The Company will deposit with the Trustee, within 15 business days from the date set for such payment, the amount of the payment that was not made for a reason not dependent on it, and said deposit will be deemed as the absolute discharge of that payment, and in case of the discharge of all the amounts due on the debenture, also as the redemption of the debenture. The Company will notify the holders entitled to such amount of its deposit with the Trustee. The notice will be sent to the address of the entitled holder written in the register at the time, not later than at the end of 7 business days from the deposit with the Trustee. | ||
7.3 | The Trustee will invest any such amount in trust accounts, in its name and to its order on behalf of those debenture holders, and will invest it in permissible investments under the laws of the State of Israel and the provisions of the Trust Deed, all as it deems fit and subject to any law and to the provisions of clause 30 of the Trust Deed. If the Trustee does so, it will owe the persons entitled to those amounts only the proceeds obtained from the realization of the investments, less related costs, management costs of the trust account and any mandatory payments applying to the trust account and/or to the investment, and it will pay said proceeds to the entitled persons against presentation of the proofs required by it, to its complete satisfaction. | ||
7.4 | The Trustee will hold these moneys and invest them in the aforesaid manner until the end of one year from the final redemption date of the debentures. After this date, the Trustee will transfer the amounts accumulated with it (including the earnings derived from their investment), less its fee and costs, to the Company, which will hold these amounts in trust on behalf of the entitled persons. The Company will confirm to the Trustee in writing that it is holding the aforesaid amounts which were accepted by it in trust on behalf of the entitled persons, and it will indemnify the Trustee for damage of any kind to it caused by the transfer of the moneys as aforesaid, provided the Trustee acted reasonably. The Company will hold these moneys in trust on behalf of the entitled debenture holders during a further six years from the day on which it received them from the Trustee. Moneys that have not been demanded from the Company by a debenture holder by the end of seven years from the final redemption date of the debentures, will pass to the Company, which will be entitled to use the remaining moneys for any purpose whatsoever. |
8. | Transfer of the Debentures |
8.1 | For as long as the Debentures (Series A) have not been listed on the Stock Exchange, they may be transferred only to an investor as this term is defined in the First Schedule according to section 15A(b)(1) of the Securities Law, or to the Company or to a subsidiary of the Company, all subject to the restrictions in law. The debentures are transferable in respect of any sum of principal amount, provided it is in whole new shekels. Any transfer of a debenture will be done on the basis of a transfer instrument in the accepted wording, duly signed by the |
- 30 -
registered holder or his lawful representatives, to be delivered to the Company at its registered office together with the certificate of the transferred debenture and any other proof required by the Company concerning the transferors right to transfer the debenture. | |||
Clause 8.1 above will not apply to debentures listed in the trading system for institutional investors operated by the Stock Exchange, for as long as they are so listed. | |||
8.2 | If stamp tax or another mandatory payment applies to the debenture transfer instrument, proof of the payment thereof by the applicant will be provided to the Companys satisfaction. | ||
8.3 | In case only part of the sum of principal amount of a debenture is transferred, the debenture certificate will first be split as provided in clause 9 below into the appropriate number of debenture certificates, such that the total of all the principal amounts specified therein will be equal to the principal amount specified in the original debenture certificate. | ||
8.4 | Following compliance with all these conditions, the transfer will be registered in the register of the debenture holders. | ||
8.5 | All the costs and commissions entailed in the transfer will be borne by the transfer applicant. | ||
8.6 | Subject to the provision of clause 8.7 below, the Debentures (Series A) will not be listed on any stock exchange. Subject to the provisions of the law and to the Stock Exchange rules, the Company will register the debentures in the name of the Registration Company of Israel Discount Bank Ltd., and within 30 days from the date of their issuance they will be registered at the Stock Exchange clearinghouse, which will provide clearing services for the debentures, and they will also be listed in the computerized trading system for institutional investors operated by the Stock Exchange ( listing in the institutional continuous trading system ). Failure to list the debentures in the institutional continuous trading system as aforesaid owing to an act or omission of the Company shall be deemed a fundamental breach by the Company. It is hereby clarified that subject to the provisions of the law and the Stock Exchange rules, other than an institutional investor as defined in the First Schedule to the Securities Law, 5728-1968, no one may trade in the debentures in the framework of the computerized trading system for institutional investors as stated. | ||
8.7 | The Company undertakes, subject to the provisions of any law and the Stock Exchange rules, to list the debentures on the Stock Exchange on the basis of a prospectus not later than June 30, 2006 ( the determining date for listing ). If the debentures are not listed on the Stock Exchange by the determining date for listing, then |
- 31 -
8.7.1 | The Company will notify the holders not later than July 5, 2006 that the Debentures (Series A) were not listed as stated. The debentures will continue to be traded in the computerized trading system for institutional investors, and the debenture holders will have the right ( the option ), as a sole relief, to sell to the Company the Debentures (Series A) held by them, as set out in this clause 8.7. | ||
8.7.2 | Any holder wanting to exercise the option ( the exerciser ) will notify the Company in writing ( exercise notice ), not later than July 31, 2006, of his wish to exercise the option, specifying the total principal amount of the Debentures (Series A) which he wishes to sell to the Company within the exercise ( the value sold ), and if he is a holder whose name is not listed in the register, he will attach to his notice a confirmation by the Stock Exchange member attesting to his ownership of the value sold. The exerciser will attach to the exercise notice a certificate of exemption from deduction of tax at source, if such exists. | ||
8.7.3 | Not later than one business day before September 28, 2006 ( the first exercise date ), each exerciser will sell to the Company, in an off-floor transaction, one-half of the value sold indicated in his exercise notice, and where said one-half is not a sum of principal amount in whole new shekels, the sum ofprincipal amount will be rounded up to the nearest new shekel ( the half ). In return, the Company will pay the exerciser, on the first exercise date, within off-floor transaction, the outstanding balance of the unpaid principal of the half, plus linkage differences, as well as the unpaid interest (together with linkage differences), to which the exerciser is entitled for the half up to the first exercise date according to the terms of the Debentures (Series A) and which was not paid by them. | ||
8.7.4 | Not later than one business day before March 29, 2007 ( the second exercise date ), each exerciser will sell to the Company the value sold indicated in his exercise notice less the half ( the balance of the value sold ). In return, the Company will pay the exerciser, on the second exercise date, within the off-floor transaction, the outstanding balance of the unpaid principal of the balance of the value sold, plus linkage differences, as well as the unpaid interest (together with linkage differences), to which the exerciser is entitled for the balance of the value sold up to the second exercise date according to the terms of the Debentures (Series A) and which was not paid by them. | ||
8.7.5 | Tax at source will be deducted from the amounts paid by the Company under this clause, where this is required by law. | ||
8.7.6 | The exercise notice submitted to the Company may not be canceled or modified. It is hereby clarified that the interest which the Company under |
- 32 -
the terms of the Debentures (Series A) during the period between July 31, 2006 and the first exercise date and the second exercise date, as the case may be, will be paid to whoever will be the holders of Debentures (Series A) on the determining date for the payment of said interest. | |||
8.7.7 | The Company will notify the holders concerning the manner in which the half and the balance of the value sold should be transferred to it, not later than September 15, 2006. | ||
8.7.8 | If the sum of the value sold by all the exercisers according to the exercise notices received by the Company will not be less than 90% of the total principal amount of the Debentures (Series A) in circulation on July 31, 2006, then subject to the provisions of the law and the Stock Exchange rules, the Company will be entitled to serve notice of the early redemption of the Debentures (Series A) to take place on April 1, 2007 ( the early redemption date ). Where the Company so chose |
8.7.8.1 | The debenture holders will be served a notice in this regard not later than March 1, 2007, but not earlier than October 1, 2006. On the date of service of the notice the Company will submit a report to the Stock Exchange in which it will indicate the exact rate of interest to be paid to the holders on the early redemption date, calculated on the basis of 365 days in a year. | ||
8.7.8.2 | On the early redemption date the Company will pay the holders the balance of the unpaid principal and interest (together with linkage differences) to which the holders are entitled up to the early redemption date according to the terms of the Debentures (Series A). |
9. | Splitting of Debenture Certificates |
9.1 | Every debenture certificate may be split into a number of debenture certificates, such that the total of all the principal amounts specified therein is equal to the principal amount specified in the debenture certificate in respect of which the split is requested. A split will be executed against the delivery of the relevant certificate at the Companys registered office for the execution thereof. | ||
9.2 | Splitting of debenture certificates as stated will be done on the basis of a split application signed by the holder of those debenture certificates or his legal representatives, to be submitted to the Company at its registered office together with the debenture certificate in respect of which the split is requested. | ||
9.3 | The split will be executed within fourteen days from the end of the month in which the certificate was delivered at the Companys registered office. The new |
- 33 -
debenture certificates issued following the split will each be for a principal amount sums in whole shekels. | |||
9.4 | All the costs entailed in the split, including stamp tax and other imposts, if any, will be borne by the split applicant. |
10. | Purchase of Debentures by the Company and Related Companies | |
The Company reserves the right to purchase at any time debentures from this series, at any price deemed appropriate by it, without derogating from the duty of payment of the balance of the unpaid debentures in circulation. The purchase of the debentures by the Company will be deemed as the redemption of those debentures, which will lapse; and if they were listed, then they will also be canceled and delisted from trade in the trading system for institutional investors or on the Stock Exchange, as the case may be, and the Company will not be allowed to reissue them. It is hereby clarified that if such debentures are purchased by a subsidiary or by an included company or by a related company of the Company (as this term is defined in the Securities Law) or by the controlling shareholder in the Company, this shall not be deemed as the redemption of the debentures that were purchased by the subsidiary, the included company or the controlling shareholder as aforesaid; however, for as long as the debentures are held by the subsidiary, the included company, the related company or the controlling shareholder as aforesaid, they will not confer on their holders the right to vote in general meetings of the debenture holders or taken into account for the purpose of determining the presence of a quorum, except if any one of the above is an investor from among those enumerated in the First Schedule to the Securities Law (in the matter of section 15A(b)(1) of the law), who is not investing on its own behalf ( related institutional investor ), in which case its vote will be taken into account. It is hereby clarified that a subsidiary, an included company, a related company or the controlling shareholder as aforesaid not being related institutional investors will be entitled to participate in such meetings, without a voting right. | ||
The Company will notify the Trustee in any case of the purchase of debentures from this series by it or by a subsidiary or by an included company or by the controlling shareholder in the Company (upon learning thereof). | ||
11. | Additional Allotments of Debentures from This Series and Other Debentures |
11.1 | The Company will be entitled, from time to time, at its sole discretion, to issue additional Debentures (Series A), without need of the consent of the Trustee or of the holders of Debentures (Series A) then in circulation ( the additional Debentures (Series A) ). Without derogating from the generality of the above , the Company will be entitled to issue the additional Debentures (Series A) at the same price or at a higher or lower price than the price at which earlier debentures from series A were issued. | ||
All the terms and provisions applying to the Debentures (Series A) will apply also to the additional Debentures (Series A); to remove doubt, it is clarified that: (a) the |
- 34 -
principal of the additional Debentures (Series A) will be paid, on every date of payment on account of the principal, proportionally to the remaining number of principal payments; and (b) the holders of the additional Debentures (Series A) will not be entitled to interest for interest periods that ended prior to their allotment date. | |||
The Company will notify the Trustee, and the Trustee will notify the debenture holders, concerning the issuance of additional Debentures (Series A). | |||
11.2 | To remove doubt, it is clarified that the Company reserves the right to issue at any time additional debentures series or other securities, with preferred, equal or inferior rights to the Debentures (Series A), whether they confer or do not confer a right of conversion into shares of the Company and upon such redemption, interest and linkage terms and other terms as the Company deems fit and subject to the provisions of clause 2 above, all as the Company deems fit, at its discretion, without need of the consent of the Trustee or of the holders of Debentures (Series A) then in circulation. |
12. | Dividend Distribution | |
For as long as the debentures have not been listed on the Stock Exchange the Company will not distribute a dividend if the Companys known net financial indebtedness on the distribution date exceed three times the accumulated EBITDA in the four last calendar months included in the Companys financial statements certified by its board of directors prior to the distribution date. | ||
13. | Register of the Debenture Holders | |
The Company will maintain and manage in its registered office the register, in which it will record the names and addresses of the debenture holders, the numbers and principal amount of the debentures held by them. All transfers of title to the debentures in accordance with the terms of the debentures and the Trust Deed will be registered in the register. The Trustee and any debenture holder will be entitled to inspect the register. | ||
The Company will not be obligated to record in the register any notice concerning a trust, pledge, lien or any equitable right, claim or offset or other right in connection with the debentures. It is expressly clarified that the Company will recognize solely the title of the person in whose name the debentures are registered in the register, provided the legal heirs, administrators or executors of the registered owner and any person becoming entitled to the debentures by reason of the bankruptcy of the registered owner (and in the case of a corporation by reason of its liquidation), will be entitled to be registered as the owner thereof, but only after providing proof to the Companys satisfaction of their right to be so registered. |
- 35 -
14. | Representation by the Trustee | |
The Trustee will represent the debenture holders in any matter arising from the Companys obligation toward them according to or in connection with the debentures, and the debenture holders hereby grant the Trustee an irrevocable power of attorney to act in their name and stead in every such matter. To remove doubt, the aforesaid shall not derogate from the right of the debenture holders to dismiss the Trustee in accordance with the provisions of the law and the Trust Deed. If the Trustee is dismissed aforesaid, the new trustee will be the attorney under this clause 14. | ||
15. | Compromise and/or Alterations to the Debenture Terms | |
No alteration, waiver and/or compromise in anything pertaining to the terms of the debentures will be valid, unless made in accordance with the provisions of the Trust Deed. | ||
16. | General Meetings of the Debenture Holders | |
General meetings of the debenture holders will convene and proceed in the manner provided in Addendum B to the Trust Deed. | ||
17. | Replacement of Debenture Certificates | |
If a debenture share becomes worn or is lost or destroyed, the Company may issue in its stead a new debenture certificate upon the same terms, subject to such proof, indemnity and coverage of the expenses incurred by the Company in verifying the title as the Company deems fit, provided that in the case of wear, the worn debenture certificate is returned to the Company before the new certificate is issued. Stamp tax and other imposts as well as other expenses entailed in the issuance of the new certificate will be borne by the applicant for such certificate. | ||
18. | Notices | |
Except those cases in which this debenture provides otherwise, any notice by the Company and/or the Trustee to the debenture holders will be served in a registered letter sent to the debenture holders last address appearing in the register, and any notice sent as stated will be deemed to have been received by the debenture holder at the end of three days from the day of its delivery at the post office. | ||
The Trustee will send the Company copies of notices and invitations served by it to the debenture holders. Likewise, the Company will send the Trustee copies of notices and invitations served by it to the debenture holders. | ||
However in the event that the debentures are listed, including in the computerized system for trade in institutional securities operated by the Stock Exchange, a notice by the Company and/or the Trustee to the debenture holders may, instead of being sent by registered post as stated above, be served to the registration company and by publication in at least two widely circulated daily newspapers published in Israel in the Hebrew |
- 36 -
language, and in such case, the day of publication will be deemed as the day of receipt of the notice by the debenture holders. |
- 37 -
1. | Convening a General Meeting |
1.1 | The Company may convene general meetings of the debenture holders. The notice of invitation will be sent to the Trustee and to the debenture holders, setting out the time, day and place at which the meeting is to take place and the business which is to be conducted therein. | ||
1.2 | The Trustee may convene general meetings of the debenture holders. The notice of invitation will be sent to the Company and to the debenture holders, setting out the time, day and place at which the meeting is to take place and the business which is to be conducted therein. | ||
1.3 | The Company or the Trustee shall be obligated to convene a general meeting of the debentures upon the written requisition of holders representing at least ten percent (10%) of the unpaid balance of the principal of the debentures in circulation. In such case, the Trustee or the Company, as the case may be, will be entitled to receive from the debenture holders requesting the meeting reimbursement of the reasonable costs entailed in convening the meeting. | ||
1.4 | Notice of at least fourteen (14) days will be given concerning a general meeting in which it is proposed to pass an ordinary resolution or which is being convened for the presentation of a report. Notice of at least twenty one (21) days will be given concerning a general meeting in which it proposed to pass a special resolution. Notwithstanding the aforesaid, the Trustee may shorten the period of such notice if it is of the opinion that the rights of the debenture holders will be prejudiced by the postponement of the meeting. | ||
1.5 | Any notice by the Company and/or the Trustee to the debenture holders concerning the convening of a meeting will be served by registered post to each of the debenture holders according to their last address appearing in the register, and any notice sent as stated will be deemed to have been received by the debenture holder at the end of three (3) days from the day of its dispatch by post. | ||
However in the event that the debentures are listed on the Stock Exchange, including in the computerized system for trade in institutional securities operated by the Stock Exchange, a notice by the Company and/or the Trustee to the debenture holders concerning the convening of a meeting may, instead of being sent by registered post as stated above, be served by publication in at least two widely circulated daily newspapers published in Israel in the Hebrew language, and in such case, the day of publication will be deemed as the day of receipt of the notice by the debenture holders. |
- 38 -
1.6 | Every general meeting will be held at the Companys registered office or at another address of which the Company will give notice or where the meeting is being convened by the Trustee at an address of which the Trustee will give notice. | ||
1.7 | No resolution lawfully passed in a meeting of the debenture holders will be invalidated where, due to an oversight, notice thereof was not served to the holders of less than 10% of the balance of the unpaid principal of the debentures in circulation, or where notice thereof was not received by such holders. |
2. | Chairman of the Meeting | |
The meeting will be presided over by the Trustee or by another person appointed by the Trustee to serve as chairman of the meeting. In case the Trustee (or the person appointed by it for this purpose) is not present at the meeting within half an hour from the time set for the commencement thereof, the debenture holders present at the meeting will choose one of their number to serve as chairman of the meeting. |
3. | Quorum |
3.1 | Two debenture holders at least, representing at least twenty percent (20%) of the unpaid balance of the principal of the debentures in circulation, present at a meeting in which it is proposed to pass an ordinary resolution or which has been convened for the presentation of a report will be deemed a quorum. | ||
3.2 | Two debenture holders at least, representing at least fifty percent (50%) of the unpaid balance of the principal of the debentures in circulation, present at a meeting in which it is proposed to pass a special resolution will be deemed a quorum. | ||
3.3 | If a quorum is not present within half an from the time set for the meeting, the meeting will be adjourned to the same day in the next week (and where such day is not a business day, to the first business day immediately thereafter), at the same time and place, or to another day, time or place, if noted in the original invitation to the meeting, without need of an additional notice to the debenture holders. At an adjourned meeting, if a quorum is not present within half an hour from the time set for the meeting, the meeting will be held with any number of participants. Notwithstanding the aforesaid, in the case of a general meeting in which it is proposed to pass a special resolution, the adjourned meeting will not be held unless debenture holders representing at least ten percent (10%) of the unpaid balance of the principal of the debentures in circulation are present. | ||
3.4 | The chairman of a general meeting may, with the consent of debenture holders present at a meeting in which there is a quorum, and representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the unpaid balance of the principal represented by the holders present at the meeting, adjourn the meeting, and he shall adjourn the meeting if so |
- 39 -
directed by such majority. Only business that was on the agenda of the original meeting and that was not concluded or not begun may be transacted at an adjourned meeting. |
4. | Voting Rights |
4.1 | Votes in any meeting of the debenture holders will be conducted on a poll. | ||
4.2 | In a vote, each holder present in person or by proxy will have one vote for every NIS 1 of the unpaid balance of the debenture held by him. In the case of joint holders, only the vote of the holder from among them whose name appears first in the register of the debenture holders and who proposes to vote, in person or by proxy, will be counted. | ||
4.3 | The chairman of the meeting will not have a further or a casting vote. | ||
4.4 | The Trustee may participate in a meeting, without a voting right. | ||
4.5 | The debenture holders will be entitled to participate and vote in a meeting in person or by proxy, as set out below. | ||
4.6 | Any instrument appointing a voting proxy ( instrument of appointment ) will be signed by the appointer or by an attorney authorized to do so in writing, or, where the appointer is a corporation in an instrument duly signed by the corporation or by its authorized representative. | ||
4.7 | The instrument of appointment, and the power of attorney based on which the instrument of appointment was signed (if at all), or a copy thereof certified to the Companys satisfaction, will be deposited at the Companys office or at the place appointed for holding the meeting not less than forty eight (48) hours before the time set for the meeting at which the person named in the instrument of appointment proposes to vote. However, the chairman of the meeting may waive this demand for all the participants in any meeting and accept the aforesaid instruments of appointment and powers of attorney at the start of the meeting. | ||
4.8 | An instrument of appointment will be valid also for any adjourned meeting of the meeting to which it refers, unless stated otherwise in the instrument of appointment. | ||
4.9 | A vote by virtue of an instrument of appointment will be valid notwithstanding the death of the appointer, or the revocation of the power of attorney on the basis of which the instrument of appointment was issued, or the transfer of the right under the debenture in respect of which the instrument of appointment was issued, unless a written notice concerning the death, revocation or transfer was received at the office or by the chairman of the meeting before the vote. |
- 40 -
5. | Resolutions in General Meeting |
5.1 | Subject to clauses 5.2 and 6 below, all resolutions in general meeting will be passed as ordinary resolutions. An ordinary resolution will be carried by a simple majority of the participating votes (excluding abstainers). A special resolution ( special resolution ) will be carried by a majority of seventy five percent (75%) of the participating votes (excluding abstainers). | ||
The required majority in a resolution to dismiss the Trustee is as stated in clause 7 below. | |||
5.2 | Resolutions on the matters listed below will be passed by the general meeting solely as a special resolution: |
5.2.1 | An alteration in the terms of the Trust Deed (including an alteration in the terms of the debentures), where this requires a resolution of the general meeting of the debenture holders, as provided in clause 24 of the Trust Deed. | ||
5.2.2 | A compromise with the Company in connection with any right or claim of the debenture holders or any of them, or of the Trustee, or any settlement with the Company in connection with the rights of the debenture holders or the rights of the Trustee under the Trust Deed or according to the terms of the debentures, and inter alia a waiver of any right or claim of the Trustee and/or of the debenture holders against the Company, in accordance with and subject to the provisions of clause 24 of the Trust Deed. | ||
5.2.3 | Any other matter which by the terms of the debentures or the Trust Deed requires a special resolution of the general meeting of the debenture holders. | ||
5.2.4 | A call for immediate payment on the debentures. | ||
5.2.5 | Issuance of instructions to the Trustee. |
5.3 | It is hereby clarified that debenture holders being a controlling shareholder in the Company, companies controlled by controlling shareholder in the Company and related and included companies of the Company, as these terms are defined in the law, will not be counted in the quorum or in the vote of a general meeting convened for the purpose of passing an ordinary or special resolution, excluding any of the above being a related institutional investor (as this term is defined in clause 10 of the Terms set forth in the back of the page), whose vote will be taken into account. | ||
5.4 | In every general meeting of the debenture holders, minutes will be made of all the proceedings and resolutions in the meeting. Any minutes signed by the chairman of a meeting in which resolutions were passed and deliberations took place was |
- 41 -
transacted, will be prima facie proof of the matters written therein, and unless proven otherwise, any resolution passed in such a meeting will be deemed to have been passed lawfully. | |||
5.5 | A person or persons appointed by the Trustee or by the Company and any other person or persons so authorized by the Company, may be present in a general meeting of the debenture holders (without a voting right). |
6. | Dismissal of the Trustee |
6.1 | An invitation to a general meeting of the debenture holders in which it is proposed to pass a resolution to dismiss the Trustee will be served in the same way as an invitation to a meeting in which it is proposed to vote on a special resolution. | ||
6.2 | The required majority in a resolution to dismiss the Trustee is the votes of debenture holders representing at least fifty percent (50%) of the unpaid balance of the principal of all the debentures then in circulation. |
- 42 -
The Company will pay the Trustee for its services as trustee in respect of the debenture issue the following fee: |
1. | For the first trust year, beginning on the date of the Trust Deed, a fee of NIS 35,000, payable within 30 days from the end of the month in which the Company receives from the Trustee a pro forma invoice in respect of this payment. The Trustee will be entitled to forward to the Company a pro forma invoice immediately after the signing of this Trust Deed. | ||
2. | Starting from the second trust year, an annual fee of NIS 18,000. The annual fee will be payable to the Trustee within 30 days from the end of the month in which the Company receives from the Trustee a pro forma invoice in respect thereof. The Trustee will be entitled to issue to the Company a pro forma invoice in respect of each years annual fee immediately after the start of each such year. The annual fee will be linked to the index, according to the rate of increase of the known index on the date of payment of the annual fee compared to the base index of the debentures. | ||
3. | In respect of participation in general meetings of shareholders and/or debenture holders, NIS 150 per hour. | ||
4. | If the Trustee is required to perform special work (such as work required due to a change in the Companys structure, or due to the need to engage in actions by reason of the Companys noncompliance with its obligations toward the debenture holders or due to the need to engage in additional actions for the performance of its function as a reasonable trustee in view of future changes in laws and/or regulations or other binding provisions applying to the Trustees activities), a sum of $150 per hour. | ||
5. | It is hereby clarified that where owing to a future change in laws and/or regulations and/or other binding provisions applying to the Trustees actions, the Trustee incurs additional costs necessitated for the fulfillment of its function as a reasonable trustee ( costs ), the Company will reimburse the Trustee for its costs. The Trustee will give the Company prior written notice, before expending these costs, concerning changes as stated in this clause. | ||
6. | Additionally, the Trustee will be entitled to reimbursement of all its reasonable costs incurred in the fulfillment of its duties as trustee, provided that with respect to the costs of an expert opinion, the Trustee notifies the Company in advance of its intention to receive an expert opinion. | ||
7. | The Trustees fee and the aforesaid costs will be paid by the end of the trust under this Deed, even if a receiver (or a receiver and administrator) has been appointed and |
- 43 -
regardless of whether or not the trust under this Deed is managed under court supervision. | |||
8. | VAT, if applicable, will be added to the payments due to the Trustee by the provisions of this clause, and paid by the Company. The Trustee will issue to the Company a tax invoice in respect of such payments, within 14 days from date of their payment by the Company to the Trustee. | ||
9. | If the office of the Trustee is terminated or expires during a trust year (except for the first trust year), the fee paid in respect of the months in which the Trustee did not serve as trustee on behalf of the debenture holders will be refunded. |
- 44 -
Between:
|
Cellcom Israel Ltd. | |||||
|
P.C. 511930125 | |||||
|
10 Hagavish St., Netanya 42140 | |||||
|
||||||
|
(the Company) | of the one part | ||||
|
||||||
|
||||||
A n d:
|
Aurora Fidelity Trust Ltd. | |||||
|
Company no. 513605576 | |||||
|
6 Harakon St., Ramat Gan 52521 | |||||
|
(the Trustee ) | of the other part | ||||
|
Whereas
|
On December 21 2005 the parties entered into a Trust Deed ( Trust Deed ); and | |
|
||
Whereas
|
following comments from the Securities Authority the parties wish to amend the provisions of the Trust Deed as set forth hereunder; |
1. | The interpretation to the terms used in this addendum shall be as defined in the Trust Deed. | |
2. | In article 11.1 to the Trust Deed, the words less than ten percent (10%) shall be replaced with the words less than five percent (5%). | |
3. | In article 11.2 to the Trust Deed, the words ten percent (10%) shall be replaced with the words five percent (5%). | |
4. | In article 11.3 to the Trust Deed, the words ten percent shall be replaced with the words five percent. | |
5. | Article 14 to Addendum A to the Trust Deed shall be deleted. | |
6. | The remainder of the articles of the Trust Deed shall remain in effect without any change. |
( - )
Cellcom Israel Ltd. |
( - )
Aurora Fidelity Trust Ltd. |
( - ) | ||
| ||
Liat Menahemi-Stadler, Adv. | ||
License No. 18656 |
- 45 -
Between:
|
Cellcom Israel Ltd. | |||
|
P.C. 511930125 | |||
|
10 Hagavish St., Netanya 42140 | |||
|
(the Company) | of the one part | ||
|
||||
A n d:
|
Hermetic Trust (1975) Ltd. | |||
|
Company no. 51-07051-9 | |||
|
113 Hayarakon St., Tel Aviv | |||
|
(the Trustee ) | of the other part |
Whereas
|
the Company decided to hold a private issue of a series of registered debentures unlimited in amount (series B), of NIS 1 principal amount each; and | |
|
||
Whereas
|
the Trustee is a company limited by shares, incorporated in Israel, whose principal purpose is to engage in trusts; and | |
|
||
Whereas
|
the Trustee declared that there is no legal impediment to its entering into an engagement with the Company under this Trust Deed, and that it meets the requirements and qualifying conditions set in the Securities Law, as hereinafter defined, for acting as a trustee under this Trust Deed; and | |
|
||
Whereas
|
the Company requested the Trustee to act as trustee on behalf of the holders of Debentures (Series B), and the Trustee agreed thereto, all subject to and in accordance with the terms of this Trust Deed. |
1.1 | The preamble to this Trust Deed and the appendices attached hereto form an integral part hereof. | ||
1.2 | The division of this Trust Deed into clauses and assigning of clause headings is done solely for convenience and as a means of reference, and may not be used for purposes of interpretation. | ||
1.3 | Words stated in this Deed in the plural form import the singular form as well, and vice versa; words stated in the masculine gender import the feminine gender as well, and vice versa; and a person imports a corporation as well, wherever this |
Deed does not provide explicitly and/or implicitly otherwise and/or the context or content does not dictate otherwise. | |||
1.4 | Terms defined in the debenture certificate and not defined in this Trust Deed shall have the meaning assigned to them in the debenture certificate. | ||
1.5 | In this Trust Deed the following terms shall have the meaning appearing alongside them, unless implied differently by the context or content: | ||
1.6 | the Trust Deed or this Deed this Trust Deed, including the appendices attached hereto and forming an integral part thereof; | ||
1.7 | the Debentures (Series B) or the debentures a series of registered debentures (series B) unlimited in amount, of NIS 1 principal amount each, which are to be issued by the Company under this Trust Deed; | ||
1.8 | sum of net financial Indebtedness known on any date (a) the sum of the Companys indebtedness in respect of credit taken from financial institutions, institutional investors and other holders of debentures of the Company, less (b) short-term investments of the Company, including its cash balances and its deposits with financial institutions, all as stated in the Companys last financial statements, audited or reviewed by the Companys auditors and certified by the Companys board of directors prior to that date; | ||
1.9 | financial debt the Companys debt in respect of credit from a financial institution or institutional investor or in respect of a debenture of the Company; | ||
1.10 | the Trustee the Trustee mentioned at the head of this Deed and/or anyone acting from time to time as trustee of the holders of the debentures under this Deed; | ||
1.11 | register the register of holders of Debentures (Series B); | ||
1.12 | debenture holder or holder the person whose name is written at the time in question in the register as the holder of the debenture, and in the case of several joint holders, the joint holder whose name is written first in the register; | ||
1.13 | debenture certificate certificate of a Debenture (Series B), including the appended Terms set forth in the back of the page set forth in the back of the page the wording of which appears in Addendum A to this Deed; | ||
1.14 | the Securities Law the Securities Law, 5728-1968, and its regulations as in force from time to time; | ||
1.15 | principal of the debentures the principal amount of the unpaid Debentures in circulation; |
- 2 -
1.16 | Consumer Price Index or index the price index known as the Consumer Price Index including fruits and vegetables, published by the Central Bureau of Statistic and Economic Research, including the same index even if published by another official organization or institution replacing it, and whether built on the same data as the existing index or not. If the index is replaced by another index published by an organization or institution as aforesaid and such organization or institution has not set the ratio between such index and the replaced index, said ratio shall be set by the Central Bureau of Statistics. If such ratio is not set as aforesaid, then the Trustee in consultation with economic experts to be chosen by it will set the ratio between the other index and the replaced index; | ||
1.17 | business day any day on which most of the big banks in Israel as well as the Stock Exchange clearinghouse are open to the public for the execution of transactions; | ||
1.18 | special resolution as defined in Addendum B to this Deed; | ||
1.19 | calendar month according to the Gregorian calendar; | ||
1.20 | the Stock Exchange the Tel Aviv Stock Exchange Ltd. | ||
1.21 | EBITDA in any period the Companys earnings before depreciation expenses, financing, taxes and other deductions, all as stated in the Companys financial statements for that period, audited or reviewed by the Companys auditors and certified by the Companys board of directors. |
2. | Issuance of the Debentures |
2.1 | The Company will issue a series of registered debentures (series B) unlimited in amount, of NIS 1 principal amount each, payable in 5 equal annual installments, on January 5 of each calendar year, from January 5, 2013 to January 5, 2017 (inclusive), bearing interest at a rate of 5.30% per annum and linked, principal and interest, to the Consumer Price Index published for the month of November 2005. | ||
2.2 | The terms of the debentures will be as set out in this Deed and in the debenture certificate (including the Terms set forth in the back of the page attached to the certificate). The wording of the debenture certificate will be as set out in Addendum A to this Deed. | ||
2.3 | The debenture certificates will be ready at the Companys offices for delivery to those entitled to them within three months from the date of the allotment of the debentures, and they will be handed over against the return of the relevant allotment letter to the Company. |
- 3 -
2.4 | Subject to the provisions of clause 2.5 below, the Debentures (Series B) will not be listed on any stock exchange. Subject to the provisions of the law and to the Stock Exchange rules, the Company will register the debentures in the name of the Registration Company of Israel Discount Bank Ltd, and within 30 days from the date of their issuance they will be registered at the Stock Exchange clearinghouse, which will provide clearing services for the debentures, and they will also be listed in the computerized trading system for institutional investors operated by the Stock Exchange ( listing in the institutional continuous trading system ). Failure to list the debentures in the institutional continuous trading system as aforesaid owing to an act or omission of the Company shall be deemed a fundamental breach by the Company. It is hereby clarified that subject to the provisions of the law and the Stock Exchange rules, other than an institutional investor as defined in the First Schedule to the Securities Law, 5728-1968, no one may trade in the debentures in the framework of the computerized trading system for institutional investors as stated. | ||
2.5 | The Company undertakes, subject to the provisions of any law and the Stock Exchange rules, to list the debentures on the Stock Exchange on the basis of a prospectus not later than June 30, 2006 (the determining date for listing ). If the debentures are not listed on the Stock Exchange by the determining date for listing, then |
2.5.1 | The Company will notify the holders not later than July 5, 2006 that the Debentures (Series B) were not listed as stated. The debentures will continue to be traded in the computerized trading system for institutional investors, and the debenture holders will have the right (the option ), as a sole relief, to sell to the Company the Debentures (Series B) held by them, as set out in this clause 2.5. | ||
2.5.2 | Any holder wanting to exercise the option (the exerciser ) will notify the Company in writing ( exercise notice ), not later than July 31, 2006, of his wish to exercise the option, specifying the total principal amount of the Debentures (Series B) which he wishes to sell to the Company within the exercise (the value sold ), and if he is a holder whose name is not listed in the register, he will attach to his notice a confirmation by the Stock Exchange member attesting to his ownership of the value sold. The exerciser will attach to the exercise notice a certificate of exemption from deduction of tax at source, if such exists. | ||
2.5.3 | Not later than one business day before September 28, 2006 ( the first exercise date ), each exerciser will sell to the Company, in an off-floor transaction, one-half of the value sold indicated in his exercise notice, and where said one-half is not a sum of principal amount in whole new shekels, the aforesaid total sum of principal amount will be rounded up to the nearest new shekel ( the half ). In return, the Company will pay the exerciser, on the first exercise date, within the off-floor transaction, the |
- 4 -
outstanding balance of the unpaid principal of the half, plus linkage differences, as well as the unpaid interest (together with linkage differences), to which the exerciser is entitled for the half up to the first exercise date according to the terms of the Debentures (Series B), and which was not paid by then. | |||
2.5.4 | Not later than one business day before March 29, 2007 (the second exercise date ), each exerciser will sell to the Company, in an off-floor transaction, the value sold indicated in his exercise notice less the half (the balance of the value sold ). In return, the Company will pay to the exerciser, on the second exercise date, within the off-floor transaction, the outstanding balance of the unpaid principal of the balance of the value sold, plus linkage differences, as well as the unpaid interest (together with linkage differences), to which the exerciser is entitled for the balance of the value sold up to the second exercise date according to the terms of the Debentures (Series B) and which was not paid by then. | ||
2.5.5 | Tax at source will be deducted from the amounts paid by the Company under this clause, where this is required by law. | ||
2.5.6 | The exercise notice submitted to the Company may not be canceled or modified. It is hereby clarified that the interest which the Company shall pay under the terms of the Debentures (Series B) during the period between July 31, 2006 and the first exercise date and the second exercise date, as the case may be, will be paid to whoever are the holders of Debentures (Series B) on the determining date for the payment of said interest. | ||
2.5.7 | The Company will notify the holders concerning the manner in which the half and the balance of the value sold should be transferred to it, not later than September 15, 2006. | ||
2.5.8 | If the sum of the value sold by all the exercisers according to the exercise notices received by the Company will not be less than 90% of the total principal amount of the Debentures (Series B) in circulation on July 31, 2006, then subject to the provisions of the law and the Stock Exchange rules, the Company will be entitled to serve notice of the early redemption of the Debentures (Series B) to take place on April 1, 2007 (the early redemption date ). Where the Company so chose |
2.5.8.1 | The debenture holders will be served a notice in this regard not later than March 1, 2007, but not earlier than October 1, 2006. On the date of service of the notice the Company will submit a report to the Stock Exchange in which it indicates the exact rate of interest to be paid to the holders on the early redemption date, calculated on the basis of 365 days in a year. |
- 5 -
2.5.8.2 | On the early redemption date the Company will pay the holders the balance of the unpaid principal and interest (together with linkage differences) to which the holders are entitled up to the early redemption date according to the terms of the Debentures (Series B). |
2.6 | The Debentures (Series B) will stand pari passu among themselves, without any priority or preference the one over the other. | ||
2.7 | The Company undertakes not to create liens on its assets, of any nature or kind, for as long as the Debentures (Series B) have not been fully paid, excluding a fixed lien on assets to secure credit enabling the purchase of those assets. | ||
2.8 | The Company undertakes to pay at the times appointed for this purpose in the debentures the amounts of the principal, the interest and the linkage differences payable under the debentures, and to comply with all the other conditions and obligations imposed on it by the terms of the debentures and this Deed. |
3. | The Right to Issue Additional Debentures and Other Securities | |
The Company reserves the right to issue at any time additional debentures series or other securities, with preferred, equal or inferior rights to the Debentures (Series B), whether they confer or do not confer a right of conversion into shares of the Company and upon such redemption, interest, linkage terms and other terms as the Company deems fit and subject to the provision of clause 2.7 above, all as the Company deems fit, at its discretion, without need of the consent of the Trustee or of the holders of Debentures (Series B) then in circulation. | ||
4. | The Right to Issue Additional Debentures (Series B) | |
The Company will be entitled, from time to time, at its sole discretion, to issue additional Debentures (Series B), without need of the consent of the Trustee or of the holders of Debentures (Series B) then in circulation ( the additional Debentures (Series B) ). Without derogating from the generality of the above, the Company will be entitled to issue the additional Debentures (Series B) at the same price or at a higher or lower price than the price at which earlier debentures from series B were issued. | ||
All the terms and provisions applying to the Debentures (Series B) will apply also to the additional Debentures (Series B); to remove doubt, it is clarified that: (a) the principal of the additional Debentures (Series B) will be paid, on every date of payment on account of the principal, proportionally to the remaining number of principal payments; and (b) the holders of the additional Debentures (Series B) will not be entitled to interest for interest periods that ended prior to their allotment date. | ||
The Company will notify the Trustee, and the Trustee will notify the debenture holders, concerning the issuance of additional Debentures (Series B). |
- 6 -
5. | Purchase of Debentures by the Company and Related Bodies | |
The Company reserves the right to purchase at any time debentures from this series, at any price deemed appropriate by it, without derogating from the duty of payment of the balance of the unpaid debentures in circulation. The purchase of the debentures by the Company will be deemed as the redemption of those debentures, which will lapse; and if they were listed, then they will also be canceled and delisted from trade trading system for institutional investors or on the Stock Exchange, as the case may be, and the Company will not be allowed to reissue them. It is hereby clarified that if such debentures are purchased by a subsidiary or by an included company or by a related company of the Company (as this term is defined in the Securities Law) controlling shareholder in the Company, this shall not be deemed as the redemption of the debentures that were purchased by the subsidiary, the included company or the controlling shareholders in the company as aforesaid; however, for as long as the debentures are held by the subsidiary, the included company, the related company or the controlling shareholders as aforesaid, they will not confer on their holders the right to vote in general meetings of the debenture holders or taken into account for the purpose of determining the presence of a quorum, except if any one of the above is an investor from among those enumerated in the First Schedule to the Securities Law (in the matter of section 15A(b)(1) of the law), who is not investing on its own behalf ( related institutional investor ), in which case its vote will be taken into account. It is hereby clarified that a subsidiary, an included company, a related company or the controlling shareholder as aforesaid not being related institutional investors will be entitled to participate in such meetings, without a voting right. | ||
The Company will notify the Trustee in any case of the purchase of debentures from this series by it or by a subsidiary or by an included company or by the controlling shareholder in the Company (upon learning thereof). | ||
6. | No Collateral | |
The debentures are not secured by any collateral. The Company undertakes not to create liens as provided in clause 2.7 above. | ||
7. | Immediate payment on the Debentures | |
Subject to the provisions of clause 8 below, the Trustee will be entitled to make call for the immediate payment on all or any of the unpaid balance of the debentures, and shall be obligated to do so if required by a special resolution (as defined in Addendum B to this Deed) passed by the general meeting of the debenture holders, or in a written demand signed by the holders of more than 50% of the unpaid balance of the principal of the debentures in circulation, all the aforesaid upon the occurrence of one or more of the circumstances enumerated below: |
7.1 | The Company will not pay any amount (whether principal, interest or linkage differences) due under the terms of the debentures, within seven days from the due date of that amount according to the terms of the debentures. |
- 7 -
7.2 | A permanent liquidator is appointed to the Company by a court, or the court issues a final liquidation order in respect of the Company, or a valid resolution is passed for the voluntary liquidation of the Company. | ||
7.3 | An application is filed for the Company to make an arrangement with its creditors under section 350 of the Companies Law, 5759-1999, or a stay of proceedings order is issued against the Company under the aforesaid section, and where the application is not filed by the Company the application or the order is not withdrawn or canceled within 45 days from when it was filed or issued, as the case may be. | ||
7.4 | The Company is dissolved or expunged for any reason whatsoever, including expunction or dissolution for the purpose of a merger or in the framework of a share swap, unless the Trustee is satisfied that the rights of the holders of Debentures (Series B) will not be prejudiced by such merger or share swap transaction. | ||
7.5 | If any of the cases enumerated below take place, according to the determination by the Trustee or in a special resolution passed by the general meeting of the debenture holders that this may to prejudice or endanger the rights of the debenture holders: |
7.5.1 | A temporary liquidator or temporary receiver is appointed to the Company by a court, or if the court issues a temporary liquidation order against the Company, and such appointment or order is not revoked within 30 days from when it was issued. | ||
7.5.2 | An attachment is imposed on material assets of the Company, and such attachment is not lifted within 45 days from when it was imposed. | ||
7.5.3 | An execution act is executed against material assets of the Company, and such act is not annulled within 45 days from when it was executed. | ||
7.5.4 | A permanent receiver is appointed to the Company and/or over all or a material part of its assets, and such appointment is not revoked within 45 days. | ||
7.5.5 | The Company discontinues payments and/or gives notice of its intention to discontinue payments and/or there is, in the Trustees opinion, a real danger that it will discontinue payments and/or cease carrying on its business and/or it is probable that it will cease carrying on its business. | ||
7.5.6 | The Company breaches or defaults on any material condition or obligation imposed on it by the terms of the debentures and this Deed, and fails to remedy such breach within 14 business days from when it received a written warning from the Trustee to remedy the breach. |
- 8 -
7.5.7 | The holders of liens on the Companys assets exercise their liens on material assets of the Company. | ||
7.5.8 | A call for an immediate payment is made on another debenture series that was issued by the Company, not in accordance with a resolution of the Company. | ||
7.5.9 | So long as the debentures have not been listed on the Stock Exchange if 10 business days have elapsed from when a call for an immediate payment was made upon a financial debt by a creditor, consequent on a breach of the Companys obligations toward such creditor; however, if in the course of those 10 business days any of the circumstances listed below occurs, no call for an immediate payment will be made on the Debentures (Series B): (1) an order is issued for the stay or cancellation of the call for an immediate payment on the financial debt; (2) the Company and the creditor arrive at an arrangement in which the call for an immediate payment is canceled, in such manner that it does not advance the original payment times that were fixed between such creditor and the Company. | ||
In this regard, financial debt excluding existing indebtedness of the Company to banks in their amount on December 31, 2005. | |||
7.5.10 | Up to the listing of the debentures on the Stock Exchange the transfer of control in the Company. In this regard, control as defined in the Securities Law, except if the identity of the new holder of the controlling shareholder was approved by a meeting of the holders of Debentures (Series B). | ||
7.5.11 | Up to the listing of the debentures on the Stock Exchange any other event which, in the Trustees reasonable opinion, constitutes a material injury and/or gives rise to a real concern of material injury to the rights of the holders of Debentures (Series B), including due to events as aforementioned in the beginning of this clause 7.5.11, coming to the Trustees attention pursuant to notices of the Company served as provided in clause 15.13 below. |
8.1 | Notwithstanding the aforesaid in clause 7 above, the Trustee will not make a call for an immediate payment on the debentures unless the Trustee served the Company prior written notice of its intention to do so, and the Company failed to comply with the contents of such notice within 15 days from the receipt thereof ( the curing period ). | ||
8.2 | In the prior notice as aforesaid the Company will be required to pay the amount in arrears, and/or to comply with the other provisions of this Trust Deed or terms of the debentures the breach of which or noncompliance with which constitute cause |
- 9 -
for making a call for an immediate payment, and/or to restore the status quo according to the event set forth in clause 7 above constituting cause for a call for an immediate payment, in respect of which the aforesaid notice was served. | |||
8.3 | Notwithstanding the provisions of clause 8.1 above, if the Trustee is of the opinion that a delay in making a call for an immediate payment on the Companys debt, as stated in clause 8.1 above, will materially endanger the rights of the debenture holders, it will be entitled to shorten the curing period up to 3 business days, in order to prevent such danger to the rights of the debenture holders, provided it affirms this to the Company in a notice served to it simultaneously with the call for an immediate payment on the debentures. |
9.1 | Whenever a call for an immediate payment is made on the debentures, the Trustee will be entitled, at its discretion and without further notice, to institute such proceedings, including legal proceedings, as it deems fit for protecting the rights of the debenture holders. | ||
9.2 | The Trustee shall be obligated to act as provided in clause 9.1 above, if so required by a special resolution passed by the general meeting of the debenture holders, or in a written demand signed by the holders of more than 75% of the unpaid balance of the principal of the debentures in circulation, and in accordance with such resolution or demand, unless the Trustee deems it unjustified and/or unreasonable to do so in the circumstances of the case and applies to the appropriate court for instructions in the matter. | ||
9.3 | The Trustee may, before instituting any proceedings to convene a meeting of the debenture holders to issue a special resolution as to which proceedings should be instituted, and the Trustee will be entitled to reconvene meetings of the debenture holders for the purpose of receiving instructions in respect of the conduct of such proceedings. | ||
9.4 | The stated above shall not prejudice and/or derogate from the Trustees right to initiate legal and/or other proceedings including the receipt of instructions from the court, even if no call for payment was made on the debentures, all for the protection of the debenture holders and subject to the provisions of any law. | ||
9.5 | Subject to the provisions of this Deed, the Trustee is entitled, but not obligated, to convene a general meeting of the debenture holders at any time, in order to consider any matter relating to this Deed and/or to obtain its instructions in that regard. | ||
9.6 | The Trustee is entitled, but not obligated, at its sole discretion, to delay the performance of any action under this Deed, for the purpose of applying to the general meeting of the debenture holders and/or to the court, until it receives |
- 10 -
instructions from the general meeting of the debenture holders and/or from the court on how to proceed. | |||
9.7 | The application to the general meeting of the debenture holders and/or to the court will be made in such cases without delay and at the earliest possible and reasonable date. |
10.1 | All the receipts received by the Trustee, including as a result of proceedings, if any, instituted by it against the Company, will be held by it in trust and used by it for the purposes and according to the order or priorities detailed below: | ||
First, for defraying the reasonable costs, the payments, the imposts and the obligations that were expended by the Trustee, imposed on it, or that were incurred incidentally to or in consequence of the trust execution acts or otherwise in connection with the terms of this Deed, including the Trustees fee (provided it was not paid by the Company, and without derogating from its obligation to pay the Trustees fee). Subject to the provisions of the law, the balance will be used by the Trustee, unless the general meeting of the debenture holders directs otherwise in a special resolution, for the following: first, to pay the debenture holders all the interest due to them under the terms of the debentures, subject to the linkage conditions in the debentures, pari passu and pro rata to the amount of the arrears interest due to each of them, without preference or priority to any of them and without any preference due to precedence in the time of issuance of the debentures by the Company or otherwise; second, to pay the debenture holders the principal amounts due to them under the debentures held by them, whether the time of payment of the principal has arrived or not, subject to the linkage conditions in the debentures, pari passu and pro rata to the amounts due to them, without any preference due to precedence in the time of issuance of the debentures by the Company or otherwise, and the surplus, if any, will be paid by the Trustee to the Company or its substitutes, as the case may be. Withholding tax will be deducted from the payments to the debenture holders, insofar as there is a requirement in law to do so. | |||
The payment of the amounts by the Trustee to the debenture holders as stated above, from the receipts received by it, is subject to prior or equal rights of other creditors of the Company with respect to said receipts, should there be any such and in accordance with any law. |
11.1 | Notwithstanding the provisions of clause 10 above, if the monetary amount received as a result of the institution of proceedings as stated above and becoming distributable at any time as stated in said clause, is less than ten percent (10%) of the unpaid balance of the principal of the debentures in circulation (subject to the |
- 11 -
linkage conditions), the Trustee will not be obligated to distribute it and will be entitled to invest such amount, wholly or partly, in the permissible investments under this Deed and to replace such investments from time to time with other permissible investments, all as he deems appropriate. | |||
11.2 | When the aforesaid investments with their earnings, together with other moneys, if any, received by the Trustee for payment to the debenture holders, reach an amount sufficient for paying at least ten percent (10%) of the unpaid balance of the principal of the debentures in circulation (subject to the linkage conditions), the Trustee will pay them to the debenture holders in the manner provided in clause 10 above. That stated will not apply if a special resolution is passed by the general meeting of holders of Debentures (Series B) according to which the Trustee is required to distribute such amount. | ||
11.3 | If within a reasonable amount of time the Trustee is not in possession of an amount sufficient for paying at least ten percent of the unpaid balance of the principal of the debentures as stated, it will be entitled to distribute to the debenture holders the moneys in his possession. |
12. | Distribution Notice | |
The Trustee will notify the debenture holders of the day and place of execution of any payment from among those referred to in clauses 10 and 11 above, by a prior notice of 14 days to be served in the manner specified in clause 24 below. | ||
After the day specified in the notice, the debenture holders will be entitled to interest at the rate specified in the debentures, only on the balance of the principal (should there be any such) after deduction of the amount that was paid or proposed for payment to them as aforesaid. | ||
13. | Receipts from the Debenture Holders |
13.1 | A receipt issued by a debenture holder for the amounts of the principal, the interest and the linkage differences paid to him by the Trustee in respect of the debenture will release the Trustee absolutely with respect to the actual execution of payment of the amounts specified therein. | ||
13.2 | A receipt issued by the Trustee for the amounts of the principal, the interest and the linkage differences deposited with it in favor of the debenture holders in accordance with the terms of this Deed or the debentures, will be deemed vis-à-vis the Company as a receipt from the debenture holder regarding the receipt of the amounts specified therein. |
14.1 | A debenture holder will be obligated to present to the Trustee, at the time of a payment on account of principal, interest or linkage differences under clauses 10, 11 and 12 above, the debenture in respect of which the payment is being made. |
- 12 -
14.2 | The Trustee will record on the debenture certificate a note concerning the amounts that were paid as aforesaid, and the payment date. | ||
14.3 | The Trustee will be entitled, in any special case, at its discretion, to waive the presentation of the debenture, after the debenture holder provided it with an indemnity letter and/or a security deemed adequate by the Trustee for damages that may be caused by the non-recording of a note as aforesaid, all as the Trustee deems fit, or it may maintain records in another manner, at its discretion. |
15. | Companys Undertakings Toward the Trustee | |
The Company hereby undertakes toward the Trustee, up to the date of full payment of the debentures, as follows: |
15.1 | To persist and conduct its business in an orderly and proper manner, including making the mandatory payments applying by law to its assets. It is hereby clarified that the Companys failure to make such a mandatory payment due to a disagreement in good faith shall not be deemed a breach of this undertaking. | ||
15.2 | To notify the Trustee in writing, directly and not later than 2 business days after learning of the imposition of any attachment on all or a material part of its assets, and of the appointment of a receiver and/or special administrator and/or temporary or permanent liquidator over all or a material part of its assets, and of an action by a holder of a lien on any asset of the Company for the exercise of the lien registered in its favor, and to take, at its expense, all the necessary steps for removing such attachment or for canceling such receivership, liquidation or administration or for annulling the lien exercise actions, as the case may be. | ||
15.3 | To notify the Trustee in writing, directly and not later than 2 business days after learning of the occurrence of any of the circumstances enumerated in clause 7 above. | ||
15.4 | To comply with any other reasonable instruction of the Trustee that is intended to protect the rights of the debenture holders, all in accordance with the provisions of this Deed. | ||
15.5 | To manage its books in accordance with the provisions of any law and generally accepted accounting principles, and to allow the Trustee or its authorized representative, upon its demand, to inspect the Companys books and the documents serving as references therefore, subject to the Trustees undertaking to keep the information in confidence, except for the conveyance of relevant information only, at the Trustees reasonable discretion, to a meeting of the debenture holders that was convened for the purpose of receiving a report and/or passing an ordinary and/or special resolution. The holders undertake toward the Trustee and the Company to keep in confidence any information brought before them, for as long as it has not been made public by the Company. In this regard, the Trustees authorized representative denotes anyone appointed by the Trustee |
- 13 -
for the purpose of such inspection in a written notice to be served by the Trustee to the Company prior the aforesaid inspection, said notice to include also the Trustees confirmation that such representative is obligated toward the Trustee and toward the Company to keep in confidence any information coming to his knowledge in the course of his activity on the Trustees behalf. The Trustee will keep in confidence any information contained in a book and/or in a document inspected by the Trustees representative as stated. | |||
15.6 | To furnish to the Trustee a copy of every report which it is obligated to submit to the Securities Authority, simultaneously with the submission thereof to the authority, as well as a copy of every document transmitted by the Company to the debenture holders. In addition the Company will transmit to the Trustee additional information relating to the Company, upon the Trustees reasonable demand, and any information transmitted to the Trustee will be kept in confidence by it. | ||
15.7 | To issue to the Trustee, once a year as well as upon demand, a confirmation that all the payments coming due were made to the debenture holders. | ||
15.8 | To cause the debentures to be rated by a rating agency throughout the term of the debentures. In this regard, rating agency as this term is defined in the Second Schedule to the Securities Regulations (Details of the Prospectus, Its Structure and Form), 5729-1969. | ||
15.9 | To enable the Trustee to participate in meetings of the Companys shareholders, without a voting right. | ||
15.10 | For as long as the debentures have not been listed on the Stock Exchange to notify the Trustee in writing in the event that a call for an immediate payment is made on a financial debt of the Company by a creditor pursuant to a breach of the Companys obligations toward that creditor, directly and not later than 2 business days after the Company learned thereof. In this regard, financial debt excluding existing indebtedness of the Company to banks in their amount on December 13, 2005. | ||
15.11 | For as long as the debentures have not been listed on the Stock Exchange the Company will not distribute a dividend if the Companys known net financial indebtedness on the distribution date exceed three times the accumulated EBITDA in the four last calendar months included in the Companys financial statements certified by its board of directors prior to the distribution date. The Company undertakes to present to the Trustee a written confirmation from the Companys accountant, not later than 3 business days before the date of the announcement of a dividend distribution, concerning its absolute compliance with the above condition. | ||
15.12 | Up to the listing of the debentures on the Stock Exchange to notify the Trustee in writing, directly and not later than 2 business days after learning of any case in |
- 14 -
which following the first issue of the debentures under this Deed, the Company is to assume a new or additional financial debt in a manner that increases by more than NIS 500 million its known net financial Indebtedness on the date of assumption of such financial debt. | |||
15.13 | For as long as the debentures have not been listed on the Stock Exchange, the Company undertakes to notify the Trustee in writing, directly and not later than two business days after learning of any occurrence or matter being outside the ordinary course of the Companys business in view of their nature, scope or potential consequence, and which have or could have a material effect on the Company. |
16. | Additional Undertakings | |
After a call for an immediate payment is made on the debentures, the Company will perform, from time to time and whenever so required by the Trustee, all reasonable actions to enable the exercise of all the powers vested in the Trustee and specifically, the Company will perform the following actions, insofar as they are reasonable: |
16.1 | Make any declaration and/or sign all documents and/or perform and/or cause the performance of all actions as necessary and/or required for validating the exercise of the authorities, the powers and the authorizations of the Trustee and/or its representatives. | ||
16.2 | Issue all notices, orders and instructions as the Trustee deems practicable and which it requires. | ||
16.3 | For the purposes of this clause a written notice signed by the Trustee, confirming that an action required by it, within the framework of its powers, is a reasonable action, shall be prima facie evidence thereof. |
17.1 | The Company hereby irrevocably appoints the Trustee as its attorney for implementing and performing in its name and stead all the actions which it is obligated to perform by the explicit terms of this Deed, and in general to act in the Companys name in the exercise of all or a part of the powers vested in the Trustee, and to appoint any other person as the Trustee deems fit for the performance of the Trustees duties under this Deed of Trust, provided the Company has not performed the actions which it is obligated to perform by the terms of this Deed within a reasonable time from the Trustees demand. | ||
17.2 | The appointment under clause 17.1 above shall not obligate the Trustee to perform any action, and the Company hereby discharges the Trustee in advance in the event that it does not perform some action as aforesaid in clause 17.1 and/or in the event it is not performed on time. Additionally, the Company hereby waives in advance any contention against the Trustee and/or its agents for any damage |
- 15 -
caused and/or may be caused to the Company, directly and/or indirectly, due to actions in good faith that were performed by the Trustee as stated in this clause, excluding negligence and/or mala fides on the part of the Trustee. |
18. | Other Agreements | |
Subject to the provisions of the Securities Law and to the restrictions imposed on the Trustee in the Securities Law, the fulfillment of the Trustees function under this Deed or its status per se as a trustee shall not prevent the Trustee and/or its parent company and/or any related company from entering into various contracts with the Company or from executing any transaction with any third party in the ordinary course of its business, including any contract or transaction relating to the underwriting, distribution or sale of shares, debentures or other securities of the Company, provided this does not affect the fulfillment of the Trustees undertakings in this Deed or the Trustees competency. | ||
19. | Reports by the Trustee | |
The Trustee will prepare by the end of the second quarter in each calendar year an annual report concerning the affairs of the trust ( the annual report ). The annual report will set out the following matters: |
19.1 | Current details of the course of the affairs of the trust during the past calendar year. | ||
19.2 | Exceptional events connected with the trust that occurred during the past calendar year. | ||
19.3 | The holders may inspect the annual report at the Trustees offices during regular business hours, and they may receive a copy of the report upon demand. | ||
19.4 | The Trustee will notify the holders of the date of submission of the report by it, as provided in clause 23 below. | ||
19.5 | If the Trustee learns of a material breach of the Trust Deed on the Companys part, it will notify the holders of the breach and of the steps it has taken for the prevention thereof or for the fulfillment of the Companys undertakings, as the case may be. |
20. | Trustees Fee | |
The Trustees fee will be as specified in Addendum C to this Deed. | ||
21. | Powers and Activities |
21.1 | The Trustee is not obligated to inform any part of the signing of this Deed and may not interfere in any manner in the conduct of the Companys business or affairs. |
- 16 -
21.2 | The Trustee will exercise in trust the powers, authorizations and authorities vested in it by this Deed, at its reasonable discretion, and it shall not be liable for any damage caused due to an error in such discretion, unless it acted negligently or mala fides. | ||
21.3 | The Trustee will keep in confidence any information conveyed to it by the Company and will not make any use thereof save for the purpose of fulfilling its obligations under the terms of this Deed, including for the purpose of conveying relevant information only, at its reasonable discretion, to a meeting of the debenture holders convened to receive a report and/or pass an ordinary and/or special resolution. The holders undertake toward the Trustee and the Company to keep in confidence the information brought before them, for as long as it has not been made public by the Company. | ||
21.4 | The Trustee may in the course of executing the trust affairs under this Deed act on the opinion and/or advice of any lawyer, accountant, appraiser, assessor, surveyor, broker or other expert, whether such opinion and/or advice was prepared at the Trustees request and/or by the Company, and the Trustee will not be liable for any loss or damage caused as a result of any action and/or omission done by it on the basis of such advice or opinion, unless the Trustee acted negligently or not in good faith. The Trustee will allow the Company and the debenture holders to peruse such opinion upon demand. | ||
21.5 | Any such advice and/or opinion may be given, sent or received by letter, cable, facsimile and/or any other electronic means for the transmission of information, and the Trustee shall not be liable for actions done by it on the basis of any advice and/or opinion and/or knowledge conveyed by one of the methods mentioned above, even if it contained errors and/or was inauthentic, unless it was possible to discover such errors in a reasonable examination. | ||
21.6 | The Trustee will be entitled to appoint an agent/s to act in its stead, be it a lawyer or someone else, for the purpose of performing or participating in the performance of special actions that are required in connection with the trust and without derogating from the above generalities, the institution of legal proceedings or representation in merger or spin-off processes of the Company and to pay any such agent a fee. The Company shall be entitled to object to such appointment fot any reasonable reason, including in case the agent is competing, directly and indirectly, eith the companys business. | ||
21.7 | Subject to the provisions in this Deed, the Trustee will act toward the debenture holders in accordance with the provisions of the Securities Law, even before the listing of the Debentures (Series B) on the Stock Exchange. |
22.1 | The Trustee will be entitled to indemnity from the debenture holders and/or from the Company, as the case may be, for reasonable costs which it incurred and/or |
- 17 -
will incur, as the case may be, in connection with actions which it performed and/or will be required to perform by virtue of its obligation under the terms of the Trust Deed and/or by law and/or statute and/or by order of a competent authority and/or by demand of the debenture holders, in the manner specified in the Trust Deed, or by demand of the Company, but it: will not be entitled to demand indemnity in advance in a matter that does not brook delay; and where the Trustee is satisfied with an indemnity undertaking such indemnity undertaking may include indemnity in respect of liability in torts that is imposed on the Trustee in a final judgment or in a compromise vis-à-vis a third party not being a debenture holder, provided that such indemnity undertaking is subject to the following conditions: 1) the costs in respect of the liability in torts are reasonable; 2) the Trustee acted in good faith and with appropriate care, and such action was done during the fulfillment of its function and without negligence. | |||
22.2 | Without derogating from the rights to compensation granted to the Trustee by law, but subject to the provisions of clause 22.1 above, the Trustee and any receiver, representative, manager, agent or other person appointed by the Trustee under this Deed, will be entitled to be indemnified from the moneys received by the Trustee in proceedings instituted by it or in another manner under this Deed, with respect to obligations which they assumed, with respect to costs which they incurred incidentally to the execution of the trust under this Deed, or in connection with such actions as in their opinion were required for such execution, or in connection with the exercise of the powers and authorities vested in them by virtue of this Deed, and in connection with all kinds of legal proceedings, opinions and advice of lawyers and other experts, negotiations, deliberations, expenses, claims and demands relating to any law or any thing that was done or not done in any manner in such regard, and the Trustee will be entitled to withhold the moneys in its possession and to pay out of them the amounts required as indemnity, provided it did not act negligently. | ||
Whenever the Trustee is obligated by the terms of the Trust Deed and/or by law and/or statute and/or by order of a competent authority and/or by demand of the debenture holders (Series B) and/or by demand of the Company to perform any action, including but not only the initiation of proceedings or filing of claims at the demand of the owners of Debentures (Series B), as stated in the Trust Deed, the Trustee will be entitled to abstain from any such action until it receives an indemnity letter, to its satisfaction, from the owners of Debentures (Series B) or any of them, and where the action is performed pursuant to the Companys demand from the Company, in respect of any liability for damages and/or costs that could be caused to the Trustee, to the Company or to either of them due to the performance of such action. All the foregoing, except in circumstances in which an urgent action was required, and abstention from the performance thereof before the receipt of an indemnity letter as stated would cause damage and/or loss to the holders of Debentures (Series B). |
- 18 -
23.1 | Any notice served by the Company and/or the Trustee to the debenture holders will be sent by registered post to the address of the debenture holders last recorded in the register, and any notice sent as stated will be deemed to have been served to the debenture holders at the end of three days from the date of delivery thereof at the post office. | ||
The Trustee will send the Company copies of notices and invitations served by it to the debenture holders. | |||
The Company will send the Trustee copies of notices and invitations served by it to the debenture holders. | |||
However in the event that the debentures are listed on the Stock Exchange or in the computerized system for trade in institutional securities operated by the Stock Exchange, a notice by the Company and/or the Trustee to the debenture holders may, instead of being sent by registered post, be served to the registration company and by publication in at least two widely circulated daily newspapers published in Israel in the Hebrew language, and in such case, the day of publication will be deemed as the day of receipt of the notice by the debenture holders. | |||
23.2 | Any notice or demand by the Trustee to the Company or by the Company to the Trustee may be served in a registered letter sent to the address detailed in this Deed, or to another address of which one party will inform the other in writing, or by a fax transmission or by messenger, and every such notice or demand will be deemed to have been received by the addressee as follows: (a) if sent by registered post at the end of three business days from the day of its delivery at the post office; (b) if transmitted by fax (together with verification of receipt by telephone) at the end of one business day from the day of its transmission; and (c) if sent by messenger upon delivery of the notice or offering thereof to the addressee, as the case may be. |
24.1 | Subject to the provisions of any law, the Company and the Trustee will be entitled to alter the terms of the Trust Deed (including an alteration in the terms of the debentures), upon the fulfillment of any of the following: |
24.1.1 | The Trustee is satisfied that the alteration does not prejudice the rights of the debenture holders. Notwithstanding the aforesaid, no alteration may be made to the terms of the Trust Deed and/or the debentures in regards with the amounts and times of payment, the causes for making a call for an immediate payment for payment and/or the reports which the Company is required to submit to the Trustee, except as provided in clause 24.1.2 below. |
- 19 -
24.1.2 | The debentures holders have agreed to the alteration in a special resolution (as defined in Addendum B to this Deed) passed in a meeting of the debenture holders. |
24.2 | The Trustee will be entitled, where he is satisfied that this does not prejudice the rights of the debenture holders, to waive any nonmaterial breach or nonmaterial compliance by the Company with any condition of the Deed of Trust (or condition of the debentures), excluding a breach and/or noncompliance with conditions as stated relating to the payment of amounts to debenture holders and/or times of payment and /or reports the Company has to deliver to the Trustee. | ||
24.3 | Furthermore, the Trustee will be entitled, subject to the provisions of the law, with prior approval by a special resolution passed in the general meeting of the debenture holders, whether before or after a call for an immediate payment has been made on the debentures, to compromise with the Company in connection with any right or claim of the debenture holders or any of them and to agree with the Company on any settlement of rights of the debenture holders under the Trust Deed and according to the terms of the debentures, and inter alia to waive any right or claim of the debenture holders against the Company. | ||
24.4 | Notwithstanding the aforesaid, the Trustee will be entitled, at the Companys request, from time to time and at any time, until the listing of the debentures on the Stock Exchange, to make alterations in the Trust Deed and/or in the debentures as required by the Securities Authority and/or the Stock Exchange and/or any other governmental authority, insofar as such alterations are necessary for listing on the Stock Exchange, provided such alterations do not, in the Trustees opinion, prejudice the rights of the debenture holders and/or change the causes for immediate payment and the amounts and times of payment of the debentures. Up to the listing of the debentures on the Stock Exchange, the Company will serve the debenture holders written notice of any such alteration as soon as possible after it was made. | ||
24.5 | Starting from the date of listing of the debentures on the Stock Exchange, the Company will issue an immediate report concerning any alteration as stated above in this clause 24 (including all its sub-clauses) immediately after it was made. So long as the debentures have not been listed on the Stock Exchange, the Company will serve the holders notice of any alteration as stated above in this clause 24 (including all its sub-clauses) immediately after it was made. | ||
24.6 | Whenever the Trustee exercises its right under this clause, it will be entitled to require the debenture holders to deliver the debenture certificates to it or to the Company, for the purpose of recording thereon a note concerning any compromise, waiver, alteration or amendment as stated, and upon the Trustees demand the Company will record a note as aforesaid. Whenever the Trustee exercises its right under this clause, it will notify the debenture holders in writing in that regard within a reasonable time. |
- 20 -
25.1 | The Company will maintain and manage in its registered office a register of the debenture holders, in which will be recorded the names of the debenture holders, their address and the number and principal amount of the debentures registered in their name. All transfers of title to the debentures in accordance with the provisions of this Deed and the debentures will be registered in the register. The Trustee and any debenture holder will be entitled to inspect the register at any reasonable time. The Company may close the register from time to time for a period or periods not exceeding 30 days in the aggregate in a year. | ||
25.2 | The Company will not be obligated to record in the register of the debenture holders any notice concerning an explicit, implicit or presumed trust, or any pledge or lien of any kind, or any equitable right, claim or offset or other right in connection with the debentures. The Company will recognize solely the title of the person in whose name the debentures were registered, provided the legal heirs, administrators or executors of the registered owner and any person becoming entitled to the debentures by reason of the bankruptcy of the registered owner (and in the case of a corporation by reason of its liquidation), will be entitled to be registered as the owner thereof after providing adequate proof to the Companys satisfaction of their right to be so registered. |
26. | Release | |
Upon proof to the Trustees satisfaction that all the debentures were fully paid and redeemed (including principal, interest and linkage differences), and upon proof to the Trustees satisfaction that all the obligations or costs incurred by the Trustee in connection with this Deed were fully defrayed, the Trustee will be obligated, upon the Companys first demand, to act with any unredeemed moneys deposited in regard of the debenture in accordance with the conditions specified in this Deed. | ||
27. | Termination of the Trustees Office |
27.1 | The Trustee and any trustee replacing it will be entitled to resign from their office whenever they so desire, after serving the Company a written notice setting out the reason for the resignation. If the debentures have not been listed on the Stock Exchange, the Company will convene a meeting of the holders of Debentures (Series B) to appoint a new trustee, and the Trustees resignation will take effect upon the appointment of the new trustee. The new trustee will be a trust company of one of the six big banks in Israel or another trustee whose appointment has been approved by a meeting of the debenture holders. | ||
If the debentures have been listed on the Stock Exchange, the Trustees resignation will take effect only after it has been approved by the court and from the day specified in the approval. Upon the resignation of the Trustee, the court will appoint a new trustee in its place. |
- 21 -
27.2 | The Trustee will transfer to the new trustee all its records concerning holders of Debentures (Series B), if there are any such, information concerning the payments that were executed by the Trustee until then, if any such were executed, any report that was submitted according to the terms of the Trust Deed and any information reasonably required by the new trustee, and the Trustee will transfer as well to the new trustee any amount held by it at the time in connection with the Debentures (Series B). | ||
27.3 | The holders of ten percent (10%) of the balance of the principal amount of the Debentures (Series B) may convene a general meeting of the debenture holders, which may resolve, upon a vote of the holders of at least fifty percent (50%) of the balance of the principal amount of the Debentures (Series B), to dismiss the Trustee. | ||
27.4 | Without derogating from the aforesaid, the Trustees office will expire or terminate, as the case may be, in the circumstances enumerated in section 35N of the Securities Law. | ||
27.5 | Prior to the appointment of a new trustee not being a trust company of a bank, the Company will provide to the holders details of such trustees equity and insurance arrangements in connection with the fulfillment of its function as trustee. | ||
27.6 | Without derogating from the aforesaid, the Trustees office will terminate if it becomes apparent that the Trustee is precluded from continuing in office due to a change in the provisions of the law or the statute applying to its competence to serve as trustee, including where such preclusion is created in connection with the listing of the debentures on the Stock Exchange. For this purpose preclusion is deemed also a demand by the Securities Authority to terminate the Trustees office. In such case the Company will appoint a new trustee. | ||
27.7 | Any new trustee appointed will have the same powers, authorities and other authorizations and will be able to act, in all respects, as if it had to begin with been appointed as the Trustee. | ||
27.8 | The Company will notify the holders upon learning of any event and/or circumstance by reason of which the Trustee is precluded from continuing in office. |
28. | Meetings of the Debenture Holders | |
Meetings of the debenture holders will be conducted as set forth in Addendum B to this Deed. | ||
29. | Financial Statements | |
The Company will submit to the Trustee, for as long as all the debentures have not been fully paid (including interest and linkage differences): |
- 22 -
29.1 | Audited financial statements of the Company for the fiscal year ended December 31 of the past year, immediately upon the presentation thereof to the Companys shareholders and not later than the date on which a public company is required to publish these statements. | ||
29.2 | Any semi-annual and quarterly interim report, immediately upon the presentation thereof to the Companys shareholders and not later than the date on which a public company is required to publish these reports, together with the review thereof of the Companys accountant. | ||
29.3 | Certification of the Companys accountant and/or controller concerning the payment of any interest and/or principal and the date of payment thereof to the debentures holders, and the balance of the principal amount of the debentures in circulation, pursuant to the Trustees written request to the Company for such a certification. | ||
29.4 | Any immediate report submitted by the Company, immediately upon its publication. | ||
29.5 | In the event that the debentures are delisted from trade following the listing thereof, and for as long as all the Debentures (Series B) have not been fully redeemed, the Company will continue submitting to the Trustee the reports detailed in clauses 29.1 and 29.2 above, at the times when a public company is required to publish these reports. | ||
29.6 | Reports concerning any change in the rating of the debentures. | ||
29.7 | The Trustee will allow the holders to inspect the reports, subject to their undertaking to maintain confidentiality as set out in clause 21.3 above. |
30. | Investments of Moneys | |
All the moneys which the Trustee is entitled to invest under this Deed, will be invested by the Trustee, in a bank/s, in its name or to its order, in investments which under the laws of the State of Israel are permissible with trust moneys, as it deems appropriate, subject to the terms of this Trust Deed and provided that any investment in securities is limited to securities with a rating of not less than AA. If the Trustee does so, it will owe the persons entitled to those amounts only the proceeds obtained from the realization of the investments, less related costs, management costs of the trust accounts, commissions and other mandatory payments applying to the trust account. From such moneys the Trustee will transfer amounts to the debenture holders who are entitled thereto, as soon as possible after proofs and certifications are submitted to the Trustees complete satisfaction concerning their right to these amounts, and less the Trustees costs and commissions at its customary rate for the same time. |
- 23 -
31. | Miscellaneous | |
Disagreements between the parties to this Trust Deed will be adjudicated exclusively by the court in Tel Aviv-Jaffa, which is vested with material jurisdiction. | ||
32. | Addresses | |
The parties addresses are as set out in the preamble to this Deed, or any other address of which appropriate written notice is served by one party to the other. | ||
33. | Stamping | |
Stamping of this Deed, if and to the extent required by law, will be done by the Company, at its expense. |
( - ) | ( - ) | |
Cellcom Israel Ltd. | Hermetic Trust (1975) Ltd. |
|
( - ) | |||||
|
License No. 22443 |
- 24 -
1. | This certificate witnesses that Cellcom Israel Ltd. ( the Company ) will pay on January 5 of each calendar year, from January 5, 2013 to January 5, 2017 (inclusive), to whoever is registered in the Companys register of debenture holders as the holder of the debentures in this certificate, 20% of the principal amount of this debenture. The unpaid principal of the debenture will be linked to the Consumer Price Index for November 2005 and will bear 5.30% annual interest, all in accordance with the terms of the Trust Deed, the debenture certificate and the terms set forth in the back of the page. | |
2. | The debentures of this series are issued in accordance with a trust Deed dated December 21, 2005, drawn up and signed between the Company of the one part and Hermetic Trust (1975) Ltd. , as the Trustee, of the other part ( the Trust Deed ). | |
3. | The debenture is issued subject to the terms set forth in the back of the page and to the terms of the Trust Deed. |
- 25 -
1. | General | |
In this Debenture (Series B), the terms below will have the meanings below, unless another meaning is implied by the context: |
|
the Company - | Cellcom Israel Ltd. | ||
|
||||
|
the Trust Deed - | The Trust Deed dated December 21, 2005 between the Company and Hermetic Trust (1975) Ltd. in connection with the issue of the Debentures (Series B). | ||
|
||||
|
debentures or Debentures (Series B) - | A series of registered debentures (series B) unlimited in amount, of NIS 1 principal amount each, issued by the Company pursuant to the Trust Deed. | ||
|
||||
|
the Trustee | Hermetic Trust (1975) Ltd. or any trustee replacing it, in accordance with the terms of the Trust Deed. | ||
|
||||
|
principal or principal amount or debenture principal - | The unpaid principal amount of the debentures in circulation. | ||
|
||||
|
||||
|
the register - | The register of holders of debentures of the Company, in which will be recorded all the holders of the debentures. | ||
|
||||
|
debenture holder - | The person whose name is written at the time in question in the register as the holder of the debenture, and in the case of several joint holders the joint holder whose name is written first in the register. | ||
|
||||
|
the Securities Law - | The Securities Law, 5728-1968 and the regulations thereto as in force from time to time. | ||
|
||||
|
the known index - | The last known index. | ||
|
||||
|
the base index - | The index published on December 15, 2005 for the month of November 2005. | ||
|
||||
|
the payment index - | The known index on the date of any payment on account of the principal or the interest. | ||
|
||||
|
Consumer Price Index or index - | The price index known as the Consumer Price Index including fruits and vegetables, published by the Central Bureau of Statistic and Economic Research, including the same index even if published by another official organization or institution, and including any other index replacing it, whether built on the same data as the existing index or not. If the index is replaced by another index |
- 26 -
|
published by an organization or institution as aforesaid, and such organization or institution has not set the ratio between such other index and the replaced index, said ratio shall be set by the Central Bureau of Statistics. If such ratio is not set as stated, then the Trustee in consultation with economic experts to be chosen by it will set the ratio between the other index and the replaced index; | |||
|
||||
|
the issue date - | December 22, 2005. | ||
|
||||
|
business day - | Any day on which most of the big banks in Israel as well as the Stock Exchange clearinghouse are open to the public for the execution of transactions. | ||
|
||||
|
the Stock Exchange - | The Tel Aviv Stock Exchange Ltd. | ||
|
||||
|
sum of net financial Indebtedness known on any date | (a) the sum of the Companys indebtedness in respect of credit taken from financial institutions, institutional investors and other holders of debentures of the Company, less (b) short-term investments of the Company, including its cash balances and its deposits with financial institutions, all as stated in the Companys last financial statements, audited or reviewed by the Companys auditors and certified by the Companys board of directors prior to that date; | ||
|
||||
|
EBITDA in any period | The Companys earnings before depreciation expenses, financing, taxes and other deductions, all as stated in the Companys financial statements for that period, audited or reviewed by the Companys auditors and certified by the Companys board of directors. |
The debentures form an integral part of the Trust Deed, and in case of a contradiction between them, the provisions of the Trust Deed shall prevail. | ||
2. | Pari Passu and No Liens | |
The debentures will stand pari passu with respect to the amounts payable on them, without any priority of one debenture from this series over another. | ||
The Company undertakes not to create liens on its assets, of any nature or kind, for as long as the Debentures (Series B) have not been fully paid, excluding a fixed lien on assets to secure credit enabling the purchase of those assets. | ||
The debentures are not secured by any collateral. |
- 27 -
3. | Payment of the Debenture Principal | |
The principal will be paid in 5 equal annual installments, on January 5 of each calendar year, from January 5, 2013 to January 5, 2017 (inclusive), plus index-linkage differences, as provided in clause 5 below. If the principal payment date falls on a non-business day, the payment date will be deferred to the first business day thereafter, and no interest will be paid in respect of such deferral. | ||
4. | Payment of the Interest | |
The unpaid balance of the debenture principal will bear interest at a rate of 5.30% per annum ( the interest ). The interest will be linked to the Consumer Price Index, in accordance with the linkage conditions, as provided in clause 5 below. | ||
Interest will be paid on January 5 of each of the years 2007 to 2017 (inclusive), for the twelve-month period ended on the last day before every such date ( the interest period ), except for the first interest period, in respect of which interest (calculated on the basis of 365 days) will be paid pro rata for the period beginning on the issue date and ending on January 4, 2007. | ||
It is hereby clarified that the first interest payment will be made on January 5, 2007. Accordingly, the first interest will be at a rate of 5.503%. | ||
The last interest payment will be made on January 5, 2017, together with the last payment of the unpaid principal of the debentures in circulation and against the return of the debenture certificate to the Company. | ||
If the interest payment date falls on a non-business day, the payment date will be deferred to the first business day thereafter, and no interest will be paid in respect of such deferral. | ||
The Company will deduct from the interest payment any amount it is required to deduct at source, if at all, in accordance with any law. | ||
Subject as provided in clause 7 below, if the Company delays more than five business days after the appointed day for paying any amount on account of the principal and/or interest as aforesaid ( the amount in arrears ), such amount will bear, in respect of the entire period of arrears from the day appointed for payment, arrears interest at the interest rate on Debentures (Series B) specified at the head of this clause plus 2%, all on an annual basis ( the arrears interest ). To remove doubt, it is hereby clarified that during the arrears period, arrears interest will be paid alone (and not in addition to the interest as defined above). In such case, the Company will notify the holders and will submit to the Stock Exchange without delay a report indicating the exact interest rate including the arrears interest. | ||
5. | Principal and Interest Linkage Conditions | |
The debenture principal and the interest thereon will be linked to the Consumer Price Index in the following manner: If it becomes apparent on the date of any payment on |
- 28 -
account of the debenture principal and/or the interest thereon that the payment index has increased compared to the base index, the Company will pay such amount of the principal and/or interest increased in proportion to the rate of increase of the payment index over the base index; however, if it becomes apparent that the payment index is the same as or lower than the base index, the payment index will be the base index. | ||
6. | Persons Entitled to Principal and Interest Payments |
6.1 | Any payment on account of the principal and/or interest will be paid to the debenture holders whose names are recorded in the register at the end of the day of December 24, immediately preceding the due date of any principal and/or interest payment (hereinabove and hereinafter: the determining day ), except for the final payment which will be made against the delivery of the debenture certificate to the Company at least five business days before the date set for the final payment, at the Companys registered office and/or at any other place of which the Company will give notice. | ||
6.2 | The payment will be made to the entitled persons by check or bank transfer, crediting the bank account of the persons whose names appear in the register as the holders of the debentures, the details of which will be provided in writing to the Company in good time, and in any case not later than 12 days before the date of the payment on account of the principal and/or interest. | ||
6.3 | If the person entitled to a payment from the Company fails to provide the details of the bank account in good time, as aforesaid, the Company will send a check by registered post to his last address written in the register. The sending of a check to the entitled person by registered post as stated will be deemed in all respects as payment of the amount specified in the check on the date of dispatch thereof by post, provided it is paid upon proper presentation for collection. | ||
6.4 | A holder wishing to change his instructions concerning the manner of payment, as stated above, may do so in a notice sent by registered letter to the Company, However, the Company will comply with such instruction only if it reached its registered office at least 15 days before the due date of any payment under the debenture. If the notice is received by the Company after such time, the Company will act in accordance therewith only with respect to payments with a due date after the payment date immediately following the day of receipt of the notice. |
7.1 | Any amount due to the debenture holder which is not actually paid on the date set for its payment for a reason not dependent on the Company, whereas the Company was prepared to make the payment, will stop bearing interest and linkage differences from the time set for its payment, and the debenture holder will be entitled solely to the amounts to which he would have been entitled on the day set for making that payment on account of the principal, interest and linkage. |
- 29 -
7.2 | The Company will deposit with the Trustee, within 15 business days from the date set for such payment, the amount of the payment that was not made for a reason not dependent on it, and said deposit will be deemed as the absolute discharge of that payment, and in case of the discharge of all the amounts due on the debenture, also as the redemption of the debenture. The Company will notify the holders entitled to such amount of its deposit with the Trustee. The notice will be sent to the address of the entitled holder written in the register at the time, not later than at the end of 7 business days from the deposit with the Trustee. | ||
7.3 | The Trustee will invest any such amount in trust accounts, in its name and to its order on behalf of those debenture holders, and will invest it in permissible investments under the laws of the State of Israel and the provisions of the Trust Deed, all as it deems fit and subject to any law and to the provisions of clause 30 of the Trust Deed. If the Trustee does so, it will owe the persons entitled to those amounts only the proceeds obtained from the realization of the investments, less related costs, management costs of the trust account and any mandatory payments applying to the trust account and/or to the investment, and it will pay said proceeds to the entitled persons against presentation of the proofs required by it, to its complete satisfaction. | ||
7.4 | The Trustee will hold these moneys and invest them in the aforesaid manner until the end of one year from the final redemption date of the debentures. After this date, the Trustee will transfer the amounts accumulated with it (including the earnings derived from their investment), less its fee and costs, to the Company, which will hold these amounts in trust on behalf of the entitled persons. The Company will confirm to the Trustee in writing that it is holding the aforesaid amounts which were accepted by it in trust on behalf of the entitled persons, and it will indemnify the Trustee for damage of any kind to it caused by the transfer of the moneys as aforesaid, provided the Trustee acted reasonably. The Company will hold these moneys in trust on behalf of the entitled debenture holders during a further six years from the day on which it received them from the Trustee. Moneys that have not been demanded from the Company by a debenture holder by the end of seven years from the final redemption date of the debentures, will pass to the Company, which will be entitled to use the remaining moneys for any purpose whatsoever. |
8.1 | For as long as the Debentures (Series B) have not been listed on the Stock Exchange, they may be transferred only to an investor as this term is defined in the First Schedule according to section 15A(b)(1) of the Securities Law, or to the Company or to a subsidiary of the Company, all subject to the restrictions in law. The debentures are transferable in respect of any sum of principal amount, provided it is in whole new shekels. Any transfer of a debenture will be done on the basis of a transfer instrument in the accepted wording, duly signed by the |
- 30 -
registered holder or his lawful representatives, to be delivered to the Company at its registered office together with the certificate of the transferred debenture and any other proof required by the Company concerning the transferors right to transfer the debenture. | |||
Clause 8.1 above will not apply to debentures listed in the trading system for institutional investors operated by the Stock Exchange, for as long as they are so listed. | |||
8.2 | If stamp tax or another mandatory payment applies to the debenture transfer instrument, proof of the payment thereof by the applicant will be provided to the Companys satisfaction. | ||
8.3 | In case only part of the sum of principal amount of a debenture is transferred, the debenture certificate will first be split as provided in clause 9 below into the appropriate number of debenture certificates, such that the total of all the principal amounts specified therein will be equal to the principal amount specified in the original debenture certificate. | ||
8.4 | Following compliance with all these conditions, the transfer will be registered in the register of the debenture holders. | ||
8.5 | All the costs and commissions entailed in the transfer will be borne by the transfer applicant. | ||
8.6 | Subject to the provision of clause 8.7 below, the Debentures (Series B) will not be listed on any stock exchange. Subject to the provisions of the law and to the Stock Exchange rules, the Company will register the debentures in the name of the Registration Company of Israel Discount Bank Ltd., and within 30 days from the date of their issuance they will be registered at the Stock Exchange clearinghouse, which will provide clearing services for the debentures, and they will also be listed in the computerized trading system for institutional investors operated by the Stock Exchange ( listing in the institutional continuous trading system ). Failure to list the debentures in the institutional continuous trading system as aforesaid owing to an act or omission of the Company shall be deemed a fundamental breach by the Company. It is hereby clarified that subject to the provisions of the law and the Stock Exchange rules, other than an institutional investor as defined in the First Schedule to the Securities Law, 5728-1968, no one may trade in the debentures in the framework of the computerized trading system for institutional investors as stated. | ||
8.7 | The Company undertakes, subject to the provisions of any law and the Stock Exchange rules, to list the debentures on the Stock Exchange on the basis of a prospectus not later than June 30, 2006 ( the determining date for listing ). If the debentures are not listed on the Stock Exchange by the determining date for listing, then |
- 31 -
8.7.1 | The Company will notify the holders not later than July 5, 2006 that the Debentures (Series B) were not listed as stated. The debentures will continue to be traded in the computerized trading system for institutional investors, and the debenture holders will have the right ( the option ), as a sole relief, to sell to the Company the Debentures (Series B) held by them, as set out in this clause 8.7. | ||
8.7.2 | Any holder wanting to exercise the option ( the exerciser ) will notify the Company in writing ( exercise notice ), not later than July 31, 2006, of his wish to exercise the option, specifying the total principal amount of the Debentures (Series B) which he wishes to sell to the Company within the exercise ( the value sold ), and if he is a holder whose name is not listed in the register, he will attach to his notice a confirmation by the Stock Exchange member attesting to his ownership of the value sold. The exerciser will attach to the exercise notice a certificate of exemption from deduction of tax at source, if such exists. | ||
8.7.3 | Not later than one business day before September 28, 2006 ( the first exercise date ), each exerciser will sell to the Company, in an off-floor transaction, one-half of the value sold indicated in his exercise notice, and where said one-half is not a sum of principal amount in whole new shekels, the sum ofprincipal amount will be rounded up to the nearest new shekel ( the half ). In return, the Company will pay the exerciser, on the first exercise date, within off-floor transaction, the outstanding balance of the unpaid principal of the half, plus linkage differences, as well as the unpaid interest (together with linkage differences), to which the exerciser is entitled for the half up to the first exercise date according to the terms of the Debentures (Series B) and which was not paid by them. | ||
8.7.4 | Not later than one business day before March 29, 2007 ( the second exercise date ), each exerciser will sell to the Company the value sold indicated in his exercise notice less the half ( the balance of the value sold ). In return, the Company will pay the exerciser, on the second exercise date, within the off-floor transaction, the outstanding balance of the unpaid principal of the balance of the value sold, plus linkage differences, as well as the unpaid interest (together with linkage differences), to which the exerciser is entitled for the balance of the value sold up to the second exercise date according to the terms of the Debentures (Series B) and which was not paid by them. | ||
8.7.5 | Tax at source will be deducted from the amounts paid by the Company under this clause, where this is required by law. | ||
8.7.6 | The exercise notice submitted to the Company may not be canceled or modified. It is hereby clarified that the interest which the Company under the terms of the Debentures (Series B) during the period between July 31, |
- 32 -
2006 and the first exercise date and the second exercise date, as the case may be, will be paid to whoever will be the holders of Debentures (Series B) on the determining date for the payment of said interest. | |||
8.7.7 | The Company will notify the holders concerning the manner in which the half and the balance of the value sold should be transferred to it, not later than September 15, 2006. | ||
8.7.8 | If the sum of the value sold by all the exercisers according to the exercise notices received by the Company will not be less than 90% of the total principal amount of the Debentures (Series B) in circulation on July 31, 2006, then subject to the provisions of the law and the Stock Exchange rules, the Company will be entitled to serve notice of the early redemption of the Debentures (Series B) to take place on April 1, 2007 ( the early redemption date ). Where the Company so chose |
8.7.8.1 | The debenture holders will be served a notice in this regard not later than March 1, 2007, but not earlier than October 1, 2006. On the date of service of the notice the Company will submit a report to the Stock Exchange in which it will indicate the exact rate of interest to be paid to the holders on the early redemption date, calculated on the basis of 365 days in a year. | ||
8.7.8.2 | On the early redemption date the Company will pay the holders the balance of the unpaid principal and interest (together with linkage differences) to which the holders are entitled up to the early redemption date according to the terms of the Debentures (Series B). |
9.1 | Every debenture certificate may be split into a number of debenture certificates, such that the total of all the principal amounts specified therein is equal to the principal amount specified in the debenture certificate in respect of which the split is requested. A split will be executed against the delivery of the relevant certificate at the Companys registered office for the execution thereof. | ||
9.2 | Splitting of debenture certificates as stated will be done on the basis of a split application signed by the holder of those debenture certificates or his legal representatives, to be submitted to the Company at its registered office together with the debenture certificate in respect of which the split is requested. | ||
9.3 | The split will be executed within fourteen days from the end of the month in which the certificate was delivered at the Companys registered office. The new debenture certificates issued following the split will each be for a principal amount sums in whole shekels. |
- 33 -
9.4 | All the costs entailed in the split, including stamp tax and other imposts, if any, will be borne by the split applicant. |
10. | Purchase of Debentures by the Company and Related Companies | |
The Company reserves the right to purchase at any time debentures from this series, at any price deemed appropriate by it, without derogating from the duty of payment of the balance of the unpaid debentures in circulation. The purchase of the debentures by the Company will be deemed as the redemption of those debentures, which will lapse; and if they were listed, then they will also be canceled and delisted from trade in the trading system for institutional investors or on the Stock Exchange, as the case may be, and the Company will not be allowed to reissue them. It is hereby clarified that if such debentures are purchased by a subsidiary or by an included company or by a related company of the Company (as this term is defined in the Securities Law) or by the controlling shareholder in the Company, this shall not be deemed as the redemption of the debentures that were purchased by the subsidiary, the included company or the controlling shareholder as aforesaid; however, for as long as the debentures are held by the subsidiary, the included company, the related company or the controlling shareholder as aforesaid, they will not confer on their holders the right to vote in general meetings of the debenture holders or taken into account for the purpose of determining the presence of a quorum, except if any one of the above is an investor from among those enumerated in the First Schedule to the Securities Law (in the matter of section 15A(b)(1) of the law), who is not investing on its own behalf ( related institutional investor ), in which case its vote will be taken into account. It is hereby clarified that a subsidiary, an included company, a related company or the controlling shareholder as aforesaid not being related institutional investors will be entitled to participate in such meetings, without a voting right. | ||
The Company will notify the Trustee in any case of the purchase of debentures from this series by it or by a subsidiary or by an included company or by the controlling shareholder in the Company (upon learning thereof). | ||
11. | Additional Allotments of Debentures from This Series and Other Debentures |
11.1 | The Company will be entitled, from time to time, at its sole discretion, to issue additional Debentures (Series B), without need of the consent of the Trustee or of the holders of Debentures (Series B) then in circulation ( the additional Debentures (Series B) ). Without derogating from the generality of the above, the Company will be entitled to issue the additional Debentures (Series B) at the same price or at a higher or lower price than the price at which earlier debentures from series B were issued. | ||
All the terms and provisions applying to the Debentures (Series B) will apply also to the additional Debentures (Series B); to remove doubt, it is clarified that: (a) the principal of the additional Debentures (Series B) will be paid, on every date of payment on account of the principal, proportionally to the remaining number of principal payments; and (b) the holders of the additional Debentures (Series B) |
- 34 -
will not be entitled to interest for interest periods that ended prior to their allotment date. | |||
The Company will notify the Trustee, and the Trustee will notify the debenture holders, concerning the issuance of additional Debentures (Series B). | |||
11.2 | To remove doubt, it is clarified that the Company reserves the right to issue at any time additional debentures series or other securities, with preferred, equal or inferior rights to the Debentures (Series B), whether they confer or do not confer a right of conversion into shares of the Company and upon such redemption, interest and linkage terms and other terms as the Company deems fit and subject to the provisions of clause 2 above, all as the Company deems fit, at its discretion, without need of the consent of the Trustee or of the holders of Debentures (Series B) then in circulation. |
12. | Dividend Distribution | |
For as long as the debentures have not been listed on the Stock Exchange the Company will not distribute a dividend if the Companys known net financial indebtedness on the distribution date exceed three times the accumulated EBITDA in the four last calendar months included in the Companys financial statements certified by its board of directors prior to the distribution date. | ||
13. | Register of the Debenture Holders | |
The Company will maintain and manage in its registered office the register, in which it will record the names and addresses of the debenture holders, the numbers and principal amount of the debentures held by them. All transfers of title to the debentures in accordance with the terms of the debentures and the Trust Deed will be registered in the register. The Trustee and any debenture holder will be entitled to inspect the register. | ||
The Company will not be obligated to record in the register any notice concerning a trust, pledge, lien or any equitable right, claim or offset or other right in connection with the debentures. It is expressly clarified that the Company will recognize solely the title of the person in whose name the debentures are registered in the register, provided the legal heirs, administrators or executors of the registered owner and any person becoming entitled to the debentures by reason of the bankruptcy of the registered owner (and in the case of a corporation by reason of its liquidation), will be entitled to be registered as the owner thereof, but only after providing proof to the Companys satisfaction of their right to be so registered. | ||
14. | Representation by the Trustee | |
The Trustee will represent the debenture holders in any matter arising from the Companys obligation toward them according to or in connection with the debentures, and the debenture holders hereby grant the Trustee an irrevocable power of attorney to act in their name and stead in every such matter. To remove doubt, the aforesaid shall not |
- 35 -
derogate from the right of the debenture holders to dismiss the Trustee in accordance with the provisions of the law and the Trust Deed. If the Trustee is dismissed aforesaid, the new trustee will be the attorney under this clause 14. | ||
15. | Compromise and/or Alterations to the Debenture Terms | |
No alteration, waiver and/or compromise in anything pertaining to the terms of the debentures will be valid, unless made in accordance with the provisions of the Trust Deed. | ||
16. | General Meetings of the Debenture Holders | |
General meetings of the debenture holders will convene and proceed in the manner provided in Addendum B to the Trust Deed. | ||
17. | Replacement of Debenture Certificates | |
If a debenture share becomes worn or is lost or destroyed, the Company may issue in its stead a new debenture certificate upon the same terms, subject to such proof, indemnity and coverage of the expenses incurred by the Company in verifying the title as the Company deems fit, provided that in the case of wear, the worn debenture certificate is returned to the Company before the new certificate is issued. Stamp tax and other imposts as well as other expenses entailed in the issuance of the new certificate will be borne by the applicant for such certificate. | ||
18. | Notices | |
Except those cases in which this debenture provides otherwise, any notice by the Company and/or the Trustee to the debenture holders will be served in a registered letter sent to the debenture holders last address appearing in the register, and any notice sent as stated will be deemed to have been received by the debenture holder at the end of three days from the day of its delivery at the post office. | ||
The Trustee will send the Company copies of notices and invitations served by it to the debenture holders. Likewise, the Company will send the Trustee copies of notices and invitations served by it to the debenture holders. | ||
However in the event that the debentures are listed, including in the computerized system for trade in institutional securities operated by the Stock Exchange, a notice by the Company and/or the Trustee to the debenture holders may, instead of being sent by registered post as stated above, be served to the registration company and by publication in at least two widely circulated daily newspapers published in Israel in the Hebrew language, and in such case, the day of publication will be deemed as the day of receipt of the notice by the debenture holders. |
- 36 -
1.1 | The Company may convene general meetings of the debenture holders. The notice of invitation will be sent to the Trustee and to the debenture holders, setting out the time, day and place at which the meeting is to take place and the business which is to be conducted therein. | ||
1.2 | The Trustee may convene general meetings of the debenture holders. The notice of invitation will be sent to the Company and to the debenture holders, setting out the time, day and place at which the meeting is to take place and the business which is to be conducted therein. | ||
1.3 | The Company or the Trustee shall be obligated to convene a general meeting of the debentures upon the written requisition of holders representing at least ten percent (10%) of the unpaid balance of the principal of the debentures in circulation. In such case, the Trustee or the Company, as the case may be, will be entitled to receive from the debenture holders requesting the meeting reimbursement of the reasonable costs entailed in convening the meeting. | ||
1.4 | Notice of at least fourteen (14) days will be given concerning a general meeting in which it is proposed to pass an ordinary resolution or which is being convened for the presentation of a report. Notice of at least twenty one (21) days will be given concerning a general meeting in which it proposed to pass a special resolution. Notwithstanding the aforesaid, the Trustee may shorten the period of such notice if it is of the opinion that the rights of the debenture holders will be prejudiced by the postponement of the meeting. | ||
1.5 | Any notice by the Company and/or the Trustee to the debenture holders concerning the convening of a meeting will be served by registered post to each of the debenture holders according to their last address appearing in the register, and any notice sent as stated will be deemed to have been received by the debenture holder at the end of three (3) days from the day of its dispatch by post. | ||
However in the event that the debentures are listed on the Stock Exchange, including in the computerized system for trade in institutional securities operated by the Stock Exchange, a notice by the Company and/or the Trustee to the debenture holders concerning the convening of a meeting may, instead of being sent by registered post as stated above, be served by publication in at least two widely circulated daily newspapers published in Israel in the Hebrew language, and in such case, the day of publication will be deemed as the day of receipt of the notice by the debenture holders. | |||
1.6 | Every general meeting will be held at the Companys registered office or at another address of which the Company will give notice or where the meeting is |
- 37 -
being convened by the Trustee at an address of which the Trustee will give notice. | |||
1.7 | No resolution lawfully passed in a meeting of the debenture holders will be invalidated where, due to an oversight, notice thereof was not served to the holders of less than 10% of the balance of the unpaid principal of the debentures in circulation, or where notice thereof was not received by such holders. |
2. | Chairman of the Meeting | |
The meeting will be presided over by the Trustee or by another person appointed by the Trustee to serve as chairman of the meeting. In case the Trustee (or the person appointed by it for this purpose) is not present at the meeting within half an hour from the time set for the commencement thereof, the debenture holders present at the meeting will choose one of their number to serve as chairman of the meeting. | ||
3. | Quorum |
3.1 | Two debenture holders at least, representing at least twenty percent (20%) of the unpaid balance of the principal of the debentures in circulation, present at a meeting in which it is proposed to pass an ordinary resolution or which has been convened for the presentation of a report will be deemed a quorum. | ||
3.2 | Two debenture holders at least, representing at least fifty percent (50%) of the unpaid balance of the principal of the debentures in circulation, present at a meeting in which it is proposed to pass a special resolution will be deemed a quorum. | ||
3.3 | If a quorum is not present within half an from the time set for the meeting, the meeting will be adjourned to the same day in the next week (and where such day is not a business day, to the first business day immediately thereafter), at the same time and place, or to another day, time or place, if noted in the original invitation to the meeting, without need of an additional notice to the debenture holders. At an adjourned meeting, if a quorum is not present within half an hour from the time set for the meeting, the meeting will be held with any number of participants. Notwithstanding the aforesaid, in the case of a general meeting in which it is proposed to pass a special resolution, the adjourned meeting will not be held unless debenture holders representing at least ten percent (10%) of the unpaid balance of the principal of the debentures in circulation are present. | ||
3.4 | The chairman of a general meeting may, with the consent of debenture holders present at a meeting in which there is a quorum, and representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the unpaid balance of the principal represented by the holders present at the meeting, adjourn the meeting, and he shall adjourn the meeting if so directed by such majority. Only business that was on the agenda of the original meeting and that was not concluded or not begun may be transacted at an adjourned meeting. |
- 38 -
4.1 | Votes in any meeting of the debenture holders will be conducted on a poll. | ||
4.2 | In a vote, each holder present in person or by proxy will have one vote for every NIS 1 of the unpaid balance of the debenture held by him. In the case of joint holders, only the vote of the holder from among them whose name appears first in the register of the debenture holders and who proposes to vote, in person or by proxy, will be counted. | ||
4.3 | The chairman of the meeting will not have a further or a casting vote. | ||
4.4 | The Trustee may participate in a meeting, without a voting right. | ||
4.5 | The debenture holders will be entitled to participate and vote in a meeting in person or by proxy, as set out below. | ||
4.6 | Any instrument appointing a voting proxy ( instrument of appointment ) will be signed by the appointer or by an attorney authorized to do so in writing, or, where the appointer is a corporation in an instrument duly signed by the corporation or by its authorized representative. | ||
4.7 | The instrument of appointment, and the power of attorney based on which the instrument of appointment was signed (if at all), or a copy thereof certified to the Companys satisfaction, will be deposited at the Companys office or at the place appointed for holding the meeting not less than forty eight (48) hours before the time set for the meeting at which the person named in the instrument of appointment proposes to vote. However, the chairman of the meeting may waive this demand for all the participants in any meeting and accept the aforesaid instruments of appointment and powers of attorney at the start of the meeting. | ||
4.8 | An instrument of appointment will be valid also for any adjourned meeting of the meeting to which it refers, unless stated otherwise in the instrument of appointment. | ||
4.9 | A vote by virtue of an instrument of appointment will be valid notwithstanding the death of the appointer, or the revocation of the power of attorney on the basis of which the instrument of appointment was issued, or the transfer of the right under the debenture in respect of which the instrument of appointment was issued, unless a written notice concerning the death, revocation or transfer was received at the office or by the chairman of the meeting before the vote. |
5. | Resolutions in General Meeting |
5.1 | Subject to clauses 5.2 and 6 below, all resolutions in general meeting will be passed as ordinary resolutions. An ordinary resolution will be carried by a simple majority of the participating votes (excluding abstainers). A special resolution |
- 39 -
( special resolution ) will be carried by a majority of seventy five percent (75%) of the participating votes (excluding abstainers). | |||
The required majority in a resolution to dismiss the Trustee is as stated in clause 7 below. | |||
5.2 | Resolutions on the matters listed below will be passed by the general meeting solely as a special resolution: |
5.2.1 | An alteration in the terms of the Trust Deed (including an alteration in the terms of the debentures), where this requires a resolution of the general meeting of the debenture holders, as provided in clause 24 of the Trust Deed. | ||
5.2.2 | A compromise with the Company in connection with any right or claim of the debenture holders or any of them, or of the Trustee, or any settlement with the Company in connection with the rights of the debenture holders or the rights of the Trustee under the Trust Deed or according to the terms of the debentures, and inter alia a waiver of any right or claim of the Trustee and/or of the debenture holders against the Company, in accordance with and subject to the provisions of clause 24 of the Trust Deed. | ||
5.2.3 | Any other matter which by the terms of the debentures or the Trust Deed requires a special resolution of the general meeting of the debenture holders. | ||
5.2.4 | A call for immediate payment on the debentures. | ||
5.2.5 | Issuance of instructions to the Trustee. |
5.3 | It is hereby clarified that debenture holders being a controlling shareholder in the Company, companies controlled by controlling shareholder in the Company and related and included companies of the Company, as these terms are defined in the law, will not be counted in the quorum or in the vote of a general meeting convened for the purpose of passing an ordinary or special resolution, excluding any of the above being a related institutional investor (as this term is defined in clause 10 of the Terms set forth in the back of the page), whose vote will be taken into account. | ||
5.4 | In every general meeting of the debenture holders, minutes will be made of all the proceedings and resolutions in the meeting. Any minutes signed by the chairman of a meeting in which resolutions were passed and deliberations took place was transacted, will be prima facie proof of the matters written therein, and unless proven otherwise, any resolution passed in such a meeting will be deemed to have been passed lawfully. |
- 40 -
5.5 | A person or persons appointed by the Trustee or by the Company and any other person or persons so authorized by the Company, may be present in a general meeting of the debenture holders (without a voting right). |
6.1 | An invitation to a general meeting of the debenture holders in which it is proposed to pass a resolution to dismiss the Trustee will be served in the same way as an invitation to a meeting in which it is proposed to vote on a special resolution. | ||
6.2 | The required majority in a resolution to dismiss the Trustee is the votes of debenture holders representing at least fifty percent (50%) of the unpaid balance of the principal of all the debentures then in circulation. |
- 41 -
1. | For the first trust year, beginning on the date of the Trust Deed and ending 12 months thereafter, the sum of NIS 15,000. The aforesaid payment shall be payable within 30 days from the end of the month in which the Company receives from the Trustee an invoice in respect of this payment. The Trustee will be entitled to forward to the Company an invoice immediately after the signing of this Trust Deed. | |
2. | For each of the years starting from the second year (e.g. stating at the lapse of 12 months from the date of this Deed) in which unpaid Debentures (series B) shall still exist (except for the first year) an annual fee of NIS 10,000 (the annual fee ). | |
3. | The annual fee will be payable to the Trustee within 30 days from the end of the month in which the Company receives from the Trustee an invoice in respect thereof. The Trustee will be entitled to issue to the Company an invoice in respect of each years annual fee immediately after the start of each such year. The annual fee will be linked to the index, according to the rate of increase of the known index on the date of payment of the annual fee compared to the base index of the debentures. | |
4. | VAT, if applicable, will be added to the payments due to the Trustee by the provisions of this clause, and paid by the Company. | |
5. | The annual fee will be to the Trustee as long as it serves as Trustee under the provisions of this Deed, even if a receiver and/or the receiver is managing and/or the trust according to this Deed is managed under court supervision. | |
6. | If the office of the Trustee is terminated or expires during a trust year (except for the first trust year), the fee paid in respect of the months in which the Trustee did not serve as trustee on behalf of the debenture holders will be refunded. | |
7. | Additionally, the Trustee will be entitled to reimbursement of all its reasonable costs incurred in the fulfillment of its duties as trustee and /or the authorities given to it according to this trust deed, provided that with respect to the costs of an expert opinion, the Trustee notifies the Company in advance of its intention to receive an expert opinion. | |
8. | Additionally, the Trustee shall be entitled for additional payment for actions in case of the Companys noncompliance with its obligations in the debenture or this trust deed or for actions for the call for immediate payment and for special actions it might need to engage in, if any, for the fulfillment of its duties according to this deed. |
- 42 -
9. | It is hereby agreed that the Trustee shall be entitled to a sum in NIS equal to $120 USA, according to the representative exchange rate on the actual payment day, for each hour needed for the aforesaid actions, with the addition of VAT according to the law. | |
10. | In addition the Trustee shall be entitled for reimbursement of reasonable costs incurred in the fulfillment of the special actions (in addition to the additional payment as aforesaid). | |
11. | Additionally the Trustee shall be entitled to payment for the participation in general meetings of debenture holders in the sum of NIS 250 per (linked to the index as aforesaid in clause 3), per meeting, with the addition of VAT according to the law. In addition the Trustee shall be entitled for reimbursement of all reasonable costs incurred in connection to convening the meetings of debenture holders initiated by it. |
- 43 -
Between:
|
Cellcom Israel Ltd. | |||
|
P.C. 511930125 | |||
|
10 Hagavish St., Netanya 42140 | |||
|
(the Company) | of the one part | ||
|
||||
A n d:
|
Hermetic Trust (1975) Ltd. | |||
|
Company no. 51-07051-9 | |||
|
113 Hayarakon St., Tel Aviv | |||
|
(the Trustee ) | of the other part |
Whereas
|
On December 21 2005 the parties entered into a Trust Deed ( Trust Deed ); and | |
|
||
Whereas
|
following comments from the Securities Authority the parties wish to amend the provisions of the Trust Deed as set forth hereunder; |
1. | The interpretation to the terms used in this addendum shall be as defined in the Trust Deed. | |
2. | In article 11.1 to the Trust Deed, the words less than ten percent (10%) shall be replaced with the words less than five percent (5%). | |
3. | In article 11.2 to the Trust Deed, the words ten percent (10%) shall be replaced with the words five percent (5%). | |
4. | In article 11.3 to the Trust Deed, the words ten percent shall be replaced with the words five percent. | |
5. | Article 14 to Addendum A to the Trust Deed shall be deleted. | |
6. | The remainder of the articles of the Trust Deed shall remain in effect without any change. |
( - ) | ( - ) | |
| | |
Cellcom Israel Ltd. | Hermetic Trust (1975) Ltd. |
|
( - )
|
|||||
|
License No. 18656 |
- 44 -
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
2
3
4
5. | Expenses . All expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, incurred in connection with any registration under Section 2 or 3 shall be borne by the Company (including the reasonable fees and disbursements of one (1) counsel for the Holders); provided, however, that each of the Holders participating in such registration shall pay its pro rata portion of discounts or commissions payable to any underwriter. | |
6. | Indemnities . In the event of any registered offering of securities of the Company pursuant to this Agreement: |
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
|
Discount Investment Corporation Ltd. | |||
|
3 Azrieli Center | |||
|
The Triangular Tower | |||
|
44th Floor | |||
|
Tel Aviv 67023 | |||
|
Israel | |||
|
Facsimile: 972-3-607-5877 | |||
|
Attention: Mr. Ami Erel | |||
|
President and CEO | |||
|
E-mail: ami.erel@dic.co.il | |||
|
||||
|
With a copy to: | Goldfarb, Levy, Eran, Meiri & Co., Law Offices | ||
|
2 Weizmann Street | |||
|
Tel Aviv, Israel | |||
|
Facsimile: +972-3-608-9909 | |||
|
Attn: Oded Eran, Adv. | |||
|
E-mail: oded.eran@glelaw com | |||
|
||||
|
To the Company: | Cellcom Israel Ltd | ||
|
10 Hagavish Street | |||
|
Natanya, Israel | |||
|
Facsimile: +972-151-52-9989700 | |||
|
Attention: Tal Raz | |||
|
Chief Finance Office | |||
|
E-mail: talraz@cellcom.co.il |
13
|
With a copy to: | Goldfarb, Levy, Eran, Meiri & Co., Law Offices | ||
|
2 Weizmann Street | |||
|
Tel Aviv, Israel | |||
|
Facsimile: +972-3-608-9909 | |||
|
Attn: Oded Eran, Adv. | |||
|
E-mail: oded.eran@glelaw.com | |||
|
||||
|
To Goldman: | Goldman Sachs International | ||
|
Peterborough Court, 133 Fleet Street, London, EC4A 2BB | |||
|
Facsimile: +44-207-774 1880 | |||
|
Attention: Atul Kapur | |||
|
E-mail: atul.kapur@gs.com | |||
|
||||
|
and to: | Facsimile: +44-207-774 0561 | ||
|
Attention: Anna Williams | |||
|
E-mail: anna.williams@gs.com | |||
|
||||
|
With a copy to: | Gornitzky & Co., Advocates and Notaries | ||
|
Zion Building | |||
|
5 Rothschild Blvd | |||
|
Tel-Aviv, Israel | |||
|
Facsimile: +972-3-5606555 | |||
|
Attn: Pinhas Rubin, Adv. | |||
|
E-mail: rubin@gornitzky.co.il |
14
15
GOLDMAN SACHS INTERNATIONAL | ||||
|
||||
By:
|
/s/ Atul Kapur
|
|||
|
Title: Managing Director | |||
|
||||
CELLCOM ISRAEL LTD. | ||||
|
||||
By:
|
/s/ Itamar Bartov /s/ Tal Raz
|
|||
|
Title: VPExecutive/CFO | |||
|
||||
DIC COMMUNICATION AND TECHNOLOGY LTD. | ||||
|
||||
By:
|
/s/ Raanan Cohen /s/ Kurt Keren
|
|||
|
Title: VP/Corporate Secretary | |||
|
||||
PEC ISRAEL ECONOMIC CORPORATION | ||||
|
||||
By:
|
/s/ Raanan Cohen /s/ Kurt Keren
|
|||
|
Title: Director/Authorized Signatory | |||
|
||||
DISCOUNT INVESTMENT CORPORATION LTD. | ||||
|
||||
By:
|
/s/ Raanan Cohen /s/ Kurt Keren
|
|||
|
Title: VP/Corporate Secretary |
16
17
I
II
III
|
101. | Entry to Premises and Inspection of Documents | 82 | |||||
|
102. | Cooperation | 82 | |||||
Part B: Reporting and Correction of Defects | 83 | |||||||
|
103. | Duty of Submission of Reports | 83 | |||||
|
104. | Types of Reports | 83 | |||||
|
105. | Notice Concerning a Defect | 85 | |||||
|
106. | Reporting to the Minister | 85 |
IV
CHAPTER I MISCELLANEOUS | 86 | |||||||||
|
107. | The License as an Exhaustive Document | 86 | |||||||
|
108. | Keeping the License Documents and Returning the License | 86 | |||||||
|
109. | Postponement of Deadline | 86 | |||||||
|
110. | Reserving of Liability | 87 | |||||||
|
111. | Notices | 87 | |||||||
|
First Schedule | first schedule 1 | ||||||||
|
Second Schedule List of Appendices | second schedule 2 | ||||||||
|
Appendix D Uniform Engagement Contract Not Attached | Appendix D 1 | ||||||||
|
Appendix E Minimum Requirements and Level of Services to Subscriber | Appendix E 3 | ||||||||
|
Appendix JAccessibility to International Telecommunications Services | Appendix J 1 | ||||||||
|
Appendix K Discontinuation of Service to CELLULAR End user equipments of the IS-54 type | Appendix K 1 | ||||||||
|
Appendix O Erotic Services | Appendix O1 |
V
1
1. | Definitions | |
1.1 | In this License, the words and expressions below will have the meaning listed next to them, unless another meaning is evident from the written language or its context. |
Type Approval
|
| Approval given by the Minister pursuant to the Law and the Ordinance to an CELLULAR end-equipment model. | ||
|
||||
Means of Control
|
| In a corporation any one of the following: | ||
|
||||
|
(1) the right to vote at a general meeting of a company or in an entity corresponding thereto in another corporation; | |||
|
||||
|
(2) the right to appoint a director or CEO; | |||
|
||||
|
(3) the right to participate in the profits of the corporation; | |||
|
||||
|
(4) the right to a share in the balance of the assets of the corporation after payment of its debts on liquidation. | |||
|
||||
Telecommunications
|
| Broadcast, transfer or reception of marks, signals, written material, visual forms, sound or information, via wire, wireless, optical system or other electromagnetic systems; | ||
|
||||
Franchisee
A16
|
| As defined in Section 6(12)(1) of the Law; | ||
|
||||
Interested Party
|
| Anyone holding, directly or indirectly, 5% of a certain type of the Means of Control; | ||
|
||||
Licensee
|
| Anyone to whom the Minster granted, pursuant to the Law, a general or special license; A16 | ||
|
||||
General Licensee
A16
|
| Anyone who has received a general license for implementing the Telecommunications operations and providing Telecommunications services; | ||
|
||||
Broadcasting Licensee
A16
|
| As defined in the Law; | ||
|
||||
Accessibility Fees
|
| Payment for the use of another Telecommunications system, including for connection, transmission and collection; | ||
|
||||
Technical Requirements
and Service Quality
|
| Standards of availability and service quality, standards for Telecommunications facilities and instructions for installation, operation and maintenance, all according to the engineering plan as the Director will order from time to time relating to the services of the Licensee; | ||
|
||||
the Proposal
|
| The Licensees Proposal in the Tender; | ||
|
||||
the Bezeq Corp.
|
| Bezeq Israel Telecommunication Corp. Ltd.; | ||
|
||||
the Law
|
| The Communications Law (Telecommunications and Broadcasts), 5742 1982; A16 |
2
3
Holding
A16
|
| For the purpose of Means of Control directly or indirectly, whether alone or in concert with others, including through another, including a trustee or agent, or through a right granted under an agreement, including an option for a Holding that does not derive from convertible securities, or in any other way; | ||
|
||||
Transfer
A16
|
| For the purpose of the Means of Control, whether directly or indirectly, whether for consideration or without consideration, whether in perpetuity or for a period, all at once or in parts; | ||
|
||||
In Concert With Others
A16
|
| Permanent collaboration and, with regard to an individual, permanent collaborators will be deemed the individual, his Relative, and a corporation that one of them controls and, with regard to a corporation the corporation, anyone controlling it and anyone who is controlled by one of them; | ||
|
||||
Security Forces
|
| The Israel Defence Forces, the Israel Police, the General Security Service and the Mossad Institute for Intelligence and Special Operations; | ||
|
||||
Index
|
| The Consumer Price Index published by the Central Bureau of Statistics from time to time, or any other index that may replace it; | ||
|
||||
Cellular Radio Center
|
| A wireless facility functioning on the operating frequencies and used for creating a radio connection between Cellular end-equipment units in the possession of the subscribers in its coverage area and the Cellular switchboard; | ||
|
||||
Interface
|
| The physical meeting between various functional Telecommunications units, including by optical or wireless means; A16 | ||
|
||||
Telecommunications Facility
|
| A facility or device intended mainly for telecommunication purposes, including end-equipment; A16 | ||
|
||||
Tender No. 1/01
A16
|
| A tender published by the Ministry on 4 Nissan 5761 (March 28, 2001), including the clarifications given by the Ministry in the course of the Tender, as a result of which this License was amended; | ||
|
||||
the Tender
|
| Tender No. 10/93 published by the Ministry on November 11, 1993, including clarifications given by the Ministry in the course of the Tender, as a result of which this License is granted; | ||
|
||||
the Director
|
| The Director General of the Ministry of Communications or anyone authorized by him for the purposes of this License, in whole or in part; | ||
|
||||
Subscriber
|
| Anyone who enters into an agreement with the Licensee for the purpose of receiving its services, except for another Licensee; | ||
|
||||
International Telecommunications
System
|
| A system of Telecommunications facilities, connected or designated for connection to the Public Telecommunications Network through an International NEP, which is used or designated for use in the transfer of Telecommunications messages between an international switch situated in Israel and a Telecommunications Facility located abroad, including a satellite ground station and other Telecommunications facilities (hereinafter the System Components ) and including |
4
Mobile Radio Telephone
System (Cellular System)
|
| A system of wireless facilities built by the cellular method and other installations, through which mobile radio telephone services are provided to the public, including a Cellular coordinator, cellular radio centers and wireless or cable transmission arteries between cellular radio centers, a cellular radio center and a Cellular coordinator, between Cellular coordinators, or between an Cellular switchboard and a Public Telecommunications Network. | ||
|
||||
NDO (National Domestic
Operator)
A16
|
| A General Licensee for the provision of landline domestic Telecommunications services | ||
|
||||
Cellular Operator
|
| A General Licensee for the provision of mobile radio telephone services A16 | ||
|
||||
Another Cellular Operator
|
| A Cellular Operator that is not the Licensee. | ||
|
||||
Switchboard
|
| A Telecommunications Facility in which are situated and operated switching and transmission means, enabling contact between various end-equipment units that are connected or linked thereto, and the transfer of Telecommunications messages between them, including control and monitoring facilities and other facilities that enable the provision of various services to Subscribers of the Licensee or to subscribers of another Licensee; | ||
|
||||
the Ministry
|
| The Ministry of Communications | ||
|
||||
Transit Switch
A16
|
| A Telecommunications Facility in which are situated and operated the means of switching, routing and transmission enabling contact between various switchboards that are connected or linked thereto and the transfer of Telecommunications messages between them, including control and monitoring facilities; | ||
|
||||
Officer
A16
|
| Anyone acting as a director, CEO, chief business officer, deputy CEO, someone who fills such a position in a company even if the title is different, as well as any other manager who is directly subordinate to the CEO of the company; | ||
|
||||
Appendices
A16
|
| The first addendum and the Appendices set forth in the second addendum to the License A16 | ||
|
||||
NEP (Network End-Point)
|
| An Interface to which is connected on one side a Public Telecommunications Network and on the other side, end-user equipment, a private network, a mobile telephone network or other public network, as applicable; | ||
|
||||
International NEP
|
| A connections device to which are linked a Public Telecommunications Network on one side and an International Telecommunications System on the other; | ||
|
||||
Telecommunications
|
| The operation, installation, construction or maintenance of a Telecommunications Facility, all for the purpose of |
5
operation
|
Telecommunications; | |||
|
||||
the Ordinance
|
| The Wireless Telegraph Ordinance [New Version]. 5732 1972; | ||
|
||||
End-User Equipment
|
| Telecommunications equipment, which is connected or is designated for connection to a public Telecommunications network through an NEP or through a private network, including a telephone, modem, facsimile or private switchboard; |
6
Cellular End-User
Equipment
|
| Portable or movable Telecommunications equipment, connected or designated for connection to an Cellular System by means of a cellular radio center. | ||
|
||||
Interconnection
A16
|
| Connection between a Public Telecommunications Network of one Licensee to a Public Telecommunications Network of another Licensee, physically or logically, that facilitates the transfer of Telecommunications messages between Subscribers of the Licensees or the provision of services by one Licensee to the subscribers of the other Licensee; | ||
|
||||
Relative
|
| Spouse, parent, son, daughter, brother, sister or their spouses; | ||
|
||||
the License
|
| This License, with all its Appendices and any other document or condition stipulated in the License that will constitute an integral part of the License or its conditions; | ||
|
||||
the Network
A16
|
| The Cellular System of the Licensee; | ||
|
||||
the Minister
|
| The Minister of Communications, including anyone to whom he has delegated his authority with regard to this License, in whole or in part; | ||
|
||||
Public
Telecommunications
Network
|
| A system of Telecommunications facilities, used or designated for the provision of Telecommunications services to the general public throughout Israel or at least in the area of service, including Coordinators or Transit Switches, transmission equipment and an access Network, including a Cellular System and an international Telecommunications system, except for a private network, End-Equipment and Cellular End-Equipment; | ||
|
||||
Public
Telecommunications
Landline Network
|
| A domestic Public Telecommunications Network, except for a Cellular System and an international Telecommunications network; | ||
|
||||
Access Network
A16
|
| Components of a Public Telecommunications Network, which are used for connection between Coordinators and an NEP by means of a landline infrastructure, wireless infrastructure or a combination of the two; | ||
|
||||
Bezeq Network
|
| The Public Telecommunications Network used by Bezeq for provision of its services under the general license granted to it and the other Telecommunications services provided under the Law, whether by Bezeq or by any other person; | ||
|
||||
Use
A16
|
| Access to a Telecommunications Facility of the Licensee, including to the public Telecommunications network or its Access Network, in whole or in part, and the possibility of using them for the purpose of conducting Telecommunications operations and providing Telecommunications services by means thereof, including the installation of a Telecommunications Facility of another Licensee in a Telecommunications Facility or courtyards of the Licensee | ||
|
||||
Telecommunications
Service
|
| The performance of Telecommunications operations for others; | ||
|
||||
Basic Telephone Service
|
| Two-way switched or routed transfer, including via modem, of speech or of speech-like Telecommunications messages, for example, facsimile signals; | ||
|
||||
Telephony Service
A16
|
| Basic telephone service and services related to this service; |
A16 | Amendment No. 16 |
7
8
International
Telephone Service
(ITMS)
|
| A telephone service by means of the international system of a Licensee for the provision of international services; | ||
|
||||
Roaming Service
A16
|
| A Cellular service provided abroad and in the areas of civilian control of the Palestinian Council via the Cellular System of a foreign Cellular operator (hereinafter Foreign Operator), whereby the Subscriber pays the Licensee for the service; and, similarly, a Cellular service provided in Israel via the Cellular System of the Licensee, whereby the Licensee provides service to a Foreign Operator for the subscribers of that operator; in this regard, the Palestinian Council as defined in the Law for Implementation of the Interim Agreement Regarding the West Bank and Gaza Strip (Jurisdictional Powers and Other Provisions) (Legislative Amendments), 5756 1998 [sic]; | ||
|
||||
Related Service
|
| A service set forth in the first addendum to the License, provided on the basis of the Basic Telephone Service and which, by its nature, can only be provided by the supplier of the basic service; | ||
|
||||
Value Added
Service
A16
|
| A service provided on the basis of the Basic Telephone Service, which, by its nature, can be provided by another, including another Licensee that is not the supplier of the basic service; with regard to the services of the Licensee, a service as stated, which is set forth in the first addendum to the License; | ||
|
||||
infrastructure
Service
|
| An Interconnection, or possibility of Use given to another Licensee, to a Franchisee or to a broadcast Licensee; A16 | ||
|
||||
Domestic
Telecommunications
Landline Service A16 |
| Infrastructure, transmissions, communication of data and landline telephony; | ||
|
||||
Licensee Services
|
| Cellular services, Telecommunications Services and other services which the Licensee is entitled to provide pursuant to this License, to its Subscribers, to other Licensees, to broadcast licensees, to Franchisees and to the Security Forces; A16 | ||
|
||||
Cellular Services
|
| Telecommunications services provided by means of the CellularSystem; | ||
|
||||
Control
|
| The ability to direct a corporations activity, directly or indirectly, including ability deriving from the articles of incorporation, by virtue of an agreement, either written or oral, by virtue of a Holding in the Means of Control in another corporation or from any other source, except for ability deriving solely from fulfilling the position of director or other position in the corporation; | ||
|
||||
the Minister
|
| The Minister of Communications, including anyone to whom he has delegated his authority with regard to this License, in whole or in part; | ||
|
||||
Engineering Plan
|
| An engineering plan submitted by the Licensee in the Tender, including any change introduced therein with the approval of the Director and attached to the license as Appendix B; | ||
|
||||
Numbering Plan
A16
|
| As defined in Section 5A(B) of the Law; |
A16 | Amendment No. 16 |
9
10
1.2 | Other words and expressions in the License, insofar as they are not defined in Clause 1.1, will have the meaning they have in the Law, in the Ordinance, in the regulations enacted thereunder, in the Interpretation Law, 5741 1981, or as set forth in the relevant places in the License, unless another meaning is implied by the written language or its context. | |
2. | Clause headings |
3. | Blue pencil principle |
11
4. | Upholding laws and provisions |
4.1 | In everything pertaining to the setup, existence, operation, and maintenance of the Cellular System and the provision of Cellular Services thereby, the Licensee will act in accordance with the provisions of any law and, without derogating from the aforesaid generality, will ensure compliance with the following: |
(1) | the provisions of the Telecommunication Law and the regulations promulgated thereunder; | ||
(2) | the provisions of the Wireless Telegraph Ordinance and the regulations promulgated thereunder; | ||
(3) | administrative provisions; | ||
(4) | international Telecommunications and radio treaties to which Israel is a party; | ||
(5) | any other law or treaty that will apply to Telecommunications and radio, even if they go into effect after the License is granted. |
4.2 | The Licensee will act pursuant to laws and provisions as stated in Clause 4.1 as these will be in force from time to time during the license period, including the remedies for the breach thereof, and they will be deemed an integral part of the License conditions. | |
5. | Permit obligation pursuant to any other law | |
5.1 | The granting of this License will not exempt the Licensee from the obligation to obtain, with regard to execution of the License, any license, permit, approval, or consent pursuant to any other law. | |
6. | Contradiction in the License provisions |
A2 | Amendment No. 2 |
12
7. | Scope of the License | |
7.1 | Pursuant to this License and subject to all the provisions and conditions hereof, the Licensee is entitled to set up, implement, maintain and operate a cellular System and, through it, to provide cellular Services to the Israeli public; without derogating from the aforementioned generality, the Licensee is entitled to do the following: |
(1) | To set up, implement, maintain and operate cellular radio centers and to connect them to cellular switchboards, and to connect between cellular switchboards, by means of cable and wireless transmission channels; | ||
(2) | To connect the cellular System to the Public Telecommunications Network of Bezeq; | ||
(3) | To connect the cellular System to the international Telecommunications system; | ||
(4) | To connect its cellular System to another cellular System; | ||
(5) | To contract with Subscribers for the purpose of providing cellular Services; | ||
(6) | To provide Subscribers with cellular End-User Equipment; | ||
(7) | To connect Subscribers to the cellular System and provide cellular Services and other services pursuant to this License; | ||
(8) | To provide Subscribers with the following services: |
(A) | Basic mobile wireless telephone service; | ||
(B) | Related services as set forth in the first addendum; | ||
(C) | Roaming service; A16 | ||
(D) | Any other cellular service permitted pursuant to this License. A16 |
7.2 | The Licensee will not be entitled to provide any cellular service or other Telecommunications Service that is not explicitly permitted within the context of this License. | |
8. | Absence of exclusivity A16 | |
8.1 | The Licensee will not have any exclusivity in the provision of its services. | |
8.2 | The Minister is entitled, at any time, to grant a license to additional operators for the provision of cellular Services. | |
8.3 | Should the Minister publish a tender for the provision of cellular services, the Licensee will be entitled to submit its bid in the tender, however, the Minister will be entitled to determine as part of the conditions of such a tender that if the Licensee wins the tender, the receipt of a license will be contingent on the fact that the Licensee transfer its cellular System to another as instructed by the Minister and under conditions determined thereby, and it will cease to provide cellular Services by means thereof. |
A16 | Amendment No. 16 | |
A16 | Amendment No. 16 | |
A16 | Amendment No. 16 |
13
9. | The License period | |
9.1 | This License is valid for a period of 10 years, commencing on the date of the granting of the License (hereinafter the License Period). | |
9.2 | The License Period may be extended by additional six years in accordance with that stated in Clause 10 (hereinafter the Additional Period). | |
9.3 | This License may be renewed for one or more Additional Periods of six years, in accordance with that stated in Clause 11. | |
9.4 | During the License Period and the Additional Period or on renewal of the License, the License will be subject to the authority of the Minister pursuant to Clauses 13 to 15 with regard to change, restriction, suspension or cancellation of the License. | |
9.5
A15
|
Notwithstanding the aforesaid A16 , in the context of expansion of the License, as a result of the Licensee winning Tender No. 1/01, this License will be valid for a period of twenty (20) years, commencing on 19 Shevat 5762 (February 1, 2002). | |
10. | Extension of the License Period | |
10.1 | The Minister is entitled, at the request of the Licensee, to extend the License Period for additional six years, if, after he has examined the following: |
(A) | The Licensee has complied with the provisions of the Law, the Ordinance, the regulations thereunder and the provisions of the License; | ||
(B) | The Licensee has continually acted to improve the scope, availability and quality of the cellular Services and to update the technology of the cellular System and its activities did not include an act or omission that would impair or restrict competition in the cellular sector; | ||
(C) | The Licensee is capable of continuing to provide cellular Services at a high level and that it is able to make the investments required for the technological updating of the cellular System and for improving the scope, availability and quality of the cellular Services. |
10.2 | The Licensee must submit its request for an extension of the License Period during the forty-five days prior to the period of eighteen months preceding the end of the License Period. | |
10.3 | The Licensee must attach the following to its request: |
(A) | A report summarizing the annual statements that the Licensee has submitted pursuant to this License between the date of commencement of the License and the date of submission of its request; | ||
(B) | Comparison of the data in the report for each year with the data for the preceding year and explanations of unusual changes in the data; | ||
(C) | Review of the means, actions and investments taken or made by the Licensee to improve the quality, scope and availability of the Cellular Services and to develop and update the Cellular System technology. |
14
10.4 | The summary report pursuant to Clause 10.3 must contain up-to-date and precise details and be prepared in the form of an affidavit. |
A15 | Amendment No. 15 | |
A16 | Amendment No. 16 |
15
10.5 | For the purpose of examining the Licensees request to extend the License Period, the Minister is entitled to require the Licensee to furnish, during the period and in the manner that he will determine, any information or document and, without derogating from the generality of that stated, the Minister is entitled - |
(A) | To require the Licensee to attach any document to the summary report for the purpose of verifying the details therein, to complete the report or to furnish any additional detail that is not included therein; | ||
(B) | To summon the Licensee to appear before him to respond to questions or to present documents that are in its possession or under its control, relating to the data in the report; | ||
(C) | To require the Licensee to submit to him an Engineering Plan outlining its plans for the technological update of the Cellular System during the Additional Period; |
10.6 | The Licensee must fulfil every requirement or summons as stated in Clause 10.5; if the Licensee is required to appear before the Minister, the chairman of the board of directors of the company holding the License or the CEO of the company or anyone authorized to do so in writing, will appear. | |
10.7 | If the Licensee fails at least twice to respond to the request or summons as stated in Clause 10.5, the Minister is entitled to reject its request to extend the validity of the License. | |
10.8 | The Minister will inform the Licensee of his decision regarding the request for extending the validity of the License no later than a year before the end of the License Period. | |
10.9 | The Additional Period will be subject to the terms of this License, including any change therein. | |
10.10 | The provisions of Clause 100 regarding confidentiality will apply, mutatis mutandis , to data furnished by the Licensee to the Minister or anyone acting on his behalf, pursuant to the provisions of Clause 10. | |
11. | Renewal of the License | |
11.1 | At the end of the License Period or the Additional Period, the Minister is entitled, at the request of the Licensee, to renew the License for one or more Additional Periods of six years, as will be determined. | |
11.2 | The Licensee will submit its request for the renewal of the License during the forty-five days prior to the eighteen months preceding the end of the License Period or the Additional Period. | |
11.3 | The Minister will inform the Licensee in writing, within 30 days of the date of receiving its request for renewal of the License, whether he intends to take the measures and institute the proceedings required to renew the License, or a tender will be conducted for the services under this License. |
16
12. | Termination of the License Period | |
12.1 | If the License Period pursuant to Clause 9.5 A16 or the Additional Period pursuant to Clause 10.1 or the License Period after its renewal pursuant to Clause 11.1 ends and the License is not extended or not renewed, the Minister is entitled to instruct the Licensee to continue to operate the Cellular System for a period to be determined (hereinafter the Period for Terminating the Service) until a license is duly granted to another for the provision of services pursuant to this License (hereinafter Alternate Licensee), and the procedures for transferring the system thereunder are completed, or until a license is duly granted to another for alternate services. In any case, the Period for Terminating the Service will not exceed two years from the date on which the License expires. | |
12.2 | During the Period for Terminating the Service and no later than ten months from the date on which a license is granted to an Alternate Licensee, the Licensee and the Alternate Licensee will negotiate for the purpose of purchasing the Cellular system at its economic value and assigning the rights and obligations of Subscribers to the Alternate Licensee; if said Licensees do not reach an agreement within said ten months, the price will be determined by an arbitrator, whose decision will be final, to be appointed by the Chairman of the Institute of Certified Public Accountants. |
A2 | Amendment No. 16 |
17
13. | Change in the License conditions | |
13.1 | The Minister is entitled to change, add to or subtract from the License conditions if he is convinced that one of the following exists: |
(A) | A change has occurred in the extent of the License applicants suitability to perform the actions and services that are the subject of the License; | ||
(B) | Subject to that stated in Clause 8, a change is required in the License to ensure competition in the telecommunications area; | ||
(C) | A change is required in the License to ensure the level of services provided thereunder; | ||
(D) | Changes that have occurred in telecommunications technology require a change in the license; |
13.2 | The Minister is entitled to change, increase or reduce the rates for services, if he is convinced that a change has occurred in one or more of the components of the costs, which represent a basis for calculating the rates. | |
13.3 | The Minister will act pursuant to his authority as stated in Clauses 13.1 and 13.2 after the Licensee has been given a reasonable opportunity to voice its claims. | |
14. | Cancellation of the License | |
14.1 | The Minister is entitled to cancel the License before the end of its period, if one or more of the causes set forth in Section 6 to the Law exist, or in one of the following cases: |
(A) | The Licensee did not disclose to the tenders committee information that must be disclosed or it furnished inaccurate information; |
(B) A2 | If the Licensee refuses to furnish the Minister or anyone acting on his behalf with information in its possession that must be disclosed and which it was obligated to disclose by virtue of the provisions of this license or pursuant to law, or the Licensee furnished the Minister or someone acting on his behalf with false information; |
(C) | The Licensee did not comply with the provision of the Law, the Ordinance or the regulations thereunder; | ||
(D) | The Licensee committed a material breach of the License conditions and, without derogating from the generality of that stated, including the following: |
(1) | The Licensee is demanding for its services payments that are higher than the maximum rates prescribed in this License or pursuant thereto, or pursuant to any law; | ||
(2) | The Licensee is not complying with the coverage or quality requirements prescribed in this license; | ||
(3) | The Licensee did not comply with the provisions of this license with regard to the operation of digital technology in the cellular System; |
(E) | The Licensee did not commence provision of the services pursuant to that set forth in the License or unlawfully discontinued, restricted or delayed one of the services; |
18
A2 | Amendment No. 2 |
19
(1) | The Licensee has ceased to be a company registered in Israel; | ||
(2) | Residents and citizens of Israel no longer hold, directly or indirectly, at least 20% of all of the Means of Control in the Franchisee; in this clause Citizen of Israel as defined in the Citizenship Law, 5712 1952; Resident as defined in the Population Registry Law, 5735 1965; | ||
(3) | A majority of the directors in the Licensee company are not citizens and residents of Israel; | ||
(4) | The manager or a director of the Licensee company was convicted of an infamous crime and continues to serve in his position; | ||
(5) | The joint equity, including surpluses, of all of the shareholders in the Licensee company, together with the equity of the Licensee, has declined to under US $200 million; in this matter, a shareholder holding less than 10% of the right to the companys earnings will not be taken into account. | ||
(6) | Before 5 years have elapsed from the date of granting the License, the share of the cellular operator has fallen to less than 25% of the voting rights in the general meeting or of the right to appoint a director or CEO in the Licensee company; | ||
(7) | Subject to that stated in paragraph (8), the Licensee, or an officer in the Licensee company or anyone who holds more than 5% of the Means of Control in the Licensee company, holds, directly or indirectly, more than one per cent (5%) of the Means of Control in Bezeq A2 , Another cellular Operator, or one of them acts as an Officer in a competing corporation. | ||
(8) | If one of the following occurs in an Interested Party in the Licensee company, which is a mutual fund, insurance company, investment company or pension fund; |
| it holds, directly or indirectly, more than 5% of any Means of Control in a competing corporation, without receiving a permit therefor from the Minister; | ||
| it holds, directly or indirectly, more than 5% of any Means of Control in a competing company pursuant to a permit from the Minister and, additionally, it is a controlling shareholder and exercises actual Control in a competing corporation or it has a representative or appointee on its behalf among the Officers in the competing corporation, unless it is required to do so under law; | ||
| it holds, directly or indirectly, more than 10% of any Means of Control in a competing corporation, even though it has received permission to hold up to 10% of said Means of Control; |
(G) | Void A2 | ||
(H) | If an act or omission in the Licensees operations impaired or restricted competition in the cellular sector; |
A16 | Amendment No. 16 | |
A2 | Amendment No. 2 |
20
(I) | A receiver or temporary liquidator was appointed to the Licensee company and an order was given for its liquidation or it decided on voluntary liquidation; | ||
(J) | Void A2) | ||
(K) | The Licensee requested cancellation of the License; |
14.1.1
A2
|
For the purposes of sub-clause 14.1(E A2 ), the restriction of service for technological reasons, effected after the Director was provided with prior written notification of the reasons and approved by the Director, will not be considered deemed an improper unlawful cessation, restriction or delay of service. |
14.2
|
If the Minister is convinced that, in the circumstances, the cause of invalidity does not necessitate cancellation of the License, the Minister will grant the Licensee a fair opportunity to rectify the act or omission constituting a cause for cancellation. | |
|
||
14.3
|
The Minister will notify the Licensee in advance of his intention to cancel the license, will state in the notice the cause in question, and will allow the Licensee to voice its claims relating to the cause for cancellation, either in writing or orally, according to the circumstances, within the period set forth in the notice. | |
|
||
14.4
|
The Minister is entitled to summon the Licensee to appear before him and may demand that it respond to questions, present documents or furnish him with whatever information and documents are required for the purposes of clarifying the cause for cancellation. | |
|
||
14.5
|
If the Licensee is required or summoned as stated, it must respond to the requirement or summons on the date set forth therein. | |
|
||
14.6
|
If the Licensee fails to respond, at least twice, to the Ministers demand or summons within the period stipulated by the Minister in his demand or summons, the Minister is entitled to cancel the License in a notice that will be sent to the Licensee (hereinafter Cancellation Notice). | |
|
||
14.7
|
In the Cancellation Notice, the Minister will determine the date on which the cancellation of the License will take effect and he is entitled to instruct the Licensee to continue the provision of services pursuant to this License until a license is granted to another or until the appointment of a trustee or until a receiver is duly appointed for the purpose of managing and operating the cellular System as applicable. | |
|
||
14.8
|
The Licensee will continue to provide services until the end of the period stipulated by the Minister in his notice and will comply with the provisions of this License and any instruction given by the Minister in this matter. |
15. | Other remedies |
21
A2 | Amendment No. 2 | |
A2 | Amendment No. 2 | |
A2 | Section 3 in the original version of Amendment No. 2 contained a typographical error, in which 14.1(D) was written instead of 14.1(E). |
22
16. | Prohibition on transfer of the license |
17. | Ownership of the Cellular System |
17.1
|
The Licensee will be the owner of the Cellular System. | |
|
||
17.2
|
Notwithstanding that stated in Clause 17.1, the Director is entitled to permit the Licensee to utilize the cable or wireless transmission arteries of another for the purpose of connecting cellular radio centers, connecting a cellular radio center to an Cellular Coordinator of the Licensee or of another Licensee, connecting Cellular Coordinators of the Licensee, connecting a Cellular Coordinator of the licensee to an Cellular Coordinator of Another Cellular Operator A16 , or connecting a Cellular Coordinator to a Public Telecommunications Network or to an International Telecommunications Network. |
18. | Restrictions on transfer of the License assets |
18.1
|
The Licensee may not sell, lease or pledge any of the assets used in performance of the License (hereinafter the License Assets) with the Ministers prior consent and in accordance with the conditions determined by him. | |
|
||
18.2
|
Without derogating from the generality of that stated in Clauses 16 and 18.1, the Minister will give his consent for the granting of rights in the License Assets to a third party, if he is convinced to his satisfaction that the Licensee has promised that, in any event, the exercise of the rights by a third party will not cause any impairment in the provision of the services pursuant to this License, as long as the Licensee is obligated to provide these services pursuant to the provisions of this License. |
18.3
A2
|
Notwithstanding that stated in Clause 18.1, the Licensee is entitled to encumber one of the License Assets in favour of a bank duly operating in Israel, for the purpose of receiving bank credit, provided that it has furnished notice of the encumbrance that it intends to create, whereby the encumbrance agreement includes a clause ensuring that, in any event, the exercise of the rights by the banking corporation will not cause any impairment in the provision of the services pursuant to this license. For the purposes of this clause Banking Corporation is as defined in the Banking Law (Licensing), 5741 1981, except for a Foreign Corporation, as defined in the same law. | |
|
||
18.4
A2
|
The provisions of Clause 18.1 will not apply to the sale of equipment items during an upgrade, including the sale of equipment, as stated, on a trade-in basis. |
A16 | Amendment No. 16 | |
A2 | Amendment No. 2 | |
A2 | Amendment No. 2 |
23
19. | Engagement with another |
19.1 | If the Licensee wishes to provide one of the services pursuant to this license, in whole or in part, through another on its behalf, it must apply to the Director for his approval therefor; the Licensee must attach to its application the contract between itself and the other. The provisions of this clause will not apply for the purposes of the engagement between the Licensee and a marketer of CELLULAR End-Equipment or anyone acting on behalf of the Licensee for the purpose of marketing its services. A2 | |
19.2 | The Director is entitled to approve or reject the application, or to condition his approval on terms that must be fulfilled, including amendment of the agreement; the Director will consider, inter alia , to what extent the terms of the engagement with the other guarantee compliance with the conditions of this License and the obligations of the Licensee hereunder. The Director will not approve an engagement with another that contradicts the obligations of the Licensee pursuant to this License. | |
19.3 | Nothing in the engagement with another will derogate from the obligations and of the Licensee and its responsibility for performing any of the services pursuant to this License, in whole or in part, pursuant to the provisions of this License, nor will it serve to derogate from the powers of the Minister, the Director or anyone acting on their behalf. |
A2 | Amendment No. 2 |
24
20. | Particulars of Licensee |
20.1 | Details regarding the Licensees legal entity, incorporation, curtain-lifting, control therein, and ownership of the means of control, are attached as Addendum A to the license. | |
20.2 | The Licensee will report to the Director in writing regarding any change in the information contained in Addendum A, including any transfer and acquisition of control or of 5% of the means of control in the Licensee company or change in the appointment of a director or general manager, within 14 days of the date of change. | |
21. | Transfer of Means of Control |
21.1 | There will be no transfer, directly or indirectly, of ten percent or more of any means of control in the Licensee, whether all at once or in parts, unless this received the Ministers prior consent. | |
21.2 | There will be no kind of transfer of any means of control in the Licensee, or a part of said means of control, so that as a result of the transfer, control in the Licensee is transferred from one person to another, unless this was given the Ministers prior consent. | |
21.3 | There will be no acquisition of control, directly or indirectly, in the Licensee, and there will be no acquisition, directly or indirectly, by a person himself or together with his relative or with another person, who operate with him regularly of 10% or more of any means of control in the Licensee, whether all at once or in parts, without the prior consent of the Minister. | |
21.4 | Subject to the foregoing in this section, there will be no transfer, directly or indirectly, of means of control, so that the share of a cellular system operator in the Licensee drops below 25% of the voting rights in the general meeting and of the right to appoint a director or general manager, except after 5 years have elapsed since the date of the granting of the license. If 5 years have elapsed since the date of the granting of the license, the cellular system operators share can go below 25% to the point of selling all the means of control in its possession to another, all subject to the Ministers approval for the very reduction of the cellular system operators share in the means of control in the Licensee and also regarding the purchaser. | |
21.5 | Notwithstanding that stated in sections 21.1 and 21.3, if traded means of control in the Licensee, not entailing the transfer of control in the Licensee, have been transferred or acquired at a rate requiring approval under sections 21.1 or 21.3, without the Ministers approval having been requested, the Licensee shall report this to the Minister, in writing, and shall submit to the Minister an application for approval of the transfer or the acquisition, all within 21 days from when the Licensee learned of this fact, provided the Minister gave his prior written approval to the holding per se of the issue or the sale of the securities to the public. In this regard, traded means of control means of control, including deposit certificates, Global or American Depository Shares (GDRs or ADRs), or similar certificates, in respect of securities listed on the stock exchange in Israel and/or |
25
21.6 | Entry into an underwriting agreement in connection with an issue or sale of securities to the public, and listing on a stock exchange in Israel or abroad, in a non-hostile country, or the deposit of securities, including deposit certificates, Global or American Depository Shares (GDRs or ADRs), or similar certificates, in respect of securities, or the registration thereof with a nominee company and/or agent, shall not in themselves be deemed as the transfer of means of control in the Licensee. |
21.7
|
(A) | Irregular holdings shall be registered in the members register (shareholders register) at the Licensee, noting the fact of their irregularity, immediately when the Licensee learns of this fact, and a notice concerning the registration shall be delivered by the Licensee to the owner of the irregular holdings and to the Minister. In this regard, irregular holdings the holding of traded means of control without the Ministers agreement as required under section 21 or in contravention of the provisions of section 23, and the entire holdings of a holder of traded means of control who acted contrary to the provisions of section 24; the aforesaid for as long as the Ministers agreement is required and was not given under section 21 of the license or circumstances exist involving the contravention of the provisions of sections 23 or 24 of the license. | ||
|
(B) | Irregular holdings registered as stated in section 21.7(A), shall not confer any rights on the holder, and shall be dormant shares as defined in section 308 of the Companies Law, 1999, except for purposes of receiving a dividend or other distribution to the shareholders (including the right to participate in an issue of rights which are calculated on the basis of holdings in means of control in the Licensee, except that holdings added as stated shall also be deemed as irregular holdings), therefore no act or contention of exercise of a right by virtue of irregular holdings shall be valid, except for purposes of receiving a dividend or other distribution as stated. | ||
|
(C) | Irregular holdings shall not confer voting rights in the general meeting. A shareholder participating in a vote in the shareholders meeting shall notify the Licensee prior to the vote, or where the vote is by means of a voting instrument on the voting instrument, whether or not its holdings in the Licensee or its vote require approval under sections 21 or 23 of the License. If the shareholders did not give a notice as stated, it shall not vote and its vote shall not be counted. | ||
|
(D) | A director may not be appointed to the Licensee, elected or dismissed by virtue of irregular holdings. If a director was appointed, elected or dismissed as stated, such appointment, election or dismissal, as the case may be, shall not be valid. | ||
|
(E) | The provisions of sections 21.7 and 21.9 shall be included in the articles of the Licensee, mutatis mutandis. |
21.8 | For as long as the Licensees articles prescribe as stated in section 21.7 and the Licensee acts in accordance with that stated in sections 21.5 and 21.7, for as long as the holdings of founding shareholders or their substitutes are not reduced to less than 50% of each of the means of control in the Licensee, and for as long as the Licensees articles prescribe that |
26
21.9 | The provisions of sections 21.5 and 21.8 shall not apply to founding shareholders or their substitutes. | |
22. |
Encumbrance of Means of Control
A shareholder of the Licensee company or a shareholder of an interested party therein may not encumber his shares in such manner so that exercise of the encumbrance results in a change in ownership of 10% or more of any means of control in the Licensee, unless the encumbrance agreement contains a limitation by which the encumbrance may not be exercised without the prior consent of the Minister. |
27
22A. | Israeli Nationality and Holdings of Founding Shareholders or Their Substitutes |
22A.1
|
The total holdings of founding shareholders or their substitutes as defined in section 21.8 (including anyone being an Israeli entity as defined in section 22.2A below, who acquired means of control from the Licensee and received the Ministers approval for being deemed a founding shareholder or a substitute thereof as from the date determined by the Minister), who are mutually bound by an agreement for the fulfillment of the provisions of section 22A of the license (in this section, all of the above will be deemed: founding shareholders or their substitutes), cumulatively, may not be less than 26% of each of the means of control in the Licensee. | |
|
||
22A.2
|
The cumulative holdings of Israeli entities, one or more, included among founding shareholders or their substitutes, out of the total holdings of founding shareholders or their substitutes as stated in section 22A.1 above, may not be at any time less than 20% of the total issued capital and of the means of control in the Licensee. For this purpose, the Licensees issued share capital will be calculated less the number of dormant shares held by the Licensee. | |
|
||
|
In this section | |
|
||
|
Israeli entity With respect to an individual anyone who is a citizen and resident of Israel; with respect to a corporation the corporation was incorporated in Israel, and an individual who is a citizen and resident of Israel controls it, directly or indirectly, provided indirect control is solely through a corporation incorporated in Israel, one or more. However, for purposes of indirect holding, the Prime Minister and the Minister of Communications may approve holding through a corporation that was not incorporated in Israel, provided such corporation does not hold shares in the Licensee directly, where they are satisfied that this will not be detrimental to the purposes of this section. In this regard, Israeli citizen as defined in the Citizenship Law 1952; resident as defined in the Population Registry Law 1965; dormant share as defined in section 308 of the Companies Law 1999. | |
|
||
22A.3
|
At least twenty percent (20%) of the Licensees directors will be appointed by Israeli entities as stated in clause 22A.2. Notwithstanding the above, in this regard, if the Licensees board of directors numbers up to 14 members at least two directors will be appointed by Israeli entities as stated in clause 22A.2 above, if the Licensees board of directors numbers from 15 to 24 directors at least three directors will be appointed by Israeli entities as stated in clause 22A.2 above, and so forth. | |
|
||
22A.4
|
The Licensees board of directors will appoint from among its members having a security classification and security clearance as will be determined by the General Security Service (hereinafter classified directors ), a committee called the Committee for Security Matters. | |
|
||
|
At least four directors will serve on the Committee for Security Matters, among them at least one outside director. Matters pertaining to security will be considered, subject to that stated in clause 22A.5 below, solely in the framework of the Committee for Security Matters. |
28
22A.5
|
Security matters which the Licensees board of directors or Audit Committee are required to consider according to the cogent provisions in the Companies Law 1999 or according to cogent provisions of any other law applying to the Licensee, will be considered, insofar as necessary, by the board of directors or by the Audit Committee, with the participation of classified directors only. Non-classified directors may not participate in such meetings of the board of directors or the Audit Committee and may not receive information or inspect documents pertaining to the security matters considered in the meeting. The quorum in every such meeting will consist of classified directors only. | |
|
||
|
The Licensee will specify in its articles that an officer who by virtue of his position and by virtue of the provisions of the law or the articles should have received information or participated in meetings on security matters, and is prevented from doing so by reason of the provision of clause 22A.5, will be exempt from liability for breach of the duty of care towards the Licensee, if the duty of care was breached due to non-participation in a meeting or non-receipt of information. | |
|
||
22A.6
|
The general meeting may not assume, delegate, transfer or exercise powers that are vested in another organ of the Company, in security matters. |
22A.7
|
(A) | The Minister will appoint an observer at meetings of the Companys board of directors and committees, having a security classification and security clearance as will be determined by the General Security Service. | ||
|
||||
|
(B) | The observer will be a government employee qualifying as a director under Chapter C of the Government Companies Law 1975. | ||
|
||||
|
(C) | In addition, and without derogating from any duty imposed on him by law, the observer will owe the Licensee a duty of confidentiality, except as required for the fulfillment of his function as an observer. The observer may not serve as an observer or in any other position on behalf of any other entity engaging in the provision of communication services and competing directly with the Licensee, and he will avoid any conflict of interest between his function as an observer and the Licensee, except a conflict of interest stemming from his being a government employee filling the function of an observer at the Licensee. The observer will commit towards the Licensee not to serve as an observer or officer and not to hold any position or be employed, directly or indirectly, at any entity competing directly with the Licensee or being in a conflict of interest with it, except for a conflict of interest stemming, as stated, from his being a government employee filling the function of an observer at the Licensee, throughout his tenure as observer at the Licensee and during eighteen (18) after the end of such tenure. | ||
|
In any case of differences of opinion as to the observer being in a conflict of interest, the Attorney General or someone on his behalf will decide on the matter. |
29
|
(D) | An invitation to meetings of the board of directors and its committees, including the Committee for Security Matters, will be delivered to the observer as well, who may participate as an observer at any meeting as stated. | ||
|
||||
|
(E) | The observers right to receive information from the Licensee will be the same as a directors right. If the Licensee is of the opinion that certain information in the nature of sensitive business information is not required by the observer for the fulfillment of his function, the Licensee may withhold delivery of such information to the observer, notifying him in this regard. If the observer is of the opinion that he should receive that information, the matter will be referred to the decision of the head of the General Security Services. | ||
|
||||
|
(F) | If the observer saw that the Licensee adopted or is about to adopt a resolution on security matters contrary to any provision of the license, contrary to section 13 of the Law or contrary to section 11 of the General Security Services Law 2002, it will notify the Licensee without any delay, in writing, such notice to be delivered to the chairman of the board of directors and to the chairman of the Committee for Security Matters, and to set a proper time in the circumstances of the case for remedying the breach or modifying the resolution, should this be possible. |
23. | Prohibition on Cross-Ownership |
23.1 | The Licensee, an officer therein or whoever holds more than 5% of any means of control in the Licensee, will not hold, directly or indirectly, more than one percent (5%) of the means of control in Bezeq, A16) another cellular system operator. Regarding this matter, holding includes the holding as an agent. | |
23.2 | Notwithstanding that stated in Section 23.1, an interested party in the Licensee that is a mutual fund, insurance company, investment company or a pension fund, may hold up to 5% of the means of control in Bezeq, another cellular system operator A16) , provided all the following are fulfilled: |
|
(A) | It is not a controlling shareholder and does not exert, directly or indirectly, any control in Bezeq or A16) another cellular system operator; | ||
|
||||
|
(B) | It has no representative or person in charge on its behalf among Bezeqs or the other cellular system operators officers, unless required to do so by law. |
23.3 | Pursuant to a written request, the Minister may allow an interested party in the Licensee, as stated in Section 23.2, to hold up to 10% of the means of control in Bezeq, A16) another cellular system operator, when the terms stated in Section 23.2(A) and (B) are fulfilled, if he saw, to his satisfaction, that such a holding will not harm competition. | |
24. | Prohibition on a Conflict of Interest |
30
31
25. |
Definition
In this part Milestones Stages in the setup of the cellular system, according to the timetable detailed in the engineering plan Addendum B to the license. |
26 . | Setup according to Plans and Specifications |
26.1 | In all pertaining to the setup and operation of the cellular system (in this section network), including the technical quality of its various components, as well as the networks structure and manner of setup, the Licensee will comply with the terms and provisions in the engineering plan. |
26.2 | The Licensee will follow all the specifications of the Ministry of Communications and the network-related standards prescribed by standardization organizations in Israel and around the world, as well as other international organizations, in the telecommunications and wireless field as well as in any other field pertaining to the setup and operation of the network. |
27. | Execution Stages and Timetable | |
27.1 | The setup rate of the cellular system, the setup milestones, the commencement date for providing the service in the various regions in Israel, will be in accordance with the timetable set in the engineering plan Addendum B to the license. | |
27.2 | The Licensee may not deviate from the timetable unless authorized to do so by the Director, provided the Licensee applies in writing to the Director to receive his permission immediately after realizing that difficulties have arisen that prevent it from meeting the original timetable. |
|
27.2.1 | A delay in signing agreements with a third party or obtaining approval from the planning and construction authorities will be deemed a reasonable reason for obtaining the Directors permission for deviating from the timetable, only if the Director realizes to his satisfaction that the Licensee has done its reasonable utmost in the circumstances of the matter, to come to an agreement with a third party or to receive approval from the planning and construction authorities. |
27.3 | The Director may approve the Licensees request to deviate from the timetable, in whole or in part, and to stipulate conditions for its approval. The Director may also approve deviation regarding a specific milestone, provided the Licensee undertakes to catch up with the planned setup rate in the succeeding milestones. |
32
28.1 | The Licensee may not deviate from the engineering plan unless it has been authorized to do so by the Director under the provisions of this section. However, the placement of a Cellular Radio Center in a different site from that set in the engineering plan will not be deemed a deviation, if done within the search region. As regards this section, a search region denotes a territory defined in the engineering plan in which a Cellular Radio center is planned to be set up, at a specific site within the territory, and regarding which it has been stated in the engineering plan that it might be necessary to place the center in another site found in the territory. | |
28.2 | If in the course of setting up the cellular system, the Licensee realizes that it has become necessary to deviate or depart from the engineering plan, the Licensee must apply in writing to the Director to obtain his approval for the plan. In its application, the Licensee must describe the essence and nature of the requested modification and the reasons therefor. The Licensee must attach the amended plan it proposes, to the application. | |
28.3 | The Director may reject or approve the request, in whole or in part, and may also stipulate conditions for its approval, insofar as these are needed for the rigorous assurance of the networks quality and performance level. The Director will make a decision in the matter of the request and notify the Licensee of his decision, all within a reasonable amount of time. | |
29. | Utilization and Construction of Infrastructures |
29.1 | For the purpose of setting up and operating the cellular network, the Licensee may, subject to any law, set up, maintain and operate cable or wireless transmission arteries, provided such transmission arteries will be used solely for the following: |
|
(A) | Connection between the Cellular Radio Centers forming part of the Licensees cellular system; | ||
|
||||
|
(B) | Connection between the Licensees Cellular Radio Centers and its cellphone exchanges; | ||
|
||||
|
(C) | Connection between all the cellular exchanges; | ||
|
||||
|
(D) | Connection between the Licensees cellular exchanges and a public telecommunications system, or another cellular operators cellular network A16) , or other systems operating lawfully. |
29.2 | For the purpose of the connection described in Section 29.1, the Licensee may use also the cable or wireless transmission arteries of Bezeq or of another licensee or concessionaire lawfully authorized to provide aforesaid infrastructure services. | |
29.3 | To remove any doubt, it is hereby clarified that use of the transmission arteries to be set up by the Licensee is solely for operating the cellular system as stated in Section 29.1, unless the Minister permitted the Licensee in the license to make other use thereof, in accordance with the terms he laid down. |
33
30.1 | The Licensee will act to effect interconnection of the network with every other public telecommunications network, operating in the territory subject to the law, jurisdiction and governance of the State of Israel (including settlements, military sites and military installations in Judah, Samaria and Gaza Strip), including with every public landline telecommunications network, international telecommunications network and cellular network of another cellular operator. | |
30.2 | The interconnection between the network and another licensees public telecommunications network will be effected in such manner as to enable the following: |
|
(A) | Relay of telecommunication messages between end-equipment connected to the network and end-equipment connected to the other public telecommunications network; | ||
|
||||
|
(B) | Proper, regular provision of services by the Licensee to the other licensees subscribers, and the provision of services by the other licensee to the Licensees subscribers. |
30.3 | Interconnection may be effected either directly or indirectly, via a public telecommunications network of another general license holder, provided it enables that stated in Section 30.2. | |
30.4 | As regards the interconnection between the network and public landline telecommunications network, the Licensee will act to set up interface points between the two networks, for each type of service (infrastructure, data transmission and communication, telephony), with at least three transition switches, unless the Director has decided otherwise at the written request of the Licensee. Setup of the interface points will be done under an agreement between the Licensee and the domestic operator licensee. Such an agreement will include, inter alia, the technical, operational and business details of the connection, the number of connections and their location. | |
30.5 | As regards the interconnection between the network and an international telecommunications network, the Licensee will act in compliance with the provisions of Addendum J to the license. |
(A) | The Licensee will verify that the networks technical and operational standards comply with the requirements for linkup with the public telecommunications network of the domestic operators, the other cellphone operators, and the international operators (hereinafter other operator ), that the networks activities will mesh properly with the activities of the other operators public telecommunications network, and that the interconnection will not adversely affect the proper functioning of these networks and the normal service to their subscribers; |
34
(B) | The Licensee will provide the interconnection service under equal conditions for every other operator and avoid any discrimination in actuating the interconnection, including with regard to the following: |
|
(1 | ) | Supply of infrastructure facilities and network linkup services; | |||
|
(2 | ) | Availability of linkup facilities; | |||
|
(3 | ) | Linkup method, quality and survival; | |||
|
(4 | ) | Alterations and adaptations in the switching in the facilities, in the protocols and at the network interface points; | |||
|
(5 | ) | Payments for interconnection; | |||
|
(6 | ) | Debiting and collection arrangements, and the transfer of information regarding subscribers; | |||
|
(7 | ) | Commercial terms for effecting interconnection; | |||
|
(8 | ) | Submission of information regarding the network and alteration therein relating to interconnection; |
(C) | The Licensee will place at the disposal of the other operator any essential information the other operator needs for providing its services via the Licensees facilities. Said information will be given subject to any law concerning the protection of privacy or commercial confidentiality. In the event the parties fail to reach an agreement regarding the nature and scope of the essential information, the Minister will decide in the matter; | |
(D) | The Licensee will give the other operator information regarding alterations planned in its network, which may affect the interconnection with the other operators public telecommunications network, or the interconnection between the public telecommunications networks of the other operators. The Licensee will provide the aforesaid information in such manner as to enable the other operator to prepare reasonably for the implementation of said alterations; | |
(E) | As regards Subsections (C) and (D), the Licensee may stipulate the provision of information to the other operator on signing a reasonable privacy protection agreement, intended to safeguard the Licensees rights under any law, including trade secrets, intellectual property rights and the like, pertaining to information regarding modification of the network meant to be given to the other operator; | |
(F) | The terms in respect of interconnection between the network and the other operators public telecommunications network will be formalized in an agreement between the Licensee and the other operator. If the parties fail to reach an agreement, the Minister will decide in the matter. |
(G)
|
(1 | ) | The Licensee will allow its subscribers to receive all the services offered to them by another operator, The Licensee may also allow another operators subscribers to receive services from the Licensee, provided that said receipt of services is possible under any law. | |||
|
(2 | ) | The Director may order the Licensee to allow the other operators subscribers to receive services provided by the Licensee, provided that such receipt of services is possible technically and under any law. | |||
|
(3 | ) | Notwithstanding that stated in Subsection (1), the Director may, at the written request of the Licensee, exempt the Licensee from the obligation of allowing its subscribers |
35
(H) | The Licensee will forward to the Director a signed copy of every agreement between it and the other operator concerning interconnection; | |
(I) | The Licensee will forward to the Director on demand, any information given to the other operator under Subsections (C) and (D), as well as a copy of every confidentiality agreement under Subsection (E); | |
(J) | The Licensee will act in compliance with additional provisions the Minister will prescribe. |
30.1D
|
The Minister may order the Licensee to provide the possibility of utilizing its telecommunications facility, by virtue of his authority under Section 5 of the Law. | |
|
||
30.2D
|
The Licensee will enable another licensee, by the Ministers order, to provide value added services via the Licensees network. The Licensee will ensure reasonable and equal terms for any other licensee, in all pertaining to the provision of value added services by the latter to the Licensees subscribers. | |
|
||
30.3D
|
As regards providing the possibility of utilization, the provisions of Sections 30A to 30C will apply, mutatis mutandis. |
36
30.1E
|
The Licensee will not give preference, in providing infrastructure services, to a licensee that is an interested company over another licensee, whether in payment for the service, in service conditions, in service availability or in any other way. |
30.2E
|
(A) | Pursuant to a written request from the Licensee, the Director may permit the Licensee limitations on the provisions of Section 30.1E, in all pertaining to another licensee or a broadcasting licensee that is an interested company, provided the following conditions are fulfilled: | ||
|
(1) The other licensee or the concessionaire is not a material operator: | |||
|
(2) The Director is of the opinion that giving such permission does not materially harm competition in the field of telecommunications. |
|
(B) | As regards the limitations stated in Subsection (A), these may allow the Licensee to offer an interested company the use of its telecommunications facilities under preferred conditions, and these may be limited in time or by another condition. | ||
|
||||
|
(C) | When considering a permit under this section, the Director will take into account the existence of a valid agreement, which was signed prior to Amendment No. 16 to this license, between the Licensee and the interested company, concerning, inter alia, the restriction of the permit in time or by other conditions. |
30.3E
|
In this section interested company, subsidiary, and material operator as these terms are defined in the Telecommunications Regulations (Procedures and Conditions for Obtaining a General License for Providing Domestic Landline Telecommunications Services), 2000. |
30.1F
|
The Licensee will act in accordance with the numbering program, and in compliance with the Directors provisions regarding the activation and implementation of the numbering program. | |
|
||
30.2F
|
The Director ordered the activation of number portability, so that every subscriber of another cellular system licensee will be able to switch over to and be a subscriber of the Licensee or receive services from the Licensee without any change in his telephone number, and vice versa the Licensee will incorporate into its public telecommunications network devices enabling the application of this property, on the date and using the method laid down in the Directors provision. |
37
31. | Reports on the Setup Works |
31.1 | The Licensee will submit to the Director, throughout the cellular system setup period, quarterly reports describing the setup works carried out during the period of each report, according to the milestones and timetables in the engineering plan. As regards this section, the setup period denotes 15 months from the date the license was granted or until the date of the completion of the networks setup in full deployment, according to the engineering plan, whichever the earlier. | |
31.2 | The reports will include a comparison of the plans execution versus the plan for each reports period, as well as explanations for any deviation or alteration that occurred in the execution compared with the plan. | |
31.3 | Each report will be submitted in triplicate in a format to be instructed by the Director, and will bear a date and be signed by the Licensee or whoever it empowered especially for this purpose. | |
31.4 | The Director may demand that the Licensee prepare special reports, and also that it draw up anew or supplement a report submitted to him. | |
32. |
Handover of Information and Documents
The Licensee will furnish to the Director, on demand, any information or document regarding the execution of cellular system setup works, at the time, in the format, and in the manner instructed by the Director. |
|
33. | Supervision of Setup Works |
33.1 | The Director may supervise, by himself or through a designee, the Licensees actions connected with the execution of the setup works. To this end, the Director may enter at any reasonable time, the Licensees work sites, cellular system facilities and offices, for the purpose of making measurements, performing inspections and perusing any plan or document pertaining to the execution of the setup works. | |
33.2 | The Licensee will cooperate with the Director in all pertaining to the supervision of the setup works, and without derogating from the generality of the foregoing, will enable him to enter the work site and its facilities, enable the perusal of any document, plan and specification, and provide him with any information he requests. | |
34. | Correction of Deficiencies and Defects |
34.1 | The Director may notify the Licensee in writing about deficiencies, defects and deviations he found in the cellular system setup operations, based on reports submitted by the Licensee , documents and information it furnished him, or based on measurements and inspections he made. |
38
34.2 | In the event the Licensee receives a notice as stated in Section 34.1, it will notify the Director, within fourteen days of the date of receiving the notice, regarding its response to that stated therein and the measures it took or plans to take, in order to correct the deficiencies, defects or deviations. | |
35. | Safety Precautions and Prevention of Hazards |
35.1 | The Licensee will execute the setup works, taking adequate safety precautions to prevent personal accidents and property damage, will prevent the causation of nuisances and hazards to the public in the work areas, and if required to do excavations at the spot, will do everything to prevent damages to underground systems, including telecommunications networks, and to this end will make sure to obtain every permit required by any law, including an excavation works permit under Section 53B of the Law. | |
35.2 | Upon completion of the setup works, the Licensee will make sure to clean up the work sites and restore them to their previous condition. | |
36. | Void. A2A2) | |
37. | Intersections with Electricity and Telecommunications Lines | |
In a place where there are electricity lines or electricity facilities prior to the installation of the cellular system, the Licensee is subject to the obligations imposed under the Telecommunications and Electricity Regulations (Convergence and Intersection between Telecommunications Lines and Electricity Lines), 1986. | ||
38. | Discovery of Antiquities and Site Preservation |
38.1 | Antiquities, as defined in the Antiquities Law, 1978, which are discovered at a setup work site, are state assets, and the Licensee will take the appropriate precautions to prevent damage thereto. | |
38.2 | The Licensee will notify the director of the antiquities authority regarding the discovery of an antiquity within 15 days of the date of the antiquitys discovery and will follow the instructions of the authoritys director in all pertaining to the manner of handling the antiquity. | |
38.3 | In the course of the setup works, the Licensee will avoid, inasmuch as possible, damaging sites of historical or national value, tourist sites and landscape. | |
38.4 | The Licensee will avoid, insofar as possible, damaging buildings and trees found in the places where setup works are being carried out. | |
39. | Land-Related Powers |
39
39.1 | The Minister may, at the Licensees request, grant it all or some of the powers prescribed in Chapter F of the Law, subject to that stated in Section 39.2. | |
39.2 | The Licensee will specify in its request the sites at which it requires the aforesaid powers, the scope of the required powers and the reasons therefor, including the steps it took to find alternative sites, without having to use the power under Chapter F of the Law. | |
39.3 | In the event the Minister is convinced of the need to grant the Licensee powers under Chapter F of the Law, the Minister will publish his decision in the Reshumot (Official Announcements and Advertisements Gazette). |
40
40. |
Compliance Check
The Director may determine which items of equipment should not be installed in the Cellular System before undergoing a compliance check. Compliance as regards this section as emerges from that stated in Section 41. If the Director has decided as aforesaid, the items will not be installed before undergoing a compliance check. |
41. |
Responsibility for Compliance
It is the responsibility of the Licensee to see to it that the equipment installed in the Cellular System is, at least, technically compliant with the properties detailed in the manufacturers specifications relating to the specific item of equipment, and attached to the engineering plan. |
|
42. | Performance Testing Program and Its Approval | |
42.1 | The Licensee will furnish the Director, no later than 30 days before giving notice of the completion of installation under Section 43, with an up-to-date, detailed testing program for carrying out the performance check, relating to that part of the Cellular System it wishes to operate (hereinafter detailed testing program). | |
42.2 | The Licensee will present the detailed testing program to the Director. The Director may demand within 15 days of the aforesaid presentation that the Licensee make changes in the detailed testing program or complete it, if he deems it necessary for the full and accurate execution of the performance check, and the Licensee will carry out the checks according to the Directors request. | |
43. |
Notice of Setup Completion
Once the Licensee has completed setting up a Switchboard or Cellular Radio Center in some region, so that it is possible to start providing cellular services through it, the Licensee will notify the Director in writing thereof, in the format it was instructed by the Director, along with the results of the detailed check indicating successful installation and operation. |
|
44. | Terms of Fitness and Operation | |
44.1 | Prior to operating the network, the Licensee must meet the requirements and conditions detailed below: |
|
(A) |
Entering into an Agreement with an Equipment Manufacturer
The Licensee must have agreements in force for the entire operation period planned, with a Cellular System manufacturer, comprising the following: (1) Know-how agreement; |
||
|
(2) An agreement guaranteeing the supply of parts for the networks equipment for a period of at least 7 years; | |||
|
(3) An agreement guaranteeing the supply of technical literature and full documentation of the networks equipment, including updates. |
41
|
(B) |
Lab and Testing Equipment
The Licensee must operate a lab, or have a valid agreement with a competent lab. The lab should include professional testing equipment for performing the checks and making the repairs on the Cellular System equipment, including mobile testing equipment. |
||
|
||||
|
(C) |
Parts
The Licensee must maintain and run a spare parts warehouse for Cellular System equipment according to the recommendations of the equipment manufacturers. |
||
|
||||
|
(D) |
Maintenance System
The Licensee must maintain, on its own or through another, an efficient maintenance system, consisting of maintenance personnel, service vans and communication means, ensuring the proper, ongoing operation of the network and enabling the handling of any malfunction within the response time required under this license, and also enabling, in any case of a serious problem with the Cellular System causing radio interferences, large-scale disconnection of subscribers or posing a safety risk, repair of the malfunction within 4 hours. |
||
|
||||
|
(E) |
Communication Means
Means of communication, such as a walkie-talkie, telephone or cellphone, should be installed in the operation exchanges and centers, as well as in the service and maintenance centers. |
44.2 | The Licensee must present to the Director, seven days before setting the network in operation for the first time, certifications and documents regarding compliance with the requirements and conditions specified in Section 44.1. In the event the Director fails to respond within five days of the date of delivery of said documents, the Licensee may operate the Cellular System and connect subscribers thereto. If the Director orders the Licensee, based on the documents findings, to alter or fix the network, the Licensee must make the required alteration or correction and present a certification of execution to the Director, and if the Director fails to respond within 3 days, the Licensee may operate the system. |
42
45. | Allocation of Frequencies A16) |
45.1 | The Licensee may operate the Cellular Radio centers of the Cellular System, using the frequency bands allocated for its exclusive use, as detailed below: |
|
(A) | A35) 835 to 845 MHz and corresponding range 880 to 890 MHz; | ||
|
||||
|
(A1) | A35) 1710 to 1712 MHz and corresponding range 1805 to 1807 MHz; | ||
|
That stated in this subsection in no way derogates from the Directors authority to allocate an alternative frequency band with identical bandwidth for the Licensees use, instead of the frequency band specified in this subsection. | |||
|
||||
|
(B) | Starting from February 1, 2002 to January 1, 2004 the following bands will be allocated: | ||
|
1710 to 1715.4 MHz and corresponding range 1805 to 1810.4 MHz; | |||
|
1716.6 to 1721.2 MHz and corresponding range 1811.6 to 1816 MHz; | |||
|
1962 to 1967 MHz and corresponding range 2152 to 2157 MHz; | |||
|
||||
|
(C) | Starting from January 1, 2004 the following bands will be allocated: | ||
|
1720 to 1730 MHz and corresponding range 1815 to 1825 MHz; | |||
|
1960 to 1970 MHz and corresponding range 2150 to 2160 MHz; | |||
|
as well as the frequency range 1905 to 1910 MHz. | |||
|
||||
|
(C1) | A2A26) Starting from April 4, 2004 the following frequency bands will be allocated: | ||
|
1715 to 1720 MHz and corresponding range 1810 to 1815 MHz. | |||
|
||||
|
(D) | Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event the Licensee asks to postpone the usage commencement date for the frequencies specified in subsections (B) and (C), or a part thereof, to a later date, the Director may suspend the allocation of frequencies to a date he decides on. |
45.2 | The Licensee may select a narrower frequency band than that stated above in the framework of the frequency bands specified in Section 45.1. | |
45.3 | In the event of detection of electromagnetic interferences from other radiants that can harm the proper functioning of the Cellular System, the Director must, at the Licensees request, take any reasonable action to find an appropriate solution or stop the aforesaid interferences. |
46. |
Restriction on Use of Frequencies
The Licensee will make use of the frequencies allocated to it as stated in Section 45 only for providing the services under this license. |
|
47. | Prevention of Interferences | |
47.1 | The Licensee will set up the Cellular System and operate it in such manner so that no part of its parts will emit radiation prohibited under the provisions of the Pharmacists |
43
47.2 | The Licensee will coordinate the use of the frequencies with the Director, who will base his directives, inter alia, on the program derived from the preparation for a national emergency crisis. | |
47.3 | The Licensee will submit to the Director, or anyone appointed for this purpose on its behalf, a detailed, up-to-date plan for the operation of Cellular Radio Centersand for the expected use of the frequencies at least 60 days before the operation, and will report to the Director regarding the actual execution, within 7 days of the operation date. | |
47.4 | The Licensee will set up and operate the Cellular System in such a manner as to prevent interferences with other Bezeq and wireless systems operating lawfully. Prior to the activation of any Cellular System, the Licensee will perform tests and measurements for the purpose of preventing electromagnetic interferences. If found that electromagnetic interferences can be expected or interferences have been detected during operation, the Licensee will act to find a solution that will prevent these interferences and also prevent their recurrence, and in the absence of a solution it will turn in writing to the Director or to anyone appointed for this purpose on its behalf, in order to find a reasonable solution in this regard. The Director may demand that each of the parties make changes in the operation of the equipment or in the use of the frequencies or that they stop broadcasting over certain frequencies, throughout the country or in a certain region. | |
47.5 | The granting of this license, including the approval of the engineering plan, in no way provides protection against harmonies from other radiants operating lawfully, or other radiants operating outside state territory; however, the Director must make every reasonable effort to find an appropriate solution providing the necessary protection. | |
48. | Cellphone Activity in Emergencies | |
48.1 | In times of national emergency or for national security reasons, the one empowered to do so by any law may take the steps needed for state security, with a notice to the Licensee A2A2) , including control of the network. In such circumstances, the Licensee will operate according to the instructions and notices of those authorized to do so by any law, including the government, the Minister, the Director and head of the unit for the management of a broadcasting spectrum and satellites in an emergency (hereinafter head of the emergency unit). | |
48.2 | The Licensee will give the head of the emergency unit the names of its representatives authorized to receive instructions and notices anytime, 24 hours a day, in all pertaining to national emergency and security matters. The representative will have a first and second deputy, who will substitute for him during his absence. | |
48.3 |
The Licensee will set up and operate the network in a manner that will allow reducing the
networks activity, when necessary, during times of emergency:
(A) In terms of the frequency profile; (B) In terms of the geographical profile; |
44
48.4 | The Licensee will organize itself in such manner, so that it will be able to carry out the reductions detailed in Section 48.3 rapidly and efficiently, by remote control or by presence at the sites themselves. | |
48.5 | The head of the emergency unit may establish a detailed procedure formalizing and regulating the Cellular System activity during an emergency, which he will present to the Licensee, and the latter will strictly fulfill the provisions of this procedure. |
45
49. | Definitions | |
In this part: | ||
Periodical inspection An inspection of the Cellular System or any part thereof performed according to the licenses provisions, at fixed time intervals and at least once every half year; | ||
Special inspection An inspection of the Cellular System or any part thereof performed due to a maintenance action or repair, following radio interferences, a malfunction, clarification of a complaint, a technological modification, an alteration in the engineering plan or something else, done on the initiative of the Licensee or at the request of the Director; | ||
Regular inspection An inspection of the Cellular System or any part thereof, done on a regular, ongoing basis, using control, testing and monitoring equipment connected permanently to the networks subsystems and to the networks control center. | ||
50. | Periodical Inspections and Special Inspections | |
50.1 | On January 1 of each year, the Licensee will submit to the Director a periodical inspections program for the Cellular System. The inspections program will include a description of how the periodical inspections are to be performed. | |
50.2 | The Director may request within 30 days of receiving the program, to put changes into the program or complete it, if he deems it necessary for the performance of the periodical inspections or for the performance of the regular inspections. | |
50.3 | The Licensee will carry out the periodical inspections on the Cellular System in the format and at the inspection points specified in the engineering plan. | |
50.4 | The Director may instruct the Licensee to carry out a special inspection. Such an inspection will be carried out at a time scheduled in coordination with the Director. | |
50.5 | The Director or the one authorized to do so will be allowed to carry out the inspections himself, using testing equipment placed at his disposal by the Licensee or using other testing equipment. | |
51. | Regular Inspections | |
The Licensee will set up and operate a control system for regular, ongoing inspection of the proper functioning order of the Cellular System, and will also conduct on a regular basis, regular inspections of the Cellular System or any part thereof, according to need, in compliance with the testing program prescribed in the engineering plan. | ||
52. | Inspections, Malfunctions and Maintenance Log |
46
52.1 | The Licensee will keep an inspections, malfunctions and maintenance log (hereinafter maintenance log), in which the following details will be recorded in the course of each inspection and maintenance action: |
(1) | Date of inspection or maintenance action: | ||
(2) | Reason for inspection or maintenance action: periodical / regular/ special inspection, initiated by the Licensee or following a request by the Director /the subscriber/ or another; | ||
(3) | The means used in performing the inspection; | ||
(4) | The inspections findings and comparison with the technical specification requirements; | ||
(5) | If deficiencies were revealed in the inspection specification of the measures and maintenance action taken by the Licensee or that it intends to take to rectify the deficiencies; | ||
(6) | In the case of a inspection or maintenance action due to a malfunction, the following details should be indicated: |
| Date of receiving the complaint/discovering the malfunction; | ||
| Duration of its occurrence; | ||
| Manner of localization according to complaint; | ||
| Type of malfunction; | ||
| Source and reason of malfunction; | ||
| Steps taken to correct it; | ||
| Date of repair. |
52.2 | The Licensee will hold the maintenance log at its offices and enable the Director or a representative authorized by him to peruse it at any time, to examine it or copy it in any manner. | |
53. | Repair of Deficiencies and Defects | |
53.1 | The Director may notify the Licensee in writing of deficiencies and defects he found in the Cellular System, in its electrical performance level or in the level of radiation leakage from its installations to the spectrum, based on the inspections he conducted or based on inspection reports, documents and information provided to him by the concessionaire. | |
53.2 | The Director may instruct the Licensee regarding the measures it must take in order to correct the deficiencies and defects revealed, as well as the dates for their execution. | |
53.3 | In the event the Licensee received such a notice, it will notify the Director, within the time set for this purpose in the Directors notice, of its reaction to that stated therein and the measures it has taken or intends to take to correct the deficiencies, defects or deviations. |
47
54. | Maintenance System | |
The Licensee will maintain a maintenance system and a stock of parts as detailed in Addendum C to the license, in order to ensure efficient, regular, ongoing servicing of the Cellular System. |
55. | Definition of Contract | |
In this chapter:
Contract The agreement between the Licensee and subscriber which was approved by the Minister and under which the Licensee provides its services to its subscribers. A2A2) |
||
56. | The Contract and Its Approval | |
56.1 | The Licensee will prepare a proposed wording for the standard contract that it intends to offer its subscribers, and will submit it for the Ministers approval no later than three months before the date it plans to invite requests from the public to enter into an agreement with it, in order to receive its services. | |
56.2 | The terms of the contract shall not contradict, expressly or implicitly, the provisions of any law or the licenses provisions. | |
56.3 | The contract will be printed and laid out in a manner enabling clear and convenient reading, specifying prominently any term or limitation on the Licensees liability toward the subscriber. A copy of the Licensees rate schedule will be attached as an addendum to the agreement. | |
56.4 | The Minister may approve the wording of the contract, in whole or in part, or to stipulate its approval on alterations the Licensee must make in the agreements wording or form. The Ministers decision regarding approval of the contract will be given within 30 days of the date on which the agreement was submitted for his approval. | |
56.5 | In the event the Minister did not approve the wording of the contract, in whole or in part, the Licensee will draw up a new agreement in lieu thereof, or will put in modifications according to the Ministers request, within the time determined by the Minister. | |
56.6 | Void. A2) | |
56.7 | Only the contract approved by the Minister A2) will be used by the Licensee for the purpose of entering into an agreement with its subscribers. A copy of the approved contract will be attached to this license as part of Addendum D. | |
56.8 | Void. A2) |
48
57. | Modification of Contract | |
57.1 | The Licensee may apply to the Minister, for reasons to be specified, to modify the existing contract. A2) | |
57.2 | The Minister may ask the Licensee to modify the existing contract. A2) | |
57.3 | A2) If the Minister approved the Licensees request to modify the existing contract as stated in Section 57.1 and the license was amended as approved by the Minister, or if the Minister requested that the Licensee modify the existing contract as stated in Section 57.2 and the license was amended as required, the engagement between the Licensee and the subscriber will be entered into from the same date under the amended contract. | |
57.4 | That stated in this section does not derogate from the authority vested in the Minister by law to prescribe regulations or provisions in this license regarding telecommunications operations and telecommunications services. | |
58. | Entering into an Engagement with a Subscriber | |
58.1 | The contract will be used by the Licensee for entering into an engagement with its subscribers. | |
58.2 | Once an agreement has been signed between the Licensee and a subscriber, the Licensee will deliver a copy of the contract to the subscriber. IF the agreement includes addenda, the Licensee will attach a copy of the addenda to the agreement to be given to the subscriber. | |
59. | The Obligation of Connecting Applicants and the Prohibition on Stipulation | |
59.1 | If the Licensee has met the terms for operating a Cellular System as stated in Section 44.2, the Licensee will connect any applicant to the Cellular System no later than the date set in the contract with the subscriber, unless the Director has authorized the Licensee not to connect the applicant, under circumstances he deems justified. A2) | |
59.2 | The Licensee may not stipulate the connection of an applicant on unreasonable, discriminatory or unfair terms, and without derogating from the generality of the foregoing: |
(A) | The Licensee may not require a subscriber to purchase end-user equipment from it or from its designee; | ||
(B) | The Licensee may not require the subscriber to receive maintenance services from it for the end-user equipment in the subscribers possession; |
49
(C) | The Licensee may not suspend or stipulate cellphone services, service conditions or a rate on the purchase of cellphone-end-user equipment from it or from any other. |
59.3 | Void. A1) |
50
60. A16) | Obligation of Maintaining the Service | |
60.1 | The Licensee will put at the disposal of its subscribers all the services detailed in the First Schedule, in accordance with the terms detailed in the schedule, and will maintain all its services all year round, around the clock, both in times of calm and in times of an emergency, subject to Section 48, in accordance with the technical requirements and service quality requirements, in a proper and regular fashion, and of a quality no lower than that indicated by the service quality indexes specified in the first schedule to the license and in Addendum E to the Second Schedule to the license. In the event of a contradiction between the First Schedule and Addendum E to the licenses Second Schedule, the provisions of Addendum E to the Second Schedule will prevail. | |
60.2 | Without derogating from that stated in Section 75.3, the Licensee will provide cellphone service and a service package, as this term is defined in Section 73A, to every applicant, under equal and non-discriminatory terms and at a non-discriminatory rate. | |
60.3 | If the Director has found that the service package is liable to harm competition or the consumers, he will notify the Licensee thereof, indicating the date by which the Licensee must stop offering its subscribers the service package. | |
60.4 | If the Licensee provides any cellphone service to any person or organization, for payment, the service must be available to any subscriber throughout the network coverage area, complying with the minimal requirements as regards service quality, without discrimination, within 24 months of the date of commencing provision of the service for payment. | |
60.5 | The Director may, at the written request of the Licensee, allow the Licensee limitations on the provision of Section 60.4, after being convinced that there is a real difficulty in providing the service to anyone that requests it, and that the specific features of the service possess a unique and exceptional flavor justifying this. | |
61. | Service Offices | |
61.1 | The Licensee will maintain and operate service offices and call centers as detailed in Addendum E. | |
61.2 | The service offices will be used for receiving subscribers and applicants calls regarding cellphone services and incidental services, including with regard to service quality and handling of subscriber accounts. | |
61.3 | The service offices will be open to receive the public all weekdays as specified in Addendum E, except on the regular rest days, as these are defined in the Governance and Judicial Procedures Ordinance, 1948. |
51
61.4 | The Licensee will publicize the address of the service offices and the ways of applying to them. The Licensee will notify the Director and its subscribers of the address of the service offices and of any change in the address. | |
62. | Obligation of Maintenance | |
62.1 | The Licensee is responsible for the maintenance of the Cellular System. | |
62.2 | If a subscriber purchases cellphone-end-user equipment from the Licensee or from its designee, and the purchase agreement included maintenance services, the concessionaire will be responsible for the maintenance of said purchased end-equipment, however the concessionaire will not be responsible for the maintenance of said purchased end-user equipment beyond the maintenance period undertaken by the manufacturer, unless agreed otherwise between it and the subscriber. A2) | |
62.3 | If, in order to receive cellphone services, the subscriber used cellphone-end-user equipment not purchased from the Licensee or from its designee, the Licensee is not obligated to look out for the maintenance of this end-user equipment, but may enter into an agreement with the subscriber for providing maintenance services also for said equipment. | |
63. | Repair of Malfunctions | |
63.1 | The Licensee will maintain a regular service for handling subscribers calls concerning problems with receiving cellphone services, and to this end will operate centers for receiving messages from subscribers all year round (excluding Yom Kippur), and 24 hours a day (hereinafter call center). | |
63.2 | Without derogating from the generality of that stated in Section 63.1, the Licensee will operate the call center in a manner enabling the receipt of complaints from subscribers via telephone, in all pertaining to the Licensees services. | |
63.3 | The call center will be manned by skilled and professional personnel, having the appropriate competence for handling problems, and if a complaint has been received regarding a malfunction that led to disruption of the service or regarding poor reception quality, said personnel will act immediately to localize the malfunction and start taking measures to correct it, as detailed in Addendum E. | |
63.4 | The Licensee will repair any malfunction for which a notification was received at the call center, within the response time detailed in Addendum E. If identification or repair of the malfunction necessitates a visit at the subscribers site, the Licensee will coordinate the repair date in advance with the subscriber, provided that the length of time the subscriber has to wait on said date does not exceed 4 hours. | |
63.5 | The Director may, at the Licensees request, extend the repair time for the malfunction if he deems that the time required for its repair exceeds that stated in this section, provided that the time is not extended by more than 5 days from the date on which the malfunction |
52
occurred. If the Licensee applied to the Director for extension of the malfunction repair time as stated, and no approval was given yet, the Licensee will continue to work to repair the malfunction at the soonest possible. | ||
63.6 | The Licensee will specify in the maintenance log the details of the malfunction and the steps taken to repair it, all as stated in Section 52. | |
64. | End-user equipment Selling and Renting | |
The Licensee may sell or rent out to its subscribers cellphone-end-user equipment for the purpose of linkup to the Cellular System, provided it complies with the following: |
(A) | The Licensee has notified the subscriber that he may purchase cellphone-end-user equipment from any licensed marketer and that he does not have to buy the equipment from the Licensee in order to receive cellphone services; | ||
(B) | The Licensee will not stipulate the provision of maintenance services for cellphone-end-user equipment on the very receipt of cellphone services from the Licensee, and will notify the subscriber that he may receive maintenance service for end-user equipment, from any person, including the end-user equipment purchased or rented from the Licensee. |
65. | Public Emergency Services | |
65.1 A21) | The Licensee will enable, anytime and at no charge, to all its subscribers free and rapid access to public emergency services such as: Magen David Adom, the Israel Police and the Fire Station. | |
65A A21) | Blocking Service to a Nuisance Subscriber | |
65.1A | Notwithstanding that stated in Section 65.1, the Licensee will block a nuisance subscribers access to the public emergency service. If blockage of public emergency service alone is not technically possible, then the Licensee will block the nuisance subscribers access to all the cellphone services. As regards this section, a nuisance subscriber denotes a subscriber who has contacted a certain emergency center, for no justifiable reason, more than 10 times during one whole day, using the end-user equipment in his possession. | |
65.2A | A notice regarding a nuisance subscriber will be submitted in writing to the Licensee by a senior employee in the public emergency service (hereinafter the employee) and will be corroborated by an affidavit signed by the employee (hereinafter the complaint). The complaint will include, inter alia, the name of the nuisance subscriber, his telephone number, insofar as these are known to the complainant, as well as a specification of the contact times of the nuisance subscriber, and the content of the call showing that the contact was made without any justifiable reason. If the complaint does not include the telephone number of the nuisance subscriber, the Licensee will act in a reasonable fashion, to identify the nuisance subscriber based on the data provided in the complaint. |
53
65.3A | The Licensee will block the nuisance subscribers access to the emergency service as stated in Section 65.1A, after giving the nuisance subscriber advance warning. The notice will be given 3 workdays before the date of service blockage, in one of the following ways: |
A. | A phone call from a service center of the Licensee to the cellphone end-equipment of the subscriber; | ||
B. | An SMS message sent to the cellphone end-equipment of the subscriber; | ||
C. | Delivery of a registered letter to the subscriber, except for one who is a prepaid subscriber and his address is unknown. |
65.4A | Blockage of service to a nuisance subscriber who is a prepaid subscriber whose address is unknown will be done no later than one full day from the time of receiving a complaint or identification as stated in Section 65.2A. | |
65.5A | Notwithstanding that stated in Section 65.1A, the Licensee will not block the public emergency service to a subscriber, if the circumstances of contacting, as these emerge from the explanation given by the subscriber to the Licensee, show that the contacting was justified and that he should not be deemed a nuisance subscriber. The Licensee will forward to the Director, within 10 workdays from the date of receiving the complaint or the identification as stated in Section 65.2A, the arguments for not blocking the nuisance subscriber. | |
65.6A | In the event it blocked the nuisance subscribers access to emergency calls, the Licensee may collect from the subscriber all his debts, and may also collect payment from him for removing the block. | |
65.7A | The Licensee may remove the block once the nuisance subscriber has given it a written undertaking not to repeat his nuisance calls in the future. | |
65.8A | The Licensee will keep records of how the nuisance subscriber was identified, how the notice was given to the nuisance subscriber, or, alternatively, in a case where a notice was not given the nuisance subscriber, the reasoning for not giving the notice. Likewise, a record will be kept concerning the removal of the block. | |
65.9A | The Licensee will specify, in the framework of the applicants and subscribers report as stated in Section 104(B), the number of nuisance subscribers whose access to the public emergency service or to all the cellphone services was blocked under this section, and the subscribers for whom said block was removed, as well as the number of subscribers that were not blocked under this section and the reasons for this. | |
66. A16) | Protecting Subscriber Privacy | |
66.1 | Without derogating from the provisions of the Law, The Wiretapping Law, 1979, The Privacy Protection Law, 1981, or any other law concerning the safeguarding of an individuals privacy, the Licensee may not wiretap the telephone or any other communication of the subscriber without the written permission of the subscriber, except |
54
for the purpose of controlling the quality and standard of the service or for preventing frauds. | ||
66.2 | Subject to that stated in Section 66A, the Licensee, its workers, agents and designees may not disclose lists or documents containing the name and address of a subscriber or any other information pertaining to him, including account details, phone call traffic, call durations and destinations, to any person whatsoever except to the subscriber or to anyone empowered by the subscriber for this purpose. | |
66.3 | Notwithstanding that stated in Section 66.2, the Licensee may do the following: |
(A) | To give the subscribers details to another licensee for the purpose of collecting monies owed him by the subscriber in respect of services it provided him through the network, provided that the information relayed is necessary fro collecting monies and preparing bills, and the other licensee has undertaken to safeguard the subscribers privacy; | ||
(B) | To transfer a subscribers details to another, insofar as the particulars are in its possession, by lawful authority. |
66A. T3) | Special Services for the Security Forces |
(A) | The Licensee will provide special services to the security forces as detailed in the classified security addendum attached to the license as Addendum I and in the classified security addendum attached to the license as Addendum L A12) . | ||
(A1) A12) | The Licensee will enable the security forces, regarding which the Director informed in writing, to realize, subject to any law, their powers with respect to any telecommunications activity in the framework of the license, and will be responsible for the maintenance, proper functioning, and technological adaptation of the equipment and infrastructure required for realizing said execution capability, all in coordination with the security forces, as detailed in Addenda I and L. The security forces will bear the payment under the provisions of Section 13 of the Law. | ||
(B) | The Licensee will see to it that Addenda I and L are guarded A12) in accordance with the provisions of the procedure for safeguarding records to be laid down by the Licensee in conjunction with the security officer of the General Security Service. | ||
(C) | The Licensee will be exempt from the duty of indemnification toward the State, by virtue of the provisions of Section 91.2 of the general license and/or by virtue of any law, in respect of the very execution of the special services for the security forces. |
66B. A12) | Security Provisions |
(A) | The Licensee will appoint a security supervisor in accordance with the provisions of the Security Arrangement in Public Bodies Law, 1998, and rigorously follow the security provisions detailed in the Addendum M to the license. |
T3) | Amendment No. 3 |
55
(B) | The Licensee will establish appropriate provisions in the incorporation documents and in its regulations, and will act in such manner so that only a person who meets the conditions set out below will be appointed and serve in a position or function enumerated in Addendum M to the license: |
(1) | An Israeli citizen, as this term is defined in the Citizenship Law, 1952, and a resident of Israel; | ||
(2) | Was given security clearance by the General Security Service, by which there is no prevention to his serving as stated. |
(C) | The Licensee will act to safeguard the secrecy of the security forces operations, and act according to the security directives of those same security forces, including in the matter of the appropriate security classification for officers and holders of important functions working for the Licensee, and compartmentalization of knowledge pertaining to activities involving the security forces. | ||
(D) | The Licensee will take the measures necessary to protect the network, its components and the databases used for providing services, and for operating and controlling the network in the face of activities carried out by unauthorized entities, according to the provisions detailed in Addendum M to the license. |
67. | Bills to Subscribers | |
67.1 A16) | A bill that the Licensee submits to the subscriber should be clear, succinct, readable and understandable. The bill should contain an accurate breakdown of the components of the payment required according to the types of payments and the rules specified in Chapter F. | |
67.2 | A credit due a subscriber from the Licensee will be included in the successive bill immediately after the subscribers right to the aforesaid credit has been established. | |
67.3 | The Licensee may collect payments for his services from the subscriber through another, including through Bezeq. | |
67.4 A34) | (A) Without derogating from the rest of the license provisions pertaining to the manner of preparing the bill for the subscriber and to the manner of debiting, the Licensee will act in compliance with Israel Standard 5262, concerning debiting credibility and due disclosure in telephone bills (hereinafter the Standard). |
(B) | Subsection (A) constitutes a service condition, as concerns Section 37B(a)(1) of the Law. | ||
(C) | Notwithstanding that stated in subsection (A) - |
(1) | Regarding the provision in Section 2.2.2 of the Standard, the rounding off method will apply as follows: |
56
(a) | An amount in the bill will be rounded off to the nearest amount ending in two digits after the decimal point of the shekel, with an amount ending in five tenths of an agora (three digits after the decimal point) to be rounded up. | ||
(b) | An amount to be paid for a single call will be rounded off to the nearest amount ending in three digits after the decimal point of the shekel, with an amount ending in five hundredths of an agora (four digits after the decimal point) to be rounded up. |
(2) | The Licensee may present any amount included in the bill with a breakdown exceeding that required by the provision in Section 2.2.2 of the Standard, provided the rounding off method stated in Subsection (C)(1) above will apply thereto. | ||
(3) | The price of a phone call (voice) that includes a changing rate, will be presented in the bill submitted to the subscriber as an average price per minute, computed by dividing the payment amount for that same call by the its total number of minutes. | ||
In this paragraph, changing rate denotes a rate that varies in the course of the call according to various criteria, such as a rate that diminishes with increasing consumption, or a rate that varies due to a transition from a peak period to a slack period in the course of the call or vice versa. | |||
(4) | In addition to that stated in the provision of the last part of Section 2.2.4 of the Standard regarding service packages, the bill will contain a breakdown of the services included in the package, along with the overall rate paid for the package as a whole. | ||
In this paragraph, service package denotes several services marketed to the subscriber as a single package, in return for an overall rate (and without a breakdown of the payment for each component separately). |
(D) (1) | Chapter B in the Standard concerning due disclosure in telephone bills will come into effect no later than Friday, October 14, 2005. |
(2) | Chapter C in the Standard regarding debiting credibility will come into effect no later than Sunday, January 14, 2006. |
67A. A16) | Information Service for Clarifying Telephone Numbers T39) | |
67.1A | Without derogating from the provisions of Section 66, the Licensee will provide, by itself or through another on its behalf, an information service for clarifying the telephone number of anyone who is a subscriber of a NDO or of a Cellular System operator, excluding an ID-restricted subscriber (hereinafter information service), as follows: |
A39) | Amendment No. 39 |
57
(A) | For the general public and at no charge, via a website through which the service will be provided; | ||
(B) | For its subscribers, at a reasonable price, via a phone center, the access to which will be effected by means of a network access code set by the Director; | ||
(C) | The information service will be given through each of the aforesaid means based on the same information characteristics to be provided by the subscriber applying to receive the service. |
67.2A | Without derogating from that stated in Section 67.1A, the Licensee will provide to the general public and at no charge, by itself or through another, an information service for clarifying the telephone number of any subscriber, excluding an ID-restricted subscriber, via a phone center, the access to which will be effected by means of a national access code set by the Director. | |
67.3A | In addition to that stated in Sections 67.1A and 67.2A, the Licensee may offer, at a reasonable price, by itself or through another on its behalf, an information service, by any other means, including by means of a national access code or by means of an SMS. | |
67.4A | In order to execute that stated in Subsections 67.1A and 67.3A: |
(A) | The Licensee may send a query on its behalf to any database of a NDO or cellular system operator (hereinafter another licensee), or to receive information from the database of another licensee by any other method and with the consent of the other licensee, all subject to the duty of safeguarding the subscribers privacy; | ||
(B) | In order for an information service to be provided by another licensee under its general license, the Licensee will enable any other licensee access to the Licensees database; | ||
(C) | The Licensee will update the database on a regular basis, so that each name, address or telephone number of a subscriber that was added, altered or removed, will be updated in the database within one workday following execution of the update in the Licensees system being used to provide telephony services. | ||
As regards this section
Database denotes a collection of data including the name, address and telephone number of any subscriber that is not ID-restricted, including a subscriber that is a business. |
67.5A (A) | The Licensee will request the consent of each new subscriber for including his details in the database. If the subscriber gives his consent, the Licensee will include his details in the database. |
(B) | The Licensee will grant the first request of any subscriber who wishes to remain ID-restricted, free of charge. | ||
In this subsection, a new subscriber denotes a subscriber who has signed a contract with the Licensee after the commencement date as stated in Section 67.7A. |
67.6A (A) | The terms for providing an information service for clarifying telephone numbers, given under Section 67A, will be established by the Licensee, provided they are fair and non-discriminatory, including as regards the order of the data presented to the |
58
user of the service. The service will be given twenty four (24) hours a day, all year round, except for Yom Kippur. In this subsection, order of the data presented Insofar as the answer to the service users query comprises several different data, the requested data will be presented to the service user in random order. |
(B) | The response in respect of the information service for clarifying telephone numbers as stated in Section 67.2A will be given within a reasonable time. If the Director sees that the waiting times for the service are not reasonable, he may establish response time indexes. | ||
(D) | An information service for clarifying telephone numbers as stated in Section 67.1A(B) and an information service using a phone center, the access to which is effected by means of a national access code as stated in Section 67.3A, will comply with the service indexes specified below: |
(1) | At any time, in the event of a heavy service call load 6 , the number of inquirers receiving service should not be less than 90%; | ||
(2) | The average waiting period of a caller until the start of receiving service 7 should not exceed 30 seconds; | ||
(3) | The maximum waiting period for a caller until the start of receiving the service should not exceed 60 seconds. |
67.7A | Section 67A will go into effect on February 8, 2007 (the commencement date), except for Subsection 67.2A that will go into effect at the time of signing this amendment. | |
67.8A | The Licensee, by itself or through another, including together with another licensee, will advertise all the information services for clarifying telephone numbers given free of charge by the Licensee, as well as the national access codes allocated to the cellular service licensees for providing the service (hereinafter free information services). The advertising should include at least the following: |
(A) | The Licensees website; | ||
(B) | At least once every half year, the Licensee will attach, in the framework of the bill submitted to the subscriber, a separate information sheet and a magnetic sticker regarding the free information services, which will not include any other information, starting from the first bill submitted to the subscriber following the commencement date. |
6 | Busy Hour Call Attempts | |
7 | Start of receiving service the beginning of the response by a center operator or of an IVR system, which ask the inquirer for the information needed to find the requested phone number and the like. |
59
67B. A16) | Operating the Service | |
67.1B | The Licensee will provide a basic telephone service, an incidental service and an value added service, at the time and of a service standard as detailed in the First Schedule. | |
67.2B | The Licensee must present to the Director, no later than thirty (30) workdays before setting in operation for the first time the service described in the First Schedule, a notice regarding the intention to start providing the service. | |
67.3B | If the Licensee wishes to provide a service that is not included in the First Schedule (hereinafter in this section new service), it will notify the Director thereof in writing thirty (30) workdays before the date on which it intends to start providing the new service. The Licensee will attach to its notice a document containing a concise description of the new service, the manner of its provision, the rate it intends to collect for it, and also the service standard indexes it intends to meet. | |
67.4B | The Director may notify the Licensee within thirty (30) workdays of the date of receiving the notice as stated in Section 67.3B, that providing the new service entails the fulfillment of conditions that the Licensee must fulfill before starting to provide the new service or thereafter, and he may order the Licensee to avoid from providing the new service, providing the reasons for his notice. If the Director has not notified the Licensee as aforesaid, the Licensee may provide the new service thirty (30) workdays after the date of notifying the Director. | |
67.5B | Notwithstanding that stated in Sections 67.2B, 67.3B and 67.4B, at the written request of the Licensee, the Director may permit the Licensee to commence providing the service even before thirty (30) workdays have elapsed from the date a notice was given by the Licensee. | |
67.6B | Any new service that the Licensee has started to provide as stated in Section 67.4B will be deemed part of the First Schedule. The First Schedule will be updated from time to time by the Director. | |
67C. A16) | Service Dossier | |
Notwithstanding that stated in Section 67B, the Director may request the Licensee to prepare a service dossier for each of its services, in a format and at a time set by the Director in his request. The service dossier will include, inter alia, documents describing the service and the manner of its provision, and presenting its rates and the service quality standards relating to it. Each such service dossier will be submitted to the Director for his approval, following which it will publicized in the extent and manner determined by the Director. The Director may instruct at any time that approval of a service dossier is a condition for the provision of any service. As to rates not set in the regulations, the Directors approval of a service dossier will not be deemed approval of the rates reasonableness. |
60
67D. A24) | Erotic Service | |
An erotic service provided through the network, will be provided in accordance with the provisions of Addendum O in the Second Schedule. | ||
As regards this section
Erotic service as defined in Section 1 of Addendum O in the Second Schedule. |
61
68. | Definitions | |
In this part
Disconnection of service Temporary discontinuation of cellular system service to a subscriber; |
||
Termination of service Absolute discontinuation of cellular system services to a subscriber. | ||
69. | Prohibition on the Termination or Disconnection of Service | |
The Licensee may not terminate or disconnect cellular system services and other services, which the Licensee must provide under this license, unless that stated in this part is fulfilled, or that stated in Section 48. | ||
70. | Disconnection of Service at Subscribers Request | |
70.1 | A subscriber may ask the Licensee for a temporary disconnection of service for a period no less than thirty days and no longer than ninety days (hereinafter disconnection period). The subscribers request will be made in writing, and may be done through the cellular system end-user equipment in his possession, provided that the Licensee has verified the requests credibility by a return call to the subscribers cellular system end-user equipment or by any other reliable way. | |
70.2 | The Licensee will effect the disconnection of service no later than the workday following the day of the requests submittal. | |
70.3 | The Licensee will resume the cellular system services to the cellular system end-user equipment in the subscribers possession at the end of the disconnection period. If the subscriber requests, in a written notice, to resume the cellular system services to the cellular system end-user equipment in his possession before the end of the disconnection period, the Licensee will resume the services no later than the workday following the day on which the subscribers notice was submitted. | |
71. | Termination of Service at the Subscribers Request | |
71.1 | A subscriber may request in writing from the Licensee the termination of service to the cellular system end-user equipment in his possession. | |
71.2 | The Licensee will terminate the provision of cellular system services to the cellular system end-user equipment in the subscribers possession no later than the workday following the date specified by the subscriber in his notice. If the subscriber did not specify a date, the termination of service will be done no later than the workday following the day on which the notice was received by the Licensee. | |
71.3 A2) | Notwithstanding that stated in Section 71.2, the Licensee may disconnect service to the subscriber without prior notice with the fulfillment of one of the following: |
62
(A) | The subscriber did not pay for the third time during the same year the bill in respect of the payments he was charged for cellular system services on the date set therefor in the payment notice. In this section, year denotes the period from January 1 to December 31; | ||
(B) | There is reasonable suspicion of a fraudulent act being committed through the subscribers end-user equipment or using the features of the end-user equipment; | ||
(C) | the Licensee found that the subscriber used the cellular system services in an unusual amount for that type of subscriber, and after the Licensees service center contacted the subscriber in a phone call placed to the end-user equipment in his possession, and the subscriber did not give a reasonable explanation for said anomaly. As regards this paragraph, consumption will not be deemed unusual when less than threefold the average consumption for the same type of subscribers. |
(A) | The subscriber did not pay a payment he owes in respect of service he received, on the date set for its defrayal in his contract with the Licensee; | ||
(B) | The subscriber breached a condition in the contract between him and the Licensee, which was established as a material condition; | ||
(C) | The subscriber used unlawfully or allowed another to use as aforesaid the end-user equipment in his possession. |
72.2 | Service to a subscriber will not be terminated or disconnected in the cases detailed in Section 72.1(A) and (B), except after the Licensee gives the subscriber a notice in writing at least 10 days prior to the expected termination or disconnection date. The notice will state that the subscriber is being given an opportunity, within the time set in the notice, to rectify the act or default, in respect of which the service will be terminated or disconnected. | |
73. | Disconnection of Service Due to Maintenance Operations |
63
73.1 | The Licensee may temporarily disconnect or restrict services that it is obligated to provide (hereinafter disconnection due to maintenance), if the need to carry out vital cellular system maintenance or setup operations necessitates this, provided the following are fulfilled: |
(A) | The duration of the disconnection due to maintenance does not exceed twelve (12) consecutive hours; | ||
(B) | The number of disconnections due to maintenance does not exceed two (2) during a single year; | ||
(C) | Void. A2) |
73.2 | The Director may ask the Licensee for a detailed explanation regarding the circumstances necessitating disconnection due to maintenance, and may ask the Licensee to postpone said disconnection if he came to the realization, after considering the Licensees contentions, that a vital public interest necessitates such a postponement. | |
73.3 | If due to the need to carry out vital maintenance or setup operations in the cellular system requires disconnection of service exceeding 12 hours, the Licensee will ask in advance for the Directors approval. The request will specify the maintenance operations required and the actions taken by the Licensee to speed up these operations and reduce, inasmuch as possible, the duration of the service disconnection. | |
73.4 | Void. A2) | |
73.5 | If disconnection or restriction of service is required urgently for the purpose of carrying out immediate, vital operations, the Licensee will notify the Director forthwith, including by phone, cable or fax, regarding the urgent disconnection or restriction. The Licensee will notify its subscribers about the aforesaid urgent disconnection or restriction, as early as possible, including via the public address system operating through the cellular system, insofar as this is possible, as well as through the public media. | |
73.6 | Notwithstanding that stated in Sections 73.1 and 73.4, the Licensee does not have to notify the Director or the subscribers about disconnection due to maintenance, when the following are fulfilled: |
(A) | The duration of the disconnection due to maintenance does not exceed half an hour; | ||
(B) | Disconnection due to maintenance is being done between 24:00 Saturday night and 05:00 Sunday morning the following day. |
64
73A. | Definitions | |
In this chapter |
Licensee
|
| Anyone to whom the Minister has granted, in accordance with the Law, a general or special license; | ||
|
||||
Airtime
|
| Duration of the time in which a subscriber receives cellular services, whether the connection is initiated by the subscriber or by someone else; | ||
|
||||
Airtime unit
A31A31)
|
| Time unit of 12 seconds at the most, but starting from Thursday, 1 January 2009, a time unit of 1 second. | ||
|
||||
Package of services
|
| Several services sold to a subscriber as a package, for which a rate has been set as specified in section 75.2. | ||
|
||||
Public telecommunications network
|
| Including an international telecommunications system. | ||
|
||||
Payment for completion of a call
|
| Payment made by the initiator of a call which began on end-user equipment connected to one public telecommunications network and ended on another public telecommunications network, or on end-user equipment connected to such a public telecommunications network, for completing the call on the other public telecommunications network. |
74. | Payment Categories | |
The Licensee may collect from its subscribers payments for Cellular services, as follows: |
(a) | A onetime installation fee for connecting mobile or portable end-user equipment held by the subscriber to the Cellular system, including issuance of a smart (SIM) card to the subscriber, or a onetime registration fee (hereinafter connection fee); | ||
(b) | A fixed payment; | ||
(c) | Payment for airtime as specified in section 75A; | ||
(d) | Payment for completion of a call as specified in section 75A; |
65
(e) | Payment for basic telephone services, related services and value added services, detailed in the First Schedule to the License; |
66
75. | Setting the Rates and Their Amount | |
75.1 | The Licensee shall fix a rate for every service and package of services provided by it to its subscribers, and it may determine the manner of linkage of the rate to the index. The Licensee shall notify the Director of the amount of each rate, before the rate comes into effect. | |
75.2 | The Licensee may designate packages of services according to types of services included in the package or time periods or by any other method. The Licensee may set a separate rate for each of the services included in the package or set a general rate for the package. | |
75.3 | The Licensee shall offer each package of services at equal terms and at a uniform rate according to categories of subscribers; For purposes of this section, category of subscribers A16) a group of subscribers whose attributes provide reasonable justification for distinguishing it from another group. | |
75.4 | The Licensee shall allow any subscriber, without discrimination, to switch from one package of services to another that is being offered by it at the time. The Licensee shall include such a provision in the contract with its subscribers. In the framework of this provision it may set times when it is permissible to make such a switch and it may set conditions, including payment terms, for implementing the switch. | |
75.5 | If the Licensee contracts with the subscriber in regard to a certain package of services, and the contract includes a condition whereby the subscriber commits to a certain contract period (hereinafter the commitment period), the package of services, its rates and conditions shall be known and fixed in advance for the entire commitment period. The Licensee shall include such a provision in the contract with its subscribers. The Licensee may set, for a package of services, different rates that will apply during the commitment period. | |
75.6 | The Licensee may not condition a contract with a subscriber or a subscribers switch from one package of service to another on the purchase of value added services or end-user equipment from the Licensee. | |
75.7 | A package of services in which a payment in installments is set for end-user equipment or for one of the services, shall include also a payment arrangement in the event that the subscriber wishes to be released from that package or to switch from that package to another package of services, according to the outstanding balance of the payments due from the subscriber or according to the remainder of the commitment period. | |
75.8 | (a) The Licensee may not collect from a subscriber payment for a call when the call was not initiated by the subscriber (hereinafter uninitiated call). |
(b) | Notwithstanding that stated in subsection (a), the Licensee may collect from a subscriber payment for an uninitiated call in the following cases: |
(1) | Call transferred to the subscriber by means of a roaming service; |
67
(2) | Collect call to which the subscriber has given his agreement; | ||
(3) | Call created by dialing a service number containing the access code 1-800, that was allocated to the subscriber under an agreement with him; | ||
(4) | The subscribers share in a call created by dialing a service number containing the access code 1-700 (split debit), that was allocated to the subscriber under an agreement with him. |
75.9 A18) | Inception |
(a) | The Licensee may collect from a subscriber who initiates a call by means of access code 1-800, whose destination is on another licensees network, a lower rate than the one applying to the subscriber for a call not initiated through such an access code, provided it does not exceed the amount set by agreement between the Licensee and the other licensee, and in the absence of such agreement does not exceed the amount set by the Minister 2 . | ||
(b) | That stated in subsection (a) shall not apply to calls destined for 1-800 numbers with a special numbering format that were allocated to the international operators for the purpose of providing international telecommunication message services, as this term is defined in the international operators license A) . |
75.10 | The payment for airtime will be determined in the manner set out below: |
(a) | The payment for airtime will be determined according to an airtime unit A31) ; For the purpose of calculating the payment, a part of an airtime unit shall be deemed the same as a whole airtime unit. | ||
(b) | Notwithstanding that stated in subsection (a), the Licensee may offer its subscribers a package of services based on another time unit, provided the subscriber is entitled at any time to switch to a package of services based on debiting according to an airtime unit A31) . The Licensee may set a payment for implementing the switch. The Licensee shall include in the contract a provision as stated, and shall specify therein the payment entailed in implementing the switch. | ||
(c) | The duration of the call for payment purposes is from the moment the connection is established between the subscriber who initiated the connection (hereinafter the calling subscriber) and the subscriber receiving the call, until the moment when the call is terminated, which is the moment when an instruction to terminate the connection is received from the calling subscriber or from the subscriber receiving the call; The duration of the connection setup time, until the moment the |
Inception | The inception of section 75.9 is on December 15, 2002. | |
2 | On November 26, 2002, the Minister issued a directive prescribing as follows: For a call originating in a cellular network and destined for a Bezeq subscriber for a 1-800 service Bezeq will transfer to the cellular licensee a sum of 22 agorot per minute (excluding VAT); Bezeq may collect this amount from the 1-800 subscriber; In addition, the cellular licensee will collect from its subscriber, who initiated the call, a sum not exceeding 22 agorot per minute (excluding VAT). | |
A) | Simultaneous two-directional voice transfer and simultaneous transfer of fax messages, in an international telecommunications system. |
68
connection is established, and the duration of the disconnection time, from the moment the instruction to terminate the connection is received until it is actually implemented, is not included in the count of the duration of the call. | |||
In this regard, subscriber receiving the call including a voice mailbox. | |||
Voice mailbox an installation or device forming part of the cellular system, designed to enable the calling subscriber to leave a voice message for the called subscriber A40) . | |||
(d) | A40) Regarding a call that is transferred to a voice mailbox, the Licensee shall play to the calling subscriber an introductory voice message, lasting at least 2 seconds (in this subsection message ), and will enable the calling subscriber, at his option, to disconnect the call without any debit, in the course of the message, or within a reasonable time being not less than one second after the end of the message ( reasonable time ). In such case, the moment of establishing the connection with the subscriber receiving the call, within the meaning of subsection (c) above, will be deemed to occur at the end of the reasonable time. | ||
The wording of the message will be: The call is being transferred to a voice mailbox, and it will be articulated clearly and at a reasonable speed. In this subsection, call transferred to a voice mailbox excluding a call originating in an international telecommunications system. |
75A. | A25) Completion of a Call in Another Public Telecommunications Network | |
The payment for completion of a call to be collected by the Licensee shall not exceed the interconnection rate specified in the Telecommunications Regulations (Payments for Interconnection), 2000. | ||
75B. | A2A25) Completion of an SMS on Another Public Telecommunications Network | |
The Licensee may collect from a subscriber for the transfer of an SMS which is being transferred from end-user equipment that is connected to the network to end-user equipment that is connected to a cellular system of another cellular licensee, a payment not exceeding the payment which the Licensee collects from the subscriber for the transfer of an SMS which is transferred from end-user equipment that is connected to the network to end-user equipment that is connected to the network, plus a payment not exceeding the rate for the transfer of an SMS specified in the Communications Regulations (Telecommunications and Transmissions) (Payments for Interconnection), 2000. | ||
For purposes of this section | ||
SMS telecommunications messages comprised of writing, including signs or symbols, transferred from end-user equipment that is connected to the network, to end-user equipment that is connected to the network or to a cellular system of another cellular licensee. | ||
75C. | A27) Temporary Order |
69
Notwithstanding that stated in section 75B, for the period beginning May 9, 2004 and ending February 9, 2005 A29) , the following provisions shall apply: |
(a) | The Licensee may collect from a subscriber for the transfer of an SMS which is destined for end-user equipment that is connected to a cellular system of another cellular licensee (hereinafter inter-network SMS) a payment not exceeding the payment which the Licensee collects from the subscriber for the transfer of an SMS which is transferred from end-user equipment that is connected to the network to end-user equipment that is connected to the network, plus a payment not exceeding the rate for the transfer of an SMS specified in the Communications Regulations (Telecommunications and Transmissions) (Payments for Interconnection), 2000, less a rate of 0.7% 8 ; | ||
(b) | The Licensee may collect from a subscriber payment for an inter-network SMS as stated in subsection (a), even if its transfer to the called subscriber was not completed. |
76. | Publication of Rates | |
76.1 | The Licensee shall provide to anyone so requesting, at the service offices and at the call centers, free of charge, full and detailed information concerning the up-to-date rates for all its services, including the payment for completion of a call; The Director may instruct the Licensee concerning the manner and format of publication of the rates. | |
76.2 | The Licensee shall indicate in every account sent to a subscriber the package of services according to which the subscriber is being debited. | |
76.3 | The Director may request to receive from the Licensee at any time details of the rates charged by it. | |
77. | Provision in a Contract | |
77.1 | The Licensee shall indicate in the contract with the subscriber the package of services that was agreed upon with the subscriber and the rates and terms thereof. | |
77.2 | The Licensee shall include in every contract a provision stating that the rates specified for the package of services appended to the contract will remain in force throughout the commitment period, and that they were set based on the provisions of the license, which can be perused by any subscriber at the Licensees service offices. |
8 | The 0.7% reduction is based on a report received from some cellular operators concerning the rate of inter-network SMS messages that did not reach their destination. Section 75C was enacted as an temporary order, with the cellular operators to make the necessary adjustments in the cellular systems and in the interconnection arrangements between them to enable full implementation of section 75B of their license. To remove doubt, it is clarified that this temporary order was enacted only for a limited time, owing to difficulties that were pointed out by the cellular operators concerning the possibility of receiving information about non-completion of an SMS on another cellular network; However, beyond this, nothing may be inferred from this temporary arrangement concerning permission to collect payment for an SMS that was not transferred to its destination, and said arrangement does not detract from the Ministrys basic position according to which, in general, no payment may be collected for a telecommunications service that was not realized. |
70
77.3 | Provisions as stated in sections 75.4, 75.5, 75.10(b) and 80.2 shall be included in every contract with the subscriber. | |
77A. | Fraud Prevention | |
77A.1 | The Licensee shall take suitable and reasonable steps to prevent fraud and shall maintain a control and follow-up system for verifying, to the extent possible, that the calls for which the subscriber is being debited were actually made from end-user equipment connected to the Licensees cellular system in the subscribers name. | |
77A.2 | The Licensee shall disconnect the service to the subscribers end-user equipment after receiving at the service offices the subscribers notification that the end-user equipment was lost or stolen, or that there is a possibility that someone else is making calls through the end-user equipment without having received permission to do so; The subscriber may give such a notification by telephone or in writing, including by fax or email; Upon receipt of a telephone notification or immediately after receipt of a written notification, the Licensee shall verify its reliability and disconnect the service. | |
77A.3 | The Licensee shall cooperate with other licensees in locating and preventing fraud. |
71
78. | Change in the Rates | |
Subject to that stated in section 75, the Licensee may change a rate that was set by it, provided it submits to the Director a written notice giving details of the new rate, before such rate goes into effect; For purposes of this section, change any change in a rate resulting in an increase or reduction in the payment which a subscriber is required to pay for cellular services. | ||
79. | Start of an Increase or Reduction in a Rate | |
In case of an increase or reduction in any rate for cellular services according to the provisions of the license, such increase or reduction shall not apply to payments made for such a service prior to the starting date of the increase or the reduction; An increase or reduction shall apply only to cellular services provided to a subscriber after the date of the increase or reduction; This section shall not apply to a rate adjustment ordered by the Minister under section 83(A). | ||
80. | Arrears in Payment | |
80.1 | The Licensee may debit a subscriber arrears interest, linkage differences and collection costs on payments for cellular services which were not paid by a subscriber on their stipulated payment date, in a payment notice sent to the subscriber, according to the contract between them A33) (hereinafter the payment date). | |
80.2 | The Licensee shall indicate in the contract with the subscriber the amount of the arrears interest, linkage differences and collection costs. | |
80.3 | The amount of the arrears interest shall not exceed the rate specified in the definition of linkage differences and interest in section 1 of the Adjudication of Interest and Linkage Law, 1961, plus linkage differences for the period between the stipulated payment date and the actual payment date of the specified amount. | |
80.4 | A33) The Licensee may debit a subscriber collection costs on a payment for a service which it provided to the subscriber, which was not paid on the payment date (hereinafter the amount of the debt), provided at least fourteen (14) days have elapsed from the payment date, excluding a case of nonpayment due to the banks or the credit-card companys refusal to pay a debit for the collection of which the Licensee received an authorization; The amount of the collection costs to be collected by the Licensee shall be reasonable and in proportion to the amount of the debt and the actions which the Licensee must take in order to collect it.: In this regard, collection costs including legal handling by the Licensee or someone acting on its behalf, of the collection of the amount of the debt before application is made to the courts. |
72
81. | Onetime Debit for Connection Fee | |
If the Licensee decides to collect a connection fee as defined in section 74(A), it may debit a subscriber a connection fee only for the connection of the subscriber for the first time to the cellular network and the provision of the cellular services, or for a connection after the termination of a service under section 71 or the termination or disconnection of a service under section 72. | ||
82. | Collection of Subscription Fee in Installments | |
The Licensee may collect the connection fee as stated in section 81 for connection to the cellular system in a number of installments, at the times agreed upon with the subscriber and in the amount specified in the contract. | ||
83. | Harm to Competition or to Consumers |
(a) | If the Minister finds that any of the Licensees rates or any payment required to be made to or through the Licensee is contrary to the provisions of the License, the Minister shall notify the Licensee in that regard, indicating the correction that needs to be made and that if the Licensee fails to do so, the Minister will act pursuant to his power under sections 5 and 15 of the Law; The Licensee shall send the Minister a written notification setting out the corrected rate and shall act to refund the excess amount, if any, which a subscriber was debited according to the rate prior to its correction. | ||
(b) | If the Minister finds that any of the Licensees rates or any payment required to be made to or through the Licensee is unreasonable or is liable to harm competition or the consumers, the Minister shall notify the Licensee in that regard, indicating the correction that needs to be made and that if the Licensee fails to do so, the Minister will act pursuant to his power under sections 5 and 15 of the Law; The Licensee shall send the Minister a written notification setting out the corrected rate |
73
84. | Royalties | |
84.1 | The Licensee shall pay royalties as prescribed in the Telecommunications Regulations (Royalties), 2001, or in any other regulations replacing them (hereinafter the Royalties Regulations ). | |
84.2 | To every payment of royalties under this section the Licensee shall attach two copies of an unaudited quarterly income report, signed by the Licensee and certified by an accountant; The report shall contain a detailed calculation of the liable income according to the Royalties Regulations, and any other particular on which the Licensee based the amount of the royalties. | |
84.3 | Upon the submission of an annual income report audited and signed by the Licensees accountant (hereinafter: the audited report ), the Licensee shall submit a report, prepared by quarters, setting out the adjustment between the income on which it paid royalties, and the income appearing in the audited report (hereinafter the adjustment report ). | |
84.4 | If it becomes apparent that the amount of the royalties to be paid by the Licensee, according to the adjustment report, is greater than the amount paid by it for the quarter to which the audited report relates, the Licensee shall pay royalties differences, in addition to interest and linkage differences, as prescribed in the Royalties Regulations. | |
84.5 | If it becomes apparent that the amount of the royalties paid by the Licensee is greater than the amount it was required to pay for the quarter to which the audited report relates, the Licensee shall be credited with the amount of the excess payment; The excess payments to which the Licensee is entitled shall be offset, pursuant to a written approval of the Director, from the next payment of royalties, and linkage differences and interest shall be calculated according to the last index published before the date of the offset; In this regard interest and linkage differences, as prescribed in the Royalties Regulations. | |
85. | Arrears in the Payment of Royalties | |
The Licensee shall pay linkage differences, arrears interest and collection costs, as set forth in the Royalties Regulations, on royalties that were not paid at the time stipulated therefor in the regulations. | ||
86. | Payment Method | |
Royalties as well as linkage differences, arrears interest and collection costs in respect thereof shall be paid to the Ministry of Communications accountant by a bank transfer to the ministrys account. | ||
87. | Other Mandatory Payments | |
The royalties under this Part shall be in addition to any other fee, tax or mandatory payment which the Licensee is required to pay under any law. |
74
88. | Definition of Scope of Insurance | |
In this Part, use of the license setup, installation, maintenance, upkeep or operation of the cellular system, whether by the Licensee itself or through anyone acting on its behalf, including its employees, contractors, agents or representatives. | ||
89. | Licensees Liability | |
89.1 | The Licensee shall be liable at law for death, damage or loss to the body or property of any person, directly or indirectly resulting from or consequent on the use of the license. | |
89.2 | When using the license, the Licensee shall take all reasonable precautions to prevent damage or loss to the body or property of any person, and where such damage or loss was caused due to the use of the license, the Licensee shall repair the damage at its expense and compensate the aggrieved party, all subject to any law, excluding a case in respect of which the Minister granted the Licensee immunity as specified in section 90. | |
To avoid doubt, this section shall not impose on the Licensee liability beyond the liability in torts established in the regular law of torts. | ||
90. | Immunity from Liability | |
90.1 | The Minister may, at the Licensees request, grant it all or any of the immunities enumerated in Chapter I of the Law, subject to that stated in section 90.3. | |
90.2 | The Licensee shall set out in its request the immunities which it is requesting and the reasons therefor. | |
90.3 | If the Minister is persuaded of the necessity of granting the Licensee the immunities under Chapter I of the Law, he shall publish his decision in a notice in Reshumot . | |
91. | Making an Insurance Contract | |
91.1 | The Licensee shall make, at its expense, an insurance contract with a licensed insurer according to the terms contained in section 92; The insurance contract shall be presented to the Director at the time of the grant of the license. | |
91.2 | The Licensee shall indemnify the State in respect of any financial liability as stated in section 89.1, for which it may be held liable towards a third party due to the use of the license; Any indemnity under this section shall be insured by the Licensee for liability insurance. | |
91.3 | The Licensee shall insure itself, including its employees and contractors, against any financial liability as stated in section 89.1, for which it may be held liable at law owing to damage caused to the body or property of a person from the use of the license, and against any loss or damage caused to all or a part of the cellular system from the use of the license, including against third party risks. | |
91.4 | The Licensee shall submit to the Director an opinion of a lawyer specializing in insurance, confirming that the insurance policy covers everything required in sections |
75
76
92. | Conditions in the Insurance Contract | |
92.1 | The insurance contract shall specify the period of insurance and shall stipulate that at the end of the period of insurance the insurance shall be extended automatically. | |
92.2 | The Licensee shall present to the Director, once a year, the insurers confirmation that the insurance contract is valid, there are no arrears in the Licensees payments of the premiums and there are no pending notices concerning the cancellation, suspension, limitation, amendment or termination of the insurance contract. | |
92.3 | The insurance contract shall stipulate that in the event the insurer wishes to cancel the insurance contract, owing to nonpayment of the premium, it must give the Director prior notice in that regard not less than 90 days before the contract is actually due to be cancelled (hereinafter in this section cancellation notice). | |
92.4 | If a cancellation notice has been sent as stated in section 92.3, the Licensee shall act immediately to eliminate the cause of the cancellation, or shall act immediately to obtain an alternative insurance contract as stated in section 92.6, and it shall notify the Director of the actions it took for this purpose; Where the cause of cancellation was nonpayment of the premium by the Licensee, the Director may pay the premium in the Licensees stead, and he may exercise the bank guarantee or any part thereof to cover amounts which he expended on payment of the premium or collect them in any other manner. | |
92.5 | If the Licensee wishes to cancel the insurance contract, it must notify the Director in that regard at least 45 days before the contract is actually due to be cancelled. | |
92.6 | If the Licensee has agreed to the cancellation of the insurance contract by the insurer or itself wishes to cancel the insurance contract, it shall make an insurance contract with another licensed insurer, in such manner that the new insurance contract will come into effect simultaneously with the lapse of the previous contract; The new insurance contract shall be submitted for approval to the Director, together with an opinion as stated in section 91.4, 45 days before its effective date, and it shall be subject to the provisions of the sections in this Part. | |
93. | Remedy for Breach of Conditions with Respect to Insurance | |
If the Licensee did not make an insurance contract, or if it becomes apparent that the insurance contract which it made was cancelled or expired, the Director may effect insurance and pay the premium in the Licensees stead, and it may exercise the bank guarantee to cover amounts expended by it on the insurance or collect them in any other manner; All the foregoing without derogating from the authority to cancel, restrict or suspend the license owing to the Licensees failure to effect insurance according to the terms of this license. |
77
94. | The Guarantee and Its Purpose | |
94.1 | A30) The Licensee shall present to the Director an unconditional bank guarantee in favor of the State of Israel, in shekels, equivalent to ten (10) million US dollars, as security for fulfillment of the terms of the License; The guarantee is attached to this license as Addendum H to the Second Schedule. | |
94.2 | The guarantee shall serve as security for fulfillment of the terms of the license and for compensation and indemnification of the State for any damage, payment, loss, detriment or expense caused or liable to be caused to the State whether directly or indirectly due to nonfulfillment of all or any of the terms of the license, fully and on time, or due to the cancellation, restriction or suspension of the license. | |
95. | Exercise of the Guarantee | |
95.1 | Without derogating from the general purpose of section 94.2, the Director may exercise the guarantee, in whole or in part, if damage is caused due to nonfulfillment of the terms of the license, including in each of the cases set out below: |
(a) | The State incurred a loss of income from royalties owing to a lack of revenues from subscribers payments, including by reason of: |
(1) | Failure to operate the cellular services at a time stipulated therefore in the timetable determined by the Director, or as approved by the Director; | ||
(2) | Discontinuation, suspension or restriction of services; | ||
(3) | Restriction or suspension of the license; |
(b) | No insurance contract was made according to sections 91-92, the premium was not paid, or the insurance contract was cancelled or expired; | ||
(c) | The Licensee is debiting its subscribers for payments contrary to that stated in section 75; | ||
(d) | The Licensee is not complying with the coverage and service quality requirements as stated in Appendix B, or the Licensee consistently stops, suspends or limits the service contrary to the provisions of the license; | ||
(e) | The Licensee does not convert the cellular system to a digital technology by the date specified in Appendix B. | ||
(f) | The Licensee consistently or willfully violates any of the provisions, terms or requirements of the license; | ||
(g) | A claim or demand was submitted against the State for payment of compensation and damages due to a violation of a condition in the license or faulty implementation of the license or due to the cancellation of the license, and where the State incurred expenses due to such claim or demand; The exercise of the |
78
guarantee for the purpose of covering the amount of a claim as stated, shall be done only after the judgment in that claim has become absolute; | |||
(h) | Royalties according to section 74 were not paid fully and on time; | ||
(i) | The State incurred costs or damage due to the cancellation of the license; | ||
(j) | The Licensee did not complete the guarantee fees as specified in sections 96.2 and 79.2. | ||
(k) | A16) The Licensee did not present the license fee on the required date, as stipulated in section 40.1 of the conditions of Tender No. 1/01. | ||
(l) | A16) A monetary sanction was imposed on the Licensee in accordance with the law, and the required amount was not paid on time, provided no amount above the amount of the sanction is collected. |
95.2 | The Director may exercise the guarantee as stated in this Part also by reason of an expected violation of the terms of the license or frustration of the terms of the license that justify, at his discretion, early exercise of the guarantee. | |
96. | Manner of Exercise of the Guarantee | |
96.1 | The Director may exercise the guarantee, in whole or in part, up to the amount specified therein, provided it warned the Licensee that if it does not correct the act or omission the subject of the warning within the period specified in the warning the guarantee will be exercised, in whole or in part. | |
96.2 | If the entire amount of the guarantee or a part thereof was exercised, the Licensee shall provide a new guarantee or complete the balance up to the original amount of the guarantee immediately upon the Directors demand; Failure to complete the amount of the guarantee as stated shall constitute a material breach of the terms of the license, and the Director may without derogating from his authority to cancel, restrict or suspend the license exercise any remaining balance of the guarantee. | |
96.3 | The Licensee may appeal a decision of the Director to exercise the guarantee, in whole or in part, before the Minister within 15 days of being notified of the Directors decision. | |
97. | Term of Validity of the Guarantee | |
97.1 | The guarantee shall be valid throughout the term of validity of the license and for A16) two years after the end of the term of the license, or until the Licensee satisfies all its obligations under the license to the Directors satisfaction according to the later of these two dates. | |
97.2 | If the Director determines that the Licensee did not satisfy all its obligations under the license, within 60 days before the expiry of the term of the guarantee, he may require the Licensee to extend the term of the guarantee or to present a new guarantee, within the period specified by the Director; The new guarantee shall be valid up to the date specified by the Director or until the Licensee satisfies, to the Directors satisfaction, all its obligations under the licenses according to the later of these two dates; If the |
79
Licensee fails to present a new guarantee as stated, the Director may exercise the guarantee. | ||
97.3 | Where the Director confirmed receipt of a guarantee the validity of which may be extended from time to time upon his demand, the Licensee shall extend the validity of the guarantee before the expected end of its term, for a year, unless the Director exempted it from this obligation; If the Director did not grant an exemption from the obligation to extend the validity of the guarantee, and the validity of the guarantee was not extended at the specified time, the Director may exercise the guarantee in its entirety without advance warning. |
80
98. | Preservation of Remedies | |
98.1 | Exercise of the guarantee, in whole or in part, does not derogate from the authority to cancel, restrict or suspend the license. | |
98.2 | The amount of the guarantee shall not serve to limit the scope of the Licensees liability towards the State for payment of the full damages caused to it, where the Licensee is obligated to make such payment under the license or by law. | |
98.3 | The exercise of the guarantee, in whole or in part, shall not derogate from the Directors right to demand from the Licensee in any other manner payment for damages which it is obligated to cover under this license or to exercise other reliefs that are available to him by law. |
81
99. | Supervisory Power | |
The Director or anyone authorized by him for this purpose may supervise the Licensees activities with respect to the implementation of the license and compliance with the provisions of the Law, the Ordinance and the Regulations pursuant thereto. | ||
100. | Preservation of Confidentiality | |
The Director and anyone engaging on his behalf in supervising the Licensee shall not disclose any information or document coming into their possession by virtue of their function, to a person who is not authorized to receive such information or document, unless it was already published in public or disclosure is necessary for the performance of their function under this license or by law. | ||
101. | Entry to Premises and Inspection of Documents | |
For the purpose of exercising the supervision as stated in this Part, the Director may: |
(a) | Enter at any reasonable time any facility or office used by the Licensee to provide its services under this license. | ||
(b) | Carry out measurements and tests on the cellular system, and he may inspect any record, document, plan, account book, ledger or data base, whether regular or computerized, of the Licensee or of anyone employed by the Licensee in subjects over which the Director has supervisory power as stated; The Director may inspect them and copy them in any manner he deems fit. |
102. | Cooperation | |
The Licensee shall cooperate with the Director or with anyone authorized by him with respect to the exercise of supervision over its activities as stated, and without derogating from the general purport of the aforesaid, it shall allow them to carry out that stated in sections 100 and 101 and shall furnish to them, upon their demand, any information in its possession or control that is required by them for the exercise of the supervision. |
82
103. | Duty of Submission of Reports | |
103.1 | The Licensee shall submit to the Director the reports specified in this license, in the format and at the times stipulated below. | |
103.2 | Every report shall reflect the correct facts relating to the subject thereof, updated for the period of the report. | |
103.3 | A report shall be submitted in two copies, printed and prepared in an easily readable form, bearing the date of its preparation and signed by the Licensee, including whoever the Licensee has authorized specifically for this purpose. | |
103.4 | The Director may require the Licensee to prepare anew or to complete a report which it submitted, if he found it lacking in details which, in the Directors opinion, should have been included by the Licensee in the report. | |
104. | Types of Reports | |
The Licensee shall submit to the Director, once yearly or at an earlier time, as specified in this license, the following reports: |
(a) | Report concerning the setup works of the cellular system; | ||
(b) | Applicants and subscribers report containing, inter alia, details of the number of applicants, the number of those waiting to be connected, the number of those connected during the report, terminations or disconnections, etc.; | ||
(c) | Complaints report detailing written service complaints that were submitted by subscribers during the period of the report, including the subject of the complaints, the manner in which they were clarified and dealt with, and if they were found to be justified the measures taken by the Licensee to correct the defects; | ||
(d) | Malfunctions report detailing the date of every malfunction, its description, its cause, the duration of the repair and the steps taken by the Licensee to repair it; | ||
(e) | The Licensee must report to the Director immediately any case of imposition or realization of any attachment or encumbrance on any of the Licensees assets, their realization, or the voidance of the Licensees right in an asset; | ||
(f) | Management and control report report concerning changes (if any) that occurred in the controlling shareholders, in the Licensee and/or in its managers and/or shareholders; | ||
(g) | Tests report report concerning tests which the Licensee carried out during the period of the report on the cellular system as detailed in sections 49 to 54; | ||
(h) | Annual income report report detailing the Licensees income amounts, including revenues from all its subscribers, during the period of the report, according to dates of receipt of the revenues in each quarter and the services for |
83
which they were received; The income report shall be audited and signed by an accountant all subject to section 84.5; | |||
(i) | Annual financial statement annual financial statement audited and signed by an accountant, to be submitted within 90 days from the end of the year. |
84
105. | Notice Concerning a Defect | |
105.1 | Where the Director, whether at his own initiative or pursuant to an application, finds defects or deficiencies in the Licensees activities, he shall notify the Licensee thereof in writing. | |
105.2 | If the Licensee received a notification as stated, it shall submit to the Director, within 30 days from receipt of the notification, its written response detailing the measures taken by it to correct the defects indicated therein. | |
106. | Reporting to the Minister | |
106.1 | Where the Director finds that the defects or deficiencies involve a breach of any of the terms of the license or a breach of any statutory provision, whether by act or omission, he shall submit the matter to the Minister. | |
106.2 | The Director shall submit to the Minister, not later than 14 months before the end of the license period, a report concerning the manner in which the Licensee complied with the provisions and terms of the license, the level of system maintenance and the quality of the subscriber service maintained by the Licensee throughout the period of the license. |
85
107. | The License as an Exhaustive Document | |
107.1 | The Licensees rights, obligations and powers with respect to the setup, maintenance and operation of the cellular system and the provision of services by means thereof, originate in and derive exclusively from and according to this license. | |
107.2 | Void. A2) | |
108. | Keeping the License Document and Returning the License | |
108.1 | The Licensee shall keep the license documents in its office and shall allow the public to inspect their true and up-to-date copies; In case the terms of the license are modified, the Licensee shall attach the modification wording to said license documents. | |
108.2 | A16) If the license and its documents are made available for public inspection, the public shall not be allowed to inspect the following documents, which are included in the Second Schedule to the License: |
(a) | Appendix A Details of the Licensee; | ||
(b) | Appendix B Engineering plans; | ||
(c) | Appendix C Maintenance setup; | ||
(d) | Appendix G Insurance contract; | ||
(e) | Appendix H Bank guarantee; | ||
(f) | Appendix I Special services for the security forces; | ||
(g) | Appendix L Special services for the security forces security addendum (confidential); | ||
(h) | Appendix M Security directives; | ||
(i) | Appendix N Letters of undertaking. |
108.3 | The license documents are the property of the State and are entrusted to the Licensee for the term of validity of the license; Upon the cancellation or expiry of the license, the Licensee shall return the license with all its documents to the Director. | |
108.4 | A16) The Licensee shall allow the public to inspect the license documents via the Internet; The Licensee may do this also by way of referral to the website of the Ministry of Communications, as long as the Ministry publishes the license on its website. | |
108.5 | A16) The Ministry may publish the license, excluding the appendices indicated in section 108.2, at the time and in the manner deemed fit by it. | |
109. | Postponement of Deadline | |
109.1 | A duty imposed on the Licensee in this license, for which a performance deadline has been set, must be performed by the Licensee within the deadline. | |
109.2 | A2) The Director, at the Licensees request, may postpone a deadline set as stated, if it deems it impossible to perform the duty within such deadline for reasons of force majeure. |
86
110. | Reserving of Liability | |
Any approval or supervisory authority granted under this license to the Minister or to the Director, including the exercise of such authority, shall not impose on them any liability which is imposed by this license on the Licensee, and shall not derogate or detract from or void or diminish the Licensees liability as stated. | ||
111. | Notices | |
111.1 | A notice concerning this license or its implementation shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand or dispatched by registered post with confirmation of delivery; A notice sent by registered post as stated shall be presumed to have reached its destination by the end of 48 hours from the time of its delivery for dispatch. | |
111.2 | Any notice of the Licensee to the Minister shall be delivered or sent through the Director. | |
111.3 | The Licensees address for receipt of notices under this section is: 10 Hagavish St., Poleg Industrial Area, Netanya 42140; The Licensee shall notify the Director immediately of any changes in this address. |
87
1. | General |
1.1. | This Schedule includes the list of services the Licensee will provide, under the conditions set out in Section B of Chapter E Level of Services for Subscribers. | ||
1.2. | The services will be provided in each of the technologies operated by the Licensee, unless otherwise noted in the License or in the Schedule to the License. | ||
1.3. | Wherever the term: Support in Various Languages is used, this denotes support in at least these four languages: Hebrew, Arabic, English and Russian. |
2. | List of Services |
2.1. | Basic Telephone Services |
Measures | |||||||||||||||||
Date | for quality | ||||||||||||||||
No. | Name of Service | Description of Service | provided | of service | Remarks | ||||||||||||
1.
|
Cellular Calls | Telephone calls to and from Licensees subscribers to any telephone or other appropriate end user equipment in another public telecommunications network in Israel or throughout the world | Existing service | 98% availability | |||||||||||||
2.
|
Emergency Calls | Free dialing to emergency services determined by the Director (for example: police, ambulance, fire dept., etc). Caller will be referred to the emergency hotline according to the services providers definition with reference to the subscribers location. | Existing service | 98% availability | According to the Directors rules | ||||||||||||
First Schedule - 1
2.2. | Related Services |
Measures | |||||||||||||||||
Date | for quality | ||||||||||||||||
No. | Name of Service | Description of Service | provided | of service | Remarks | ||||||||||||
1.
|
Call Waiting | Subscriber may receive incoming calls while on another call. Subscriber may cancel service at will. | Existing service | 99.9% availability | |||||||||||||
2.
|
Selective Call
Waiting |
Only calls from a list of numbers defined by the subscriber will activate call waiting alert | Future service | 99.9% availability | |||||||||||||
3.
|
Call Forwarding |
Diversion of incoming
calls to a phone number
at the subscribers
choice:
|
Existing service | 99.9% availability | |||||||||||||
|
Always |
||||||||||||||||
|
When busy | ||||||||||||||||
|
When call is not answered | ||||||||||||||||
|
When subscriber unavailable | ||||||||||||||||
4.
|
Selective Call
Forwarding |
Diversion of incoming calls according to a list of numbers predefined by the subscriber, to another destination at the subscribers choice: | Future Service | 99.9% availability | |||||||||||||
|
Always
|
||||||||||||||||
|
When call is
not
answered
|
||||||||||||||||
|
When busy
|
||||||||||||||||
5.
|
Call Transfer | Subscriber may transfer call to another telephone number | Future Service | 99.9% availability | |||||||||||||
6.
|
Hunting Group | Determining a leading number for a subscribers group of numbers: dialing the leading number will refer the call to a free | Future Service | 99.9% availability | |||||||||||||
First Schedule - 2
Measures | |||||||||||||||||
Date | for quality | ||||||||||||||||
No. | Name of Service | Description of Service | provided | of service | Remarks | ||||||||||||
|
number in the group. | ||||||||||||||||
7.
|
Caller ID | Callers number will appear on the screen | Existing Service | 99.9% availability | Depends on callers end device | ||||||||||||
8.
|
Calling ID
Restriction |
Allows blocking subscribers number from appearing on call receivers screen. Block may be permanent or one-time. | Existing Service | 99.9% availability | |||||||||||||
9.
|
Caller Name
Announcement |
Option of identification of caller by voice signature | Existing Service | 99.9% availability | |||||||||||||
10.
|
Conference Call | Establishing a call for a number of subscribers simultaneously | Existing Service | 98% availability | |||||||||||||
11.
|
Closed User Group | A group of phone numbers than may establish a call only among themselves | Existing Service | 98% availability |
GSM network
only |
||||||||||||
12.
|
Voice Mail | Storing messages of callers to the subscriber in a personal box and allowing extraction of such | Existing Service | 99% availability | |||||||||||||
13.
|
Advanced Voice Mail | Voice mail system as described in paragraph 12 above, with added smart element, including visual or audio indication of messages waiting, transfer of messages to other platforms and receiving messages from such platforms. | Existing Service | 98% availability | |||||||||||||
14.
|
Voice Mail
Notification |
When message received in voice mail box, the mail box will dial or send message to destinations defined by subscriber | Future Service | 99.9% availability | |||||||||||||
15.
|
Voice Activated
Service |
Allows operation of telephone and basic services, related services and value added services by voice | Partially existing, Future Service expansion. | 70% chance of correct identification in regions where signal strength is better than 85dbm | |||||||||||||
First Schedule - 3
Measures | |||||||||||||||||
Date | for quality | ||||||||||||||||
No. | Name of Service | Description of Service | provided | of service | Remarks | ||||||||||||
16.
|
Call Tracking | Allows subscriber to send the applicant an indication, while talking, for purposes of later identification of source of call. | Future Service | 99.9% availability | Subject to law | ||||||||||||
17.
|
Virtual Private
Network (VPN) |
Allows short dialing according to a private numbering program | Existing Service | 99.9% availability |
For
subscribers
according to
relevant types.
Currently provided to business sector. |
||||||||||||
18.
|
Centrex | Allows maintaining a private network while using network resources | Future Service | ||||||||||||||
19.
|
Facsimile Services | Allows receiving, storing and extracting facsimile messages via phone | Existing Service | 99.9% availability | |||||||||||||
20.
|
Roaming | Allows receiving, extracting and blocking messages abroad | Existing Service | 99.9% availability | Subject to availability of foreign operator. In GSM network in 3 months of launching of the network. | ||||||||||||
21.
|
GPRS Roaming | Allows using certain communications data services while using roaming services | Future Service | 99.9% availability | Subject to operator availability | ||||||||||||
22.
|
Toll Free Call
(1-800) |
Free call to caller. Subscriber call receiver is charged for cost of call. | Future Service | According to numbering program and Directors rules | |||||||||||||
23.
|
Split Charge
(1-700) |
Splits cost of call between call maker and subscriber receiver | Future Service | According to numbering program and Directors rules | |||||||||||||
First Schedule - 4
Measures | |||||||||||||||||
Date | for quality | ||||||||||||||||
No. | Name of Service | Description of Service | provided | of service | Remarks | ||||||||||||
24.
|
Call Screening | Defining a list of phone numbers subscriber will receive calls from. Call from other numbers will be referred to another destination. | Existing Service | 99.9% availability | |||||||||||||
25.
|
Talk Two | One number for two end user equipment units. | Existing Service | 99% availability | |||||||||||||
26.
|
One number for two
SIM cards |
cellular services for two or more telephones in one number | Future Service | 99% availability | |||||||||||||
27.
|
Two numbers for one
SIM card |
Defining two telephone numbers for the same SIM card | Future Service | 99% availability | |||||||||||||
28.
|
Change of number announcement | A caller to a subscriber will receive an announcement of the subscribers new number, and will be given the option of directing the call to the new number. | Existing Service | 99.9% availability |
GSM network
only |
||||||||||||
29.
|
Wake-up Service | Allows subscriber to request the system call him at an hour defined. | Future Service | Precision of service approx. 5 minutes. 99.9% availability | |||||||||||||
30.
|
Camp on busy line | Call automatically put through to busy number when number frees up. | Future Service | 99.9% availability | |||||||||||||
31.
|
Personal Number
Service |
Allows subscriber to define calls to a certain number be forwarded to various destinations according to parameters set by subscriber. | Future Service | 99.9% availability | |||||||||||||
32.
|
Collect Call | Cost of call to be paid by subscriber receiver, after confirmation. | Existing Service | 99.9% availability |
Between
licensed subscribers only |
||||||||||||
33.
|
Message Distribution | Distribution of messages to a list of addressees, using various platforms | Future Service | 99.9% availability | |||||||||||||
34.
|
Hot Billing | Provides updated information to subscriber regarding his bill with the | Future Service | 99% availability | |||||||||||||
First Schedule - 5
Measures | |||||||||||||||||
Date | for quality | ||||||||||||||||
No. | Name of Service | Description of Service | provided | of service | Remarks | ||||||||||||
|
applicant via various platforms | ||||||||||||||||
35.
|
Over the Air
Services (OTA) |
Update of data and applications on SIM card via SMS by the applicant. Running applications from SIM card will be performed by subscriber, using end device. | Future Service | 99% availability | |||||||||||||
36.
|
Account Code Billing | Splitting charge for one phone number into separate accounts. Subscribers instructions regarding the account to be billed will be performed by punching a code at the beginning or during a call. | Future Service | 99% availability | |||||||||||||
37.
|
Star Services | Allows establishing a connection by dialing a short access code according to applicants internal numbering program. | Existing Service | 99.9% availability | |||||||||||||
38.
|
Short Messages
Service (SMS) |
Allow receiving and sending written messages via phone | Existing Service | 99% availability |
Depends on
end user equipment |
||||||||||||
39.
|
Circuit Switch Data
(CSD)/High speed circuit switch data (HSCSD) |
Access to data service using a dial-up modem on phone or independent dial modem | Existing Service | 98% availability |
Depends on
end user equipment |
||||||||||||
40.
|
Data communications
in Packet Switch |
Subscriber connection via phone or independent modem to TCP/UDP/IP communications for broadcastung using packet switch | Existing Service |
98% availability on
best effort basis |
Depends on
end user equipment |
||||||||||||
41.
|
Discontinuation of Service | Discontinuation of service upon subscribers request | Existing Service | Will be performed no later than the next business day after subscribers request | |||||||||||||
First Schedule - 6
Measures | |||||||||||||||||
Date | for quality | ||||||||||||||||
No. | Name of Service | Description of Service | provided | of service | Remarks | ||||||||||||
42.
|
POC (Push to Talk Over Cellular) |
Call made by pressing a
button on cellular end
user equipment
Call may be private (between subscriber and subscriber) or group on data communications network |
Service Exists
(just started) |
According to service file | According to temp. provision | ||||||||||||
Temporary Provision
|
The Licensee will allow operation of Push to Talk Over Cellular services (hereinafter: the Service) to any subscriber who is a legal entity (individual or corporation), provided the number of users (number of cellular end user equipment units permitted use of this service, hereinafter end user equipments) in the possession of such subscriber does not exceed 20 during the first year starting on the date service begins. Notwithstanding the aforesaid, should there be any considerable changes in the cellular sector influencing provision of such service, the Ministry will consider a shorter period. | |
Application
|
This service will not begin before Sunday, the 29 th day of Tamuz, 5764 (July 18, 2004) |
* | availability of service is the percentage of time the service is available, not including availability of basic services. |
2.3. | Value Added Services |
Measures | |||||||||||||||||
Date | for quality | ||||||||||||||||
No. | Name of Service | Description of Service | provided | of service | Remarks | ||||||||||||
1.
|
Speaking Clock | Notice of time | Future Service | 99.9% availability | |||||||||||||
2.
|
Directory Assistance | Allows receiving information on phone | Future service | 99.9% availability | |||||||||||||
First Schedule - 7
Measures | |||||||||||||||||
Date | for quality | ||||||||||||||||
No. | Name of Service | Description of Service | provided | of service | Remarks | ||||||||||||
|
numbers and automatic establishment of calling number so given. | ||||||||||||||||
3.
|
Connectivity to Information and Entertainment Services | Allows subscriber to connect to information, entertainment, applications and content services, whether interactive or noniteractive, whether by download, by upload, or by various means of access. | Existing service | 99.9% availability | Depends on end user equipment. Subject to Directors rules | ||||||||||||
4.
|
Access to Internet Provider Services | Allows subscriber access to internet provider. | Future Service | ||||||||||||||
5.
|
Location Based
Information & Tracking |
Receiving and sending information depending on location of phone, subject to law. | Future Service | ||||||||||||||
6.
|
M-Commerce | Connection via end user equipment for performing transactions | Existing Service | Depends on end user equipment. Subject to Directors rules | |||||||||||||
7.
|
Unified Messaging | Allows subscriber to receive and send voice messages, speaking messages, faxes, SMS, E-mail messages, application messages and multimedia files, to and from unified cell, allowing the convertion of the data received from one format to another, as well as access to data from various means of access. | Future Service | 99.9% availability |
Depends on end
device |
||||||||||||
8.
|
Telemetry Command and Control | Use of phone or cellular modem for receiving indication and sending orders concerning various device operation (for example: alarm systems, inventory systems, traffic lights, controllers, etc.) | Existing Service | 99.9% availability | |||||||||||||
First Schedule - 8
Measures | |||||||||||||||||
Date | for quality | ||||||||||||||||
No. | Name of Service | Description of Service | provided | of service | Remarks | ||||||||||||
9.
|
Sponsored Call | Connection during which subscriber will be exposed to commercial information and advertisements | Future Service | Subject to law | |||||||||||||
10.
|
Video Conference | Allows visual and audio communication between a number of users. | Future Service |
Depends on end
device |
|||||||||||||
11.
|
Instant Messaging | Message transfer service between community participants, organizations, groups of friends, groups of people with same interests. Subscriber notifies he is on network and ready to receive messages. Service notifies subscriber members of group who are in geographic proximity. | Future Service | ||||||||||||||
12.
|
Surf & Talk | Allows subscriber to receive an indication of call waiting and reply while connected to internet | Existing Service | 99% availability | Depends on end user equipment. GSM network only | ||||||||||||
13.
|
Personal
Information Management |
Access and synchronization via end user equipment to personal data base. | Existing Service | Depends on end user equipment. | |||||||||||||
| availability of service is the percentage of time the service is available, not including availability of basic services. |
First Schedule - 9
Appendix A
|
Particulars of Licensee not available to public; | |
Appendix B
A16
|
Engineering Plan not available to public; | |
Appendix C
|
Maintenance Scheme not available to public; | |
Appendix D
|
Uniform Engagement Agreement not attached; | |
Appendix E
A16
|
Level of Subscriber Services; | |
Appendix F
A8
|
Void; | |
Appendix G
|
Insurance Contract not available to public; | |
Appendix H
A16
|
Bank Guarantee not available to public; | |
Appendix I
t3t5
|
Special Services for security forces not available to public; | |
Appendix J
A6
|
Access to International Communications Services; | |
Appendix K
A7
|
Discontinuation of Services for cellular end user equipments of IS-54 type; | |
Appendix L
A12
|
Special Services for security forces not available to public; | |
Appendix M
A12
|
Security Instructions not available to public; | |
Appendix N
A16
|
Letters of Undertaking not available to public; | |
Appendix O
A24
|
Erotic Services |
A3 Amendment no. 3 | ||
A5 Amendment no. 5 |
1.1. | The system and its services will fulfill performances, qualities and measures defined in the Engineering Plan Appendix B. |
1.2. | The system performance and services will not fall, in any event, from the following minimum requirements: |
1.2.1. | Digital Technology: the system and the services under the extension of the license will be operated using digital technologies, according to relevant international standards. | ||
1.2.2. |
Service Coverage:
Subject to the provisions of section 60.5 of the license, all services will be provided in the entire coverage area of the system, keeping up minimum requirements in the matter of quality of service, for twenty four (24) months from the date on which the service for pay commences. |
||
1.2.3. | Quality of Service : |
(A) | In this section: |
(1) | Blocked Calls : calls that cannot be established or messages that cannot be sent immediately upon entering the order to connect because of non-availability of cellular system resources or resources for connection between the cellular system and other systems; | ||
(2) | Dropped Calls calls stopped not by the initiative of the subscriber caller/connector or that of the receiving subscriber; |
(B) | Quality of service in cellular system will not be less than the following: |
(1) | the amount of blocked calls during hours of maximum use will not exceed two percent (2%); | ||
(2) | The amount of dropped calls during hours of maximum use will not exceed two percent (2%); |
(C) | The system will uphold the requirements set out in sub-sections (A) and (B) ninety-nine percent (99%) of the time during maximum use hours; | ||
(D) | Subject to the provisions of section 60.5 of the license, the system will reach the level of requirements set out above by no later than twenty four (24) months from the date of start of provision of such services for pay; from that time, said quality of service will be upheld in all the systems coverage areas; | ||
(E) | The number of blocked and dropped calls will be measured as follows: |
(1) | measure will relate to the time span of one hour; | ||
(2) | the maximum use hour to which the measure will refer will be the busiest hour of the system, on the day the measure is taken; | ||
(3) | The measure will be taken at the maximum use hours on each of five (5) consecutive work days as stated; | ||
(4) | The final number indicating the likelihood of blocked and dropped calls will refer to the average of the five (5) measured over the five (5) said consecutive work days, and for each type of service provided by the system; |
(F) | Measurement and calculation will be performed for each cell separately, for each switch separately, and for the entire system; notwithstanding the aforesaid, at the written request of the Licensee, the Director may allow exceptions to the provisions of section 1.2.3, after having been satisfied that there is a true difficulty in performing the measure and calculations as stated, provided an alternative measuring and calculation system is proposed. |
2. | Customer and Subscriber Services Quality Measures | |
2.1. | Services for provision of information to customers and subscribers: will be given by referral to call centers, at service centers, at the internet site, by e- mail, by telephone and by facsimile. | |
2.2. | Standards for accessibility and provision of information: |
(A) | A call center will be available twenty four (24) hours a day, all days of the week except on Yom Kippur. | ||
(B) | The call center will be manned at least thirteen (13) hours a day Sundays through Fridays, and five (5) hours a day on Fridays and eves of holidays. |
(C) | The reply at the call center will be within a reasonable time. Should the Director observe that the waiting time at the call center is not reasonable, he may set measures for response time. | ||
(D) | A caller to a call center during unmanned hours will be referred to a message box to leave a message, and will receive a reply on the following day. | ||
(E) | The Licensee will operate additional channel allowing subscribers to contact it for provision of information and for queries, such as: |
- | Computerized voice system IVR; | ||
- | queries via post; | ||
- | queries via fax; | ||
- | queries via e mail. |
(F) | The Licensee will publish its service office address and telephone number of the call center in the following ways, among others: |
- | In the engagement agreement with the subscriber; | ||
- | In the bills sent to the subscriber; | ||
- | In any document sent on behalf of the Licensee to the subscriber in a matter relating to customer services; | ||
- | In telephone directories and in telephone information centers. |
(A) | Bills to subscribers will set out the relevant details for such bill, out of the following: |
(1) | monthly charge (fixed charge) | ||
(2) | duration of calls or air time (minutes, seconds) | ||
(3) | volume of data use (MB,kB) if the service provided is charge by volume of data transmitted. | ||
(4) | Other charges (such as for receipt of data, SMS transmission, mobile electronic commerce). | ||
(5) | Combination of the above charge methods. |
(B) | Structure of the Bill | ||
Bills will be sent in a fixed form, as follows: |
(1) | Following payment; the bill will serve as a receipt, including: the amount for payment not including VAT, rate of VAT and total for payment including VAT. In this section, the identifying particulars of the Licensee will be specified, and the identifying particulars of the subscriber. |
(3) | The Licensee may include information regarding deals and personal notices to the subscriber. |
(C) | Production and delivery of bills |
(1) | The Licensee will produce monthly bills for its subscribers or at any other time with subscribers consent. | ||
(2) | A subscriber wishing to disengage with the Licensee will receive a final bill on the closest date possible, and no later than two months from the date of disengagement. | ||
(3) | Subscriber bills may be obtained via post or via any other means agreed upon with the subscriber, and to the address chosen by the subscriber. |
1.1 | In this document, the following words and terms will have the definitions noted at their sides, unless otherwise deriving from the language or context: |
Bezeq International -
|
The Bezeq International Company Ltd. ; | |
|
||
Barak -
|
Barak I.T.C. (1995) Company for International Telecommunications Services; | |
|
||
Chance caller -
|
A Licensee subscriber, calling abroad using an international operator, using a three digit dialing code, as set out in section 2; | |
|
||
Subscriber number (or
telephone number) - |
A group of numbers in a certain order, including area code, the dialing of which should create a telecommunications connection between the reading subscribers end user equipment and the reader subscribers end user equipment; a reader subscriber number may be a subscriber number of a number to a call answering center of a subscriber or a number to a call answering center of a licensee 2 | |
|
||
International operator -
|
Anyone providing international telecommunications services to the public in Israel under a general license from the Director; | |
|
||
Chosen operator -
|
An international operator chosen by appointment, under the provisions of section 4 3 | |
|
||
Access code -
|
A group of numbers in a certain order, the dialing of which allows access to a certain telecommunications service of a certain operator; dialing additional codes, as needed, and the subscriber number, should create a telecommunication connection to the subscribers end user equipment 4 ; if the access code is a manned call center, the service is given via the operator. |
2 | The phone number is determined by the licensee, according to rules and directives prescribed by the Director. | |
3 | A chosen operator may be Bezeq International, Barak or Golden Lines. | |
4 | for example: dialing an access code for international services, and after a country code, area code in that country and telephone number of the designated subscriber abroad |
Short dialing code -
|
00 and 188 access code, designated to receive international telecommunications services, by direct dialing, or via an operator, as explained in section 2; | |
|
||
Golden Lines -
|
The Golden Lines International Communications Services Company; | |
|
||
Subscriber ascription
|
The technically defining action an internal operator performs in his switch so that his subscribers calls, performed through a shortened dialing code, are channeled into the chosen operators switch; | |
|
||
Outgoing ITMS calls -
|
Transferring a verbal message or facsimile message via an international telecommunications service, initiated by a Licensee subscriber; | |
|
||
Ingoing ITMS calls -
|
Transferring a verbal message or facsimile message via an international telecommunications service, initiated by an international caller; | |
|
||
International
Telecommunications Services - |
Telecommunications services given to the public in Israel, under license from the Director, via an international operators international telecommunication services; | |
|
||
ITMS service
|
International telecommunications message service, that is, two-directional simultaneous transfer of talk and simultaneous transfer of facsimile messages, in an international telecommunications system. |
1.2 | Words and expressions in this document not defined above shall have the meaning as defined in the Law, regulations enacted by virtue thereof, in the Interpretation Law, 5741 1981, or as set out in the appropriate places in the Licensees general license and in the International Operators licenses, unless otherwise deriving from the language or context. |
2.1 | A Licensee will channel subscriber dialing, to the international operators switches, for access to international telecommunications services, using the following codes: |
(A) | double-digit access code the 00 access code, which will serve as short access code for international telecommunications services provided by a chosen operator; the Licensee will channel a subscriber dialing the prefix 00 to the chosen operator; | ||
(B) | triple-digit access code an access code of 01X type, which will serve as an access code for international telecommunications services provided to a chance user; the Licensee will channel any subscriber dialing the prefix 01X code to the international operator according to the X digit; the X digit is the international operators code, according to the following: |
1. | 2 code for Golden Lines services; | ||
2. | 3 code for Barak services; | ||
3. | 4 code for Bezeq International services; |
(C) | 188 access code that will serve as a number for operator services ; any subscriber dialing 188 will be channeled by the Licensee to the chosen operators operator services; | ||
(D) | four - digit access code numbers of the 18XY type, that will serve as an access code for various international telecommunications services of any and all international operators; any subscriber dialing 18XY will be channeled by the Licensee to the international operator according to the X digit; the X digit is the code of the international operator under section 2.1(B); the Y digit is any number from 1 to 9 and the 0 digit; the use of the Y digit will be determined by the Director, under advisement with the international operators, in order to ensure uniformity and fair competition; each international operator will be allocated ten (10) such four digit numbers/ these numbers will be accessible for both the chosen operators subscribers and for chance callers. |
2.2 | If the Licensee allows its subscriber the use of another short dial code (such as +), instead of the 00 dial code (hereinafter: a special code), all the provisions and rules applicable to the short 00 dial code will apply to the special code as well. | ||
2.3 | Dial by pre-paid program for unidentified subscribers who are not blocked for outgoing ITMS calls will be possible only using three-digit access codes of the 01X type, and four-digit access codes of the 18XY type; upon dialing a short access code or a special access code, a voice announcement will be heard referring the customer to dial via said access codes available to him. | ||
2A. | A23 Subscriber Access to Outgoing ITMS Calls : |
2A.1 The Licensee will allow subscribers to act as follows, with regard to outgoing ITMS calls: |
3.1 | The Licensee will block outgoing ITMS calls, and may also block collect incoming ITMS calls for any subscriber requesting to block access to international services or subscribers for whom the international service for outgoing ITMS calls has been stopped or cut off, in accordance with the conditions of the License; the licensee may not block incoming ITMS calls except collect calls. |
3.2 | If a block for outgoing ITMS calls has been implemented at a subscribers request, the Licensee will remove the block as follows: A23 |
(A) | If the subscriber has asked to join, he will indicate his choice international operator who shall serve as his chosen operator, by his signature on the appropriate form; notice given by means of facsimile will be deemed notice in writing given to by the subscriber in this matter. | ||
(B) | If the subscriber has asked to be a chance caller, he will notify the Licensee of such; if the notice is verbal, the Licensee will verify the requesting partys identity. |
3.3 | The Licensee will perform the block for ITMS or removal thereof, performed in accordance with the subscribers request, according to the following: |
(A) | 70% Within one working day of receipt of notice; requests received after 1500 hours will be deemed having been received on the following work day; | ||
(B) | 20% within two working days of receipt of notice; | ||
(C) | the rest within 5 working days. |
3.4 | The Licensee will ensure that a subscriber who has blocked his outgoing ITMS calls cannot make outgoing calls using 00 dialing code, 01X dialing code, 188 or 18XY dialing codes, or using any other code that may come in place thereof A23 . | |
3.5 | The Licensee may collect reasonable payment for performance of a block for outgoing ITMS calls or for removal of the block. |
3.6 | Notwithstanding that stated in section 3., the Licensee will allow all its subscribers to block outgoing ITMS calls before initiation of services for such subscriber, free of charge. | ||
3.7 | The Licensee will verify that all subscribers whose access to outgoing ITMS calls has been blocked receive appropriate voice message when dialing access codes or telephone numbers for international services. | ||
3.8 | If a subscriber who has chosen a chosen operator asks to block outgoing ITMS calls, the Licensee shall notify such to the chosen operator, within seven (7) working days of the date of performance of the block. |
4.1 | A Licensees subscriber may notify the international operator in writing, on a signed form approved by the Director, regarding his choice of a chosen operator through whom such wishes to receive international telecommunications services using 00 or 188 access codes; the form will including the particulars of the subscriber first name, last name or name of corporation, ID number of ID number of the corporation, address and telephone numbers the subscriber asks to define the international operator as the chosen operator for, and the date and time when instruction regarding the appointment was given. The form will explain that any phone number may have one chosen operator only, and such will fulfill the requirements prescribed in this matter in the international operators license 7 (hereinafter: the ascription form). | ||
4.2 | Subscribers may change the chosen operator at any time by written notice on the ascription form; for initial ascription made at the subscribers request, the subscriber will not be asked to pay anything, however the subscriber may be charged a reasonable fee for any change in the ascription. | ||
4.3 | The chosen operator will send the Licensee notice regarding the subscribers having chosen him as the chosen operator (hereinafter: ascription notice); ascription notice will include the subscribers particulars first name and last name, address and telephone numbers the subscriber asked to define the international operator as the chosen operator for, and the date and time of the ascription form on which the subscriber signed; the chosen operator will give ascription notice to the Licensee in accordance with the ascription forms signed by him; ascription notice will be given via magnetic media files, or in any other manner agreed upon between the Licensee and the international operators. If two or more ascription notices are given to the |
7 | Attention is called to section 52.3 of the Bezeq license, and section 56.4 to the Golden Lines and Barak license. |
Licensee, relating to the same telephone number, the sc will act in accordance with the ascription notice with the later date and hour. | ||
4.4 | If a person has asked to become a new Licensee subscriber, he must make note, in the request to the international operator of his choice to engage with as a chosen operator; the Licensee will allow any new subscriber to choose a chosen operator for himself or to block the outgoing ITMS calls, or will allow the subscriber to receive ITMS services as a chance caller only; ascription services to a chosen operator or connection as a chance caller, and blocking outgoing ITMS calls will be given to new subscribers, at the time of initial registration, free of charge A23 . | |
4.5 | In order to choose a chosen operator, and without derogating from the aforesaid, the Licensee will act as follows: |
(A) | the Licensee will allow all subscribers having a subscriber line number to choose one chosen operator will be for certain subscriber lines, and another for other subscriber lines; | ||
(B) | void A2A23 . | ||
(C) | the Licensee will perform ascription of a subscriber within one working day of receipt of ascription notice form the chosen operator A2A23 . | ||
(D) | The Licensee will report to the international operator regarding completion of said subscriber ascription as stated in sub-clause (C) above, including change of ascription at the time and under such plan as agreed upon between the Licensee and the international operator; the report will include particulars of the subscriber first name, last name or name of corporation, address and telephone numbers the subscriber asked to ascribe to the international operator. | ||
(E) | A20 The Licensee will send a daily modification file of subscriber ascription to all international operators (hereinafter: the modification file), containing the particulars of the subscribers who ascribed to the international operator or who unsubscribed on that day. The modification file will be handed over at the time and under such procedure as shall be agreed upon between the Licensee and the international operator. The file will include the particulars of the subscriber, including at least the first name, last name or name of corporation, ID number of ID number of the corporation, address and telephone numbers the subscriber asks to define the international operator as the chosen operator for. effect | ||
(F) | The Licensee may request that the Director allow in certain cases, all the prescription of rules and limitations on the matter of subscriber ascription, the Licensee will set out the technical or operational reasons on which such request |
effect | This amendment will go into effect by no later than Thursday, the 29 th of Nissan, 5763 (May 1, 2003) |
is based; if the Director consents to the Licensees said request, at his professional discretion, the Director will prescribe the time frame for the applicability of said rules and limitation; | |||
(G) | The Licensee will submit a written quarterly report to the Director, by the 15 th of the month following the end of the quarter; the information in the report will be correct as of the last day of the calendar quarter preceding the date of the report, and will include the following: |
(1) | The number of subscribers blocked form international telecommunications services; | ||
(2) | The number of subscriber engaged for international services using short dialing codes or using special codes, for each of the international operators; | ||
(3) | A23 The number of subscribers engaged for international services as chance dialers only. |
(H) | If there should be any disputes between the international operator or between the Licensee and the international operator on the matter of a subscribers choosing a chosen operator, the matter will resolved by the Director, or resolved by an independent arbitrator appointed by the Director, at his exclusive discretion. |
4.6 | The Licensee will channel any subscriber dialing using the 00 prefix or any other special prefix for access to international telecommunications services, or channeling a call to a Licensees subscriber located abroad using an international operator (follow-me subscriber service) to the chosen operator. | |
5. | Void A23 | |
6. | Block for short dialing code | |
6.1 | Subject to the provisions of this appendix, the Licensee will perform a block for short dialing code for any subscriber so requesting A23 . | |
6.2 | The Licensee will perform the block for short dialing code as follows: the Licensee will channel the subscribers calls using the double-digit 00 prefix and the 188 prefix to an announcer playing a recorded announcement stating the following in Hebrew, English, Arabic and Russian: This service is blocked, for further details please dial ___(a telephone umber of the announcer under the provisions of section 6.7) A23 . | |
6.3 | Void A23 | |
6.4 | Void A23 |
6.5 | Void A23 | |
6.6 | Void A23 |
6.7 | The Licensee will operate the voice announcement 24 hours a day, including Saturdays and holidays, using such method and wording allowing a subscriber to receive an explanation regarding the ascription and overseas dialing, in Hebrew, English, Arabic and Russian; the explanation will include the following matters: |
(A) | Performance of ascription the ascription process and where to call in order to request the ascription form; | ||
(B) | How one may make an international call when the subscription is blocked for short dialing codes; | ||
(C) | The option of blocking overseas dialing and the option of removing such block; | ||
(D) | Where one may call in order to find out about additional matters telephone numbers of international operators. |
7.1 | The Licensee will connect its system to all international telecommunications system, directly or indirectly, according to the terms of its license, in a manner allowing provision of international telecommunications services to all subscribers through the international telecommunications services of all international operators, including outgoing and incoming ITMS calls, direct dialing, dialing through an operator (188 service, as stated in section 2.2(A)), Direct Israel services, collect service (from abroad to Israel, from Israel abroad), international 1-800 service (incoming and outgoing), calling card services, from any destination abroad and to any destination abroad. |
7.2 | The technical, operational and commercial arrangements between the Licensee and any international operator will allow the provision of the following to all subscribers: |
(A) | Quality service, including service quality control and means for investigating and dealing with subscribers complaints regarding quality of service; | ||
(B) | Accurate and precise billing of subscriber, including control over the billing and means for investigating and dealing with subscribers complaints regarding incorrect billing and tools and means of identification and prevention of fraud and deception; |
(C) | Consumer response to subscribers queries and questions, including tools and means of providing an itemized bill for subscribers, and for investigating subscribers queries in all matters related to receipt of international services. |
7.3 | In order to implement the provisions of this appendix, the Licensee will act, inter alia, as follows: |
(A) | Allow any subscriber who has not blocked outgoing international ITMS calls to make international calls at any time via his chosen international operator or as a chance caller, using dialing methods set out in section 2; | ||
(B) | Allow all subscribers to change their chosen operators; this service will be given in return for a reasonable charge, | ||
(C) | Take reasonable measures to prevent subscriber ascription to a chosen operator without his knowledge or against the subscribers wishes (slamming); these measures will include identification of the subscriber and verification of the subscribers right to receive service; | ||
(D) | Give all subscribers, free of charge, service allowing them to identify the name of their chosen operators; | ||
(E) | The Licensee will offer non-discriminatory conditions to all international operators, including in all matters regarding the commercial conditions, billing and collections arrangements, availability of connection installations and quality of service; without derogating from the generality of the aforesaid, the Licensee will provide service for all international operators under equal conditions including in the matter of interconnection, provision of infrastructure installations and connection services to the network, performance of changes in switching, in installations, protocols and network interface; | ||
(F) | The conditions for interconnection between the Licensees system and the international operators international telecommunications system will be reasonable and non-discriminatory; if the parties have not reached any agreement, the Minister will determine matters between them; | ||
(G) | A copy of any agreement between the Licensee and international operator in the matter of interconnection will be delivered to the Director; | ||
(H) | Any international operator requesting the particulars of a subscriber refusing to make payments to the Licensee designated for the international operator for services used via the international operators international telecommunications system will be given over, whether such subscriber was an ascription subscriber or a chance caller; these particulars will include the first name, last name or name |
of corporation, ID number of ID number of the corporation, address and telephone number. | |||
(I) | A22 Allow international operators to collect payment directly for services from subscribers ascribed to such international operator, and who have chosen to receive billing and collections services directly; the Licensee will have any vital information required by the international operator at his disposal allowing the international operator to provide billing and collection services for such aforesaid ascribed subscribers; | ||
(J) | A22 Provide services under equal and non-discriminatory conditions and for such charge not discriminating against an ascribed subscriber who has chosen to receive billing and collection services from the international operator. |
7.4 | The international operators will bear the costs of implementation of the interconnection including the process of survey and blocking short dialing codes, and, if so required, for a subscribers initial ascription to a chosen operator; the rate of payments, as stated, will be determined under negotiation between the Licensee and the international operator; the Licensees shared expenses that cannot be ascribed to a particular international operator will be divided equally between all international operators; if the parties have not come to an arrangement, the Minister will prescribe instructions in these matters, after giving the parties a fair opportunity to argue their claims before him. |
Old technology phone -
|
A cellular phone operating on IS-54 format; | |
|
||
New technology phone -
|
A cellular phone operating on IS-136 format; | |
|
||
Upgradeable telephone -
|
An old technology phone that may be upgraded to a new technology phone; | |
|
||
Date of cessation of service -
|
The date on which the Licensee ceases to provide cellular services to an old technology phone owner. | |
|
||
Eligible customer -
|
The Licensees subscriber or customer who has lawfully purchased an old technology telephone and has not exchanged or upgraded it to a new technology phone; | |
|
||
Telephone Number -
|
The number of the cellular telephone given to a subscriber or customer who lawfully purchased an old technology phone and connected to the Licensees network; | |
|
||
Upgrade -
|
Exchanging the software version of the telephone upgrades the telephone, wherein it becomes a new technology phone. |
Discontinuation of service | 2. | Notwithstanding the aforesaid in section C of chapter E of the General License, the Licensee may discontinue provision of cellular services to eligible customers, provided all the following provisions apply: | ||||||
|
||||||||
Publication
|
3. | (A) | The Licensee will publish an appropriate notice under these provisions in three of the largest newspapers in Israel, one of which is published in Arabic, on the closest Friday to the date 30 days before the date of cessation of service. |
|
(B) | The Licensee will publish an appropriate notice under these provisions in three of the largest newspapers in Israel, one of which is published in Arabic, on the closest Friday to the date 30 days earlier than the end of six months from the date of cessation of service. | ||||||
|
||||||||
Exchange of telephone | 4. | The Licensee will exchange an old technology telephone including all accessories thereto, including a hands-off device, for a new technology telephone, including all accessories thereto, for any eligible customer, on the basis of accessory for accessory, including the installation thereof, provided the new technology telephone is of no lesser features than the new technology telephones features, free of any direct or indirect charge to the customer. | ||||||
|
||||||||
Upgrade | 5. | The Licensee will upgrade an eligible customers upgradeable telephone, free of any direct or indirect charge to the customer. | ||||||
|
||||||||
Telephone number | 6. | The Licensee will keep the telephone number allocated to any eligible customer before the date of cessation of service for a period of six months from the date of cessation of service; after this period the Licensee may exchange the telephone number of an eligible customer who did not exchange the old technology telephone to a new technology telephone or did not upgrade an upgradeable phone during that period. | ||||||
|
||||||||
Notice of Application | 7. | The Licensee shall inform the Director in advance and in writing of the day of Discontinuation of Service and of the days of Publication as detailed in sub-sections 3(A) and (B) above and shall furnish the Director with copies of the notices as published. | ||||||
|
||||||||
Period | 8. | The Licensee will fulfill the provisions of sections 4 and 5 above starting on the date of publication prescribed in sub-section 3(A) above for a period of 7 years from the date of cessation of service. | ||||||
|
||||||||
Conditions of service | 9. | The provisions of sections 4, 5 and 6 will be deemed a condition of service, as defined in section 37B.(A)(1) of the Telecommunications Law. |
Licensee -
|
One who has been given a general license by the Minister for provision of NDO or cellular services; | |
|
||
Telephone bill -
|
A bill given to the subscriber by the Licensee for services provided; | |
|
||
Writing -
|
Including via facsimile or electronic mail; | |
|
||
Service number -
|
A number of digits allocated to an erotic services provider by the Licensee, given by dialing a telephone number, subject to the provisions of the numbering program and administrative provisions in this matter, the dialing of which, following a dialed prefix, allows the subscriber access to the service; | |
|
||
Services provider -
|
One who provides erotic services via the network, and payment for the service is made through the telephone bill; in the matter of erotic services provided through dialing a telephone number, access to the services is achieved through a service number; | |
|
||
Erotic promo
|
Broadcast or presentation of an audio or visual message with sexual content, including a recorded message, given via a telecommunications facility, directly or indirectly, and such message is intended to provide information on a service following or to encourage the use thereof, provided the broadcast of the message or presentation are made without additional charge beyond the charge for a telephone call collected via the telephone bill; | |
|
In this matter, indirectly including by way of creating a connection from the subscribers end user equipment as a condition of providing the erotic promo. | |
|
||
Area code
|
A national area code in such model as prescribed by the Ministry for erotic services; | |
|
||
The network -
|
The Licensees public telecommunications network. | |
|
||
Erotic services -
|
Audio broadcast or presentation of an audio or visual message with sexual content, including recorded messages, given via a telecommunications facility, directly or indirectly, including services for dating, chats, or sending messages between chance callers, designated or serving, even in part, for sexual purposes, |
which are any of the following: | ||||||||
|
||||||||
|
(1) | A service provided through the dialing of a telephone number given by a service provider; | ||||||
|
(2) | An access service to a closed data base of contents including multimedia files, held by the Licensee or by another provider of the service with the Licensees consent (hereinafter: the cellular portal ). | ||||||
In this matter, indirectly including by way of creating a connection from the subscribers end user equipment as a condition of providing the service or for charging for it; | ||||||||
|
||||||||
Payment regulations - | The Communications Law (Telecommunications and Broadcasts) (Payment for Telecommunications Services), 5765 2005; | |||||||
|
||||||||
Special payment - | A price fixed as stated in section 6, which the subscriber is required to pay for erotic services in addition to the regular payment; | |||||||
|
||||||||
Payment Per time - | A special payment, the rate of which is determined by the amount of time the subscriber used the erotic service; | |||||||
|
||||||||
Regular payment - | One of the following: | |||||||
|
||||||||
(A) | For a call within the network a payment that does not exceed the fixed charge according to the rate agreement between the subscriber and the Licensee regarding a call to another subscriber in the same network; | |||||||
(B) | For a call from one cellular network to another cellular network or to a NDONDO network payment as set out in sub-section (A) plus a payment that does not exceed NIS 0.50 per minute (including VAT); | |||||||
(C) | For a call from the Bezeq company network to a cellular network a charge that does not exceed that prescribed by the letter D in table A in the First Schedule of the Payment Regulations, plus NIS 0.50 per minute (including VAT); | |||||||
(D) | For a call from a NDONDO network, except the Bezeq company network, to a cellular network a charge that does not exceed the fixed charge according to the rate agreement between NDO subscribers and NDO, with respect to another subscriber number within the same network, plus NIS 0.50 per minute. | |||||||
(E) | For erotic services given via the cellular portal a charge that does not exceed the fixed charge according to the rate agreement between the subscriber and the Licensee with regard to access service to the cellular portal. |
2. | Access through Dialing | |
2.1 | Subject to the provisions of section 4, access to erotic services given through dial-up will be made available to subscribers via an area code and service number. |
3. | Allocation of Service Number | |
3.1. | In the matter of erotic services provided by dial-up, the Licensee may allocate a service number to a service provider; in such case, the Licensee will allow the service provider to provide services to both the Licensees subscribers as well as subscriber to other licensees. | |
4. | Blocking Access | |
4.1. |
A.
A38
A Licensee will block access to erotic services from all end-user
equipments connected to the network; without derogating from the aforesaid, for the purpose of
blocking access to erotic services given though the cellular portal, the Licensee may make use
of a means of blocking, including content filtering programs, provided they efficiently block
access to said service.
|
|
B.
A38
Should the Ministry of Communications notify the Licensee that
an erotic promo is being given through the Licensees telephone line or network,
without access through a service number, the Licensee will cut off said line, or block
the line from receiving incoming calls;
|
4.2 | A subscriber 18 years of age or more may request the Licensee remove a block imposed as described in section 4.1A A38 from his end user equipment. | |
4.3 | A request for such removal of a block will be made in writing, or verbally, provided the Licensee has prescribed a procedure allowing accurate identification of the requesting subscriber. | |
4.4 | If a subscriber has so requested a block removed, the Licensee will remove the block within a reasonable time, in a manner allowing the subscriber access to erotic services via the end user equipment in his possession. | |
4.5 | If a block has been removed for erotic services as stated, and the subscriber requests that his end user equipment again be blocked for such services, the Licensee shall perform the block at the soonest possible opportunity, and by no later than 2 work days from the date of receipt of the subscribers request. | |
4.6 | The first removal of a block against erotic services, made at the subscribers request as stated in sections 4.2 and 4.3 will be made free of charge; the Licensee may charge the subscriber a reasonable fee for any additional blocking access to erotic services or for additional removal of such block, made at the subscribers request. | |
5. | Early Registration | |
5.1 | Notwithstanding that stated in section 4 above, the Licensee may establish a duty of early subscriber registration for receipt of a password, a submission of which will be a precondition for receipt of erotic services. The provisions of this section do not derogate from the provisions of sections 4.2 and 4.3 above. | |
6. | Special Payment |
6.1 | If special payment is prescribed for erotic services, the rate shall be fixed by the Licensee or in agreement between the Licensee and the services provider. | |
7. | Charging the Subscriber | |
7.1. | If special payment is prescribed for erotic services, the Licensees phone bill will show the payment for the service separately from charges for the Licensees other services, unless the subscriber has requested otherwise. | |
7.2. | The Licensee shall provide the subscriber, upon demand and within ten (10) working days, details of the special payment for erotic services as follows: |
(A) | The service number the service allocated; | ||
(B) | The date and time service was provided; | ||
(C) | Billing time units when charging per time the number of time units charged or the total amount of the special payment; in the case of a charge according to traffic volume (such as MB, KB), the number of volume units transferred; | ||
(D) | The sum charged for the service. |
The Licensee may collect a reasonable fee for specification of the special payment. | ||
8. | Mandatory Tender | |
8.1 | If a special payment has been fixed for erotic services provided through the network, the Licensee, either himself or via the services provider, will play a recorded message at the beginning of the call, containing the following details: |
A. | The essence of the service; | ||
B. | Rate of special payment for the service, according to payment per time or per traffic volume, as the case may be; | ||
C. | The option to discontinue the service, without charge, before the signal is heard, as stated in section 8.4. |
8.2 | The recorded message will be played in the language in which the erotic service is provided, in comprehensible language, at a reasonable pace and without recording defects. | |
8.3 | At the start of erotic services provided in a language not Hebrew, a message will be played announcing the language in which the service is provided, and after, the recorded message will be played, as stated in sections 8.1 and 8.2, in the language in which the service is provided. | |
8.4 | Upon completion of the recorded message, as stated in section 8.1, the caller will have a 5 second interval, at the end of which a signal indicating the start of the erotic services; if the caller disconnected the call before the signal was heard, he will not be charged the special payment. Alternatively, the caller will be asked to press a certain key on his end |
user equipment in order to confirm that he desires to accept the service, and will be charged the special payment only from the moment he so acts. | ||
8.5 | If a special payment is fixed for erotic services provided by access to the cellular portal, the Licensee will notify subscribers regarding the price of the service in an obvious and clear manner, providing the subscriber the option to disconnect from the service without being charged the special payment. | |
9. | Licensee Services Provider Relations | |
9.1 | The Licensee may allow a services provider to perform telecommunications operations via its installations in order to provide erotic services; the services provider will be exempt from the duty of obtaining a license for telecommunications services, under the provisions of section 3(5) of the Law. | |
9.2 | The Licensee will include the provisions of this appendix, mutatis mutandis, in the agreement between the Licensee and the services provider, in such manner that the services provider will be obligated to fulfill said provisions. | |
9.3 | The Licensee will provide the Director with any agreement between such and a services provider, upon demand. | |
10. | Interconnection | |
10.1 | The conditions for interconnection between the network and the Licensees public telecommunications network, in all matters relating to provision of billing and collection services by one Licensee to another licensee, for purposes of provision of erotic services given via the network to another licensees subscriber, will be formalized in an agreement between the Licensee and the other licensee; if the parties cannot reach an agreement, the Minister will decide on the matter. | |
10.2 | The Licensee will, upon demand, provide the Director with a signed copy of all agreement it has with other licensees in the matter of said interconnection. | |
11. | General | |
11.1 | The Licensee will be responsible to handle all erotic services customer complaints, in all matters relating to subscriber access to the service, and problems of billing and collection in connection with the service, and will establish a mechanism for dealing with customer queries for such purpose; the services provider will be responsible to deal with subscriber complaints in regard to service content. If the Licensee himself provides the erotic services, the Licensee will be responsible to handle erotic services customer complaints regarding the service content as well. | |
11.2 | The Licensee may not disconnect, stop or harm the basic telephone services of a subscriber who has used erotic services and refuses to pay for such, however, the Licensee may disconnect such subscriber from continued use of the erotic services. | |
11.3 | The Licensee may not provide a subscribers particulars to another services provider or to others, without the subscribers written consent , and only after verification of the authenticity of such consent. |
11.4 | A Licensee shall, within three (3) working days, provide any subscriber so requesting the following particulars regarding the services provider, without charge: |
A. | The name and address of the provider; | ||
B. | The telephone number at which such provider may be reached. |
11.5 | The provisions of this appendix will apply, mutatis mutandis, to provision of erotic services provided as a network service to the Licensees subscribers only. | |
11.6 | The Licensee may himself provide erotic services, and the provisions of this appendix will apply thereto, mutatis mutandis. |